Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

ICAI and Its Members

A. ICAI NOTIFICATION

1. ICAI (GLOBAL NETWORKING) GUIDELINES, 2025

The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India has notified the ICAI (Global Networking) Guidelines, 2025 vide Gazette Notification dated 11th February 2026, enabling Indian CA firms to formally network with global professional entities.

OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE

The Guidelines establish a comprehensive regulatory framework enabling domestic CA firms, networks, and entities registered with ICAI to enter into structured networking arrangements with overseas entities. The framework aims to enhance the global competitiveness of Indian CA firms, foster knowledge and technology sharing, improve service quality, and bring Global Networks under the regulatory oversight of ICAI in respect of their Indian operations.

APPLICABILITY

The Guidelines apply to:

  • ICAI-registered CA firms;
  • Management consultancy entities registered with ICAI;
  • Domestic networks formed under earlier Networking Guidelines;
  • Any domestic entity entering into networking/affiliation/association with foreign entities.

The Guidelines are effective from the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

KEY DEFINITIONS

Important concepts clarified include:

  • Domestic Entity – ICAI-registered firm, network or management consultancy entity.
  • Foreign Entity – Any entity established outside India providing or facilitating professional services (including accounting and assurance).
  • Global Network – A written arrangement between a domestic entity and foreign entity involving cost sharing, common branding, shared resources, quality control, systems, etc.
  • Nodal Officer – A full-time practicing ICAI member in good standing responsible for compliance and liaison.

The definition of “network” is substance-based and includes arrangements involving:

  • Common brand name/logo,
  • Shared quality control policies,
  • Shared systems, technical resources, training,
  • Cost-sharing structures,
  • Shared professional personnel.

KEY FEATURES

The Guidelines introduce a formal two-stage registration process — first, approval of the name of the Global Network (Form AGN, fee: ₹10,000), followed by registration (Form BGN, fee: ₹30,000). Each Global Network must have a distinct ICAI-approved name with the suffix “Global Network.” Domestic entities may be constituents of more than one Global Network.

A Nodal Officer — a senior member of ICAI in good standing and must be managing partner/CEO/MD or equivalent with highest profit/capital share — must be designated for each Global Network to ensure ongoing regulatory compliance, annual reporting, and communication with ICAI.

ANNUAL REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE

Registered Global Networks are required to file an Annual Return (Form DGN) within 120 days of the close of each financial year, disclosing details of revenue, fees exchanged with overseas entities, disciplinary proceedings, and other material information. All information so submitted will be treated as confidential.

ETHICAL AND REGULATORY SAFEGUARDS

The Guidelines require strict compliance with ICAI’s Code of Ethics, the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949, and all applicable Indian laws. Key restrictions include prohibition on performing services barred under Section 144 of the Companies Act, 2013 for audit clients, and prohibition on fee/profit sharing with non-ICAI registered entities. Any violation constitutes professional misconduct.

POST-REGISTRATION CHANGES AND DE-REGISTRATION

Prescribed forms have been notified for reporting changes in the constitution of a Global Network (Form CGN), de-registration (Form EGN), and withdrawal of name approval (Form FGN). ICAI retains full jurisdiction over acts and omissions during the registration period even after de-registration.

PERMITTED FRAMEWORK OF ARRANGEMENTS

Permissible networking arrangements include:

  • Access to global tools and digital platforms.
  • Technology and process sharing.
  • Quality control alignment.
  • Access to international assignments.
  • Participation in M&A, due diligence, cross-border engagements.
  • Payment/receipt of network fees (one-time or recurring), subject to compliance.

However, mere referral arrangements may not constitute a network unless broader structural integration exists.

PROHIBITED SERVICES

The following are expressly restricted:

  1. Prohibited services under Section 144 of Companies Act, 2013 to audit clients.
  2. Fee sharing with non-members unless permitted under ICAI Code of Ethics.
  3. Any activity violating ICAI Code, CA Act or Regulations.
  4. Activities not conducted at arm’s length.

The Nodal Officer must ensure maintenance of documentation supporting arm’s length nature of transactions.

CONSEQUENCES OF NON-COMPLIANCE

ICAI retains regulatory oversight powers to:

  • Seek additional documentation at any time.
  • Withdraw name approval.
  • Cancel registration.
  • Initiate disciplinary proceedings.
  • Require exit from non-compliant network within 30 days.

Non-compliance constitutes professional misconduct under the CA Act, 1949. Disciplinary action may arise in cases such as:

  • Claiming to be part of unregistered global network.
  • Failure to furnish information.
  • Non-filing of prescribed forms.
  • Including entities in violation of guidelines.
  • Indirect benefit from non-compliant networking arrangements.

https://egazette.gov.in/WriteReadData/2026/270214.pdf

2. UDIN PORTAL – ICAI

The following important updates implemented at the UDIN Portal:

i. Ceiling on UDIN Generation for Tax Audits under Section 44AB (w.e.f. 1st April 2026)

In accordance with the Council’s decision at its 442nd meeting, a ceiling on the maximum number of UDINs generated will be implemented from 1st April 2026, in line with the prescribed limit of 60 Tax Audits. This ceiling will apply to Form 3CA and Form 3CB sub-categories under Section 44AB. Field-level validation has already been activated at the UDIN Portal across all sub-categories under Section 44AB [Clauses (a) to (e)] under the ‘GST and Tax Audit’ category.

https://udin.icai.org/ICAI/announcement/6/148/UDIN_11-02-2026

ii. UDIN Validation Now Based on Five Parameters

The PAN of the assessee has been added as a mandatory field for UDIN generation under the ‘GST & Tax Audit’ category. Accordingly, UDINs will now be validated at the CBDT e-Filing Portal based on five parameters: MRN, UDIN, AY/FY, Form No., and PAN of the assessee. The PAN information will remain confidential and will not be visible to any third-party verifier.

https://udin.icai.org/ICAI/announcement/6/145/UDIN_20-12-2025

iii. Disclosure of Preceding Year’s Audit Details during UDIN Generation

Succeeding auditors will now be required to provide details of the preceding year’s audit while generating UDINs under the ‘GST & Tax Audit’ and ‘Audit & Assurance Functions’ categories. This information will be confidential and not disseminable to any third party.

https://udin.icai.org/ICAI/announcement/6/146/UDIN_20-12-2025

For any clarification, members may write to: udin@icai.in

B. EMPANELMENT

Empanelment of Members to Act as Observers at the Examination Centres for The Chartered Accountants’ Examinations, May 2026.

It is proposed to empanel members to act as Observers for the forthcoming May -2026 Chartered Accountants Examinations scheduled to be held in May 2026. The honorarium of ₹3,750/- per day / per session and ₹500/- as conveyance reimbursement for ‘A’ class cities and ₹400/- for other cities per day (to cover cost of local travel) will be paid. A member who fulfills the above-mentioned eligibility criteria, and is desirous of empaneling himself / herself for the assignment, may do so, online at http://observers.icaiexam.icai.org

Timelines:

  • Opening of the window for empanelment – 20th February 2026 (Friday)
  • Closing of the window for empanelment – 19th March 2026 (Thursday)

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90941exam-aps4120.pdf

C. INVITATION TO COMMENT | EXPOSURE DRAFT

Standard on Auditing for Less Complex Entities (SA for LCE)

The ICAI has proposed to introduce a dedicated Standard on Auditing for Less Complex Entities (SA for LCE) — a tailored auditing standard designed to reflect the specific nature and circumstances of audits of LCEs in both the private and public sectors.

The standard aims to achieve reasonable assurance that financial statements of LCEs are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, while ensuring consistent performance of quality audit engagements. Key highlights include:

Specifically designed for audits of complete sets of general purpose financial statements of LCEs, with provisions for adaptation to special purpose financial statements or specific elements/accounts, where applicable

  • Premised on the firm being subject to SQM 1, with quality audit engagements achieved through proper planning, performance and reporting in accordance with professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements
  • Requires the exercise of professional judgment and maintenance of professional skepticism throughout the engagement
  • Use is optional — even where an entity qualifies as an LCE, the auditor may, at their professional discretion, choose to conduct the audit under the full set of Standards on Auditing instead. But when an audit engagement is conducted using this standard, the Standards on Auditing (SAs) do not apply to that engagement. This standard serves as a standalone framework for eligible LCE audits. If used beyond the scope contemplated in Part A, the auditor is not permitted to represent compliance with the SA for LCE in the auditor’s report.
  • Where the auditor opts for the full SAs, the audit must be planned, performed and reported accordingly, and compliance with the SA for LCE cannot be represented in the auditor’s report
  • The standard does not override applicable local laws or regulations, and auditors remain responsible for ensuring compliance with all relevant legal, regulatory and professional obligations

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90639aasb-aps4044.pdf

Members are invited to share their comments on the above Exposure Draft by March 20, 2026.

Comments may be submitted to:

Secretary, Auditing and Assurance Standards Board The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India ICAI Bhawan, A-29, Sector – 62, Noida – 201 309

Email: aasb@icai.in

D. ICAI PUBLICATION

1. Practitioner’s Guide on Drafting of Modified Opinions in Independent Auditor’s Reports

The AASB of ICAI has released the “Practitioner’s Guide on Drafting of Modified Opinions in Independent Auditor’s Reports” — a practical resource to help auditors draft clear and appropriate modified opinions in compliance with the Standards on Auditing.

The Guide covers:

  • Overview of modified opinion concepts and types
  • Guidance on presentation and headings in auditor’s reports
  • Illustrative formats for Qualified, Adverse, and Disclaimer of Opinion
  • Examples across commonly encountered audit areas and circumstances

Building on earlier publications — the Implementation Guide on Reporting Standards (2018) and Analysis of Modified Opinions (2023) — this Guide serves as an additional layer of practical support for auditors.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90889aasb110225.pdf

2. Guidance on New Labour Codes

The AASB of ICAI has release the “Guidance on New Labour Codes” — a comprehensive resource designed to assist auditors in navigating the audit implications arising from the implementation of the new Labour Codes.

The implementation of the Labour Codes introduces significant auditing considerations, including assessment of risks of material misstatement, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, appropriate accounting treatment for employee-related costs and liabilities, and adequacy of financial statement disclosures.

The Guidance addresses key areas commonly encountered in audit engagements, including:

  • Payroll-related expenses, employee benefit provisions, and statutory dues
  • Understanding the entity’s workforce structure and management’s response to the Labour Codes
  • Designing audit strategies and conducting engagement team discussions on risk assessment
  • Performing appropriate control and substantive procedures
  • Management representations and communication with those charged with governance
  • Audit documentation and reporting considerations, including modifications to the auditor’s opinion, Emphasis of Matter paragraphs, and reporting under CARO and internal financial controls, where applicable

This Guidance, developed with reference to the applicable Standards on Auditing, seeks to equip members with practical direction in effectively discharging their audit responsibilities in the evolving regulatory landscape of labour law reforms.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90779aasb-aps4103-guidance.pdf

3. Technical Guide on Revised Directions issued by CAG under Section 143(5) of the Companies Act, 2013

The AASB of ICAI has released the “Technical Guide on Revised Directions issued by CAG under Section 143(5) of the Companies Act, 2013” — a focused resource to assist auditors of Government companies and Government-owned/controlled companies in effectively responding to the revised directions issued by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG).

Government company audits are governed by the specific framework under Section 143(5) of the Companies Act, 2013, which empowers the CAG to issue directions to auditors on the manner of audit. In exercise of these powers, the CAG issued revised directions vide letters dated 23rd May 2025 and 17th October 2025, requiring auditors to focus on the following high-impact thematic areas:

  •  Fair valuation of investments made for post-retirement employee benefits
  • IT-based processing of accounting transactions, with emphasis on IT controls and cybersecurity-related controls
  • Accounting and utilisation of Government grants/subsidies
  • Risk management policy for key risk areas, and identification & valuation of data assets
  • Compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements

Recognising the practical challenges auditors may face in interpreting these directions and aligning their audit procedures and reporting responses, the AASB has developed this Technical Guide to provide direction-wise guidance on audit approach and reporting considerations, along with illustrative reporting formats to promote clarity, consistency and quality in auditors’ responses.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90773aasb-aps4101-announcement.pdf

4. FAQs on Unique Document Identification Number (UDIN)

The Sixth Edition of the FAQ on UDIN incorporates the latest developments, member feedback, statutory updates, evolving use cases, and technological enhancements. This edition aims to serve as a comprehensive guide for practicing members and an authoritative reference for stakeholders who rely on CA-certified documents.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90857faqudin2026.pdf

5. Meetings of Committee of Creditors – A Handbook for the Guidance of Insolvency Professionals (Revised February 2026 Edition)

The Insolvency & Valuation Standards Board of ICAI has released the second and updated edition of reference publication for Insolvency Professionals titled “Meetings of Committee of Creditors – A Handbook for the Guidance of Insolvency Professionals (Revised February 2026 Edition)”.

The Committee of Creditors (CoC) plays a central role in the corporate insolvency resolution process, and the effectiveness of the resolution process depends significantly on their informed, transparent and timely decision-making. This revised handbook has been updated to incorporate recent regulatory developments, circulars and judicial pronouncements that directly impact the functioning of the CoC.

The handbook provides comprehensive guidance on:

  • The legal framework governing CoC meetings, including convening, conduct, quorum, voting mechanisms, and documentation of decisions
  • Best practices and procedural discipline to ensure meetings are conducted fairly, transparently and efficiently, consistent with the principles of natural justice
  • Timely issuance of notices and agendas, and adequate dissemination of information to enable informed decision-making
  • Maintenance of neutrality and independence by the Resolution Professional, and proper recording of deliberations and voting outcomes
  • Fiduciary responsibilities of CoC members, the exercise of collective and commercial wisdom in good faith, and balancing stakeholder interests while maximising the value of the corporate debtor

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90897ivsb120226.pdf

6. Issues and Recommendations emerging from the deliberations at International Convention on Insolvency Resolution and Valuation: RESOLVE-2025 by I&VSB ICAI

The Insolvency & Valuation Standards Board, in association with the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI), Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs (IICA), Indian Institute of Insolvency Professionals of ICAI (IIIPI), and ICAI Registered Valuers Organisation (ICAI RVO), hosted the 3rd International Convention on Insolvency Resolution and Valuation – RESOLVE 2025.

Based on deliberations held at RESOLVE-2025, the Board has prepared a consolidated publication capturing key issues and recommendations emerging from the discussions at the Convention.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90890ivsb-yash-11.pdf

E. RESEARCH REPORTS

1. Reprioritising Environmental Claims under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

The research report ‘Reprioritising Environmental claims under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code’ delves into the “Polluter Pays Principle” and examines the intricate interface between the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC) and environmental liabilities, while identifying legislative pathways to effectively integrate environmental claims within the resolution framework.

2. Mahua Flowers: Regulatory, Economic and Social Opportunities

The research report on “Mahua Flowers: Regulatory, Economic and Social Opportunities” analyses the current harvest and utilization scenario of Mahua flowers and provides targeted suggestions for policy initiatives and scalable use cases. Its core objective is to offer pathways to sustainably unlock value from both a social upliftment and an economic growth perspective.

3. REITs and Their Emerging Significance in India: A Regulatory, Market and Professional Perspective

The report offers a comprehensive overview of the REIT ecosystem, covering global benchmarks, India’s regulatory and taxation framework, governance practices, market developments, and the emerging SM REIT structure. It identifies key challenges to wider adoption — including tax clarity, transaction costs, investor awareness and institutional participation — and provides practical recommendations at the policy, market and operational levels.

The report also highlights the growing role of Chartered Accountants in this space, with expanding opportunities in financial reporting, assurance, valuation, taxation, regulatory compliance and ESG reporting, as REITs continue to bridge the real estate and capital markets in India.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90859reit-ya-11.pdf

4. Revitalizing India’s Legal Landscape: Addressing Obsolete Economic and Commercial Laws for A Viksit Bharat @ 2047

The report examines the reliability and relevance of India’s current statutory frameworks through doctrinal analysis and empirical feedback from professional stakeholders. It identifies economic and commercial laws that need strengthening in line with the objectives of Viksit Bharat @ 2047, and aims to support the creation of a contemporary legal system that fosters entrepreneurship, fair competition and robust institutional governance — positioning India as a leading global economy by 2047.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90860rilld-ya-11.pdf

F. OPINION

Accounting for commission paid for performance bank guarantees, under Ind AS framework

a. Facts of the Case

  • The company, a JV of two PSUs, obtained PNGRB authorisation to develop CGD networks and was required to furnish a Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) of ₹1,948 crore as a precondition.
  • The promoters provided the PBG and recovered the bank guarantee (BG) commission from the company through debit notes with GST.
  • The company capitalised the BG commission as part of CWIP under AS 16 and depreciated it after commissioning.
  • During supplementary audit for FY 2023-24, C&AG objected, stating that capitalisation overstated profit and assets and that the commission should be expensed.
  • The company defended its treatment on the basis that furnishing the PBG was mandatory for project execution and relied on Ind AS 16 and earlier EAC opinions.

B. QUERY

The querist sought EAC opinion on:

  1. Whether capitalisation of BG commission of ₹13.44 crore relating to the PBG is correct under AS 16.
  2. If not, what should be the appropriate accounting treatment.
  3. If a change is required, whether it should be treated as change in estimate, accounting policy, or prior-period error.

C. POINTS CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE

  • The Committee confined itself to accounting for BG commission paid to promoters and did not examine other project accounting matters.
  •  It noted that no borrowing was taken by the company and the BG commission did not relate to borrowings; therefore AS 23 was not applicable.
  • Under AS 16, only costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for intended use can be capitalised.
  • “Directly attributable” costs are those necessary for construction activity and without which the asset cannot be made ready for use.
  • The Committee observed that BG commission is incurred to obtain authorisation (PBG) and not for construction of the asset.
  • Although furnishing PBG is essential for obtaining the project, the commission does not add value to construction nor bring the asset to operating condition.
  • Further, the BG commission does not create a resource controlled by the company, and hence cannot be recognised as a separate asset.

D. OPINION

The Expert Advisory Committee opined that:

  1. Capitalisation of BG commission is not appropriate.
  2. The BG commission should be recognised as an expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss as and when incurred.
  3. Since the existing treatment is not in accordance with Ind AS, it should be rectified in the current reporting period as an accounting error in accordance with Ind AS 8, with retrospective correction as required.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/.pdf

Financial Reporting Dossier

A. KEY GLOBAL UPDATES

1. IASB: ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES ON REPORTING UNCERTAINTIES IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On November 28, 2025, the International Accounting Standards Board, in response to stakeholders’ concerns about the equity of information in financial statements relating to climate-specific and other uncertainties, issued illustrative examples on reporting such uncertainties in the financial statements.

Reporting uncertainties in the financial statements involves the exercise of judgement in determining what needs to be disclosed. This highlights the need for guidance to ensure consistency and sufficiency of disclosures relating to such uncertainties.

The examples highlight the following:

  •  Application of materiality for specific disclosures required by IFRS (Para 31 – IAS 1)
  • Estimates used to measure recoverable amounts of cash-generating units containing goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (Para 134 – IAS 36)
  • Sources of estimation uncertainty (Para 125 – IAS 1)
  • Credit Risk (Para 35A – IFRS 7)
  • Indication of the uncertainties about the amount or timing of those outflows among other disclosures (Para 85 – IAS 37)
  • Aggregation and disaggregation (Para 41 – IFRS 18)

The above examples reiterate the disclosure requirements prescribed in the above-mentioned standards and do not discuss any new matters.

2. FASB: NEW STANDARD TO IMPROVE INTERIM REPORTING

On December 08, 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, to improve the guidance on interim reporting by improving the navigability of the required interim disclosures and clarifying when the guidance is applicable, issued a Narrow-Scope Improvements through Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Interim Reporting (Topic 270).

The improvements are issued following feedback from the stakeholders about the challenges and complexity of Topic 270. As per the Financial Accounting Standards Board these challenges is a result of development of the source literature, the initial codification of the historical content, and subsequent amendments to the Topic as new accounting guidance was issued over time necessitating the improvements in Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Interim Reporting (Topic 270).

The objective of the amendments is to provide clarity about the current requirements, rather than evaluate whether to expand or reduce interim disclosure requirements. These include:

  •  Applicability of Topic 270
  • Types of interim reporting
  • Form and content of interim financial statements
  • Disclosure principle that requires entities to disclose events since the end of the last annual reporting period that have a material impact on the entity

These amendments in the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Interim Reporting (Topic 270) are effective for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, for public business entities and for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2028, for entities other than
public business entities. Early adoption is permitted for all entities.

3. FASB: NEW STANDARD TO IMPROVE HEDGE ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

On November 25, 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, to clarify certain aspects of the guidance on hedge accounting and to address several incremental hedge accounting issues arising from the global reference rate reform initiative, issued a Hedge Accounting Improvements through the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815).

The improvements are a follow up to the amendments in the 2019 proposed update, which as per the stakeholders was inadequate in resolving the issues encountered by the stakeholders. Further, a need for update in several areas of the hedge accounting guidance to address the effects of reference rate reform on hedge accounting were identified in 2021 by the stakeholders.

The objective of the updates is to more closely align hedge accounting with the economics of an entity’s risk management activities. The following issues are discussed in the updates

  • Similar Risk Assessment for Cash Flow Hedges: A group of individual forecasted transactions to have similar risk exposure rather than a shared risk exposure
  • Hedging Forecasted Interest Payments on Choose-Your-Rate Debt Instruments: A module with simplified assumptions to assess the probability of occurrence of forecasted transactions and hedge effectiveness.
  • Cash Flow Hedges of Nonfinancial Forecasted Transactions: Allows hedge accounting for eligible components of forecasted spot-market transactions, forward-market transactions, and subcomponents of explicitly referenced components in an agreement’s pricing formula.
  • Net Written Options as Hedging Instruments: Accommodates differences in the loan and swap markets that resulted from the cessation of the LIBOR reference rate and eliminates the requirement for the net written option test in certain instances.
  • Foreign-Currency-Denominated Debt Instrument as Hedging Instrument and Hedged Item (Dual Hedge): Eliminate the recognition and presentation mismatch related to a dual hedge strategy (that is, a hedge for which a foreign currency-denominated debt instrument is both designated as the hedging instrument in a net investment hedge and designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge of interest rate risk).

These amendments in the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) are effective from annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods. For entities other than public business entities, the amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted for all entities.

4. FASB: NEW STANDARD TO ADD GUIDANCE ON ACCOUNTING FOR GOVERNMENT GRANTS BY BUSINESSES

On December 04, 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, to improve generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) by establishing authoritative guidance on the accounting for government grants received by business entities, issued updates relating to accounting for Government Grants received by Business Entities through the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Government Grants (Topic 832).

These updates bring in specific authoritative guidance about the recognition, measurement, and presentation of a grant received by a business entity from a government which the GAAP did not provide. The absence of this guidance in the GAAP led the business entities to refer similar but not specific guidance on IAS 20 – Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance, Topic 450 – Contingencies (US GAAP) and Subtopic 958-605 – Not-for-Profit Entities—Revenue Recognition. Hence, to reduce diversity in practice and increase consistency among business entities these updates have been issued.

The following amendments are affected to the updates:

  • Recognition criteria of a government grant received by a business entity if it meets the recognition guidance for a grant related to an asset or a grant related to income and depending upon probability of compliance with the conditions attached to the grant and the receivability of the grant.
  • A grant related to an asset to be recognized on the balance sheet as a business entity incurs the related costs for which the grant is intended to compensate, either as a Deferred income (the deferred income approach) or as an adjustment to the cost basis in determining the carrying amount of the asset (the cost accumulation approach).
  • In case of deferred income approach:
    Measurement: a systematic and rational basis for income recognition over the periods in which a business entity recognizes as expenses the costs for which the grant is intended to compensate.
    Presentation: a general heading such as other income or deducted from the related expense.
  • In case of cost accumulation approach:
    Measurement: no separate subsequent recognition of the government grant proceeds in earnings. Depreciation or subsequent accounting depending upon the carrying amount of the asset.

These amendments in the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Government Grants (Topic 832) are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2028, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. For entities other than public business entities, the amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2029, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods Early adoption is permitted for all entities.

5. IAASB: NARROW-SCOPE AMENDMENTS RELATED TO IESBA’S USING THE WORK OF EXPERTS

On January 05, 2026, the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board issued a narrow-scope amendments to its standards arising from the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ (IESBA) Using the Work of an External Expert project.

The following standards stands amended:

  1. ISA 620 – Using the work of an auditor’s expert
  2. ISRE 2400 (Revised) – Engagements to Review Historical Financial Statements
  3. ISAE 3000 (Revised) – Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information
  4. ISRS 4400 (Revised) – Agreed-upon procedures engagements

The amends relates to ethical requirements include provisions related to using the work of an expert, evaluation of competence, capabilities and objectivity of the expert, Prohibition on using the work of an expert if necessary competence or capabilities is not possessed or if no such evaluation is possible.

6. FRC: THEMATIC REVIEW: REPORTING BY THE UK’S SMALLER LISTED COMPANIES

The Financial Reporting Council, to support a high quality of reporting by the UK’s smaller listed companies and by doing so enhance investor confidence in the said companies, issued operational insights in its “Thematic Review: Reporting by the UK’s smaller listed companies”. The review is based on 20 companies with year-ends between September 2024 and April 2025 operating in a range of market sectors listed outside of the FTSE 350.

The publication highlight improvement in the following areas:

  1.  Revenue: An accounting policy on revenue recognition for all material revenue streams should be aptly disclosed and should be consistent with the company’s business model. Explanations relating to the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, agent versus principal considerations, and the associated judgements should also be aptly disclosed as a part of the accounting policy.
  2. Cash flow statements: A clear explanation of specific transactions and the rationale for the classification of such items as operating, investing and financing activities should be provided. Consistency between the amount in the cashflow and other information must be ensured.
  3. Impairment of non-financial assets: Disclosure relating to the impairment reviews of non-financial assets, significant judgements and estimates, key assumptions and sensitivity analysis.
  4. Financial instruments: Company specific accounting policies for more complex financial instruments including initial classification and subsequent measurement should be disclosed.

B. GLOBAL REGULATORS – ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND INSPECTION REPORTS

1. THE FINANCIAL REPORTING COUNCIL, UK

a) Sanctions against KPMG LLP and Anthony Sykes

The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in relation to serious breaches of the International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) in the statutory audit of the financial statements of N Brown Group plc (N Brown) for the financial year ended 26 February 2022 (FY22) by KPMG LLP (KPMG), imposed sanctions against KPMG and the concern Audit Engagement Partner in the Final Settlement Decision Notice (FSDN) under the Audit Enforcement Procedure.

KPMG and the concern Audit Engagement Partner have admitted to these breaches of the International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) in the audit work performed on impairment of non-current assets.

As per the International Accounting Standard 36 (IAS 36) a non-current asset should be tested for impairment if there are indications that the carrying value is more than the highest amount to be recovered through its use or sale by the company. The Auditors are required to determine if these impairment testing are performed in accordance with the standards. Impairment testing helps reflect accurate picture of the company’s financial position, ensuring that the company’s assets are not overstated.

N Brown is one of the UK’s largest online clothing and footwear retailers and at the relevant time was listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange. In FY 2022, there was indication of impairment, as the group’s market capitalisation was substantially lower than its net assets. The audit team identified impairment of non-current assets as a significant risk and key audit area for the audit.

The breaches in the audit performed with respect to IAS 36 is as under:

  • Carrying value of the cash generating unit (CGU).
  • Impairment model methodology.
  • Cash flow forecasts.
  • Discount rate.
  • Sensitivity analysis.
  • Reconciliation to market capitalisation
  • The audit’s team’s overall conclusions.

Even after the breaches mentioned above, the FSDN has not questioned the truth or fairness of the FY 2022 financial statements. Although the inadequate audit work on impairment led to an overstatement of headroom (being the difference between the recoverable amount and carrying value), it has not been alleged that N Brown should have recognised an impairment in FY 2022.

B) FRC IMPOSES SANCTIONS AGAINST BDO LLP AND TWO AUDIT ENGAGEMENT PARTNERS

The FRC, in relation to misconduct by BDO LLP (BDO) and two former audit engagement partners, has imposed sanctions under the Accountancy Scheme against the BDO and its former partners.

The sanctions were imposed following a formal complaint against the respondents in April 2025, which led to an investigation into their conduct under the given circumstances.

In the investigation it was found that a Senior Manager was able to pursue, undetected, a dishonest course of conduct on numerous audits between 2015 and 2019, which included: creating false audit evidence, causing auditor’s reports to be issued without approval from the relevant audit engagement partner, and inserting electronic copies of the audit engagement partners’ signatures in auditor’s reports without their approval.

The outcome of the investigation into the Senior Manager, which provides further details of their Misconduct and the sanctions imposed, was published in November 2024.

The misconduct found in the investigation in the present case is as under:

  • BDO’s inadequate response to internal reports which raised or should have raised concerns as to the Senior Manager’s honesty and integrity.
  • Deficiencies in BDO’s systems and controls for ensuring adequate audit supervision by engagement partners, and audit quality in the period 2012-2019.
  • The failure of the one of the former partners (in the period 2014 – 2019) and the other former partners (in the period 2015 – 2019) to adequately supervise, monitor and oversee 21 and 13 audits respectively, on which the Senior Manager worked, which resulted in each case in an Auditor’s Report being issued without their authority and, in some cases, where inadequate, or no, audit evidence had been obtained.
  • One of the partner’s issuance of 10 Auditor’s Reports (for financial years ending between 2015-2018) in relation to audits on which the Senior Manager worked, when insufficient audit evidence had been obtained and where it is inferred that he had carried out no, or very limited, review of such evidence (if any) as had been obtained.
  • BDO’s liability for the Misconduct of the Senior Manager and the former partners.

2. THE PUBLIC COMPANY ACCOUNTING OVERSIGHT BOARD (PCAOB)

a) PCAOB Sanctions Audit Firm, an Owner of That Firm, and a Former Audit Manager for Multiple Violations of PCAOB Rules and Standards

On January 13, 2026, The PCAOB, in the case involving violations of PCAOB rules and auditing standards in connection with the integrated audit of a public company – Genie Energy Ltd. (“Genie”) – for the year ended December 31, 2022, announced an order sanctioning to Zwick CPA, PLLC(“Firm”), Jack Zwick (“Zwick”) and (2) Jeffrey Hoskow (“Hoskow”).

Violations Found By the PCAOB

  • Failure to properly plan, identify, and assess the risks of material misstatement.
  • Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support the Firm’s opinion on internal control over financial reporting.
  • Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence as to Genie’s reported revenue and unbilled revenue.
  • Failure to properly supervise the work of the Firm’s engagement team members.
  • Failure to prepare audit documentation pursuant to PCAOB standards.

b) PCAOB Sanctions U.S. Audit Firm for Violations Related to Communications Between Predecessor and Successor Auditors

On September 23, 2025, The PCAOB, in the case involving violations of PCAOB rules and auditing standards in connection with its transfer of draft workpapers to the Successor Auditors, announced an order sanctioning to Marcum Asia CPAs, LLP, a New York-headquartered firm formerly known as Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP (“Marcum BP”).

Violations Found By the PCAOB

  • Failure to adhere to the PCAOB rules and auditing standards relating to transfer of draft workpapers to the Successor Auditor.
  • Failure to reach an understanding with the successor auditor as to the use of the draft workpapers, in violation of under AS 2610, “Initial Audits -Communications Between Predecessor and Successor Auditors.”

Due to above violations, the successor auditor improperly used the draft workpapers in its audits and issued an unqualified audit report on the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year 2015 till 2017. This conduct was the subject of a November 2023 PCAOB enforcement settlement.

c) PCAOB Sanctions Former Audit Partner for Multiple Violations of PCAOB Rules and Standards

On October 25, 2025, The PCAOB, in case of multiple violations of its rules and standards, announced an order imposing sanctions on a former partner in the Lima, Peru, office of Tanaka, Valdivia, Arribas & Asociados Sociedad Civil de Responsabilidad Limitada (“EY Peru”).

The former partner was the partner responsible for EY Peru’s full scope component audit (for the year ended December 31, 2020) of Gilat Networks Peru S.A. (“GNP”), a Latin American subsidiary of an Israel-based provider of satellite-based broadband communications.

Violations Found By the PCAOB

The PCAOB found that during the GNP audit work, the former partner:

  • Violated its rules and standards in evaluating GNP’s revenue recognition, an identified fraud risk;
  • Failure to appropriately supervise the GNP engagement team; and
  • Failure to prepare audit documentation pursuant to PCAOB standards.

d) Deficiencies in Firm Inspection Reports:

K G Somani & Co. LLP

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) has issued a report detailing significant deficiencies in the audits conducted by K G Somani & Co. LLP. These deficiencies, which span various aspects of the firm’s audit practices, have raised serious concerns regarding the quality of their audits, compliance with PCAOB rules, and audit independence. Below is an overview of the key findings from the PCAOB inspection report, categorized into several critical areas:

1) Audits with Unsupported Opinions

One of the most concerning findings in the PCAOB inspection report is the firm’s failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support its audit opinions, particularly regarding the financial statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (ICFR). Specific deficiencies identified in this area include:

Issuer A (Information Technology):

  • Revenue, Accounts Receivable, Cash, Goodwill, and Intangible Assets: The firm did not perform adequate testing of these key areas, including revenue recognition and the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.
  • Inadequate Testing of Revenue Transactions: The firm failed to adequately test revenue transactions to ensure they were correctly recorded in accordance with accounting standards.
  • Failure to Evaluate Key Controls: The audit did not adequately assess controls over critical areas such as journal entries or accounts receivable, which could have flagged material misstatements.
  • Insufficient Fraud Risk Assessment: The firm did not perform sufficient procedures related to journal entries, which could indicate potential fraud. This failure led to an incomplete evaluation of the fraud risks inherent in the audit.

The deficiencies in obtaining sufficient evidence for these areas have resulted in unsupported audit opinions on the financial statements and ICFR of Issuer A. This raises concerns about the accuracy of the firm’s audit conclusions and whether the financial statements provided to stakeholders were truly reliable.

2) Other Instances of Non-Compliance

The inspection also identified several other areas where the firm did not comply with PCAOB standards, further compromising the reliability of their audits. These non-compliance issues include:

  • Journal Entries: The firm did not perform sufficient procedures to ensure that the population of journal entries was complete when testing for possible material misstatements due to fraud, as outlined in AS 1105. This lack of thorough testing increases the risk of overlooking fraudulent activity in the audit.
  • Audit Independence: The firm failed to properly assess the compliance of audit participants with independence requirements, as mandated by AS 2101. This represents a violation of critical PCAOB standards and raises concerns about the objectivity and integrity of the audit process.
  • Risk Identification: The firm did not adequately inquire with the audit committee and the internal audit function about material misstatement risks, including fraud risks, as required under AS 2110. This failure in communication could have led to an incomplete or inaccurate risk assessment for the audit.
  • Internal Control Reports: The firm’s internal control report was deficient, as it failed to reference the financial statements for all years included in the Form 10-K, violating AS 2201. This omission raises concerns about the completeness and accuracy of the firm’s reporting on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

3) Independence Issues

The inspection report also identified concerns regarding the firm’s audit independence, an area of particular importance for maintaining the integrity of the audit process. Specifically, the firm may have violated SEC and PCAOB rules regarding audit independence. An indemnification agreement between the audit client and the firm impaired the auditor’s independence, violating Rule 2-01(b) of Regulation S-X.

4) Quality Control

While no major criticisms were found regarding the firm’s quality control system, the PCAOB inspection raised concerns about the effectiveness of monitoring activities within the firm. These concerns suggest that there may be gaps in ensuring that audit procedures consistently align with PCAOB standards across all audits, which could increase the risk of non-compliance in future audits.

The deficiencies identified in the PCAOB inspection report reflect significant gaps in K G Somani & Co. LLP’s audit processes, especially in their testing procedures, risk assessments, and compliance with independence rules. The firm’s inability to test key areas adequately, such as revenue recognition, journal entries, and internal controls, may have led to inaccurate or unsupported opinions on the financial statements and ICFR of its clients. These findings underscore the critical need for corrective action to bring the firm’s audit practices into compliance with PCAOB standards.

Additionally, the potential breach of independence requirements due to the indemnification agreement with the audit client needs to be urgently addressed. The firm must also take steps to improve its internal quality control processes to prevent future instances of non-compliance.

The PCAOB has set a 12-month period for the firm to address these deficiencies. Failure to do so will result in public disclosure of any unresolved issues. The firm’s response to the PCAOB draft inspection report will be evaluated to ensure that the necessary corrective actions are taken to comply with PCAOB standards and maintain the integrity of its audits.

3. THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC)

a) SEC Charges ADM and Three Former Executives with Accounting and Disclosure Fraud

On January 27, 2026, The SEC in the matter of materially inflating the performance of one of the key segments i.e. Nutrition segment of Archer-Daniels-Midland Company (ADM) filed the following:

  •  Charges against ADM and two former executives.
  • Litigated action against one of its former executives.

As per SEC, the said segment was one that ADM highlighted to its investors as an important driver of the company’s overall growth.

The SEC further highlighted the role of the former executives in directing the ‘adjustments’ to Nutrition segment with other segments of ADM to offset the falling targets in the Nutrition segment in fiscal year 2021 and 2022. These adjustments included retrospective rebates and price change between the Nutrition and Other segment which were not available to other customers thereby passing on the operating profit to Nutrition segment. These transactions thus helped ADM and the executives to show that the Nutrition segment has achieved the desired operating profit of 15% to 20% as promised by the executives to the investors.

The order finds that the above adjustments in annual and quarterly reports of ADM led to false and were misleading as these transactions were inconsistent with the representations by the ADM that intersegment transactions were recorded at amounts “approximating market”.

The former executives of ADM were charged with violating the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws, reporting, books and records, and internal accounting control provisions of the federal securities laws in case of all the concern executives and aiding and abetting ADM’s violations of the antifraud and failing to reimburse ADM for certain executive compensation as required in case of one of the executive.

The following penal charges are levied:

  • ADM – civil penalty of $40,000,000
  • Executive 1 – Disgorgement and prejudgment interest – $404,343, Civil penalty of $125,000, three-year officer and director bar.
  • Executive 2 – Disgorgement and prejudgment interest – $575,610 and Civil penalty of $75,000
  • Executive 3 – Permanent injunctions, an officer and director bar, disgorgement of ill-gotten gains with prejudgment interest, civil penalties, and reimbursement of certain executive compensation to ADM pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

As part of the reform process being undertaken by the Government of India, 29 existing labour legislations were consolidated into a unified framework comprising four labour codes, viz., the Code on Wages, 2019, the Code on Social Security, 2020, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, which were made effective from November 21, 2025. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations. The ASB of ICAI has also issued FAQs on key accounting implications arising from the New Labour Codes.

Given below are disclosures by a few select companies on the impact of the above Codes in their results for the quarter and 9 months ended 31st December 2025.

Extracts from the Standalone Financial Results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025

Reliance Industries Limited   (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

 

Employee Benefits Expense

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Unaudited Unaudited Unaudited
2,759 2,321 2,181

The Government of India has consolidated 29 existing labour legislations into a unified framework comprising four labour codes, viz., the Code on Wages, 2019, the Code on Social Security, 2020, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 (collectively referred to as the “Codes”). The Codes have been made effective from November 21, 2025. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations.

The incremental impact of these changes, assessed by the Company, on the basis of the information available, consistent with the guidance provided by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, is not material and has been recognised in the standalone financial results, of the Company for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025. Once Central / State Rules are notified by the Government on all aspects of the Codes, the Company will evaluate impact, if any, on the measurement of employee benefits and would provide appropriate accounting treatment.

Tata Consultancy Services Limited  (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

Profit before exceptional items and Tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Audited Audited Audited
16,129 16,094 15,509
Exceptional Items
Re-structuring expenses (79) (850)
Statutory impact of new Labour Codes (Refer Note 3) (2,128)
Provision towards legal claim (1,010)
Profit before Tax 12,912 15,244 15,509

Note 3:

On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified the four Labour Codes – the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 – consolidating 29 existing labour laws. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations. The Company has assessed and disclosed the incremental impact of these changes on the basis of legal opinion obtained and the best information available, consistent with the guidance provided by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Considering the materiality and regulatory-driven, non-recurring nature of this impact, the Company has presented such incremental impact as “Statutory impact of new Labour Codes” under “Exceptional items” in the standalone interim statement of profit and loss for the period ended December 31, 2025. The incremental impact consisting of gratuity of ₹1,816 crore and long-term compensated absences of ₹312 crore primarily arises due to change in wage definition. The Company continues to monitor the finalisation of Central / State Rules and clarifications from the Government on other aspects of the Labour Code and would provide appropriate accounting effect on the basis of such developments, as needed.

Infosys Limited                  (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

 

Profit before exceptional item and Tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
 Audited Audited Audited
10,817 10,469 8,844
Exceptional Item
Impact of Labour Codes (Refer to Note c) (1,146)
Profit before tax 9,671 10,469 8,844

Note c) Impact of Labour Codes:

On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified provisions of the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020 and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 (‘Labour Codes’), which consolidate twenty-nine existing labour laws into a unified framework governing employee benefits during employment and post-employment. The Labour Codes, amongst other things, introduces changes, including a uniform definition of wages and enhanced benefits relating to leave. The Company has assessed the financial implications of these changes, which has resulted in an increase in gratuity liability arising out of past service cost and an increase in leave liability by ₹1,146 crore. Considering the impact arising out of the enactment of the new legislation is an event of non-recurring nature, the Company has presented this incremental amount as “Impact of Labour Codes” under “Exceptional Item” in the Condensed Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss for the three months and nine months ended December 31, 2025.The Company continues to monitor the developments pertaining to Labour Codes and will evaluate the impact, if any, on the measurement of the employee benefits liability.

Tata Motors Limited (formerly TML Commercial Vehicles Limited) 

                                                                       (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

Profit before exceptional items and Tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
 Audited Audited Audited
2,318 1,757 1,603
Exceptional Items-loss (net) (refer Note 4) 1,545 2,366 24
Profit/(loss) before tax 773 (609) 1,579

Note 4: Exceptional Items- Net losses/ (gains)

                                                                              (₹ in crores)

Particulars Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Audited Audited Unaudited
Provision for/(reversal of) impairment of investment in subsidiary and associate companies 2,355 (1)
Stamp Duty charges 962
Statutory impact of new Labour Codes (refer Note (iii) below) 574
Provision for employee pension scheme 8
Reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment and provision for Intangible assets under development (net)  – (1)
Employee separation cost 1 1 4
Past Service cost- Post retirement Medicare scheme
Total 1,545 2,366 24

Note (iii):

On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified the four Labour Codes – the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 – consolidating 29 existing labour laws. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations. The Company has evaluated and disclosed the incremental impact of these changes using the best information currently available, consistent with the guidance provided by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Considering the materiality and regulatory-driven, non-recurring nature of this impact, the Company has presented such incremental impact as “Statutory impact of new Labour Codes” in the financial results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025. The incremental impact consisting of gratuity of ₹482 crores and long-term compensated absences of ₹92 crores, primarily arises due to change in wage definition. The Company continues to monitor the finalisation of Central / State Rules and clarifications from the Government on other aspects of the Labour Code and would provide appropriate accounting effect on the basis of such developments as needed.

AXIS BANK LTD                          (₹ in crores) 

Particulars

 

 

 

Operating expenses (i)+(ii)

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Unaudited Unaudited Unaudited
9,636.52 9,956.60 9,044.20
(i) Employees cost (Refer Note 7) 2,771.79 3.117.63 2,984.61
(ii) Other operating expenses 6,864.73 6,838.97 6,059.59

 

Note 7: On 21st November 2025, the Government of India consolidated 29 existing labour laws into a unified framework of four Labour Codes (including the Code on Social Security, 2020), collectively referred to as the ‘New Labour Codes’. Since Q3FY21, based on an internal policy, the Bank has been consistently provisioning for gratuity liability, in anticipation of the implementation of the Code on Social Security, 2020. In Q3FY26, the Bank has performed a preliminary assessment of the financial impact of the New Labour Codes based on the draft Central Rules and FAQs published by the Ministry of Labour and Employment, in line with the guidance from the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. The Bank has charged to its Profit and Loss Account for Q3FY26 an amount of ₹25.44 crores towards gratuity, primarily due to changes in the wage definition. As on 31st December 2025, the Bank holds a cumulative provision of ₹434.09 crores towards the New Labour Codes. The Bank will monitor the finalisation of Central and State Rules relating to the New Labour Codes and adjust its estimates and provisions in subsequent reporting periods for gratuity and other aspects of the New Labour Codes, in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

HDFC BANK LIMITED   (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

 

 

Operating expenses (i)+(ii)

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Unaudited Unaudited Unaudited
18,771.04 17,977.92 17,106.41
(i) Employees cost (Refer Note 12) 7,203.17 6,461.29 5,950.41
(ii) Other operating expenses 11,567.87 11,516.63 11,156.00

 

Note 12: On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified four Labour Codes – the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, collectively referred to as the ‘New Labour Codes’, consolidating 29 existing labour laws. The Ministry of Labour & Employment has published draft Central Rules and FAQs on December 30, 2025, to facilitate assessment of the financial impact arising from these regulatory changes. Accordingly, the Bank has recognised an estimated incremental impact of ₹800.00 crore under ‘Employees cost’ in the Profit and Loss Account during the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025, considering best information available. The Bank continues to monitor the finalisation of Central and State Rules and clarifications from the Government on the New Labour Codes and would provide appropriate accounting effect on the basis of such developments, as needed.

LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED      (₹ in crores) 

Particulars

 

 

 

Exceptional items before tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Reviewed Reviewed Reviewed
(1,108.73) (5,413.00)
Current tax (279.05)
Exceptional Items (net of tax) (Refer Note ii)  (829.68) (5,413.00)

Note (ii): Effective November 21, 2025, the Government of India consolidated 29 existing labour regulations into four Labour codes, namely, The Code on Wages, 2019, The Industrial Relations Code, 2020, The Code on Social Security, 2020 and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, collectively referred to as the ‘New Labour Codes’. The New Labour Codes have resulted in a one-time material increase in provision for employee benefits on account of recognition of past service costs. Based on the requirements of New Labour Codes and the ICAI clarification, the Company has assessed and accounted the estimated incremental Impact of ₹829.68 crore (net of tax) as Exceptional Items in the financial results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025.

The Limit of Long – Range Forecasting in Goodwill Impairment Reliability, Avoiding Optimism Bias and the Discipline of IND AS 36

Under Ind AS 36, assessing goodwill impairment via “value in use” restricts cash flow forecasts to a five-year maximum, unless explicitly justified. Companies often improperly extend and perpetually defer these projected inflows to avoid recognizing impairment. However, the Standard dictates that extended forecasts must be strictly reliable and validated by historical performance. Regulators like ESMA and NFRA emphasize that repeatedly missing past projections destroys forecast credibility. Furthermore, speculative future enhancements cannot be included. Ultimately, perpetually deferred cash flows fail the reliability test, rendering goodwill impairment unavoidable and mandatory.

INTRODUCTION

Impairment testing of goodwill under Ind AS 36 Impairment of Assets hinges on the recoverability of future economic benefits. The Standard allows for value in use (ViU) assessments using forecasted cash flows, but imposes strict conditions, particularly when entities seek to justify forecast periods beyond five years. In practice, many companies operating in high-tech or capital-intensive sectors rely on extended projections, sometime perpetually deferring expected cash flows to avoid impairment. This practice has drawn global and domestic regulatory scrutiny. This article examines a specific impairment issue involving extended forecast periods and repeatedly deferred cash flows, analysed through the framework of Ind AS 36.

THE ACCOUNTING ISSUE

Consider an Entity X operating in a technology-intensive industry, which acquired a business engaged in developing specialised hardware and embedded solutions. At the acquisition date, the acquired business is largely in a development phase, with limited commercial revenues. A substantial portion of the purchase consideration was recognised as goodwill, allocated to a single cash-generating unit (CGU).

For the purpose of annual impairment testing, the entity employed a ViU model. Management prepared explicit cash flow projections covering ten years, asserting that meaningful revenues and operating cash inflows are expected only in the later years of the forecast period. The use of a forecast period exceeding five years is justified on the basis that:

  • the industry has long development and customer qualification cycles;
  • commercial success is dependent on future regulatory or legislative changes; and
  • management has historical experience of products that took several years to generate revenue.

In the initial impairment tests following the acquisition, significant cash inflows were projected in years seven to ten. However, as time progressed, those cash inflows failed to materialise. In each subsequent impairment test, the management preserved the forecast profile but simply shifted the projected inflows forward by one year, effectively deferring them further into the future.

During one intermediate year, the entity recognised a partial impairment of goodwill, driven by changes in macroeconomic assumptions and discount rates. Yet in the years that followed, despite continued delays in achieving forecast revenues, management maintained the ten-year forecast horizon and did not recognise any further impairment. It was only when management revised its assumptions specifically around timing of inflows and reliability of long-range projections that a substantial impairment was finally recognised.

ISSUE

This evolving pattern of forecast deferral leads to a key technical question under Ind AS 36:

Can management continue to justify the use of an extended forecast period for goodwill impairment testing when prior long-term projections have repeatedly failed to materialise? Does such deferral comply with the requirements of Ind AS 36 for reliable and supportable assumptions?

ACCOUNTING ANALYSIS UNDER IND AS 36

Extended Forecast Periods- Justification Required

As per paragraph 33(b) of Ind AS 36, cash flow projections used in measuring value in use must be based on the most recent financial budgets or forecasts approved by management and cover a maximum period of five years, unless a longer period can be justified.

Paragraph 35 cautions that detailed, explicit and reliable financial budgets and forecasts of future cash flows for periods longer than five years are generally not available and are permitted only where management is confident of their reliability and can demonstrate its ability, based on past experience, to forecast cash flows over that longer period.

In the Entity X example above, repeated deferral of cash inflows without ever meeting prior projections strongly suggests that the extended period fails the reliability test.

The Reliability Trap Navigating Long Range Forecasts in Goodwill impairment

A nearly identical conclusion was reached in the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) case – Decision ref EECS/0126-01, published in the 30th Extract from the FRWG (EECS)’s Database of Enforcement. There the enforcer found that repeated use of longer-duration (nine years in that case) forecast horizon, with inflows continually shifted forward, failed to meet the reliability threshold under IAS 36 (which is equivalent to Ind AS 36 in this respect). As a result, the forecast period was reduced to five years, and this adjustment triggered an impairment of goodwill.

Forecast Reliability and Historical Performance

Paragraph 34 of Ind AS 36 requires management to assess the reasonableness of assumptions by, examining the causes of differences between past projections and actual outcomes. This comparison is not optional: it is a direct test of forecast credibility. If historical forecasts have consistently failed to materialise, continued reliance on similar assumptions lacks support under the Standard.

This principle is echoed by the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) in its publication – Audit Committee – Auditor Interactions Series 4 Audit of Accounting Estimates and Judgements Impairment of Non-financial Assets- Ind AS 36, SA 540 etc. NFRA explicitly calls on both auditors and audit committees to challenge management’s assumptions by evaluating past performance:

Has the auditor tested the reasonableness and reliability of future growth projections, profit margins etc., by evaluating the historical trend of actual performance versus budget?” (Paragraph 46.10 of NFRA Series 4)

In case of Entity X, despite multiple years of underperformance relative to forecasts, management continued to defer project inflows without revisiting the model’s reliability, putting it at odds with both Ind AS 36 and NFRA expectations.

Exclusion of Future Enhancements

Paragraph 44 of Ind AS 36 prohibits the inclusion of cash flows that are expected to arise from future restructurings or from improving or enhancing the asset’s performance, unless those actions are already committed. This provision ensures that cash flow projections reflect the asset’s current condition and performance capability, not speculative or aspirational improvements.

In its Audit Committee – Auditor Interactions Series 4, NFRA directly reinforces this standard by urging auditors to scrutinize the nature of projected cash inflows:

“Has the auditor ensured the cash flow estimates exclude inflows and cost savings from future business or performance enhancements” (Paragraph 46.10 of NFRA Series 4)

In the Entity X scenario, although the model did not explicitly include planned restructurings, it effectively assumed that forecasted cash inflows would eventually materialise despite years of consistent underperformance. This implies an unstated expectation of future enhancements, in direct contradiction to the intent of paragraph 44 and NFRA’s caution against including such assumptions in ViU calculations.

Use of Internal vs. External Evidence

Paragraph 33(a) of Ind AS 36 prioritizes external market evidence over internal assumptions. NFRA flags this as a critical focus area:

“Has the auditor tested reasonableness of weightages given to internal and external data?”(Paragraph 46.10 of NFRA Series 4)

Entity X’s model relied entirely on internal conviction, with little alignment to market or regulatory developments.

CONCLUSION

The broader message is that goodwill cannot be supported indefinitely by cash flows that remain perpetually deferred. When time passes but value does not materialise, the issue ceases to be one of timing and becomes one of reliability and once reliability is lost, impairment becomes unavoidable. Ind AS 36 provides clear guardrails through its five-year forecast threshold and reliability clause. ESMA’s decision and NFRA’s Series 4 guidance reinforces these guardrails from a practical reinforcement perspective.

For preparers and auditors, the core lesson is that once management repeatedly fails to deliver on long-term forecasts, those forecasts lose credibility. At that point, impairment is not a conservative stance; it is required and should have been provided much earlier. Professional judgement must favour realism, supported by evidence, over hopeful deferral ensuring that asset values remain aligned with recoverable benefit.

Goods And Services Tax

I. HIGH COURT

103. (2026) 38 Centax 260 (Mad.) Abdul Kader M. vs. State Tax Officer dated 08.01.2026.

Assessment without personal hearing is invalid for violation of natural justice, even if limitation extension is otherwise valid.

FACTS

The Central Government issued Notification No. 09/2023 dated 31.03.2023 and Notification No. 56/2023 dated 28.12.2023 under section 168A of the CGST Act, 2017, extending the limitation period for completing proceedings under section 73. Pursuant to these notifications, the respondent passed an assessment order dated 30.07.2024 in the name of the petitioner’s father determining tax liability. Petitioner’s father died after the order was passed, and the petitioner, being the legal heir, stated that he could not file a reply to the SCN and that no personal hearing was granted, resulting in violation of natural justice. Aggrieved by the notifications and the assessment order, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court challenging their validity.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that although Notification Nos. 09/2023 and 56/2023 were vitiated and illegal, as declared in Tata Play Ltd. vs. UOI (2025) 32 Centax 318 (Mad.), the initiation of proceedings was valid in view of the limitation extension granted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Suo Motu Writ (C) No. 3 of 2020, read with section 168A of the CGST Act, 2017. However, as the assessment order was passed without granting a personal hearing, in violation of the principles of natural justice, the Court set aside the order and remanded the matter to the assessing authority for fresh adjudication after giving the petitioner, as legal heir, an opportunity to file objections and be heard.

104. (2026) 38 Centax 228 (Cal.) Amar Iron Udyog Pvt. Ltd. vs Union of India dated 13.01.2026.

ITC on imports cannot be denied merely due to non-reflection in GST portal when IGST payment is confirmed by customs authorities

FACTS:

Petitioner imported goods and availed ITC of IGST paid on such imports under section 16 of the CGST Act, 2017. The GST department issued a SCN under section 73 alleging excess availment of ITC on imports on the ground that the petitioner failed to produce certified proof of IGST payment from the customs authorities. Respondent confirmed the demand and the respondent upheld the order ex-parte. Aggrieved, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that the customs reports confirmed payment of IGST and explained its non-reflection on the GST portal, requiring reconsideration of the issue. Accordingly, the Court set aside the appellate authority’s findings on excess ITC and remanded the matter to the respondent for fresh decision after giving the petitioner an opportunity of hearing.

105. (2026) 38 Centax 165 (Ker.)E.P. Gopakumar vs. Union of India dated 08.01.2026.

GST exemption on health insurance under Notification 16/2025 applies only to individual policies and not to group insurance policies.

FACTS:

Petitioner was covered under a group health insurance policy arranged through the Indian Bank’s Association with an insurance company and paid GST on the insurance premium. After issuance of Notification No. 16/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.09.2025 granting GST exemption on health insurance services, the petitioner contended that the exemption should also apply to his group insurance policy and challenged the levy of GST on the premium. However, the respondent continued to levy GST on the ground that the exemption was applicable only to individual health insurance policies and not group insurance policies. Aggrieved by the continued levy of GST, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking exemption and refund of GST paid.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that the exemption under Notification No. 16/2025-Central Tax (Rate) was intended to apply only to individual health insurance policies and not to group insurance policies obtained through collective bargaining by the Indian Banks’ Association. The Court observed that group insurance policies provided special benefits, lower premiums, and additional advantages not available to individual policyholders, and therefore were distinct from individual policies. Accordingly, the Court held that the petitioner was not entitled to GST exemption on the group insurance premium and dismissed the writ petition.

106. (2026) 39 Centax 117 (Guj.) Reevan Creation vs. State of Gujarat dated 09.01.2026.

Seized goods must be released and bank attachment lifted if statutory timelines under sections 67 and 83 of CGST Act are not followed.

FACTS:

Petitioner was engaged in trading of gold, silver, diamonds, and jewellery, was subjected to search proceedings under section 67(2) of the CGST Act in March 2022, during which gold, other bullion, and cash were seized and its bank accounts were provisionally attached under section 83. Despite lapse of more than one year, the provisional attachment was not lifted, and no notice for confiscation under section 130 or show cause notice within six months of seizure as required under section 67(7) was issued. The petitioner requested release of seized goods and lifting of attachment, but no action was taken by the respondent. Aggrieved by such inaction and violation of statutory timelines, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking release of seized goods and defreezing of bank accounts.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that as per section 67(7) of the CGST Act, where no notice is issued within six months of seizure, the seized goods must be returned and in the present case, the respondent failed to issue such notice within the prescribed time or even within the extended period. The Court further held that provisional attachment under section 83 automatically ceases after one year, and since no fresh attachment order was issued, continuation of attachment was illegal. Accordingly, the Court directed the respondent to release the seized goods and cash and lift the provisional attachment of bank accounts.

107. (2026) 39 Centax 106 (M.P.) Trishul Construction vs. Union of India dated 21.01.2026.

GST reimbursement in pre-GST contracts cannot be denied on technical grounds.

FACTS:

Petitioner was awarded a railway construction contract prior to the implementation of GST and paid GST of ₹2.34 crore on the works executed after GST came into force in July 2017. The petitioner sought reimbursement (GST neutralization) from the respondent, as the GST burden was contractually to be borne by the respondent. Although the petitioner submitted its claim and supporting documents and the GST payment was verified by the GST department, the respondent rejected the claim on the ground that the final bill had been passed and a no-claim certificate had been submitted, and also because the supplementary agreement was not executed by both parties. Aggrieved by rejection of its GST reimbursement claim, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the High Court.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that the petitioner had made the GST neutralization claim before completion of the contract and had duly paid GST, which was verified by the authorities. The Court observed that rejection of the claim merely on the ground of final bill and no-claim certificate was unjustified, especially when the supplementary agreement was signed by the petitioner but not executed due to the respondent’s inaction, and the GST burden was admittedly to be borne by the respondent. Accordingly, the Court allowed the petition and directed the respondent to reimburse the GST neutralization amount to the petitioner.

108. (2026) 183 taxmann.com 110 (Madras) N. Ramkhuar Narasimhan vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST) dated 21.01.2026.

Recovery proceeding against directors of company under liquidation by attaching personal bank accounts held unjustified.

FACTS:

Petitioner is a director of a company under proceeding under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 and for which an Interim Resolution Professional (IRP) was appointed in 2017. Vide an NCLT order, the company was ordered to be liquidated and the IRP was appointed as a Liquidator. Hon’ble High Court observed that the company under liquidation appeared to have carried on business activities between 2019 and 2021 and also incurred certain tax liability. Thus, in respect of the said tax liability incurred by the company under litigation, impugned recovery proceeding was initiated by attaching bank account of the petitioner maintained with the bank. Petitioner, however pleaded that they are no longer associated with the said company under liquidation as the company was in charge of the Liquidator who was earlier IRP during the relevant time. The facts on record revealed that the amount was recovered from the credit ledger of the
company whereas the company was in arrears for interest and penalty confirmed by the orders passed by assessing officers.

HELD:

There is no justification found to attach bank account of the petitioners who are individual directors of the company under liquidation process for the mandate of section 88(3) of the GST Act of Tamil Nadu. However, it was further held that it was open for the petitioner to move suitable application within 15 days of the date of the receipt of the copy of Hon’ble Court’s order before the GST and Income Tax departments to extricate themselves from the liability in the impugned order and subsequent to which, the department will pass an appropriate order after hearing the
petitioner in such regard. The attachment in the petitioner’s bank account shall stand vacated subject to the order to be passed.

109. (2026) 183 taxmann.com 77 (Madras) Tvl Sri Jeyamurugan Building Promoters vs. Commissioner of Commercial Taxes, Chennai dated 29.01.2026.

Though service of show cause notice on a portal is a sufficient service, in absence of response thereto, alternate prescribed modes should have been explored. Passing merely an ex- parte order is an empty formality resulting in multiple litigations.

FACTS:

Petitioner challenged the order passed ex-parte and pleaded they were unaware of all notices and other communications uploaded on the GST common portal and hence they did not file any reply in time. Hence no opportunity could be availed before the order was passed. Also petitioner showed willingness to pay 25% of the disputed tax amount and plead to grant an opportunity of being heard and set aside the ex-parte order. Revenue on the other hand maintained that the notices were uploaded on the portal, however admitted fairly that no opportunity of hearing was granted.

HELD:

Considering the fact, the court noted that it was evident that the petitioner being unaware of the issuance of the notice, did not receive original show cause notice and that the order was passed without granting opportunity of being heard. The court further noted that though uploading of the show cause notice on the common portal was a sufficient service, on knowing that petitioner has not responded to the show cause notice, the officer should have explored possibility of sending notice by other modes as prescribed in section 169 of the GST Act which are also valid modes under the Act or else it is not an effective service but an empty formality and passing of exparte order does not serve an useful purpose and give rise to
multiplicity of litigations. The Court set aside the order on the condition of payment of the disputed tax liability within 4 weeks by the petitioner and remanded the matter and provided 3 weeks’ time of the payment to file the reply and submit required documents and directed respondent to issue a notice of clear 14 days to fix the personal hearing and thereafter pass appropriate orders on merits and in accordance with the law.

II TRIBUNAL

110. (2026) 39 Centax 246 (Tri. – GST – Delhi) Sterling & Wilson Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner, Odisha, Commissionerate of CT GST dated 11.02.2026.

Where GST demand arises due to return mismatch without fraud, the petitioner must be given opportunity to amend returns and reconcile before final tax determination.

FACTS:

Respondent issued a demand under section 74 of the CGST Act along with interest and penalty on the ground of mismatch between GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B returns. Petitioner contended that the difference arose due to debit notes, credit notes and advance adjustments which were duly recorded in its books but could
not be properly reflected in periodical returns due to technical and timing issues. Respondent accepted absence of fraud and converted the proceedings from section 74 to section 73 but still confirmed tax and interest demand. Aggrieved, the petitioner filed an appeal before the GST Appellate Tribunal challenging the demand and seeking opportunity to correct returns.

HELD:

The Hon’ble Tribunal held that the respondent had already accepted that the petitioner had disclosed transactions in its books and there was no fraud or intention to evade tax and the only lapse was non-reflection of debit and credit notes in periodical returns. The Tribunal further held that tax liability could not be finally determined without proper examination and reconciliation by the respondent, and once proceedings were treated under section 73, the matter had to be remanded for fresh determination. Accordingly, the Tribunal set aside the orders to the extent of tax determination and remanded the matter to the respondent for reconsideration after giving the petitioner an opportunity to amend returns and submit supporting documents.

Recent Developments in GST

A. ADVISORY

i) GSTN has issued Advisory, dated 4th January 2026, on Filing Opt-In Declaration for Specified Premises.

ii) GSTN has issued Advisory, dated 23rd January 2026, on RSP-Based Valuation of Notified Tobacco Goods under GST.

iii) GSTN has also issued Advisory, dated 30th January 2026, on Interest Collection and Related Enhancements in GSTR-3B.

B. ADVANCE RULINGS

12. Steel Industrials Kerala Ltd. (AAR Order No. KER/41/2025 dt.08.12.2025) (KER)

Centage Charges vis-à-vis Pure Services to Government. Falls either under Article 243W or 243G of Constitution. Thus, not taxable under GST and are exempt under Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

FACTS

The facts are that Steel Industrials Kerala Limited (SILK), applicant, operates as a government accredited agency for the execution of civil, structural and electro-mechanical projects in the capacity of a Project Management Consultant (PMC).

SILK undertook various PMC assignments for client agencies including the Local Self Government Department (LSGD) and such other Government authorities/entities.

As part of the consideration for the PMC services, SILK collected “centage charges” from the client departments. These centage charges were billed/collected by SILK in respect of the consultancy/PMC activities performed for the Government entities and local bodies. Centage charges represent a percentage-based consultancy/administrative fee collected by SILK for project management and supervisory services rendered to Government departments/local authorities.

Applicant made an application to AAR as to whether collection of Centage charges received from various Government entities are liable to GST or exempt under entry 3 of Notification no.12/2017-CT(Rate) dated 28.6.2017 read with SRO No.371/2017, being pure services, like development of RRT & VET facilities for environmental protection, which fall under Article 243W.

Applicant also raised question of GST already paid for previous periods.

The ld. AAR referred to entry 3 in Notification no.12/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.6.2017 and reproduced the same in AR.

HELD

The ld. AAR observed that for eligibility under this exemption, the following conditions must be cumulatively satisfied:

(i) the supply must be pure services (i.e. without supply of goods),

(ii) the service is being supplied to one of the following entities: Central Government or State Government or Union territory or local authority.

(iii) the service provided must be in relation to the function entrusted to the Panchayat or Municipality under Article 243G/ 243W of the Constitution.

The ld. AAR observed that in given case, the transactions are for pure services.

The ld. AAR also referred to meaning of ‘local authority’ mentioned in entry 3 and observed that the organisations to whom the applicant has rendered services are either state government departments or like, which squarely fall within the categories specified in Entry No. 3 of Notification No.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

The ld. AAR also observed that the activities of various organizations to whom services are provided falls either under Article 243W or 243G of Constitution.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that the centage charges mentioned in the application are not taxable under GST and are exempt under Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

Regarding the refund of GST already paid, the ld. AAR referred to section 54 and opined that the applicant can pursue its case u/s. 54. The ld. AAR declined to comment on the eligibility for refund after two years on ground that factors like the issue of unjust enrichment not covered within the scope of this application and needs to be examined by jurisdictional officer on merits, on a case-to-case basis.

Thus, the ld. AAR gave the ruling in favour of applicant.

13. East African India Overseas (AAR Order No. 04/2025-26 dt.6.1.2026) (Uttarakhand)

Classification – Medicated Toilet Soap attract tax @ 18%.

FACTS

The applicant is a registered partnership firm engaged in manufacturing and supply of Pharmaceutical Formulations viz. Tablets, Capsules, Syrup, Toilet Soaps and Medicated Toilet Soaps etc.

Applicant was classifying the toilet soaps as well as medicated toilet soaps under HSN 3401 of the Custom Tariff Act, 1975 till 21.9.2025, and in terms of provision of Notification no.1/2017-CT(Rate) dated 28.6.2017, paying tax on these products @ 18%.

However, vide Notification 09/2025-CT (Rate) dated 17.09.2025, the above notification was superseded and in terms of Schedule I entry at Sl. No. 251, 2.5% rate of CGST (i.e. effective rate of 5%) is prescribed for “Toilet Soap (Other than Industrial Soap) in the form of bars, cakes, moulded pieces or shapes”.However, there being no clarity about medicated toilet soap, applicant raised issues before the ld. AAR as under:

“a. What is the correct rate of GST applicable to Medicated Toilet Soap (HSN 3401) w.e.f. 22.09.2025?

b. Whether Medicated Toilet Soap, being classifiable under HSN 3401, is covered under revised 5% rate applicable to Toilet Soap, or whether it continues under the general 18% slab?”

The applicant submitted that even after changes in the rate of GST effective from 22.9.2025, both Toilet Soap and Medicated Toilet Soap remain covered under HSN 3401. It was submitted that after 22.09.2025, the Toilet Soap, in terms of Schedule-I entry serial no. 251 of notification no. 09/2025-CT(Rate) dated 17.09.2025, has been made liable to GST @ 5% and medicated toilet soap may also remain covered by above entry, liable to tax @ 5%.

HELD

The ld. AAR noted that till 21.9.2025, medicated toilet soap was covered under 18% tax slab at Sl. No.61 of the Schedule III of the Notification 1/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.6.2017, as said entry covered “all types of soaps” with rate of tax @18%.

The ld. AAR further noted that vide Notification 9/2025-CT (Rate) dated 17.9.2025 Soap is notified under both, Schedule I (attracting GST @ 5%) as well as under Schedule II (attracting GST @ 18%). The ld. AAR reproduced the above relevant entries in AR.

The ld. AAR referred to the method of classification under GST and made detailed reference to relevant entries in Customs Tariff Act.

The ld. AAR noted that the Legislature treated variety of soaps differently like industrial soap is not included in entry 251, which shows that the intention of statue is to treat different types of soaps differently for taxation.

The ld. AAR observed that there is no specific tariff entry mentioning “toilet soap” under the broad heading 3401 of the tariff, but there is separate & specific entry provided for medicated toilet soap under tariff item 34011110 and shaving soap under tariff item 34011120. The ld. AAR interpreted that only the toilet soaps which merit classification under tariff entry 34011190 would be covered in the description of the Entry No. 251 of the Schedule I of the Notification dated 17.09.2025 to be liable to tax @ 5%.

In this respect, the ld. AAR observed that the product ‘medicated toilet soap’ has a specific use and purpose and cannot be equated with the general-purpose use toilet soap, covered by Entry 251.

The ld. AAR held that Entry No.66 of the Schedule II of the said Notification dated 17.9.2025 covers all types of soaps, including medicated toilet soap, which do not find mention in Entry No.251 of Schedule I and would attract tax @ 18%.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that the product of applicant viz. medicated toilet soap continues to be liable to tax @ 18%.

14. Navya Electric Vehicle Pvt. Ltd. (AAR Order No. WBAAR 24 of 2025-26 dt.31.10.2025) (WB)

Classification – Supply of CKD e-rickshaw. If a complete set of components of an electric three-wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a CKD form includes motor and any three of the other four major components (other than motor) viz. transmissions, axles, chassis and controller in proportionate number for the assembly of the finished vehicle, the rate will be 5%. Otherwise 18%.

FACTS

The applicant has made this application raising following questions:

“A) Whether the supply of a complete set of components of an electric three wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a Completely Knocked Down (CKD) form, necessary and sufficient for the assembly of the finished vehicle, should be classified as the finished vehicle itself?

B) Whether the supply of a complete set of components of an electric three wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a Completely Knocked Down (CKD) form, necessary and sufficient for the assembly of the finished vehicle, should be classified as a set of parts and what is the applicable rate of GST?”

The applicant submitted that the CKD supply involves providing all necessary components- such as the chassis, motor, battery, controller, body panels and differential- in a single, consolidated shipment to the registered dealers/assemblers, who then assemble and sell the final road-worthy electric vehicle.

The applicant further clarified that the tax rate for the finished electric vehicle is 5% which differs significantly from the tax rates applicable to various individual parts, which may be 18% or 28%.

HELD

The ld. AAR observed that to optimise the logistics and facilitate sale through authorised dealers or assemblers, the applicant intends to supply the vehicles in a Completely Knocked Down (CKD) condition and this CKD supply will involve providing all necessary components, such as chassis, motor, battery, controller, body panels and differential in a single consolidated shipment to the registered dealers or assemblers, who will assemble and sell the final road-worthy electric vehicle.

The ld. AAR further observed that the tax rate of finished electric vehicle is 5% while the individual parts are taxable @ 18%.

The ld. AAR referred to definition of vehicles both from common parlance and with reference to the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988.

The ld. AAR observed that electric three-wheeler vehicle, commonly known as e-rickshaw, is included in the definition of vehicle in the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 with effect from 07.01.2015.

The ld. AAR observed that, as per Notification No. 11/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) Dated 28.06.2017 as amended by Central Notification No. 09/2025-Central Tax (Rate) Dated 17.09.2025, e-rickshaw falls in Schedule I vide entry no. 441 and under the Customs Tariff Act, 1975, e-rickshaw is covered by HSN code 870380 (‘other vehicles, with only electric motor for propulsion’) taxable @ 5% vide above serial no. 441 of Schedule I.

The ld. AAR also observed that the parts and accessories of e-rickshaw are covered by different entries of the CGST Act, 2017 and the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 and generally liable to tax @ 18%.

In reference to fact of applicant, the ld. AAR observed that CKD is a concept that is widely used in automobiles, electronics and furniture industries.

Regarding the above issue, the ld. AAR referred to material which has taken place under Customs law, and relevant parts are reproduced in the AR.

The ld. AAR noted vital points relevant for case and opined that three-wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a CKD condition can be regarded as finished vehicle.

The ld. AAR ruled that if a complete set of components of an electric three-wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a CKD form includes motor and any three of the other four major components (other than motor) viz. transmissions, axles, chassis and controller in proportionate number for the assembly of the finished vehicle, the rate will be 5%.

The ld. AAR further held that if the supply does not include either motor or any two of the other four major components (other than motor) viz. transmissions, axles, chassis and controller in proportionate number for the assembly of the finished vehicle, then the supply will be regarded as that of components of e-rickshaw and taxable @ 18% under different serial numbers.

15. Vision Plus Security Control Limited (AAR Order No. STC/AAR/5/2025 dt.31.10.2025) (Chhattisgarh)

Valuation – Diesel and Petrol Charge Invoiced Separately, liable for State VAT. GST not applicable.

FACTS

The facts are that the applicant is to engage in handling of fleet operation for an organization for repair and maintenance for vehicles, insurance, drivers and fuel charges that is based on kilometre basis for commercial vehicles and equipment. The applicant has informed that in course of such contracts, the applicant will raise invoice separately for all services and will charge GST as applicable. Further, they will also charge petrol and diesel to customers for fuel expenses on kilometre basis. It was further informed that they will raise separate invoice for fuel consumption (per km basis) and they will not be included in service charges.

The applicant submitted that petroleum crude is excluded from GST under Section 9(2) of CGST Act and is subject to VAT but apprehensive that when diesel is used as part of a bundled service (like fleet management or transport service billed per kilometre), the transaction may be considered as composite supply of service and liable to GST. The applicant has sought the ruling to avoid dual taxation or misclassification in future.

The applicant has sought advance ruling on the following questions:

  • “Whether the invoice for diesel and petrol charges, invoiced separately on a per kilometer basis, would be considered a supply of goods and liable to VAT, or liable to GST?
  • Whether the fuel component, when not bundled with the service and invoiced distinctly, is to be treated independently for tax purposes?
  • What is the appropriate classification and rate of tax, if GST is applicable?
  • If GST is applicable on fuel charges, then further whether VAT is also applicable?
  • If on above fuel charges VAT is applicable, then can we avail VAT input on purchase of petrol/diesel?”

HELD

The ld. AAR made reference to Article 279A (5) of the Constitution which provides that GST Council shall recommend the date on which GST shall be levied on petroleum crude, high-speed diesel, motor spirit, natural gas and aviation turbine fuel. The ld. AAR observed that while petroleum products are constitutionally included under GST, the date on which GST shall be levied on such goods, shall be as per the decision of the GST Council and accordingly as per the section 9(2) of the CGST Act, inclusion of all excluded petroleum products, including petrol and diesel in GST will require recommendation of the GST Council.

The ld. AAR also referred to meaning of “composite supply” as provided under Section 2(30) of the CGST Act, 2017 and reproduced the same in AR.

The ld. AAR observed about five essential elements for a supply to be considered as a composite supply.

Based on analysis of facts of separate billing etc., the ld. AAR observed that since petroleum products including diesel, are not leviable to tax under CGST Act, 2017, they are not taxable supply per se under GST Act and therefore, the concept of “composite supply” is not applicable in instant transaction as it involves petroleum products.

The ld. AAR also found that every transaction is subject to the conditions and stipulations as mentioned in the contract / agreement and the facts governing the said transaction and such details are lacking in this application. With above rider, the ld. AAR answered the questions as under:

i) The diesel and petrol charges not liable to tax under GST, being excluded by Section 9(2),

ii) that the transaction in question cannot be treated as composite supply,

iii) that GST is presently not applicable on fuel charges (fuel component) viz. petroleum products, for the reasons discussed above,

iv) that petroleum products continue to be taxed under Value Added Tax (VAT) and

v) ITC is not eligible on VAT paid.

16. Citius Holidays Private Limited (AAR Order No. 27/WBAAR/2025-26 dt.16.1.2026)(WB)

Event Management Service provider is eligible to claim ITC, even on provision of food and beverages, booking of venue, booking of hotel rooms etc. All such are ancillary services.

FACTS

The facts are that applicant operates in the Event Management and Tourism Services industry. In the context of event management, the applicant is required to provide food and beverages, in addition to other services such as the rental of hotels or properties, and the organization of tours. These services are offered to corporate clients for offsite meetings, conferences, training programs, and similar events.

Following questions were raised for ruling by AAR:

“(i) Eligibility to avail Input Tax Credit (ITC) on food and beverage services under Section 17(5) in event management and tourism services.

(ii) Requirement of separate invoices from hotel vendors for claiming ITC on food and beverage services.

(iii) Correct method of invoicing to clients for event packages including food and beverage services.

(iv) Whether the applicant is eligible to claim ITC when the food and beverage invoice is raised by the hotel to the applicant, and the applicant charges the client a margin and issues its own invoice for the same?

(v) In cases where the charges for the conference hall and food are inseparable, and the hotel invoices the amount under a single head (such as “conference package”), is the applicant eligible to avail ITC on the entire value?

(vi) Where the hotel provides a package deal including room accommodation, conference hall, and food, and issues a consolidated invoice, is the applicant eligible to avail ITC on the total invoice amount?”

In support of above questions, applicant submitted following factual position.

  • The applicant is engaged in event management and tours & travel services, including booking of hotels, conference rooms, and arranging meals for participants as part of a comprehensive business package.
  •  These services are offered to corporate clients for offsite meetings, conferences, training programs, and similar events.
  •  The hotel provides the applicant bundled services: room accommodation,conference space, and food (buffet/lunch/dinner/tea/snacks).
  •  A single invoice is generally issued by the hotel to the applicant showing these components (sometimes itemised, sometimes bundled).
  • The applicant charges the client a consolidated event management fee which includes these components.”

HELD

The ld. AAR made reference to section 16 as well as section 17(5) and felt that the pertinent question to be decided is whether the service provided by the applicant in the form of event management and tourism services is a composite supply or a mixed supply. The eligibility of ITC depends upon said determination.

The ld. AAR therefore referred to definition of composite supply in section 2(30) as also scope of event management activity.

After analysis of general scope of event management, the ld. AAR observed that event management involves supply of various kinds of goods and services in a bundled form and it satisfies the definition of composite supply under section 2(30). The ld. AAR also observed that the principal supply is management of event and other supplies of goods and services e.g. provision of food and beverages, booking of venue, booking of hotel rooms etc. are all ancillary services.

Regarding eligibility of ITC on food and beverages, the ld. AAR observed that the applicant makes an outward supply of event management which is taxable supply and foods and beverages are supplied as an element of outward composite supply of event management and therefore, the applicant is eligible for availing Input Tax Credit on food and beverages services under the proviso to Section 17(5).  The ld. AAR considered the pattern of raising invoices by hotel. Normally there is single invoice for all services and applicant also raises single invoice describing event management services. The ld. AAR opined that based on such single invoice the applicant can claim ITC as there is no requirement in law to obtain separate invoices for individual element. The ld. AAR also observed that where there is separate bill for Food/beverages, still the ITC is eligible as there is corresponding supply of said food/beverages, though it may be by separate invoice or by single invoice of event management.

With this observation, the ld. AAR answered questions in favour of applicant.

The Jurisprudence of Hearings under GST

Under GST law, personal hearings act as a crucial safeguard of natural justice, preventing arbitrary adjudication in a digital-first ecosystem. They provide a necessary human interface to resolve information asymmetry between the department and the taxpayer.

Hearings are strictly mandatory before adverse decisions concerning tax assessments, registration cancellations, ITC blocking, and refunds. Key jurisprudential principles mandate that “he who hears must decide”, and authorities cannot bypass the three-adjournment rule using pre-packaged dates. Furthermore, while virtual hearings are now the default, adequate preparation time remains essential to ensure a meaningful defense.

INTRODUCTION

The provisions relating to grant of personal hearing serve as the primary legislative guardian of the taxpayer’s right to be heard, ensuring that no liability is fastened without a meaningful opportunity for defense. This article provides a comprehensive analysis of the law governing hearings, the procedural aspects of hearings, and the implications of procedural lapses.

1. The Role of ‘Personal Hearing’ as a Process of Satisfaction of ‘Principles of Natural Justice’

Adjudication within the Goods and Services Tax (GST) framework is fundamentally a quasi-judicial function. Adherence to the principles of natural justice is therefore not a procedural luxury or a “checkbox” exercise for the revenue; it is the basic principle of a legitimate tax administration system. Without these safeguards, the adjudication process risks descending into arbitrariness, which undermines the rule of law.

The personal hearing is a critical interface between impersonal digital processes and the “subjective satisfaction” required of an adjudicating authority before an adverse civil consequence is imposed. Within the digital-first GST ecosystem, the PH provides a human interface enabling the “right reason” of a taxpayer’s defense to thwart arbitrary or “high-pitched assessments.” Central to this is the maxim Audi Alteram Partem (“Hear the other side”).

The personal hearing process holds all the more importance in a situation of systemic “Information Asymmetry” where the Departmental view and portal-driven data often create a vacuum, leaving the taxpayer unaware of the logic behind an “Intimation.” Consequently, the PH serves as the primary “Forum for Grievance Redressal,” allowing the taxpayer to reconcile data discrepancies before an order is crystallised.

2. Provisions under GST Law

There are specific stages and types of GST proceedings—ranging from registration and refunds to assessments and appeals—where the law mandates the grant of an opportunity for a personal hearing.

A. Proceedings relating to determination of tax and penalty:

Section 75(4) is the governing provision for adjudication proceedings under Sections 73 or 74. An opportunity of hearing is mandatory in two independent and mutually exclusive scenarios:

  •  Written Request: When a specific request for a hearing is received in writing from the person chargeable with tax or penalty.
  •  Contemplated Adverse Decision: When the Proper Officer intends to pass an order that is adverse to the taxpayer, regardless of whether the taxpayer has explicitly requested a hearing or not.

In Bharat Mint and Allied Chemicals vs. Commissioner Commercial Tax [2022 (3) TMI 492], the Court clarified that the opportunity for a personal hearing is mandatory before passing an adverse assessment order. Furthermore, the ruling in Mohan Agencies v. State of U.P. [2023 (2) TMI 933] addresses a common digital-age pitfall: even if a taxpayer inadvertently selects “No” in the personal hearing column on the GST portal, the authority remains legally bound to provide a hearing if the decision results in a tax liability.

B. Registration Proceedings

Absence of registration under an indirect tax law results in a significant fetter in the carrying on of the trade. Therefore, obtaining registration emerges as a natural corollary to the fundamental right to carry on trade under Article 19(1)(g). Any adverse action regarding the registration of a taxpayer, including rejection of an application for new registration or amendment of existing registration or cancellation of a registration certificate, or an application for revocation of cancellation of registration cannot be carried out without giving the opportunity of being heard. This has been expressly provided u/s 25, 28 (2), 29 (2) and 30 (2).

In S.B. Traders vs. The Superintendent [2022 (12) TMI 553], the Telangana High Court held that cancellation without a hearing based on “Head Office directions” was mechanical and illegal. Similarly, in Aggarwal Dyeing & Printing Works vs. State of Gujarat [2022 (66) G.S.T.L. 348 (Guj.)], the Court set aside an order cancelling registration retrospectively without specific reasons or hearing.

Your Right to be heard Navigating GST Personal Hearings

C. Input Tax Credit (ITC) Blocking Proceedings

Rule 86A empowers the officer to block ITC based on “reasons to believe”. The said rule does not specifically require the Proper Officer to grant a personal hearing before the blocking of credit. Despite the same, in K-9 Enterprises vs. State of Karnataka [(2023) 9 Centax 192 (Kar.)] it was held that post-decisional hearing or pre-decisional hearing is necessary to satisfy natural justice, as blocking of ITC entails serious civil consequences. Blocking of ITC without hearing or reasons is often quashed. In Mili Enterprise vs. Union of India [2021 (476) VIL-GUJ], the Hon. Court, while issuing notice, observed that even after the powers are exercised under Rule 86(A) of the Goods & Services Tax Rules, 2017, the concerned authority is required to give reasons for blocking the credits in the credit ledger of the Petitioner as a remedial measure.

D. Appeals and Revision

  • First Appellate Authority (Section 107): Section 107 requires the Appellate Authority to give an opportunity to the appellant of being heard. In fact, if the Appellate Authority wishes to pass any order enhancing any fee, penalty, or fine, or reducing the amount of refund/ITC, the appellant is required to be given a reasonable opportunity of showing cause (which implies hearing).
  • Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT) (Section 113): Section 113 provides that the Tribunal may pass orders after giving the parties to the appeal an opportunity of being heard. This is required even in cases where the Tribunal amends its Order for any mistake which results in an enhancement of liability/ reduction in refund.
  • Revision Authority (Section 108): Section 108, empowering the Commissioner with the revision powers, provides that no order shall be passed without giving the person concerned an opportunity of being heard.

E. Refund Proceedings (Section 54)

  • The proviso to Rule 92(3) of the CGST Rules stipulates that no application for refund shall be rejected without giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard. Similarly, if a refund is held erroneous and the amount is sought to be recovered, a notice u/s 73/74 is issued, which again triggers the mandatory hearing requirement under Section 75(4).

F. Special Enforcement Proceedings

  • Any person who is subjected to provisional attachment u/s 83 has an option to file an objection u/r 159 (5) and the Commissioner is required to afford an opportunity of being heard to the person filing the objection before passing an order to release or uphold the attachment. In Radha Krishan Industries vs. State of Himachal Pradesh [2021 (48) G.S.T.L. 113 (S.C.)], the Supreme Court held that the provisional attachment power is stringent and is required to be exercised with due caution, and its validity depends on strict observance of statutory pre-conditions.
  • In proceedings u/s 129 & 130, no tax, interest, or penalty shall be determined without giving the person concerned an opportunity of being heard.
  • The power to arrest u/s 69 is based on “reason to believe.” There is no statutory requirement for a “hearing” before arrest (unlike adjudication). However, safeguards under CrPC apply post-arrest.

G. Miscellaneous Proceedings

  • Assessment of Unregistered Persons (Section 63): Proviso states no such assessment order shall be passed without giving the person an opportunity of being heard.
  • Special Audit (Section 66): The registered person shall be given an opportunity of being heard in respect of any material gathered in the special audit which is proposed to be used in any proceedings.
  • Rectification of Errors (Section 161): The third proviso states that where such rectification adversely affects any person (e.g., increases liability), principles of natural justice (hearing) shall be followed.
  • Advance Ruling (Section 98): The Authority is required to hear the applicant or their authorised representative before admitting or rejecting the application. A ruling can be declared void u/s 104 (fraud/suppression) only after hearing the applicant.
  • Imposition of Penalty (Section 127): Where a penalty is imposed (not covered under other specific proceedings), the proper officer is required to issue an order only after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

3. Modes of Intimation of Personal Hearing

In a digital tax environment, “effective service” is the prerequisite for a valid hearing. Section 169(1) of the CGST Act provides methods for service, but its application has generated conflicting jurisprudence:

  • The Hierarchy View: Recent rulings from the Madras High Court in Udumalpet Sarvodaya Sangham vs. Authority [2025 (1) TMI 517] and Namasivaya Auto Parts vs. Deputy State Tax Officer [2025 (6) TMI 2027] suggest a hierarchy, requiring attempts at personal delivery, RPAD, or email (Clauses a to c) before resorting to portal upload portal uploads (Clause d) if the former are impracticable.
  • The “No Hierarchy” View: In Poomika Infra Developers vs. State Tax Officer [2025 (4) TMI 1308], it was held that Section 169 does not create a hierarchy and that portal upload is a valid mode of service, though the court urged the Department to implement automated SMS/Email alerts to ensure actual awareness.

Special protection applies to taxpayers with cancelled registrations, as held in AHS Steels vs. Commissioner of State Taxes [2025 (177) taxmann.com 150], such taxpayers are not expected to monitor the portal regularly; thus, service is required to be effected through physical modes like RPAD.

4. Timing/ scheduling of Hearing

“Time” is a critical component of a “real” opportunity to be heard. Providing a taxpayer with adequate preparation time is a necessity for fairness. If a hearing is scheduled before the taxpayer had a chance to digest the allegations or prepare a defense, the opportunity becomes illusory. While the statute does not prescribe a specific advance notice period, Sections 73(8) and 74(8) suggest a 30-day window for tax payment following a Show Cause Notice (SCN). Consequently, courts have inferred that a hearing cannot be scheduled before this response period expires. In Sundar Prabu Deva vs. State Tax Officer [2023-TIOL-1633-HC-MAD-GST], the Madras High Court critiqued “nominal” opportunities where hearings were scheduled before the reply deadline had passed, characterising them as a denial of justice.

Similarly, the necessity of a “sufficient gap” between notice issuance and the hearing date to allow for meaningful preparation was established in Ekam Chemical vs. Collector of Customs – [1998 (98) E.L.T. 46 (Cal.)]

Early Hearing

While a litigant is generally required to wait in the queue, taxpayers have a right to request early hearings in extraneous circumstances. In Amoog Chemicals vs. Commissioner of Customs, Chennai-II [2016 (336) E.L.T. 197 (Mad.)], the Hon’ble High Court held that “While undoubtedly all cases should come in queue, there is required to be an emergency ward also. There may be cases which may cover several appeals requiring urgent attention.” The CESTAT, in the past, allowed early hearing in cases where the issue is already covered by the decision of a High Court/ Supreme Court, where high stakes are involved, or where any special circumstance, such as a company being in liquidation.

The Three-Adjournment Rule: Meaningful Opportunity vs. Paper Formality

Section 75(5) of the CGST Act requires the Proper Officer to grant at least three adjournments if sufficient cause is shown. However, a prevalent administrative practice has emerged where officers issue a single notice listing three alternative dates (e.g., “if you miss date A, appear on date B or C”). Such practices are effectively a technique to circumvent the law. In Regent Overseas Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India [2017 (3) TMI 557 – Gujarat High Court], the Court struck down this practice as a “paper formality” that violates natural justice. The law requires the taxpayer to be allowed to show “sufficient cause” for a specific adjournment. A pre-determined numerical sequence denies the officer the opportunity to exercise discretion based on the circumstances of the delay. Each adjournment is required to follow a fresh notice or a specific application, rather than being treated as a pre-packaged administrative convenience.

5 Physical vs. Virtual Hearings

Traditionally, hearings were conducted physically. However, as a necessity during the COVID-19 pandemic, the hearings transitioned from physical to virtual. CBIC Instruction F. No. 390/Misc/3/2019-JC dated 05.11.2024 has prioritised virtual hearings (VH) as the default mode for all departmental quasi-judicial and appellate authorities under CGST, IGST, Customs, and Excise. The guidelines specify that all hearings shall be done in the virtual mode only, except in case of specific request from the concerned party and after recording the reasons for the same in writing. Even some states, such as Delhi, have mandated virtual hearings in all cases, unless prior permission is obtained from a Zonal In-charge for recorded reasons.

Therefore, in cases where there are clear instructions for virtual hearing and a virtual hearing is not granted, a request for the same can be made and the taxpayer can insist for a virtual hearing. However, if there is no mandate for virtual hearing, a request may be made, which may be accepted or rejected by the proper officer.

However, virtual hearings can pose logistical challenges. For instance, a virtual hearing may be disrupted by technical snags (e.g., poor bandwidth, link not working, power failure). In such cases, the taxpayer is required to take screenshots of the error or “System Log” and email the same to the officer immediately. The Supreme Court directions in Suo Motu Writ (Civil) No. 5/2020, require the authorities to maintain a helpline to address audibility or connectivity issues during the proceeding.

6. Who can conduct the hearing?

The hearing is required to be conducted by the Proper Officer competent to pass the final order or decision, and the same cannot be delegated to juniors or colleague without proper administrative & legal orders. Generally, it is the officer who issued the SCN or the officer to whom the SCN has been made answerable (e.g., Commissioner, Joint Commissioner, or Deputy/Assistant Commissioner depending on monetary limits). For instance, the monetary authority for adjudicating authorities under the CGST are as follows:

  •  Superintendents are restricted to small-value demands (up to ₹10 Lakhs CGST).
  • DC/ACs handle mid-level demands (up to ₹1 Crore CGST).
  • ADC/JCs possess unlimited jurisdiction for any amount exceeding ₹1 Crore.

Therefore, the taxpayer should examine before the personal hearing, whether the Proper Officer before whom the hearing is scheduled is empowered to conduct the proceedings, and if there is any iota of doubt, the same can be challenged during the hearing.

The next issue that arises is whether the Proper Officer, who has been assigned adjudication powers, can delegate it to juniors or colleagues. The answer to this is negative. Adjudication is a quasi-judicial power and cannot be delegated unless there is an express statutory provision permitting it. Mere signing of an adjudication order by a superior (e.g., Chief Commissioner) does not validate it if the hearing or process was not conducted by them in their capacity as the adjudicating authority.

“He Who Hears Must Decide”

It is a cardinal principle of administrative law that the officer who records the oral submissions is required to be the one to pass the final order. If there is a change in the Proper Officer (PO) due to transfer, retirement, or resignation after the hearing but before the order is signed, a fresh hearing becomes mandatory. The successor cannot simply pass an order based on the notes of the predecessor.

The Supreme Court in Automotive Tyre Manufacturers Association vs. Designated Authority 2011 (263) E.L.T. 481 (S.C.) held “If one person hears and another decides, then personal hearing becomes an empty formality”. The Karnataka High Court in Givaudan India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Customs [2021 (376) E.L.T. 485] quashed an investigative report where the hearing was held by one officer and the report was filed by his successor, holding that this offends the basic principles of natural justice.

When a new officer takes over and the process starts de novo, the “proceedings” before the new officer are fresh. Consequently, the limit of “not more than three adjournments” under Section 75(5) should logically reset. This is because the taxpayer’s right to show “sufficient cause” for time is relative to the specific officer’s satisfaction and the current status of the file. However, taxpayers should not use this as a tactic for delay, as courts may view repeated adjournments as “recalcitrant” conduct.

7. Who Can Appear for the Hearing?

Any person who has been issued a notice for personal hearing can either appear in person or through an authorized representative. The following categories of persons qualify as authorized representatives:

  • Relative or Regular Employee: A person related to the taxpayer or a person regularly employed by the taxpayer.
  • Advocate: An advocate who is entitled to practice in any court in India and has not been debarred from practicing.
  • Chartered Accountant (CA), Cost Accountant (CMA), or Company Secretary (CS): A practicing CA, CMA, or CS holding a valid certificate of practice and not debarred.
  • Retired Government Officer: A retired officer of the Commercial Tax Department of any State Government/Union Territory or the Board, who Served in a post not below the rank of a Group-B Gazetted Officer for at least two years and has not retired/resigned from service in the last one year
  • GST Practitioner (GSTP): A person enrolled as a Goods and Services Tax Practitioner u/s 48.

If a person is represented by his authorised representative, they can appear upon submission of a valid vakalat nama (in case of advocates), or Form GST PCT-05 (in case of GSTP), or a letter of authorization (in other cases).

In summons proceedings, personal attendance is required to give evidence on oath. However, the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024, introduced Section 70(1A), which permits a person to attend via an authorized representative (unless directed otherwise by the officer). Further, courts have, in multiple cases, held that an advocate may be allowed to be present at a “visible but not audible distance” while recording the statement, but they cannot interfere in the proceedings.

8. Scope of Hearing – Expectations from the authority

The personal hearing is the critical stage where the taxpayer supplements written replies with oral arguments and evidence. A person appearing before the adjudicating authority generally expects the following (in addition to mandatory guidelines laid down in the statute):

A. Adherence to Principles of Natural Justice:

The Adjudicating authority is required to observe the twin pillars of natural justice: Audi Alteram Partem (hear the other side) and Nemo judex in causa sua (no one should be a judge in their own cause). The authority is required to initiate proceedings with an open mind. If the SCN indicates pre-judgment (e.g., using language like “it is concluded that tax is payable”), the proceedings are vitiated (Oryx Fisheries Private Limited vs. Union of India [2011 (266) E.L.T. 422 (S.C.)]).

The hearing is required to be real and meaningful, not a mere formality. Passing an order on the same day the hearing was scheduled is considered a violation of natural justice, as it implies no time was taken for deliberation (Urbanclap Technologies India Pvt. Ltd. vs. State Tax Officer [2020 (41) G.S.T.L. 440 (Mad.)]).

If the authority relies on third-party statements to confirm a demand, the taxpayer has a right to cross-examine those witnesses (Paper Trade Links vs. Union of India [2025 (7) TMI 837 – Madhya Pradesh High Court]).

B. Recording of Proceedings:

The authority is required to prepare a “Record of Personal Hearing” (proceedings sheet) capturing the gist of the arguments. This is required to be signed by both the officer and the taxpayer or representative. For virtual hearings, a PDF of the record is required to be sent within one day, and the taxpayer has 3 days to suggest modifications (CBIC Instruction 05.11.2024).

C. Intimation of defects:

If any defects are found in the submissions made during the hearing (for instance, improper authorisation or delayed appeal), such defects are required to be communicated to the taxpayer or their representative to enable any rectification before any adverse action is taken.

D. Pass the Order within a reasonable time limit

While not always a strict limitation, the AA is expected to pass the order within a reasonable time after the conclusion of the hearing. Excessive delay (e.g., months or years) between the hearing and the order can vitiate the proceedings. The Hon. Supreme Court in Joint Commr. of Income Tax, Surat vs. Saheli Leasing & Industries Ltd. [2010 (253) E.L.T. 705 (S.C.)] held that “Orders to be pronounced at the earliest after conclusion of arguments and in any case not beyond three months and keeping it pending for long time sends wrong signal to litigants and society.”

Similarly, in EMCO Ltd. vs. Union of India [2015 (319) E.L.T. 28 (Bom.)], the Court set-aside an Order passed with a delay of 9 months from the hearing date. The Court held that Authorities are required to pass orders expeditiously after hearing so that all submissions made by a party are considered so as to maintain confidence of citizen in the process of litigation.

9. Scope of hearing – Expectations from the Taxpayer/ authorised representatives.

The personal hearing is the last opportunity for the taxpayer to convince the authority before a demand is crystallised. It requires a balance of exercising rights (like cross-examination and adjournment) while strictly adhering to obligations (decorum and truthfulness). While there are no laid down rules explaining the taxpayer’s roles and responsibilities while appearing for a hearing, following pointers may be referred to as good practice.

  •  Attend the hearing on the scheduled date and time
  • Submit the identity proof/ authorizations
  • Give advance intimation if seeking adjournment, wherever possible.
  • The representative is required to have the file “on their fingertips.” They should know the facts, dates, and relevant provisions thoroughly to answer queries immediately.
  • Never rely solely on oral arguments. Always submit a “Written Submission” or “Hearing Note” summarizing the arguments made during the PH and obtain an acknowledgment.
  • Distinguish between “Admission” (accepting a fact, e.g., shortage of stock) and “Confession” (accepting guilt/evasion) while advancing oral submissions.
  • Insist on cross-examination where the proceedings rely upon third party statements
  • Always verify if the officer conducting the hearing is the “Proper Officer” having jurisdiction over the matter.
  • Maintain the dignity of the proceedings, and be appropriately dressed and groomed.
  • Verify the contents of the proceeding sheet.

10. Copy of PH Memo

The record of what transpired during the hearing is captured in a “Record of Personal Hearing” or “Proceeding Sheet”. The proper officer is expected to prepare a “proceedings sheet” containing
the gist of the personal hearing. This sheet is required to be signed by both the authorized representative/assessee and the proper officer. The same is also required in case of GSTAT Proceedings where the Court officer of the Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT) is mandatorily required to maintain an “Order sheet” (Rule 54) which includes a complete record of all proceedings, including hearings.

The contents of the PH memo become significant if the Authority does not consider the submissions made and recorded in the PH memo.

Mandatory Provision of Copy to the Taxpayer

Under the prevailing guidelines for virtual hearings, the authority is required to send a soft copy of the PH Memo in PDF format to the appellant through email ID provided, who has a right to correct the record. If the taxpayer does not respond “within 3 days of receipt of such e-mail,” it will be presumed that they agree with the contents.” In the case of Metrolite Roofing Pvt Ltd vs. DCCT & CE [2020-VIL-666-KER], the High Court held that maintaining a record of the personal hearing and issuing a copy thereof are necessary to comply with the requirements of natural justice. Failure to comply with this procedure (specifically noted in the context of VC hearings during the pandemic) led to the quashing of the impugned order.

However, for in-person hearings, there are no specific guidelines requiring that a copy of the PH memo be provided to the taxpayer/ their representative. However, taxpayers/ authorized representatives must insist on a copy of the same from the authorities conducting the hearing.

11. Conclusion

The jurisprudence surrounding GST hearings reflects a delicate balance between leveraging modern technology—through virtual-by-default mandates and portal-based service—and maintaining the ancient, human-centric principles of natural justice. The procedural requirements of personal hearing are not roadblocks to revenue collection; they are the essential safeguards that prevent the “empty formality” of justice. By upholding these safeguards, the administration can reduce the burden of avoidable litigation and foster a more transparent, credible, and efficient adjudicatory environment.

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

13. Jindal Equipment Leasing Consultancy Services Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax Delhi – II, New Delhi

(2026) 182 taxmann.com 219(SC)

Amalgamation – Shares issued by amalgamated company in lieu of share of amalgamating company – Taxability – If shares are held as capital assets, the profit arising to the Assessee from the receipt of shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of shares of the amalgamating company would be taxable as capital gains, though exempt under Section 47(vii) – If the shares are held as stock-in-trade, the profit arising to the Assessee from the receipt of shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of shares of amalgamating company would be taxable as “profits and gains of business or profession” under Section 28 if they are readily available for realisation.

The Assessee was an investment company of the Jindal Group. The shares of the operating companies, namely Jindal Ferro Alloys Limited (JFAL) and Jindal Strips Limited (JSL), were held as part of the promoter holding, representing controlling interest. The Assessee had also furnished non-disposal undertakings to the financial institutions / lenders who had advanced loans to the operating companies. These shares were reflected as investments in the balance sheets of the Assessee.

During the previous year relevant to the assessment year 1997-98, pursuant to a scheme of amalgamation approved by orders dated 19.09.1996 and 03.10.1996 of the High Courts of Andhra Pradesh and Punjab & Haryana respectively, under Sections 391 – 394 of the Companies Act, 2013, JFAL was amalgamated with JSL. As per the sanctioned scheme, the appointed date of amalgamation was 01.04.1995, and the orders sanctioning the amalgamation were filed with the Registrar of Companies on 22.11.1996 (the effective date). Under the scheme of amalgamation, the shareholders of JFAL were allotted 45 shares of JSL for every 100 shares of JFAL held by them. Accordingly, the Assessee was allotted shares of JSL in lieu of the shares of JFAL.

The Assessee, in its returns of income filed for the assessment year in question, claimed exemption under Section 47(vii) of the I.T. Act in respect of the receipt of JSL shares in lieu of JFAL shares, treating the same to be capital assets.

However, in the assessment completed under Section 143(3) vide order dated 29.02.2000, the Assessing Officer treated the shares of JFAL as stock-in-trade, denied the exemption under Section 47(vii), and brought to tax the value of JSL shares as business income, computed with reference to their market value.

The said order was upheld by the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals).

On further appeal, the Tribunal vide order dated 17.02.2005, allowed the Assessees’ appeals by observing that it was unnecessary to decide whether the shares were held as stock-in-trade or capital assets, since no profit accrues unless the shares held by the Appellants are either sold or transferred for consideration, irrespective of the nature of holding. It was further observed that there was admittedly no sale of shares and, therefore, the only question for consideration was whether the allotment of JSL shares in lieu of JFAL shares under the scheme of amalgamation amounted to a “transfer”. Following the decision of the Supreme Court in Commissioner of Income Tax, Bombay vs. Rasiklal Maneklal (HUF) and Ors. (1989) 177 ITR 198, the Tribunal concluded that there was no transfer of shares and, consequently, no taxable profit could be said to have accrued to the Appellants.

The Revenue challenged the Tribunal’s decision before the High Court.

After hearing both sides, the High Court, by the impugned judgment, disposed of the appeals in favour of the Revenue and against the Assessees. In doing so, it held that the Tribunal had erred in placing reliance on Rasiklal Maneklal while failing to consider the later and binding decision of the Supreme Court in Commissioner of Income-tax, Cochin vs. Grace Collis and Ors. (2001) 248 ITR 323 (SC). The High Court observed that where the shares of the amalgamating company were held as capital assets, the receipt of shares of the amalgamated company would constitute a “transfer” within the meaning of Section 2(47) of the I.T. Act, though such transfer would be exempt under Section 47(vii). However, in the alternative scenario where the shares were held as stock-in-trade, the High Court held that upon the Assessees receiving shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of those held in the amalgamating company, the assesses had, in effect, realised the value of their trading assets, and the difference in value would be taxable as business profit under Section 28. In reaching this conclusion, the High Court relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court in Orient Trading Co. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, Calcutta (1997) 224 ITR 371 (SC). Accordingly, the matter was remanded to the Tribunal for determination of the nature of the Assessee’s holding of JFAL shares, i.e., whether such holdings constituted capital assets or stock-in-trade.

Aggrieved thereby, the Assesse preferred an appeal before the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court observed that the High Court had returned two findings: first, that if shares are held as capital assets, an amalgamation is indeed a transfer within the meaning of Section 2(47) of the I.T. Act, though exempt under Section 47(vii). The Assessee had not disputed this finding before it. Second, the High Court held that if the shares are held as stock-in-trade, the profit arising to the Assessee from the receipt of JSL shares in lieu of JFAL shares would be taxable as “profits and gains of business or profession” under Section 28. It was the second finding, which had necessitated the present appeal before it.

At the outset, the learned Senior Counsel appearing for the Appellants raised a preliminary objection that the High Court had transgressed its jurisdiction in remitting the matter to the Tribunal with an observation that, if the shares were stock-in-trade, the taxability would arise under Section 28 of the I.T. Act. It was urged that such an issue was neither expressly framed as a substantial question of law by the High Court nor raised by the Revenue in its appeals.

The Supreme Court rejected the preliminary objection of the Petitioner by holding that the said issue went to the very root of the matter, and the High Court was bound to consider it in view of the issue already framed by the Tribunal and the submissions advanced by both sides before the Tribunal as well as before the High Court. Such a question was incidental or collateral to the main issue, and the absence of a formal formulation would not vitiate the impugned judgment of the High Court.

The Supreme Court noted that Section 2(14) excludes stock-in-trade from the definition of a capital asset, while Section 2(47) defines “transfer” only in relation to capital assets. Section 28 casts a wide net, taxing the “profits and gains of business or profession”, including benefits or perquisites arising from business, whether convertible into money or not, or in cash or kind. Section 45 imposes capital gains tax only on the transfer of a capital asset, subject to exceptions under Section 47, including the transfer of shares in a scheme of amalgamation. Section 47(vii) specifically exempts from capital gains tax any transfer by a shareholder of a capital asset being shares of the amalgamating company, in consideration of the allotment of shares in the amalgamated company, provided the amalgamated company is an Indian company.

According to the Supreme Court, there is a difference between a charging provision and an exemption provision. A provision that enables the levy of tax on a particular transaction is a charging provision. Only a transaction that is covered by a charging provision is taxable. Only if the transaction is taxable can there be an exemption. Therefore, the transfer of shares arising out of an order of amalgamation, even if it is treated as a capital asset, is generally taxable but would be exempt from taxation only if both the requirements under Section 47 (vii) are satisfied.

The Supreme Court noted that section 28 contemplates the chargeability of the “profits and gains of any business or profession” carried on by the Assessees during the relevant previous year. What is material, therefore, is that there must be income arising from or in the course of business to be treated as profits or gains. Such profit must be ascertainable with reasonable definiteness at the relevant point of time, and the Assessees must have either received it, or acquired a vested right to receive and commercially realise it, even if the receipt is in kind. It is not necessary for the benefit to be capable of being converted into money. Significantly, Section 28 does not prescribe any precondition as to the precise mode through which the profit must arise. The moment any income arises out of business or profession, the provision becomes applicable.

The Supreme Court further noted that amalgamation, in corporate law, signifies the statutory blending of two or more undertakings into one. It is distinct from winding up: while the transferor company ceases to exist as a separate corporate entity, its business, assets, and liabilities are absorbed into and continue within the transferee.

The Supreme Court after noting plethora of judgements observed that in the context of amalgamation, what transpires is essentially a statutory substitution of one form of holding for another. The shareholder’s interest in the transferor company is replaced by a corresponding interest in the transferee company.

According to the Supreme Court, for the purposes of Section 28, the first test was whether such substitution constituted either a receipt or an accrual of income.

According to the Supreme Court, it is a settled law that income yielding business profits may be realised not only in money but also in kind. Thus, where an Assessee receives shares of the amalgamated company in place of its shares held as trading stock, there is, in form, a receipt of consideration in kind. Though such amalgamations receive the sanction of the Court/Tribunal to be effectuated, they are preceded by decisions taken in meetings of shareholders. In such meetings, valuation reports are placed before the shareholders, and for the amalgamation to be approved, 90% of the shareholders must vote in favour of the amalgamation. The report contains details of the share exchange ratio. Though the value of each share is determined at that stage, it is not tradable, as no right is vested at that point. Ordinarily, such receipt arises only upon the actual allotment of shares, since until that point no asset is placed in the hands of the Assessee. It cannot, however, be ruled out that in certain cases, the terms of the sanctioned scheme may themselves create, from an earlier date, a vested and imminent enforceable right to allotment; in such situations, one may speak of “accrual”. The general position, nevertheless, is that what the law recognises in amalgamation is the receipt of shares in substitution of trading assets.

The Supreme Court thereafter, coming to the next test, observed that mere receipt of shares does not suffice to attract Section 28; commercial realisability is also required when income is received in kind.

According to the Supreme Court, amalgamation, in strict legal terms, does not amount to an “exchange.”

The Supreme Court observed that, the jurisprudence discloses three related strands: first, cases such as Orient Trading Co. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, Calcutta (1997) 224 ITR 371 (SC), relying on English decision (Royal Insurance Co. Ltd. vs. Stephen 14 Tax Cases 22), emphasise that receipt of an asset of definite money’s worth in substitution for another may amount to commercial realisation attracting Section 28; second, the decision in Commissioner of Income Tax, Bombay vs. Rasiklal Maneklal (HUF) and Ors. (1989) 177 ITR 198, which clarifies that allotment on amalgamation is not an “exchange”, along with other decisions holding it to be a statutory substitution; and third, the ruling in Commissioner of Income-tax, Cochin vs. Grace Collis and Ors. (2001) 248 ITR 323 (SC), which makes it clear that, notwithstanding its statutory character, amalgamation does involve a “transfer” within the meaning of the Income-tax Act.

Reconciling these strands, the Supreme Court was of view that the true test under Section 28, was not the legal label of “exchange” or “transfer”, but whether the Assessee, in consequence of the amalgamation and thereby of its business, has obtained a profit that is real and presently realisable.

According to the Supreme Court, the well-known real-income principle, as emphasised in E.D. Sassoon & Co. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-Tax (1954) 26 ITR 27 (SC) and Commissioner of Income Tax, Bombay City I vs. Shoorji Vallabhdas & Co. (1962) 46 ITR 144 (SC), must be applied. Therefore, the enquiry for the Court was whether, as a result of the amalgamation, the Assessee has in fact realised a profit in the commercial sense. This assessment may turn on whether:

(A) the old stock-in-trade has ceased to exist in the Assessee’s books;

(B) the shares received in the amalgamated company possess a definite and ascertainable value; and

(C) the Assessee, immediately upon allotment, is in a position to dispose of such shares and realise money.

If these conditions are satisfied, the substitution bears the character of a commercial realisation and the profit may be taxed under Section 28. Where, however, the allotment of shares is merely a statutory substitution mandated by the scheme of amalgamation, without yielding an immediately realisable benefit, no income can be said to accrue or be received at that stage, and taxability arises only upon the eventual sale of the shares.

For instance:

(A) If a shareholder of Company A receives shares of Company B pursuant to a court-sanctioned amalgamation, but such shares are subject to a statutory lock-in period during which they cannot be sold in the market, the allotment cannot be equated with a commercial realisation. It represents only a replacement of one form of holding by another, without any immediate gain capable of monetisation.

(B) Similarly, where the amalgamated company is closely held and its shares are not quoted on any recognized stock exchange, the mere allotment of such shares does not generate a realisable profit, since no open market exists to ascribe a fair disposal value.

According to the Supreme Court, these illustrations, which are not exhaustive, underline that unless the Assessee is, by virtue of the substitution, placed in possession of an asset which is freely tradable and of an ascertainable market value, the principle of real income bars taxation at the stage of amalgamation. Thus, the substitution of shares upon amalgamation does not, by itself, give rise to taxable income under Section 28. What must be established is that the transaction has the attributes of a commercial realisation resulting in a real and presently disposable advantage. Where this test is satisfied, taxability may arise at the stage of substitution. Otherwise, the accrual or receipt of income is deferred until actual sale.

The Supreme Court thus held that where, under a scheme of amalgamation, the shareholder merely receives, in substitution, shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of the shares held in the amalgamating company, there is no real or completed profit capable of being taxed under Section 28, unless it is shown that the shares are held as stock-in-trade and are readily available for realisation. In the absence thereof, what takes place is only a statutory vesting and substitution of one form of holding for another. Unless and until the substituted shares are commercially realisable – whether saleable, tradeable, or by whatever other mode of disposition so described – so as to yield real income, no taxable event can be said to arise.

The Supreme Court further held that for taxing the profit, the next test should also be satisfied, namely, that profit must be capable of definite valuation, so that the real gain or loss stands crystallized. “Profits”, in the commercial sense, are ascertainable only when the old position is closed and the new position is determined in terms of money’s worth – whether by sale, transfer, exchange, or statutory substitution. This principle is an application of the doctrine of real income and applies with equal force to stock-in-trade as it does to other forms of commercial receipts. Therefore, the test is not satisfied merely by the receipt of realisable shares in substitution of earlier holdings; such shares must also be capable of quantification.

Accordingly, in the context of amalgamation, the issue does not turn on the accrual of income in the abstract sense, but on whether the Assessee has received a commercially realisable consideration in kind. Upon sanction of the scheme, there is only a statutory substitution of rights; no asset then exists in the hands of the Assessee that is capable of commercial realisation. The charge under Section 28 crystallises only upon allotment of the new shares, when the Assessee actually receives realisable instruments capable of valuation in money’s worth. At that point, the old stock-in-trade ceases to exist and stands replaced by new shares having a definite market value. Since these shares are received in the course of business and in substitution of trading assets, their receipt represents a commercial profit or gain arising from business activity. What attracts Section 28 is, therefore, the receipt of shares coupled with their present realisability and their nexus with business. These three conditions-actual receipt, present realisability, and ascertainability of value-together determine the timing of taxability in cases of amalgamation.

Consequently, the profit arising on receipt of the amalgamated company’s shares may be taxed under Section 28 where the shares allotted are tradable and possess a definite market value, thereby conferring a presently realisable commercial advantage. This conclusion flows from the real income principle and not from any judicially created fiction. Equally, it must be emphasised that where such attributes are absent, the Court cannot, by analogy, extend Section 28 to tax hypothetical accretions in the absence of an express statutory mandate.

It was further clarified that the principles enunciated herein lay down a fact-sensitive test. The enquiry whether, consequent upon an amalgamation, the allotment of new shares has resulted in a real and presently realisable commercial benefit must be determined on the facts of each case. The burden lies on the Revenue to establish the same. It is thereafter for the Tribunal, as the final fact-finding authority, to apply these principles to the evidence on record.

The Supreme Court further held that having established that the charge under Section 28 may be attracted if the shares are saleable, tradable, etc., and of definite market value, thereby conferring a presently realisable commercial advantage, it becomes necessary to clarify the general principle. In the context of amalgamation, three points in time require to be distinguished. First, the appointed date specified in the scheme, which determines corporate succession and continuity between the transferor and transferee companies. Secondly, the sanction of the scheme by the Court, which gives statutory force to the amalgamation. At these stages, however, there is only a substitution of rights by legal fiction, without any asset in the hands of the shareholder capable of commercial exploitation. Thirdly, the allotment of new shares in the amalgamated company, which alone crystallises the benefit in the shareholder’s hands, for it is only then that the old stock-in-trade ceases to exist and is replaced by new shares of definite market value capable of immediate realisation. Even if the scheme contemplates the issue of shares in a certain ratio from the appointed date, until allotment there is no identifiable scrip or tradable asset in existence in the hands of the Assessee. Thus, the charge under Section 28 is not attracted on the mere sanction of the scheme or on the appointed date, but only upon the receipt of the new shares, when the statutory substitution translates into a concrete, realisable commercial advantage.

The Supreme Court thus concluded that where the shares of an amalgamating company, held as stock-in-trade, are substituted by shares of the amalgamated company pursuant to a scheme of amalgamation, and such shares are realisable in money and capable of definite valuation, the substitution gives rise to taxable business income within the meaning of Section 28 of the I.T. Act. The charge Under Section 28 is, however, attracted only upon the allotment of new shares. At earlier stages, namely, the appointed date or the date of court sanction, no such benefit accrues or is received.

Notes: –

Following points are worth noting from the above judgment:-

(1) In the above case, the Court has effectively dealt with the implications of cases when the shares are held as stock-in trade.

(2) In such cases, for the purpose of taxing Profits & Gains of Business under Sec. 28 (Business Income), it is essential that the shares of the amalgamated company received by the assessee must be readily available for realisation, and how to ascertain this has also been explained by the Court with illustrative examples. Based on facts, some issue may still arise on this.

(3) In such cases, the question of taxability of Business Income arises only upon allotment of shares of the amalgamated company and not at any earlier stage. The charge under section 28 crystallises upon allotment of the new shares, when the assessee actually receives realisable instruments capable of valuation in money’s worth.

(4) The shares of the amalgamated company received must possess a definite and ascertainable value & the Assessee must be in a position to dispose of such shares and realise money.

(5) The Court has reiterated principles of taxing real income, explained the same, and applied in this case to determine the taxable Business Income and the timing of taxability thereof. In such cases, three conditions must be satisfied for taxing Business Income, viz. actual receipt of shares, present realisability, and ascertainability of value, to determine the timing of taxability of Business Income.

(6) The Judgments of the Supreme Court in the cases of Orient Trading Co. Ltd. and Mrs. Grace Collis referred to in the above case have been analysed in our Column `Closements’ in the February, 1998 and December, 2001 issues of BCAJ. These judgments, as well as the judgment in the case of Rasiklal Maneklal (HUF) -177 ITR 198 – SC – have been considered in the above case. While reconciling the findings of these judgments to decide the issue before it, the Court took the view that the true test under section 28 was not the legal label of “exchange” or “transfer”, but whether the Assessee, in consequence of the amalgamation and thereby in its business, has obtained a profit that is real and presently realisable.

(7) In short, in such cases, the Assessee must, in fact, have realised a profit in the commercial sense, and substitution of shares upon amalgamation does not, by itself, give rise to taxable Business Income. It must be established that the transaction has the attributes of a commercial realisation resulting in a real and presently disposable advantage. The profit in such cases must be capable of valuation/quantification. The burden is on the Revenue to establish this. Otherwise, the accrual or receipt of income is deferred until actual sale. This principle is an application of the doctrine of real income, which applies with equal force to stock-in-trade as it does to other forms of commercial receipts.

Sec 264 – Revision – Communication treating a return as Invalid return u/s. 139(9) of the Act – is an order – revision maintainable.

24. Raj Rayon Industries Limited vs. Principal Commissioner of Income Tax PCIT, Mumbai – 3 and Ors.

[WRIT PETITION NO. 1904 OF 2025 order dated FEBRUARY 3, 2026 ]

Sec 264 – Revision – Communication treating a return as Invalid return u/s. 139(9) of the Act – is an order – revision maintainable.

The Petitioner filed its Return of Income for A.Y. 2022-2023 on 2nd November 2022, declaring a total loss of ₹45.47 Crores. After the Return of Income was filed, the Petitioner was served with the notice dated 14th December 2022 issued under section 139(9) of the Act. This notice was issued by Respondent No.2 stating that the Return filed by the Petitioner for the said Assessment Year was defective as the Petitioner had claimed gross receipts or income under the head “Profits and gains of Business of Profession” of more than ₹10 crores, and despite that, the books of accounts were not audited u/s. 44AB of the Act.

The Petitioner responded to the aforesaid notice and contended that since its turnover was less than ₹10 Crores, it was not required to have its books of accounts audited as required under Section 44AB of the Act. However, Respondent No.2, via an unreasoned order, merely held that the Return of Petitioner was invalid. Being aggrieved by this, the Petitioner filed an application before the 1st Respondent under Section 264 of the IT Act. The 1st Respondent, by the impugned order, held that the declaration of the Return of Income of the Petitioner as invalid, was not an order as contemplated under Section 264, therefore, dismissed the Revision Application as being not maintainable.

The Hon. Court held that the Respondent has completely misdirected himself when he held that declaring the Petitioner’s Return as invalid [by the CPC] was not an order as contemplated under Section 264. The Court observed that, the 1st Respondent referred to the definition of the word ‘order’ to be a mandate, precept, command or authoritative direction. Despite noting the aforesaid definition (in the dictionary), the 1st Respondent went on to hold that the so-called communication addressed by the CPC to the Petitioner was not an order as contemplated under Section 264. The Court held that a declaration given under Section 139(9) of the Act was clearly an order which was revisable under Section 264. It was certainly a mandate, or at the very least, an authoritative direction.

The Court referred the case of TPL-HGIEPL Joint Venture vs. Union of India [(2025) 173 taxmann.com 540 (Bombay)], wherein the case of the Revenue itself was that any declaration given under Section 139(9) of the Act was certainly revisable under Section 264. In fact, this submission of the Revenue was accepted by this Court and the Writ Petition filed by the Petitioner therein was not entertained, relegating the said Petitioner to invoke the remedy under Section 264 of the Act.

In view of the above, the order passed by the 1st Respondent was held to be unsustainable in law and was quashed and set aside. The Revision Application filed by the Petitioner was restored to the file of the 1st Respondent for a de novo consideration.

Sec 264 – Revision – Binding precedent – Authority refusing to follow Special Bench decision of the ITAT- judicial discipline ought to be maintained and cannot be deviated from on the ground that the order passed by the superior authority is “not acceptable” to the department.

23. Samir N. Bhojwani vs. Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, Mumbai & Ors.

[WRIT PETITION (L) NO. 37709 OF 2025 DATE: JANUARY 6, 2026]

Sec 264 – Revision – Binding precedent – Authority refusing to follow Special Bench decision of the ITAT- judicial discipline ought to be maintained and cannot be deviated from on the ground that the order passed by the superior authority is “not acceptable” to the department.

The Petitioner challenges the order passed by Respondent No.1 (Principal Commissioner of Income Tax) under Section 264 of the Income Tax Act, 1961. The main grievance of the Petitioner is that the impugned order refuses to follow the decision of the Special Bench of the ITAT in the case of SKF India Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax [2024] 168 taxmann.com 328 (Mumbai- Trib.) (SB).

The reasons given by the 1st Respondent for not following the decision of the Special Bench [in SKF (India)] is that the department has not accepted this decision of the ITAT Mumbai and the issue is being contested before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court. Thus, there was no finality on the issue of tax at the rate u/s 112 of the Act for capital gain u/s 50 of the Act and the decision of Special Bench cannot be equated in the nature of declaration of law by the Hon’ble Supreme Court under Article 141 of the Constitution of India or decision by the jurisdictional High Court.

The second ground, mentioned was that even prior to the Special Bench decision of the ITAT, there were conflicting views of various higher judicial authorities regarding the applicable tax rate on capital gains deemed to have arisen out of the transfer of short-term capital assets and even the Special Bench decision of the ITAT was not a Full Bench decision.

With regard to the above second ground, the Hon. Court observed that the decision of the Special Bench was rendered by three members of the ITAT. Therefore, the 1st Respondent came to the erroneous conclusion because one member of the bench dissented from the majority.

The Hon. Court further observed that the 1st Respondent has completely mis-directed himself by not following the binding decision of the ITAT in the case of SKF India (supra). It was not for the Commissioner to decide whether the ITAT was correct in its decision or otherwise. Even though in his personal opinion, he may be of the view that the decision has wrongly decided the law, he was bound to follow the same. If the lower authorities are permitted not to follow binding decisions because in their personal view, they feel that the decision was wrong, the same would lead to complete chaos in the administration of tax law. The Hon’ble Supreme Court in Union of India and Others vs. Kamlakshi Finance Corporation Ltd [1992 supp (1) SCC 443] has criticized this kind of conduct by the Revenue Authorities.

The decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court was thereafter followed by the Court in the case of M/s. Om Siddhakala Associates vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, CPC [Writ Petition No. 14178 of 2023 decided on 28th March 2024]. Also, in the case of Dipti Enterprises vs. Assistant Director of Income Tax [Writ Petition No. 2621 of 2023 decided on 17th November 2025] has once again reiterated that the lower authorities are bound to follow the same.

The Court held that filing of an appeal by the revenue against the order of the Appellate Tribunal ipso-facto would not absolve the revenue authorities from adhering to the applicable binding judicial precedents. Secondly, the doctrine of binding precedents plays a vital role in tax jurisprudence. It was first required to be ascertained whether, in the facts and circumstances of the case and in law, a particular judicial precedent was factually and legally in consonance with the case in hand or not. If it was found that the precedent relied upon was distinguishable, then such parameters based on which it was distinguishable need to be described in the order.

The Hon. Court allowed the Writ Petition and quashed and set aside the impugned order passed under Section 264 of the Act. The matter was remanded to the 1st Respondent to pass a fresh order on the application filed by the Petitioner by following the decision of the Special Bench of the ITAT in the case of SKF India (supra). The Court clarified that the court have not endorsed the view taken by the Special Bench in SKF India (supra). It was held that judicial discipline ought to be maintained and cannot be deviated from on the ground that the order passed by the superior authority is “not acceptable” to the department.

Settlement Commission — Settlement of cases — Rectification of order of settlement u/s. 245D(6B) — Period of limitation — Application beyond six months of order — Barred by limitation —Petition of the Revenue was dismissed.

66. Principal CIT vs. Goldsukh Developers (P) Ltd.: (2025) 483 ITR 715 Bom): 2023 SCC OnLine Bom 3282: (2024) 2 Mah LJ 32

A. Y. 2014-15: Date of order 10/07/2023

S. 245D of ITA 1961

Settlement Commission — Settlement of cases — Rectification of order of settlement u/s. 245D(6B) — Period of limitation — Application beyond six months of order — Barred by limitation —Petition of the Revenue was dismissed.

The Respondent assessee had filed an application before the Settlement Commission for settlement, and the application of assessee came to be disposed of by an order dated September 20, 2016 wherein the assessee’s application was allowed u/s. 245D(4) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The said order was challenged by the Revenue by way of writ petition on February 10, 2017. The challenge in the petition was on the ground that there was failure on the part of assessee to make full and true disclosure of income. The assessee raised a preliminary objection on the ground that the said order was passed by consent of both the Revenue (petitioner) and the assessee (respondent No. 1.).

It was the petitioner’s case in the said writ petition that the settlement recorded by the Commission on the consent of the parties was to be ignored because it did not reflect the correct position. It was the case of the Revenue that it had consistently opposed the application of respondent No. 1 for settlement in view of the alleged failure to make full and true disclosure of income.

The High Court dismissed the petition on June 21, 2018, holding that it was not open to the Revenue to challenge the correctness of the fact recorded in the said order by the Commission, particularly when it was not even remotely the case of the Revenue that the consent was given/made on a wrong appreciation of law. The court, of course, held that the remedy for the Revenue would be to move the Commission to correct what, according to the Revenue was an incorrect recording of consent in the impugned order.

Following this, the Revenue (petitioner) filed an application u/s. 245D(6B) on November 22, 2018 before the Settlement Commission for rectification. By the impugned order dated January 15, 2019, the Commission dismissed the application of the petitioner. The Commission came to the conclusion that even if it excluded the time spent pursuing the writ petition from February 10, 2017 to June 21, 2018,the rectification application had still been filed beyond the six months period stipulated in section 245D(6B) and was thus barred by limitation.

The Revenue filed another writ petition challenging this order. The Bombay High Court dismissed the petition and held as under:

“i) We find no error in the finding of the Commission.

ii) Though it was not argued before us and we would keep it open to decide in a proper case, we have our own reservations as to whether the grievance raised by the petitioner before the Commission and in the said writ petition that the consent as recorded was not given would qualify to be a “mistake apparent from the record” which is the only thing the Commission may rectify.”

Revision of order u/s. 264 — Power of Commissioner — Assessee filed return in wrong Form and later corrected it, claiming exemption u/s. 54F — Assessee’s CA failed to respond to notice u/s. 142(1) resulting in passing of assessment order ex parte making additions — Revision application u/s. 264 filed before Principal CIT with all materials — Principal CIT accepted assessee’s case on merits in order but rejected revision application as not maintainable — Rejection based solely on earlier failure to respond to notice during assessment proceeding proceedings — Power of Commissioner u/s. 264 wide to remedy bona fide mistakes — Earlier non-compliance with notice cannot render subsequent revision application not maintainable — Order rejecting revision application quashed and matter remanded to Principal CIT.

65. Ramesh Madhukar Deole vs. Principal CIT: (2025) 483 ITR 802 (Bom): 2024 SCC OnLine Bom 5145

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 18/11/2024

Ss. 54F, 142(1) and 264 of ITA 1961

Revision of order u/s. 264 — Power of Commissioner — Assessee filed return in wrong Form and later corrected it, claiming exemption u/s. 54F — Assessee’s CA failed to respond to notice u/s. 142(1) resulting in passing of assessment order ex parte making additions — Revision application u/s. 264 filed before Principal CIT with all materials — Principal CIT accepted assessee’s case on merits in order but rejected revision application as not maintainable — Rejection based solely on earlier failure to respond to notice during assessment proceeding proceedings — Power of Commissioner u/s. 264 wide to remedy bona fide mistakes — Earlier non-compliance with notice cannot render subsequent revision application not maintainable — Order rejecting revision application quashed and matter remanded to Principal CIT.

For the A. Y. 2018-2019, the assessee filed the return of income in wrong Form and subsequently filed the corrected return of income under ITR-3, wherein he claimed deductions and exemptions from capital gains u/s. 54F of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The assessee’s Chartered Accountant failed to respond to the notice u/s. 142(1) of the Act. Consequently, the Assessing Officer passed an ex parte assessment order u/s. 143(3) making additions.

Therefore, the assessee filed revision application u/s. 264 of the Act, praying for deletion of additions. The petitioner submitted all materials in that support of the claim. The Principal Commissioner accepted the assessee’s case on merits but rejected the revision application as not maintainable solely on the ground that the assessee had failed to produce certain materials in response to the notice u/s. 142(1) during the assessment proceedings.

The assessee filed a writ petition challenging the order of rejection. The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) The Principal Commissioner of Income-tax should not have rejected the petitioner’s revision application as not maintainable. We are of the clear opinion that the cause in the present case warranted that the revision be decided on merits and more particularly considering the case of the petitioner, which although was noticed in paragraph 6 of the impugned order, was not taken to its logical conclusion, merely on an erroneous presumption in law that the revision is not maintainable for a reason that the petitioner had failed to produce certain materials in response to notice u/s.142(1) of the Act. In our opinion, there is a manifest error on the part of the Principal Commissioner of Income-tax in coming to such conclusion to hold the revision not maintainable in the facts of the present case.

ii) The impugned order dated March 24, 2023 is quashed and set aside. The petitioner’s revision application are remanded to the Principal Commissioner of Income-tax to be decided in accordance with law and an appropriate order be passed thereon within a period of three months from today.”

Revision — Erroneous and prejudicial order — Lack of proper enquiry — Initiation of 263 at the instance of the AO cannot be done — Finding of the Tribunal well founded — Reliance upon notes submitted by the assessee before the AO — Cannot be stated that the AO did not consider all the factors and accepted the plea of the assessee and completed assessment — CIT is required to consider the explanation offered and take a decision — Failure to render any finding by CIT — Revision u/s. 263 not sustainable.

64. Principal CIT vs. Britannia Industries Ltd.

(2025) 346 CTR 242 (Cal.)

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 09/07/2025

S. 263 of ITA 1961

Revision — Erroneous and prejudicial order — Lack of proper enquiry — Initiation of 263 at the instance of the AO cannot be done — Finding of the Tribunal well founded — Reliance upon notes submitted by the assessee before the AO — Cannot be stated that the AO did not consider all the factors and accepted the plea of the assessee and completed assessment — CIT is required to consider the explanation offered and take a decision — Failure to render any finding by CIT — Revision u/s. 263 not sustainable.

The scrutiny assessment for A.Y. 2018-19 was completed u/s. 143 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 by an order dated 22/03/2021. Subsequently, notice u/s. 263 of the Act was issued, requiring the assessee to show cause why the assessment order should not be treated as erroneous or prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue. The assessment order was sought to be revised on, inter alia, applicability of section 56(2)(x) to the acquisition of leasehold land and building and the disallowance of claim u/s. 43B in relation to reversal or write back of provision for liabilities. Though the assessee filed a response objecting to the revision of the assessment order, the Principal Commissioner passed an order u/s. 263 setting-aside the assessment order and directing the Assessing Officer to pass the order afresh after considering the issues on which revision was sought to be made.

Against the said order of revision, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal, which was allowed.

The Calcutta High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and held as follows:

“i) A reading of s. 263 of the Act would clearly show that unless and until the twin conditions are satisfied that the assessment order should be erroneous and it should be prejudicial to the interest of Revenue, the power under s. 263 of the Act cannot be invoked. Apart from that, the statute mandates that the Principal CIT should inquire and be satisfied that the case warrants exercise of its jurisdiction under s. 263 of the Act and such satisfaction should be manifest in the show-cause notice which is issued under the said provision.

ii) The Tribunal considered the factual position and found that out of the five issues which were raised in the show-cause notice issued u/s. 263 of the Act, except for three issues the explanation offered by the assessee in respect of the other issues were accepted by the Principal CIT. Furthermore, on facts, it is clear that the Principal CIT invoked its jurisdiction u/s. 263 of the Act at the instance of the Assessing Officer, which was incorrect. Therefore, the finding of the learned Tribunal that the Principal CIT could not have invoked its power u/s. 263 of the Act solely based upon the reference made by the Assessing Officer is well founded.

iii) As regards the merits of the case, i.e. regarding the applicability of section 56(2)(x) to the transaction of purchase of land by the assessee from Bombay Dyeing & Manufacturing Company Ltd., it is undisputed that all the facts were placed before the AO and they were also disclosed in the notes of the tax audit report and the notes to the computation of income filed along with the return of income and those were scrutinised by the Assessing Officer. In fact, the learned Tribunal has extracted the relevant portion of the notes filed by the assessee before the Assessing Officer. Therefore, it cannot be stated that the Assessing Officer did not take into account all the factors and had accepted the plea of the assessee and completed the assessment. Therefore, the Principal CIT to invoke its power under s. 263 of the Act has to apply its mind to the audit report and record its satisfaction that the twin conditions required to be complied with under s. 263 of the Act have not been satisfied. Therefore, the Tribunal was fully justified in holding that the Principal CIT could not have invoked its power under s. 263 of the Act. Though in the show-cause notice it is alleged that these aspects were not taken into consideration by the Assessing Officer, curiously enough in the order passed u/s. 263 of the Act dated 29/03/2023 the Principal CIT states that the Assessing Officer has not considered these aspects during the course of assessment; he has not made any inquiry on the issue nor did he issue any questionnaire in this regard and also held that the assessee in its reply dated 13/03/2023 did not contradict these facts. This finding rendered by the Principal CIT in its order is factually incorrect and the outcome of total non-application of mind. Therefore, the finding rendered by the learned Tribunal is fully justified.

iv) As regards the disallowance of claim u/s. 43B in relation to reversal or write back of provision for liability, the Principal CIT, while passing the order u/s. 263 of the Act miserably failed to render any finding despite the fact that the assessee placed reliance on the decision in the case of Principal CIT vs. Eveready Industries India Ltd. and, accordingly, set aside the order passed by the Assessing Officer with a direction to the Assessing Officer to examine whether the decision in the case of Eveready Industries India Ltd. would be applicable to the case of the assessee or not after giving due opportunity of being heard to the assessee. The manner in which the Principal CIT has dealt with this issue is wholly untenable and, therefore, the learned Tribunal was justified in setting aside the order passed by the Principal CIT on that score. Tribunal was right in allowing the assessee’s appeal and setting aside the order passed by the Principal CIT.”

Power of Tribunal — Admission of additional evidence — Rule 29 of ITAT Rules, 1963 — Admission only at the instance of the Tribunal — Parties to the appeal are not entitled as a matter of right to produce additional evidence — Order of the Tribunal allowing the admission of additional evidence held to be in gross violation of the procedure contemplated under Rule 29 — Order of the Tribunal liable to be set-aside.

63. Nuziveedu Seeds Ltd. vs. CCIT

TS-150-HC-2026(Tel.)

A.Ys.: 2012-13 and 2013-14: Date of order 30/01/2026

Rule 29 of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal Rules, 1963

Power of Tribunal — Admission of additional evidence — Rule 29 of ITAT Rules, 1963 — Admission only at the instance of the Tribunal — Parties to the appeal are not entitled as a matter of right to produce additional evidence — Order of the Tribunal allowing the admission of additional evidence held to be in gross violation of the procedure contemplated under Rule 29 — Order of the Tribunal liable to be set-aside.

The assessee, a public limited company, engaged in the research, production and sale of hybrid seeds and crops. In the scrutiny assessment for A. Y. 2012-13 and 2013-14, addition and disallowance was made u/s. 10(1) and section 14A of the Act.

On appeal before the CIT(A), the appeal of the assessee was partly allowed, wherein the addition made u/s. 10(1) of the Act was deleted and the disallowance made u/s. 14A of the Act was confirmed. Against the order of the CIT(A), cross appeals were filed by the assessee and the department. The Tribunal remanded the matter to the Assessing Officer with a direction to examine the nature of business of the assessee and to determine whether the nature of the business was agricultural or not, and also to recompute the disallowance depending upon the determination of the nature of the business of the assessee.

During the pendency of the appeal before the Tribunal, a search was conducted at the business premises of the assessee, wherein certain incriminating material was found. Thereafter, notice u/s. 153A of the Act was issued. Pending the appeal before the Tribunal, the Department filed an application before the Tribunal for admission of additional evidence to bring on record before the Tribunal, the alleged incriminating material / documents found during the course of search. Despite the assessee’s opposition to the admission of the incriminating material as additional evidence, the Tribunal allowed the application. On the basis of the said documents, the Tribunal concluded that the addition u/s. 10(1) was not sustainable and remanded the matter to the AO as regards the disallowance u/s. 14A of the Act.

On appeal before the High Court, the assessee challenged the order of the Tribunal on the ground that the Tribunal was not justified in invoking Rule 29 of the ITAT Rules, 1963 and in accepting the additional evidence since Rule 29 expressly prohibits the department from bringing on record such additional evidence. Further, the assessee also challenged the order of the Tribunal on the ground that the Tribunal was not justified in taking into account the evidence of proceedings u/s. 153A of the Act as the proceedings u/s. 153A are separate and the same could not be relied upon in an appeal before the Tribunal.

The Telangana High Court decided the appeal, in favour of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) A perusal of Rule 29 of the Rules, makes it clear that the very foremost words of the Rule explicitly provide that the parties to an appeal are not entitled, as a matter of right, to produce additional evidence, either oral or documentary, before the Tribunal. The Rule further makes it clear that it is the Tribunal alone, which is competent to direct either party to produce any witness to be examined or affidavit to be filed or may allow such evidence to be adduced.

ii) Rule 29 of the ITAT Rules, abundantly makes it clear that neither of the parties to the appeal can independently file additional evidence, either oral or documentary and it is only the Tribunal on its own can direct either of the parties to produce any documents or witness or any affidavit to be filed for determination of the dispute and if the income tax authorities decide the case without giving sufficient opportunity to the assessee either on the points specified or not specified, the Tribunal may, for reasons to be recorded, permit the production of such evidence by the assessee. The words envisaged in Rule 29, therefore leaves no scope for either the Revenue or the assessee to file applications to adduce evidence as a matter of right. Only the learned ITAT alone is empowered to direct either of the parties to produce additional evidence and only in the cases where there is total denial of giving sufficient opportunity to the assessee, the assessee has got a right to file such application seeking permission to adduce additional evidence.

iii) The learned ITAT exceeded in its jurisdiction and acted in gross violation of Rule 29 by allowing the application filed by the Revenue in a routine manner and remanding the matter to the Assessing Authority for fresh determination.

iv) The judgements relied upon by the department were distinguishable on the ground that in those cases, the discretion of the Tribunal was exercised to admit additional evidence for substantial causes or where the evidence could not be produced before the lower authorities due to genuine difficulties, such as non-retrievability of emails or documents. The Tribunal, in those cases, acted after determining that the evidence was necessary for proper adjudication. Further, many of those judgments arose under different statutory provisions, such as Order XLI Rule 27 and or other laws, and did not specifically consider Rule 29 of the Rules as that fall for consideration in the instant case. None of the judgments expressly held that either party could file an application for additional evidence as a matter of right under Rule 29

v) In the instant case, the application filed by the Revenue as a matter of right, was allowed by the learned ITAT, without proper appreciation of Rule 29, which is impermissible in law. We are of the considered view, that the impugned orders of the learned ITAT are in gross violation of procedures contemplated under Rule 29 of the Rules and the learned ITAT exceeded its jurisdiction and thus, the impugned order are liable to be set aside.”

Intimation u/s. 143(1) — Adjustment to the return of income — First proviso — Mandatory in nature — No adjustment to be made unless an opportunity is given to the assessee — No prior opportunity to the assessee before making adjustment — Intimation u/s. 143(1) is liable to be quashed and set-aside.

62. Bax India Ventures Pvt. Ltd. vs. CPC

2026 (2) TMI 319 Bom.

Date of order: 02/02/2026

Ss. 143(1) of ITA 1961

Intimation u/s. 143(1) — Adjustment to the return of income — First proviso — Mandatory in nature — No adjustment to be made unless an opportunity is given to the assessee — No prior opportunity to the assessee before making adjustment — Intimation u/s. 143(1) is liable to be quashed and set-aside.

The Assessee company filed its return of income u/s. 139(8A) and claimed the benefit of lower rate of tax as per section 115BAA of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Along with the return filed u/s. 139(8A), the assessee also filed Form 10-IC which was mandatory as per section 115BAA of the Act. However, the Assessee’s claim was denied, and an adjustment was made in the Intimation order u/s. 143(1)(a) of the Act.

The Assessee challenged the said Intimation order by way of writ petition before the High Court on the ground that the assessee was not given prior intimation about the proposed adjustment and therefore the Intimation order passed u/s. 143(1)(a) of the Act was not sustainable and ought to be set-aside.

The contention of the Department was that the present case was that of denying the beneficial rate of tax to the assessee and not that of adjustment to the total income or loss and therefore there was no need to provide an opportunity to the assessee. Further, since the assessee had failed to file the return of income along with Form 10-IC by the due date mentioned u/s. 139(1), the tax was correctly levied at the normal rate of tax.

The Bombay High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) Admittedly, no intimation was given to the assessee as contemplated in the first proviso to Section 143 (1) (a). The first proviso, in our opinion, is clearly mandatory in nature, as it clearly stipulates that no adjustment ‘shall be made’ unless an intimation is given to the assessee of such adjustment either in writing or in electronic mode. Once this is a mandatory provision, no Intimation order u/s. 143(1)(a) can be passed, making any adjustment in the Return of Income filed by the assessee, unless such proposed adjustment is first intimated to the assessee and he has been given a chance to respond thereto.

ii) In the facts of the present case, no intimation as contemplated under the first proviso to Section 143(1)(a) was ever issued to the Petitioner. This is an undisputed fact. On this ground alone, the Intimation order dated 1st December, 2025, issued u/s. 143(1)(a), is liable to be quashed and set aside.

iii) We are unable to agree with the submission of the learned Advocate appearing on behalf of the Revenue that this exercise would be an exercise in futility because in the facts of the present case, admittedly, Form 10-IC was not filed by the due date. There could very well be a case where, after belatedly filing a return and belatedly filing Form 10-IC, and before the Intimation order is passed u/s. 143 (1)(a), the Petitioner could have obtained an order seeking condonation of delay in filing form 10-IC u/s. 119(2)(b) of the Act. This could possibly be the response that the assessee may give to the CPC in respect of the notice issued under the first proviso to Section 143(1) (a) and contend that the proposed adjustment ought not to be made. It is therefore incorrect to suggest that the intimation proposing an adjustment, as contemplated under the first proviso to Section 143(1)(a), would be an exercise in futility. Once we find that the said provision is mandatory in nature, the same has to be complied with by the Revenue. The Revenue cannot decide in which case it would be futile and in which case it would not.

iv) The Department is free to issue a notice to the assessee as contemplated under the first proviso to Section 143(1)(a) as well as take the response of the Petitioner, if any, into the consideration, and only thereafter pass a fresh Intimation order as contemplated u/s. 143(1)(a)”

Equalisation levy — Refund — Interest on refund — Refund granted as excess Equalisation levy paid by assessee after three years — Obligation on Department to pay interest as compensation for use and retention of money collected in excess — Department’s contention that statute does not provide for payment of interest on refund of equalisation levy not tenable — High Court directed the Department to pay interest at the rate of six per cent from April 1 of the year following the financial year in which excess payments made by assessee till date of actual refund.

61. Group M Media India (P) Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT (International Tax): (2025) 483 ITR 593 (Bom): 2023 SCC OnLine 2740: (2024) 336 CTR 270 (Bom)

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 18/12/2023

S. 244A of ITA 1961 and Ss. 164(i), 165, 166 and 168(1) of the Finance Act, 2016

Equalisation levy — Refund — Interest on refund — Refund granted as excess Equalisation levy paid by assessee after three years — Obligation on Department to pay interest as compensation for use and retention of money collected in excess — Department’s contention that statute does not provide for payment of interest on refund of equalisation levy not tenable — High Court directed the Department to pay interest at the rate of six per cent from April 1 of the year following the financial year in which excess payments made by assessee till date of actual refund.

The petitioner assessee availed “specified services” as defined in clause (i) of section 164 of the Finance Act, 2016, effective from April 1, 2016. Section 164 of the Finance Act, 2016 ((2016) 384 ITR (Stat) 1) provides in clause (i), unless the context otherwise requires, “specified service” means online advertisement, any provision for digital advertising space or any other facility or service for the purpose of online advertisement and includes any other service as may be notified by the Central Government.

For the A. Y. 2018-19, the petitioner filed its statement of specified income originally on June 26, 2018 disclosing the total consideration for specified services at ₹3,99,41,76,889 and equalisation levy of ₹23,96,50,668. After declaring the total levy paid of ₹23,96,50,670, the assessee claimed a refund of ₹4,23,60,940.

By an intimation/order u/s. 168(1) of the Finance Act, 2016 the Department determined the refund at ₹4,23,60,940. However, despite repeated requests, the refund was not given. The assessee therefore filed a writ petition alleging that there is failure on the part of the respondents to release the undisputed refund due and determined by the respondents themselves in the intimation/order issued u/s. 168(1) of the Finance Act, 2016 ((2016) 384 ITR (Stat) 1) for the F. Y. 2017-2018 corresponding to the A. Y. 2018-2019 despite reminders sent and for a direction to the respondents to refund an admitted amount of ₹4,23,60,940 plus interest thereon. After filing the writ petition the Department gave the refund of the amount but refused to give interest on refund.

The Bombay High Court allowed the petition and held as under:

“i) The issue that remains to be decided in this petition is whether the petitioner was entitled to interest on the amount refunded.

ii) The stand of the Revenue is interest is not provided for refund of amounts deposited under the equalisation levy and, therefore, the question of payment of any interest does not arise.

iii) When the collection is illegal, there is corresponding obligation on the Revenue to refund such amount with interest in-as-much as they have retained and enjoyed the money deposited.

iv) In Union of India vs. Tata Chemicals Ltd. [(2014) 363 ITR 658 (SC); (2014) 6 SCC 335; (2014) 3 SCC (Civ) 553; 2014 SCC OnLine SC 176; (2014) 43 taxmann.com 240 (SC).] the apex court also held that refund due and payable to the assessee is debt owed and payable by the Revenue.

v) In the present case, it is not in doubt that the petitioner was entitled to refund of ₹4,23,60,940 because the amount has been paid after the petition was filed. Since the excess amount has been paid over by the petitioner on various dates during the F. Y. 2017-2018, in our view, the refund ought to have been processed and paid latest by July 31, 2018. The interest, therefore, of course, will become payable from April 1, 2018 if we apply the principles prescribed in section 244A of the Act. The amount, as noted earlier, has been paid only on August 21, 2023. Consequently, we are of the view that the petitioner is entitled to interest on this amount of ₹4,23,60,940 from April 1, 2018 up to August 21, 2023 at the rate of six per cent. per annum which is the rate prescribed u/s. 244A of the Act.

vi) This order shall be given effect to and the interest shall be paid over on or before February 15, 2024. If not paid, with effect from February 16, 2024, the rate of interest payable will be at nine per cent. per annum until the date of payment.

vii) This will be in addition to other proceedings to hold the Department and concerned officers to be in wilful disobedience of the orders passed by this court. The difference of three per cent. (nine per cent. – six per cent.) will be recovered from the Officer who will be responsible to have the interest paid.”

Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA – in absence of specific notification under Section 90 of the Act, DTAA cannot be said to have been modified through Multilateral Instrument ; on facts, consideration received by Irish company from dry lease of aircraft was taxable only in Ireland under Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA

19. [2025] 177 taxmann.com 579 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Sky High Appeal XLIII Leasing Company Ltd. vs. ACIT (International Taxation)

IT APPEAL NOS. 1122, 1106, 1198, 1157, 1108, 1156 AND 1155 (MUM) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Dated: 13 August 2025

Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA – in absence of specific notification under Section 90 of the Act, DTAA cannot be said to have been modified through Multilateral Instrument ; on facts, consideration received by Irish company from dry lease of aircraft was taxable only in Ireland under Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Ireland, was incorporated in 2018. A licensed corporate service provider in Ireland managed the day-to-day operations of the Assessee. Ireland’s tax authorities had granted a tax residency certificate (“TRC”) to the Assessee. The Assessee was engaged in business of aircraft leasing globally. The Assessee had entered into dry operating lease agreements with an Indian airline company (“Ind Co”). In respect of the relevant year, the Assessee filed its return of income (“ROI”) declaring nil taxable income on the footing that, in terms of Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA, consideration received by it from Ind Co was taxable only in Ireland.

The AO invoked Articles 6 and 7 of the Multilateral Instrument (“MLI”) that modified the provisions of India-Ireland DTAA and observed that: (a) the ultimate beneficiary was located in Cayman Islands; (b) Assessee did not have any employee; (c) daily affairs of Assessee were managed by third-party service providers; and (d) Assessee’s directors held positions in multiple other Irish companies. The AO further observed that the leases were in the nature of finance leases. Accordingly, he taxed the consideration as royalty under Article 12 of India-Ireland DTAA. The DRP further held that in absence of employees and infrastructure, Ireland operations could not be considered genuine. It further observed that the Assessee retained ultimate control over leased aircraft. Accordingly, the DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

(a) Application of MLI

The Hon’ble Supreme Court (“SC”) in Nestle SA [458 ITR 756], while interpreting the Most Favoured Nation (“MFN”) provisions in the protocol, has held that a separate notification under Section 90(1) of the Act was required to import the benefit from a subsequent DTAA into an existing DTAA.

India and Ireland had ratified their final MLI positions in 2019. India issued a notification regarding the adoption of the MLI. However, a separate notification highlighting the consequences/impact of the MLI on India-Ireland DTAA was not issued. As per the principles upheld in Nestle SA (supra), a separate notification was a prerequisite for applying the modifications to DTAA caused by MLI provisions, and MLI cannot be regarded as a self-operating instrument. Accordingly, Articles 6 and 7 of MLI could not be applied to deny DTAA benefits.

A TRC issued by foreign tax authorities could not be questioned unless it was a case of fraud.

A Principal Purpose Test (“PPT”) could not be applied merely because taxpayer derived a benefit provided by a DTAA or if its parent entity was located in a third country. In a global context, a Special Purpose Vehicle (“SPV”) usually does not have a dedicated workforce and is generally managed by service providers. Based on the evidence submitted, the SPV had assumed real economic risk.

A benefit cannot be denied under PPT if the object and purpose of relevant DTAA provision is to grant such benefits. On a holistic reading of Articles 8 and 12, the object of DTAA was to exclude aircraft leasing from the scope of source-country taxing rights.

(b) Nature of Lease

The terms of the lease clearly indicated that it was a dry lease. In the event of default, the lessor may take possession of the aircraft, and at the end of the lease period, the aircraft must be returned to the lessor. One need not travel beyond contract terms, unless the transaction was a sham.

Having regard to the terms of the agreement, Guidelines of DGCA, classification by RBI, statutory definition, and ruling of coordinate bench of ITAT in Celestial Aviation Trading [2025] 176 taxmann.com 902 (Delhi – Trib.), lease of aircraft was an operating lease.

(c) Permanent Establishment

As per agreement, the aircraft was under the control and disposal of the lessee. DGCA Guidelines required lessee to have operational control over the aircraft. Lessor rights towards periodic inspection, compliance with maintenance standards, and repossession in case of default cannot confer any right of disposal over the asset/place. Hence, presence of aircraft of assessee on a lease basis cannot constitute a permanent establishment.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that in terms of Article 13 of India-Ireland DTAA, the consideration received by the Assessee for lease of aircraft was taxable only in Ireland.

Author’s Note:

One may need to take into account the impact of the SC Decision in AAR vs. Tiger Global International II Holdings [2026] 182 taxmann.com 375 (SC), to the extent the decision may be regarded as laying down guiding, binding principles. Although the SC was concerned with, and decided whether AAR was right in rejecting the petition as involving a prima facie case of tax avoidance, the tribunal’s ruling, to the extent it is contrary to the SC’s binding ratio will require reconsideration.

Where the assessee had utilised its limited funds mainly for construction of a Satsang Bhawan in accordance with its charitable objects, its mere inability to carry out other charitable activities on account of paucity of funds could not be a ground for denial of registration under section 12AB / section 80G.

90. (2026) 182 taxmann.com 202 (Lucknow Trib)

Kirti Mahal Satsang Bhawan Trust vs. CIT

A.Y.: 2023-24 Date of Order: 05.01.2026

Section : 12AB, 80G

Where the assessee had utilised its limited funds mainly for construction of a Satsang Bhawan in accordance with its charitable objects, its mere inability to carry out other charitable activities on account of paucity of funds could not be a ground for denial of registration under section 12AB / section 80G.

FACTS

The assessee submitted applications in Form No. 10AB on 27.06.2024 seeking registration under section 12AB as well as approval under section 80G. Both the applications were rejected by CIT (E) on the ground that the assessee was not carrying out any substantial charitable activity as per objects of the trust and the genuineness of charitable activities being carried out by the trust had not been satisfactorily established.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal set aside the orders of the CIT(E) and directed him to grant registration under sections 12AB and approval under section 80G, holding that the assessee’s limited funds were mainly utilised for construction of the Satsang Bhawan, which was in in accordance with its charitable objective. It further observed that the inability to undertake other charitable activities was solely due to paucity of funds which was used mainly for construction of Satsang Bhavan. It noted that the construction of the Satsang Bhawan had now been completed and the assessee was presently carrying out charitable activities, including Satsang.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

A securitisation trust formed in accordance with the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines is a revocable trust within the meaning of section 61 / 63 and consequently its income is not chargeable to tax in the hands of trust but in the hands of the Security Receipt Holders; accordingly, such trust cannot be assessed as an AOP under section 164.

89. (2026) 182 taxmann.com 849 (Mum Trib)

ITO vs. Arcil Retail Loan Portfolio -001- A- Trust

A.Y.: 2016-17

Date of Order: 22.01.2026 Section: 61, 63, 164

A securitisation trust formed in accordance with the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines is a revocable trust within the meaning of section 61 / 63 and consequently its income is not chargeable to tax in the hands of trust but in the hands of the Security Receipt Holders; accordingly, such trust cannot be assessed as an AOP under section 164.

FACTS

The assessee was constituted as a trust by Asset Reconstruction Company (India) Ltd. (ARCIL) pursuant to the provisions of the SARFAESI Act, 2002 and RBI Guidelines for the purpose of acquisition and resolution of Non-Performing Assets. Funds were raised by issuance of Security Receipts (SRs) to Qualified Institutional Buyers. ARCIL functioned as settlor, trustee and asset manager of the assessee-trust. The trust filed its return of income for A.Y. 2016-17 declaring total income at Rs. NIL, after claiming exemption on income of ₹27,63,75,223 under section 61 read with section 63. The return was processed under section 143(1) of the Act and the case was selected for complete scrutiny under CASS.

The AO held that the assessee could not be regarded as a trust for the purposes of sections 61 to 63 and that, on the facts, the contributors and beneficiaries had joined in a common purpose of earning income and therefore, constituted an Association of Persons within the meaning of section 2(31). The AO further held that the trust was neither revocable nor determinate, that the provisions of section 164 were attracted, and that even otherwise the assessee was liable to be assessed as an AOP. Accordingly, the claim of exemption under sections 61 to 63 was denied and the AO assessed the total income of the assessee at ₹30,33,45,950 and initiated penalty proceedings under sections 271(1)(b) and 271(1)(c).

On appeal, CIT(A) allowed the appeal of the assessee in full.

Aggrieved, the revenue filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

On the questions of whether the assessee trust is revocable or irrevocable for the purposes of sections 61 to 63 and whether it is liable to be assessed as an Association of Persons and consequently whether the income can be brought to tax in the hands of the trust by invoking section 164, the Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Sections 61 to 63 form a self-contained code dealing with taxation of income arising from revocable transfers. The legislative scheme is explicit that where the transferor retains, directly or indirectly, the right to re-assume control over income or assets, such income cannot be assessed in the hands of an intermediary entity but must be taxed in the hands of the transferor. Section 63 deliberately adopts a wide and inclusive definition of both “transfer” and “revocable transfer”. The statute does not prescribe that revocation must be unilateral, unconditional, or exercisable by an individual contributor. What is required is the existence of a contractual or legal mechanism for re-transfer of assets or re-assumption of power. This statutory scheme must be read harmoniously with the regulatory framework governing securitisation trusts, which are mandated under the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines to operate as passthrough vehicles with beneficial ownership resting with Security Receipt Holders.

(b) On a plain reading of Clause 5.2 of the Trust Deed, it can be seen that the Security Receipt Holders were expressly conferred a right to revoke their contributions during the subsistence of the trust. Upon such revocation, the entire Trust Fund stood retransferred to the Security Receipt Holders or their designees in proportion to their holdings, the scheme itself stood dissolved, the trustee ceased to act as trustee, and the Security Receipts stood extinguished. These provisions clearly satisfied both limbs of section 63(a).

(c) It is evident that section 63 does not mandate unilateral or unconditional revocation, and that a revocation mechanism embedded in the governing instrument is sufficient. Collective revocation does not dilute the revocable character of the transfer.

(d) The formation of the assessee trust was statutorily mandated under the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines. The trust was not a voluntary association of persons coming together for a common purpose, but a regulatory vehicle created for securitisation. The trustee functioned independently and exclusively in accordance with the Trust Deed. There was no joint management, no sharing of responsibilities, and no common volition among Security Receipt Holders so as to constitute an AOP.

(e) The beneficiaries were clearly identifiable with reference to the Trust Deed, offer documents and contribution records, and their respective shares were determinable in proportion to Security Receipts held. Merely because the names of beneficiaries were not set out in the Trust Deed itself did not render the trust indeterminate. This position is well settled by judicial precedents.

(f) Once it is held that the trust is revocable, section 164 has no independent application. Sections 61 to 63 override section 164 in cases of revocable transfers. The AO’s attempt to apply section 164, therefore, proceeded on an incorrect legal premise.

(g) The legislative intent to treat securitisation trusts as passthrough entities is further reinforced by later amendments and CBDT clarifications. The Finance Bill, 2016 expressly recognised securitisation trusts, including those set up by ARCs, as vehicles through which income is to be taxed in the hands of investors and not the trust. These amendments are clarificatory in nature, explaining the manner of taxation rather than altering the character of such trusts. They fortify the conclusion that, even prior to the amendments, the law recognised the trust as a conduit and not as a separate taxable entity in respect of such income.

Observing that its decision is supported by a series of decisions of the coordinate benches of the Tribunal, the Tribunal dismissed the appeal of the revenue and affirmed the order of CIT(A).

Where the assessee-company operating a solar power plant supplied electricity exclusively to its holding company, the activity could not be regarded as being carried out for “preservation of environment” / “charitable purpose” under section 2(15), as the dominant object was to benefit a single related entity rather than the public at large or a defined section of the public; accordingly, the assessee was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

88. (2026) 182 taxmann.com 242 (Bang Trib)

Infosys Green Forum vs. ITO

A.Y.: N.A.

Date of Order : 12.01.2026

Section: 2(15), 12AB

Where the assessee-company operating a solar power plant supplied electricity exclusively to its holding company, the activity could not be regarded as being carried out for “preservation of environment” / “charitable purpose” under section 2(15), as the dominant object was to benefit a single related entity rather than the public at large or a defined section of the public; accordingly, the assessee was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

FACTS

“I” Ltd. set up a 40 MW solar power plant on leasehold land as part of its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities. As the amount spent resulted in capital assets, as per rule 7(4) of the CSR Rules, 2014, such assets were required to be transferred to a new section 8 company. Therefore, the assessee-company was incorporated as a non-profit company under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 on 31.8.2021 by “I” Ltd. (as its 100% shareholder) with the object, inter alia, of promoting clean energy and environmental sustainability. Thereafter, “I” Ltd. and the assessee-company entered into an agreement to transfer the solar power project to the assessee. They also entered into a power supply agreement whereby the assessee was required to sell the power generated from the solar plant at Tumkur district, Karnataka exclusively to “I” Ltd at agreed rates.

The assessee-section 8 company obtained provisional registration under section 12AB on 2.10.2021 for AY 2022-23 to 2024-25 on the ground that its activities of running a solar power plant fell within the category of “preservation of environment” under section 2(15). Thereafter, the assessee filed an application for permanent registration under section 12AB and section 80G.

CIT(E) rejected the application for registration under section 12AB (and also cancelled the provisional registration) on the ground that activity of generation of power and operating as a captive solar power plant was a commercial venture which was not a charitable activity under ‘preservation of environment’ and thus did not fall within the definition of section 2(15).

Aggrieved, the assessee filed appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) While setting up of a solar power plant is an activity which preserves the environment, the predominant or primary object test for “charitable purpose” is that benefit must enure to the public or a section/ class of the public. It is also not necessary that all persons universally benefit from the activities mentioned in section 2(15). Benefit to
sufficiently wide or defined section of public will suffice so long as private gain to a particular person is not the dominant object. Naturally, incidental benefit to individuals does not disentitle the assessee claiming it to be for “charitable purpose”.

(b) Upon detailed analysis of the power supply agreement, assets transfer agreement and other evidence, it could be seen that there was no benefit to the public at large or a section of a public at all. The dominant object of the whole exercise was to get the power for “I” Ltd. through captive solar power plant shown as CSR activity and then make an attempt to claim the benefit of registration under section 12AB and section 80G.

(c) In common parlance, the facts of the assessee were not different from a case where a donor sets up school for his own children and claims it as “educational activity”, or a company setting up a hospital exclusively for its own promoters / employees and claiming it as “medical relief”, or setting up own yoga centre for himself and claiming it as “Yoga” etc. Putting a solar panel over one’s house was also preservation of environment, but these are not charitable purposes as these do not have dominant object of benefit to others, that is, public at large. These are benefit to self. In all these cases there is no public benefit at large.

On the argument of the assessee that two wings of the Government cannot take a different view, the Tribunal observed that the view under the Companies Act (as stated in MCA Circular No. 21 / 2021 dated 25.8.2021) and provisions of section 2(15) of the Act are in consonance with each other and has taken a similar view that activity for the benefit of one person cannot be a CSR activity and the same is also not charitable. Both the Acts say that dominant object must be for the benefit of public or a defined section of public.

Accordingly, the Tribunal dismissed the appeals of the assessee and upheld the order of CIT(E) in not granting registration under section 12AB and approval under section 80G.

Company Law

24. Abhishek Maheshchand Khandelwal vs. Khandelwal Finstock (P.) Ltd.

Before, National Company Law Tribunal,

Ahmedabad Bench

Date of Order: 19th January, 2026

Where legal heirs of the deceased had produced death certificate of their late father and other required documents, the requirements under Section 56 of the Companies Act 2013 (CA 2013) were substantially complied with and, thus, the company was to be directed to transmit shares to the legal heirs of the deceased shareholder without insisting on probate.

FACTS:

  • The appellants were the legal heirs of late M who originally held 25 per cent shares in KFPL. The appellants and R were family members of the Khandelwal Family. Disputes arose among the family members. An arbitrator was appointed to resolve the disputes among four factions of the Khandelwal Family. The arbitrator passed an award which revised the shareholding of the family in KFPL and reduced the shareholding of M to 21 per cent.
  • M died on 13th October, 2020. After the death of M, there was no representation from his faction in the company. Only R was managing the affairs of the company. The appellants sent representation requesting transmission. The daughter gave no objection for transmission of shares in equal proportion to the appellants.
  • The company replied and acknowledged the 25 per cent holding but stated that no probate or legal document was received. In Gujarat, no probate was required for transmission of shares in a private company. The appellants stated that the company had not transmitted the shares despite intimation under section 56 and the company acted in breach of section 56 of CA 2013.
  • The appellants filed present appeal under section 59 seeking direction to the company to transmit the shares held by their late father in favour of the appellants and for rectification of its Register of Members.

HELD:

  • The Appellants produced the death certificate of their late father, no-objection affidavit of the daughter, and indemnity/affidavits as directed by the Tribunal. KFPL acknowledged the Appellants and their sister as legal heirs in proceedings arising out of the arbitral award. The identity of the legal heirs was not disputed before the Tribunal.
  • The objections regarding absence of Form SH-4 or allegations of fraud do not pertain to transmission by operation of law. Transmission on death does not require execution of a transfer deed. KFPL has failed to show any legal impediment which could justify refusal or delay in transmission of shares after receipt of complete documents.
  • Once it is established that late Maheshchand Khandelwal had shareholding in the company, and he died intestate, the legal heirs are entitled to transmission of the said shares, and their names are required to be entered in the register of members. There is no dispute on facts. As transmission occurs by operation of law under section 56(2) of CA 2013, no instrument of transfer (Form SH-4) is required, distinguishing it from voluntary transfers under section 56(1) of CA 2013.
  • It is also noted that the audited balance sheet of the Respondent Company reflects the shareholding of the deceased shareholder. Allegations regarding irregularities in filings are pending before statutory authorities and do not bar lawful transmission of shares. Such issues cannot be used to deny statutory rights of legal heirs under the CA 2013.
  • In view of the above discussion, it was found that the Appellants have established unnecessary delay and default on the part of KFPL in registering the transmission of shares. The requirements under section 56 were substantially complied with by the Appellants. The jurisdiction of the Tribunal under section 59 is clearly attracted and appeal filed by the aggrieved persons, the legal heir of the deceased, is maintainable.
  • Accordingly, Tribunal held that the Appellants were entitled to transmission of 21 percent shares standing in the name of Late Shri Maheshchand Radhakishan Khandelwal, as per the arbitral award dated 6th November 2018, and to rectification of the Register of Members of KFPL. This realignment as per the arbitral award overrides the original 25% holding reflected in the balance sheet, as the award, being enforceable, must be given effect under section 59 of CA 2013.

Therefore, in the light of above observations and findings, this Tribunal ordered as under: –

  • KFPL was directed to register the transmission of the said 21 percent shares to the Appellants, namely Abhishek Maheshchand Khandelwal and Apoorva Maheshchand Khandelwal, in equal proportion of 10.5 percent each, within 30 days from the date of receipt of a certified copy of the order, after verification of the documents already submitted, without requiring probate or original share certificates (as none were issued).
  • KFPL was further directed to rectify its Register of Members accordingly within the said period.

25. Shree Radhe Tea Plantation Private Limited & Anr. vs. Registrar of Companies, West Bengal & Ors. WPA 23115 of 2022

IN THE HIGH COURT AT CALCUTTA

Date of Order: 18th November 2022

The Calcutta High Court, upheld the powers of the Registrar of Companies (ROC) to conduct multiple inquiries under Section 206 to 210 of the Companies Act, 2013, specifically relating to the inspection, inquiry, and investigation provisions.

The Court implicitly upheld the ROC’s ability to initiate subsequent inquiries as part of its statutory duties.
The Key Upholding in the Case by Calcutta High Court are as follows:

  • The Court ruled that Sections 206-210 of the Companies Act, 2013, do not impose any bar on the Registrar to initiate subsequent proceedings under Section 206 as this is permissible if the Registrar comes across additional material warranting a second inquiry.
  • The High Court dismissed the petition, emphasizing that the petitioners had an Alternate Forum (NCLT, Kolkata) to contest the ROC’s inquiry report. The report was already part of the evidence in the ongoing winding-up proceedings under Section 271 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  • The Court noted that the Tribunal (NCLT) has wide powers under Section 273 of the Companies Act, 2013 to pass any orders as it may deem fit. This power is sufficient to ensure that the petitioners get an opportunity to seek appropriate relief regarding the impugned inquiry report in the winding-up proceedings.

In conclusion, the High Court ultimately decided not to stop the Registrar of Companies (ROC) from continuing its investigation and clarified that Section 206 of the Companies Act, 2013 is an ongoing supervisory power with ROC. If the ROC discovers further irregularities or additional documents, it is legally obligated to initiate a subsequent proceeding.

An order passed without considering a binding precedent, though not cited at the time of hearing, constitutes a mistake apparent on record.

87. TS-207-ITAT-2026 (Delhi)

Tigre SAS Liquors India Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT

A.Y.s: 2013-14 & 2014-15

Date of Order : 18.2.2026 Section: 254

FACTS:

The assessee filed an application u/s 254(2) of the Act, on the basis that the grounds no. 2 & 3 raised by the Appellant in ITA No. 7969/Del/2018 (AY 2014-15) was against confirming the ad-hoc disallowance on account of legal and professional expenses amounting to ₹35,52,173/- on account of legal expenditure incurred towards registration of trademark and ₹4,77,794/- towards label registration charges, considering the same as intangible asset being capital in nature.

In the application u/s 254(2) of the Act, it was pointed out that these findings are contrary to the decision of the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Finlay Mills Ltd [(1951) 20 ITR 475 (SC)].

HELD

The Tribunal held that the order as passed is established to be passed without taking into consideration the relevant and binding precedent, which though not cited at the time of hearing, were there in favour of assesse. In ACIT vs. Saurashtra Kutch Stock Exchange Ltd. [(2008) 305 ITR 227 (SC)], the Supreme Court ruled that non-consideration of a binding decision of the Jurisdictional High Court or the Supreme Court by the ITAT constitutes a “mistake apparent from the record”. Such an error is rectifiable under section 254(2) of the Act. The Tribunal held that non consideration of binding judicial precedents is an error apparent on record, accordingly, it recalled the order dated 28.08.2025, to the limited extent of fresh adjudication of aforesaid grounds in both the appeals.

Protective addition under Section 69 cannot survive where substantive addition on identical facts has been deleted on merits and no independent corroborative evidence establishes payment of on-money. Mere reliance on third-party statements, without independent corroboration, is insufficient when the assessee categorically denies payment.

86. TS-191-ITAT-2026 (Mum.)

Dhiraj Solanki vs. DCIT

A.Y.: 2019-20

Date of Order : 10.2.2026 Section: 69

Protective addition under Section 69 cannot survive where substantive addition on identical facts has been deleted on merits and no independent corroborative evidence establishes payment of on-money.

Mere reliance on third-party statements, without independent corroboration, is insufficient when the assessee categorically denies payment.

FACTS

The assessee, a resident individual, for the assessment year under dispute, filed his return of income on 17.08.2011, declaring total income of ₹3,49,640/-. On 17.03.2021, a search and seizure operation u/s. 132 of the Act was carried out in case of Rubberwala Group and others. In course of search and seizure operation, certain incriminating material/information pertaining to the assessee were found. Based on such information/material, proceedings u/s. 153C of the Act were initiated in case of the assessee.

In course of assessment proceeding, the Assessing Officer (AO) observed that during the search and seizure operation conducted in the premises of Rubberwala Housing & Infrastructure Ltd. and its promoter Director- Shri Tabrez Shaikh and a key employee of Rubberwala Group, Shri Imran Ansari, a pen drive containing excel sheet was found which contained the details of on-money paid by various buyers in respect of shops purchased in the ‘Platinum Mall’ project.

Statements were recorded u/s. 132(4) of the Act from Shri Imran Ansari and Shri Tabrez Shaikh based on a seized materials. In the statement recorded, Shri Imran Ansari explaining the details of the transactions noted in the excel sheet, stated that it contained the agreement value of the shops floor and level wise by as also the actual price at which shops were sold. He stated, the agreement value is lower than the actual sale price and the differential amount (on-money) was received in cash from the buyers and handed over to Shri Tabrez Shaikh.

Based on such statements, the AO called upon the assessee to explain why the alleged on-money paid of ₹52,40,950/- should not be added to the income of the assessee. Though, the assessee vehemently objected to the proposed addition, categorically stating that he had not paid on-money over and above the actual sale consideration paid as per the agreement, however the AO was not convinced. He concluded that the assessee indeed had paid on-money in cash towards purchase of the shop. Since the alleged on-money was added on substantive basis at the hands of another assessee, namely, Shri Praveen Jagdeesh Solanki, the AO made the addition on protective basis at the hands of the assessee.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it contended that the substantive addition made by the AO in case of Shri Praveen Jagdish Solanki has been deleted by the learned First Appellate Authority on merits. Hence, the protective addition made in case of the assessee cannot survive.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that it is evident that the assessee jointly with his brother Shri Praveen Jagadish Solanki had purchased a shop in the ‘Platinum Mall’. The Tribunal narrated the modus operandi as explained in the statement of Mr. Imran Ansari recorded in the course of search. The Tribunal noted that the modus operandi explained inter alia stated that Mr. Imran Ansari after receiving confirmation from Mr. Abrar Ahmad, cashier, regarding the cash received, makes necessary entries in the diary given to the buyer at the time of booking of shop mentioning the cash amount along with date of payment and also puts his signature against each entry. It observed that surprisingly, though, shops have been sold to number of buyers however not a single diary has been recovered from any of the buyers to demonstrate the fact that against the cash payment entries have been made in the diary and initialled by Shri Imran Ansari as explained in his statement. In fact, except the pen drive containing the excel sheet, the AO has not referred to any other incriminating material. The seized material does not explicitly reveal payment of on-money by buyers individually.

The Tribunal held that when the assessee has categorically denied of having paid any cash, merely relying upon a third party statement and limited evidence seized from a third party, assessee cannot be accused of paying on-money in absence of any other corroborative evidence to demonstrate that the facts stated in the statement recorded from the key persons of Rubberwala Group and the excel sheets are authentic. It remarked that in any case of the matter, in case of the present assessee, the AO has made the addition on protective basis and that the substantive addition made in case of assessee’s brother Shri Praveen Jagdish Solanki has been deleted by the very same First Appellate Authority in order dated 18.11.2025 on merits after taking note of all relevant facts. The Tribunal held that when the substantive addition has been deleted on merit, the protective addition made at the hands of the assessee cannot survive. The Tribunal deleted the addition made by the AO and confirmed by CIT(A).

The Rise of Algorithmic Trading In Securities Market: Retail Participation and Regulatory Shifts

The Indian securities market is experiencing a structural shift as algorithmic trading expands from institutional dominance to robust retail participation via API-driven platforms. To mitigate risks and protect investors, SEBI has tightened regulations, positioning brokers as principal gatekeepers for third-party algorithms. Algos are now categorized into White Box and Black Box, with Black Box providers required to register as Research Analysts. Unlike the U.S., India enforces stricter rules, including prior exchange approval and mandatory order tagging. This rigorous framework generates significant opportunities for professionals in compliance, system audits, cybersecurity, and risk management.

The Indian securities market has witnessed a steady shift in the share of algorithmic and non-algorithmic trading across segments. While institutional participation continues to account for a significant proportion of algorithmic volumes, the gradual penetration of automation into retail trading marks a structural evolution in market conduct.

Algorithmic trading refers to the use of computer programs to automatically generate and/or execute trades based on pre-defined rules, parameters, or quantitative models, with limited or no real-time human intervention.

Long before the advent of algorithmic trading in India, dealers manually monitored market indicators, price movements, and technical parameters to execute trades in securities on stock exchanges on real time basis. As trading strategies became increasingly rule-based and repetitive—often driven by fixed indicators and predefined conditions—the limitations of manual execution became evident. This operational monotony, coupled with the growing need for speed, consistency, and discipline, catalyzed the adoption of algorithmic trading systems to automate decision-making and execution processes.

Cash Markets

Derivative Market

Equity Futures

Equity Options

Index Futures

Stock Futures

Traditionally, algorithmic trading in India was dominated by institutional players leveraging Direct Market Access (DMA) and co-location facilities to achieve ultra-low latency and efficient execution. Retail traders, in contrast, have largely accessed automation through broker-provided APIs and third-party platforms. Over time, all stakeholders in the algo trading ecosystem i.e. stock brokers, technology and API providers, strategy vendors, and trader have evolved as integrated functions, thereby leading to a more complex and interdependent market structure that raises new regulatory, compliance, and accountability considerations.

A key inflection point in this transition has been the rise of discount brokers and fintech platforms that lowered entry barriers for technologically inclined retail traders. The availability of APIs, developer-friendly documentation, and plug-and-play models have enabled a new layer of participants to either build or to deploy automated strategies without actually incurring any huge capital expenditure. This shift has created a parallel ecosystem of strategy developers, platform providers, and retail users, blurring the lines between trading, technology, and advisory services.

REGULATORY EVOLUTION OF ALGORITHMIC TRADING IN INDIA

With increased volume of algo trading including that of retail participation, SEBI’s regulatory focus expanded from institutional algos to the algos used by retail trades. While the core algo framework continued to apply formally at the broker level, SEBI incrementally tightened risk management norms such as order-to-trade ratio penalties, system audit requirements, and broker responsibility for surveillance of algorithmic activity routed through their infrastructure.

This period marked a regulatory transition from “who runs the algo” to “who enables the algo.” Brokers were positioned as the principal gatekeepers, even where trading logic originated from third-party platforms or client-side automation. With increase of retail algo trading, the occurrences of market mis- selling’s, bogus performance claims, could not be ruled out.

RECENT REGULATORY PUSH

SEBI’s recent regulatory push marks a structural shift from ensuring “Safer participation of retail investors in Algorithmic trading”, vide SEBI circular dared 4th February 2025. SEBI explicitly recognized retail algos as a distinct regulatory category and mandated exchanges to frame comprehensive operational standards governing APIs, algo registration, tagging, and risk controls. This reflects SEBI’s policy intent to balance technological adoption with systemic stability and investor protection, especially in light of the rapid growth of API-based retail trading.

Algos shall be categorized into two categories i.e. White Box Algos and Black Box Algos. White Box algos are algos where logic is disclosed and replicable and Black box algos are algos where logic is not known to user and is not replicable. For Black Box algos the algo provider shall register as a Research Analyst and maintain a detailed research report for each such algo and confirm to the exchanges that such report has been maintained. In case of any change in the logic governing the algo, register such algo as a fresh algo and maintain a detailed research report for the new algo, and confirm to the exchanges that such report has been maintained.

Pursuant to SEBI’s directions, National Stock Exchange (NSE) issued implementation standards and detailed operational modalities in May–July 2025. This framework also formalizes the role of third-party algo platforms as “Algo Providers” who must be empanelled with exchanges, with brokers acting as principals and bearing ultimate responsibility for orders routed through APIs. It also defines the standard operations related to API Access for Clients, APIs without registering algo, client generated algos, broker generated algos, threshold orders per second, Algo ID tagging and risk management.

International Financial Services Centre Authority (IFSCA) has recognized the growing importance of algorithmic trading for the growth and development of securities market in IFSC and therefore released consultation paper on Guidelines for Algorithmic Trading on the Stock Exchanges in IFSC. It provides for responsibilities of Stock Exchange which includes load management, performance study of its systems, Periodic Testing of Algorithms and audit trail.

WAY FORWARD

The expanding regulatory framework around algorithmic trading is materially increasing the compliance and operational functions across all market participants—including stock exchanges, brokers, algo and strategy providers, technology vendors etc.

The USA markets are generally considered to have the highest proportion of trades executed algorithmically, whereas in India the percentage of algo trading as a share of total trades is relatively lower; however, India’s regulatory framework is far more stringent, with active involvement of brokers and exchanges in compliance and risk supervision.

Key differentiators in India include the requirement of prior approval and mandatory order tagging of each algorithmic strategy, empanelment of brokers acting as regulatory gatekeepers and exchange-level approval required prior to deployment, algo registration and tagging, etc.

On the contrary, the U.S. algorithmic trading is primarily supervised through firm-level risk management systems, internal controls, and ongoing compliance and surveillance mechanisms which is adhered in India through API security, simulation testing, audit trails, surveillance, and incident reporting.

In view of the above, meaningful opportunities for professionals across legal, compliance, risk, audit, cyber security, and technology domains shall be available which include:

  • Designing governance frameworks,
  • implementing compliant trading architectures.
  • conduct system and model audits,
  • manage regulatory change, and
  • bridge the gap between complex trading technology and evolving SEBI/NSE requirements

These opportunities will position regulatory and tech-fluent professionals as key enablers of compliant innovation in the algorithmic trading ecosystem.

Section 44AB as well 271B clearly show that the requirement of audit and penal consequence are dehors the finding of the assessment proceedings relating to the computation of income and audit u/s 44AB is required on the basis of the turnover exceeding the threshold limit.

85. TS-184-ITAT-2026 (Kol.)

Jalpaigura Zilla Regulated Market Committee vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2017-18 Date of Order : 10.2.2026

Section: 44AB

Section 44AB as well 271B clearly show that the requirement of audit and penal consequence are dehors the finding of the assessment proceedings relating to the computation of income and audit u/s 44AB is required on the basis of the turnover exceeding the threshold limit.

FACTS

The assessee, M/s. Jalpaiguri Zilla Regulated Market Committee (AOP) did not file its return of income for AY 2017-18. As per the information available with the Department, the assessee deposited cash in the bank account during the FY 2016-17. Notice u/s 142(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”) was issued asking the assessee to furnish its return of income for the AY 2017-18, but the assessee did not respond. Therefore, a showcause notice was issued to the assessee which also resulted in non-compliance.

The Assessing Officer (AO) therefore, treated the total credits amounting to ₹2,40,65,509/- in its bank account as the total turnover of the assessee. The net profit of the assessee was estimated @8% of the total receipts which came to ₹19,25,400/- (8% of ₹2,40,65,509/-) for AY 2017-18.

The assessment was completed u/s 144 of the Act, bringing ₹19,25,400/- to tax. Since the total turnover in this case was estimated at ₹2,40,65,509/- and sufficient & reasonable opportunities were provided to the assessee but the assessee failed to get its accounts audited as required u/s 44AB of the Act, therefore, penalty proceeding u/s 271B of the Act were initiated for non-filing of the Audit report. The AO levied penalty of ₹1,20,330/- u/s 271B of the Act.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it contended that being Agricultural Produce Market Committee constituted under the state law which is entitled to full tax exemption under section 10(26AAB) of the Act its income was exempt and such Agricultural Produce Market Committee or Regulated Market Committee is generally not required to undergo tax audit under section 44AB or to file income tax returns for this exempt income, provided the income is used for statutory purposes. The statutory audit as specified under the Act was claimed to have been carried out.

HELD

Perusal of section 44AB as well as 271B of the Act shows that the requirement of audit and the penal consequence are dehors the finding of the assessment proceedings relating to computation of income and the audit under section 44AB of the Act is required on the basis of the turnover exceeding the threshold limit. The Tribunal held that despite the income being exempt, since the turnover had exceeded the specified amount for the purpose of getting the statutory audit done, the required audit report u/s 44AB of the Act on Form-3CD was required to be filed.

Since it was further submitted that the assessee had a reasonable cause for not getting the audit carried out and no such reasonable cause was mentioned before the Tribunal, except for mentioning the fact that the income was exempt, the Tribunal, in the interest of justice and fair play, remanded the matter to the CIT(A) for giving another opportunity to the assessee and present its case that it had a reasonable cause for not getting the audit done, who shall decide the issue as per law.

Bilateralism In An Era Of Protectionism – The India–Us Trade Deal In Perspective

The proposed India–US Trade Deal emerges at a time of heightened global trade turbulence marked by tariff escalations, supply chain fragmentation, and strategic energy realignments. Against the backdrop of intensified tariff-led negotiations under the Trump administration, both countries have engaged in calibrated discussions aimed at restructuring bilateral trade. This article examines broad and sector-specific trade trends, tariff diplomacy, energy considerations, benefits of the proposed India-US trade deal and a brief analysis of the recent Supreme Court of the United States (‘SCOTUS’) decision invalidating the reciprocal tariffs imposed by the Trump administration under the IEEPA. From an Indian perspective, the article further evaluates the implications of reciprocal concessions on commodities included in the trade deal, the strategic re-positioning of India in the global supply chains involving the US, and diversification of India’s export markets as a by-product of increased US tariffs over the last year. The analysis concludes that the proposed arrangement reflects not merely tariff adjustment, but a broader strategic recalibration within an increasingly fragmented global trade order.

INTRODUCTION

The announcement of the India-US Joint Statement on February 6, 2026,1 marked a watershed moment in a bilateral relationship that had, for much of the previous year, been defined by tactical friction and escalating tariff protectionism by the United States (“US”) under the President Donald Trump’s (“Trump”) ‘America First Trade Policy’. After nearly a year of high-stakes tariff diplomacy, both nations have finally signalled a transition toward a framework for an Interim Trade Agreement (“Interim Agreement”). This development is a strategic recalibration aimed at stabilizing the India-US trade corridor that faced unprecedented strain in the second half of 2025 and opening months of 2026.

To recall, India was one of the first countries to engage in a dialogue for a mutually beneficial trade agreement with the US after the historic meeting of the two heads of the State on February 13, 2025. In a joint statement after the meeting, both countries had signalled an intent to enter into Bilateral Trade Agreement (“BTA”) by the fall of 2025.2 The leaders had also set a bold bilateral trade mission – “Mission 500” – aiming to more than double total bilateral trade between the countries to $500 billion by 2030.

However, the following months saw the Trump administration imposing wide range of tariffs on several countries, including India, to correct the long-standing trade deficits which the US ran with most of its trading partners. The most prominent of these tariffs were, the country-specific ‘reciprocal tariffs’ imposed under the US President’s emergency powers of International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 1977 (“IEEPA”) and the product-specific or sector-specific tariffs imposed under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act, 1962 (“TEA”). In the tariff-led trade diplomacy that followed, the Trump administration negotiated framework reciprocal trade deals (as against the concept of full-fledged Free Trade Agreements) with many countries that reduced those reciprocal tariffs in return for almost zero-duty and increased market access for US products with some countries even agreeing to investment commitments in the US. In effect, the Trump administration was able to effectively deploy the trade strategy of ‘Tariff-First, Deal-later’ to achieve better negotiated outcomes from a position of command.


1 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2224783&reg=3&lang=2
2 https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefings-statements/2025/02/united-states-india-joint-leaders-statement
3 The US-China trade truce announced in May 2025 (extended in August/November 2025); 
the ‘Economic Prosperity Deal’ with the UK in May 2025; the ‘Turnberry Framework’ with the EU in July 2025; 
Framework deals with Asian countries like Indonesia, Thailand, Philippines, 
South Korea, Vietnam, Malaysia between July to November 2025 (illustrative)

For India, following the breakdown of initial talks in mid-2025, the Trump administration imposed a staggering 50% aggregate duty on majority Indian exports – comprising of a 25% reciprocal tariff4 and a further 25% penal tariff linked to India’s energy trade with Russia.5 India’s response, notably matured and rational, avoided the pitfalls of retaliation. Instead, India adopted a calibrated stance, leveraging diplomatic patience to finally negotiate a removal of 25% Russian oil tariffs and a reduction of reciprocal tariffs to 18%.6 This period of cooling relations has now given way to a multitude of press releases and official mandates aimed at adjusting the tariffs and non-tariff barriers to trade flows between the two nations.


4 Executive Order (“EO”) 14257 available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/07/further-modifying-the-reciprocal-tariff-rates
5 EO 14329 available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/08/addressing-threats-to-the-united-states-by-the-government-of-the-russian-federation 
6 At the time of writing, with the announcement of SCOTUS decision dated Feb 20, 2026, 
the reciprocal tariffs, including India’s 18% tariffs, have been held to be illegal,
and the US administration has imposed a 10% temporary surcharge under a separate provision of law (announced to be raised to 15%).

Section I of this Article deals with an analysis of the shift in India-US empirical trade trends and sector-specific performance, followed by an evaluation of trade diplomacy and energy considerations, including developments relating to Russian oil imports. Section II elaborates on the diversification of India’s export markets in the backdrop of strains in India-US trade relations. Section III discusses the prospective trade benefits and concessions on commodities embedded within the proposed framework. Section IV further discusses implications of The Supreme Court of the United States (“SCOTUS”) decision dated Feb 20, 2026, limiting the executive tariff powers of the US’s President and invalidating the so-called “liberation day” or reciprocal tariffs imposed by the US administration on most countries, including India. The article concludes by reflecting on the strategic and legal issues and assessing the importance of the current trade deal and its long-term implications.

I. SHIFT IN INDIA-US TRADE TRENDS

Historically, India has had a long-standing strategic relationship with the US. The bilateral trade has been one of the important pillars of this relationship with exports as a major forex earner insofar that India’s largest trading partner is the US commanding a lion’s share of ~20% in India’s total merchandise exports of $437 billion in FY 24-25. The chart below shows India’s top 5 destinations for exports of goods.

Indias Top Export markets for good

Source: MoC, Trade Statistics

As reflected in the above chart, India’s exports to the US registered strong growth of 11.6% from FY24 to FY25, reaffirming US as a key export destination for India. The data also shows that amongst the top export destinations for India, US leads the pack by a big margin. Further, barring Netherlands, India had a trade surplus ($40.8 billion) only with the US from amongst the above countries in FY 24-25. This makes US as the leading export market for India.

The trend somewhat reversed in FY26 following the imposition of steep US tariffs on Indian merchandise exports. On 6 August 2025, Trump announced an additional 25% tariff as a penalty linked to India’s imports of Russian oil, raising total duties to as high as 50% on several products, which came into effect on and from 27 August 2025.7 For analytical clarity, FY25–26 may be divided into 5 months of April–August 2025 (pre-penalty) and 4 months of September 2025 to December 2025 (post-penalty).

India’s exports to USA (in US $ Million)
Time Period Amount Time Period Amount Growth (in %)
Apr-Aug 2024 34,210.80 Apr-Aug 2025 40,308.85 17.82
Sept-Dec 2024 25,814.62 Sept-Dec 2025 25,507.49 -1.19

 

India’s exports to USA (in US $ Million)
Time Period Amount Time Period Amount Growth (in %)
Sep-24 6,206.06 Sep-25 5,425.06 -12.58
Oct-24 6,899.47 Oct-25 6,262.29 -9.24
Nov-24 5,695.19 Nov-25 6,934.87 21.77
Dec-24 7,013.91 Dec-25 6,885.28 -1.83

7 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/08/addressing-threats-to-the-united-states-by-the-government-of-the-russian-federation/

While the period from April to August 2025 showed strong growth of 17.82% on anticipation of trade deal and a favourable tariff rate for India as compared to other countries like China, the period from September to December 2025 showed contraction in US exports, attributable to the heightened tariff burden and resulting loss of price competitiveness. Furthermore, a decline in the YoY growth from September till December 2025 (barring November 2025) shows a de-growth as compared to 2024. The decline in exports to India’s largest trading partner, coupled with sustained pressure on labour intensive and export dependent sectors, accelerated the diplomatic engagements on energy trade and provided significant impetus for the structured negotiation of a trade arrangement between the two countries.

While the aggregate data highlights a macro-economic de-growth in late 2025, a sectoral breakdown reveals which industries bore the brunt of US tariffs and which are poised for a recovery under the revised trade terms of the proposed Interim Agreement. For the Indian exporter, particularly in labour-intensive segments, the 2025-26 fiscal year was a masterclass in risk management.8. The following table summarizes the performance of some of the key sectors.

Sector-specific Exports from India to
USA (in US $ Million)
Chapter(s) Commodity Apr-Dec 2024 Apr-Dec 2025 % Growth
50-63 Textiles 7,780.00 7,156.78 -8.01
3 and 16 Fisheries and Shrimp 2,055.35 1,860.15 -9.5
71 Gems and Jewellery 7,025.80 3,870.14 -44.92
39, 41-42 and 64 Plastics and Leather Goods 2,193.27 2,018.90 -7.95
30 Pharmaceuticals 6,601.44 6,561.55 -0.6

Source: MoC Trade Statistics

a. Textiles:9 This sector, a cornerstone of Indian exports, recorded an 8.01% contraction for exports to the US. The data confirms that despite being a high-volume category, the lack of a formal trade deal and the presence of reciprocal tariffs forced a de-growth. The proposed trade deal provides a strategic gateway to the $118 billion U.S. import market, revitalizing India’s largest textile destination. By securing preferential access for high-value apparel (70%) and made-ups (15%), the U.S. is projected to contribute over 20% of India’s $100 billion textile export target for 2030.

b. Fisheries and Shrimp:11 Marine Products also showed a decline of 9.5%, as increased US scrutiny and competition from Latin American exporters (Ecuador) rerouted global supply chains. The U.S. remains the primary destination for Indian frozen shrimp, accounting for nearly 48% of total exports. Following the tariff reduction, industry experts project a 10-15% volume increase in shipments to the U.S. as stalled export orders resume.

c. Gems and Jewellery:12 This sector experienced the most severe contraction, with a nearly 45% drop in value (from $7 billion to $3.8 billion), attributed to the tariffs that peaked in late 2025 and high US interest rates which made the consumers cut down on discretionary spends. High tariffs caused businesses to shift to competitors in Thailand and Vietnam, that had lower reciprocal tariffs of 19-20% with no additional tariffs linked to energy imports. The proposed deal includes “Annex III” provision which secures zero-duty access for cut-but-not-set natural diamonds, coloured gemstones, platinum, and coins. With a reduced rate, India may now hold a structural advantage over China, while matching or undercutting regional rivals like Vietnam and Bangladesh, assuming Trump administration will use other available Statutes to reach the pre-SCOTUS ruling tariffs. The deal also revitalizes key industrial hubs like Surat (processing 90% of the world’s diamonds) and the Mumbai Diamond Bourse, positioning India as the world’s “one-stop destination” for gems and jewellery.


8 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2225318&reg=3&lang=2 
9 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=2224925&reg=3&lang=2
10 Based on total US imports under Chapters 51-63 from Trade Map 
11 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2202977&reg=3&lang=2 
12 https://gjepc.org/admin/PressRelease/205231113_GJEPC_Statement_on_India-US_Deal.pdf

d. Plastics and Leather Goods: This segment saw a 7.95% decline, with export values dropping from $2.2 billion to $2 billion. The nearly 10% slump underscores the vulnerability of these MSME-heavy sectors to trade volatility. Reduction of tariffs from the peak of 50% is critical for restoring the viability of leather footwear and industrial plastic clusters (like those in Kanpur and Agra) which were priced out of the US market in Q4 2025.

e. Pharmaceuticals: The pharmaceuticals sector demonstrated remarkable resilience, recording only a marginal 0.6% dip. This stability was primarily due to exemptions granted by the US to pharmaceutical products, which shielded critical generic drugs from the 25% reciprocal and 25% Russian oil tariffs applied to other sectors in late 2025. This sector has been maintaining its position as a top-three export commodity. The Interim Agreement (Annex III) proposes 0% duty access for generic drugs and APIs while initiating Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRAs) to streamline United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA) inspections and reduce regulatory friction.

Apart from above, there are several other sectors wherein Indian exports could register an increase on the back of the trade deal. This includes processed food sector with “zero-duty” access for specific agricultural items. This duty-free access specifically targets spices, tea, coffee, fresh fruits (mango, guava), nuts (cashew), and processed fruit products. With the removal of the 50% tariff ceiling, Indian processed food exports are projected to see a 15-20% volume surge as they become more price-competitive against Latin American and Southeast Asian suppliers. Mutually recognised quality checks are also applicable for this sector.

It is worth noting that the items mentioned in the press release under the zero reciprocal tariffs are only illustrative and details of all such items will be known when the text of the agreement is finalised and released in public. In particular, the EO 14346 of September 5, 2025, issued by the US includes a wide range of products that are eligible for NIL or reduced reciprocal tariffs for countries that reach a trade agreement with the US.

The strategic trade posture adopted by both countries was closely intertwined with energy considerations, particularly India’s imports of Russian crude oil. The backdrop to this development lies in the outbreak of the Russia-Ukraine War. Western sanctions and price caps redirected Russian oil flows toward Asian markets, with India emerging as a principal destination for discounted crude. Russia’s share in India’s crude imports rose from under 2% prior to 2022 to approximately 30–35% during 2023–2413 and thereafter with geopolitical tensions fell to a low of 21.2% in January 2026.14 The imports of Russian oil into India saw a negative growth from in Q3 FY24 to Q3 FY25, as is evidenced in the table below.


13 https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/russian-oil-drives-opec-share-indias-imports-record-low-data-shows-2025-04-22/
14 https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/russian-share-indias-january-oil-imports-lowest-since-late-2022-data-shows-2026-02-18/
India’s imports from Russia (in US $ Million)
Time Period Amount Time Period Amount Growth
(in %)
Sep-24 4,674.72 Sep-25 3,321.85 -28.94
Oct-24 5,801.83 Oct-25 3,566.16 -38.53
Nov-24 3,902.80 Nov-25 3,722.92 -4.61
Dec-24 3,199.16 Dec-25 2,714.54 -15.15

Source: MoC Trade Statistics

Following the imposition of the additional 25% US tariffs, there was a recalibration in sourcing patterns. Preliminary estimates suggest a decline in the share of Russian crude in India’s imports by approximately 11–14% percentage points in the immediate post-penalty phase, reflecting cautious recalibration rather than abrupt disengagement. It is important to maintain analytical neutrality in assessing this shift. India has not formally ceased imports of Russian oil; rather, its procurement strategy has been guided by considerations of energy security, and geopolitical balancing. The diversification of oil sourcing observed post-penalty appears driven by a combination of commercial prudence and systemic trade pressures, rather than overt political capitulation. The imposition of penalty tariffs reflected the structural approach of the Trump administration, whose economic policy orientation prioritise US domestic industrial revival and, critically, expansion of US energy production and exports. The strategy was sequential, deliberate and transactional. Tariffs were imposed first to create negotiating leverage, and trade agreements were pursued thereafter from a position of enhanced bargaining strength. Subsequent elimination of the additional 25% tariffs via the Joint Statement demonstrates how energy trade became a central axis of negotiation within the evolving India–US framework.

II. EXPORT MARKET DIVERSIFICATION

The dip in exports to the US during the high-tariff phase of 2025 exposed the structural concentration risk inherent in India’s exports. With the US accounting for a significant share of India’s merchandise exports (~20%), sudden imposition of elevated duties generated an immediate need for geographic diversification. Notably, Indian Government, over the last 4 years, has taken major steps to forge newer relationships with trading partners. India signed a free trade agreement with United Arab Emirates (UAE) in February 2022; with Australia in April 2022; with EFTA countries (Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, and Lichtenstein) in early 2024; with the UK in July 2025; and concluded the negotiations with the EU for a trade agreement in January 2026. In response, Indian exporters accelerated engagement with alternative markets across the Middle East, Europe, Southeast Asia, and Africa. The UAE emerged as a key rebalancing destination, supported by preferential arrangements and logistical proximity. The bilateral trade between India and UAE is projected to reach US$ 250 billion by 2030.15 Similarly, trade outreach intensified toward ASEAN economies16 and select EU markets, where tariff exposure was comparatively stable. This rapid market agility ensured that while bilateral trade with the US dipped, India’s total global exports registered a growth of 2.34% between April to December 2025 as compared to same period in 2024, proving that the Indian export machine could function effectively under pressure. This shift was not entirely market-driven; it was institutionally supported. The Ministry of Commerce and Industry operationalised targeted export promotion schemes, credit support measures, and market-access initiatives to cushion exporters from US volatility. Launched with an outlay of ₹25,060 crore in the Union Budget 2025-26, the Export Promotion Mission introduced two critical pillars to strengthen MSMEs exports: ‘Niryat Protsahan’, which provided financial enablers like interest subvention and a ₹20,000 crore credit guarantee, and ‘Niryat Disha’, which focused on non-financial support such as quality compliance and international branding for MSME.17 Incentives for exploring new jurisdictions, participation in trade fairs, and facilitation of compliance with alternative regulatory regimes contributed to partial absorption of the shock. Sectorally, labour-intensive industries displayed the highest degree of adaptive movement. Textile and leather exporters, in particular, redirected shipments to EU and other markets,18 while pharmaceutical exporters deepened penetration in Latin American and EU markets.19

Although diversification may not fully offset the decline in US-bound exports in the short term, it is bound to reduce over-dependence on a single market. Strategically, the episode has accelerated a structural reorientation in India’s export philosophy—from market concentration toward calibrated pluralism. The diversification undertaken during 2025 has strengthened India’s bargaining position in ongoing negotiations by demonstrating reduced vulnerability to unilateral tariff action. In this sense, export market diversification represents not merely a reactive adjustment, but a long-term resilience mechanism for India’s evolving trade architecture.


15 https://www.ibef.org/indian-exports/india-uae-trade#:~:text=India%20and%20UAE%20signed%20the,Tata%20Motors%2C%20and%20Tata%20Power.
16 https://www.orfonline.org/expert-speak/resetting-india-asean-trade-in-2025
17 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2210874&reg=3&lang=2
18 https://www.reuters.com/world/india/indias-textile-exporters-pin-hopes-eu-deal-after-us-tariff-blow-2026-01-29/
19 https://www.ibef.org/economy/quarterly-newsletter/market-spotlight-latin-american-countries-q3

III. BENEFITS OF THE PROPOSED DEAL

The strategic architecture of the 2026 Interim Agreement is built upon a foundation of concessions and calculated market openings that prioritize long-term industrial synergy over immediate, broad-based liberalisation. Central to this framework is a significant reduction in MFN based customs duties for a wide range of US industrial products and high-priority agricultural commodities. According to the official fact sheets, India has agreed to lower or eliminate tariffs on goods such as dried distillers’ grains (DDGs), red sorghum, tree nuts, fresh and processed fruits, soybean oil, and premium spirits.20 However, these concessions are far from unconditional; they exemplify a “farmers-first” selectivity.21 A notable victory for Indian negotiators was the deliberate exclusion and no tariff concessions on sensitive agricultural, dairy, or spice products, ensuring that major grains, fruits, dairy items, and key farm commodities remain fully protected and that no market access has been opened to the US in these critical sectors, despite earlier US pressure.22 By walling off such sensitive categories, alongside dairy and poultry, India has demonstrated a sophisticated ability to deepen trade ties while insulating its agrarian core from sudden market shocks. Beyond immediate duty cuts, the deal is anchored by a massive “Intent to Purchase” framework, wherein India envisions sourcing over $500 billion in US goods and services over the next five years. It is directed toward high-value sectors that are critical to India’s $30 trillion economic vision.

Additionally, a critical, yet often overlooked, facet of this realignment is the focus on harmonizing the “invisible” barriers to trade. The framework includes a commitment to the mutual recognition of BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) and ISO quality standards, particularly for ICT and medical devices. India has agreed to eliminate the restrictive import licensing procedures that previously hampered the flow of US ICT products including laptops, tablets, and servers. This ensures that India’s digital infrastructure remains powered by top-tier global hardware while providing US tech giants with a stable, transparent market access to India.


20 https://in.usembassy.gov/fact-sheet-the-united-states-and-india-announce-historic-trade-deal/#:~:text=India%20will%20eliminate%20or%20reduce,
and%20spirits%2C%20and%20additional%20products.
21 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleseDetailm.aspx?PRID=2223894&lang=1&reg=3&, 
https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleseDetailm.aspx?PRID=2229322®=3&lang=2
22 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2225186&reg=3&lang=2

GEOPOLITICAL ARBITRAGE: TARIFF DIFFERENTIAL

Perhaps the most significant competitive advantage offered by this deal lies in the tariff differential it establishes relative to other global players, especially China. While the agreement caps the reciprocal tariffs on Indian goods at 18% (after SCOTUS ruling, the current additonal duty rates are 10% which may change to 15% as per the latest annoucements), many Chinese exports remain subject to Section 301 and other duties which can soar significantly higher for many tariff lines.23 This “tariff gap” provides a powerful fiscal incentive for global corporations to accelerate the “China+1” strategy, positioning India as the premier alternative for high-volume manufacturing. By maintaining a tariff rate—which is lower than the duties faced by regional competitors like Vietnam or Bangladesh—India effectively institutionalizes its role as a stable, low-tariff gateway for the US market. This strategic arbitrage not only safeguards India’s labour-intensive exports like textiles and leather but may also signals a shift in global supply chains. A stark example of this is Apple Inc. which is actively shifting its manufacturing and supply chain base from China to India for consumption in the US.24


23 https://www.congress.gov/crs-product/IF12125#:~:text=In%20May%202024%2C%20the%20USTR,%22actionable%22%20under%20Section%20301.
24 https://www.reuters.com/world/china/apple-aims-source-all-us-iphones-india-pivot-away-china-ft-reports-2025-04-25/

IV. LATEST SCOTUS RULING AND ITS IMPLICATIONS

While the proposed India–US trade framework progresses at the diplomatic level, parallel judicial developments within the United States introduce an additional layer of uncertainty. The Supreme Court of the United States (SCOTUS) in Learning Resources Inc., V. Trump, decision dated Feb 20, 2026, by a 6:3 majority has held that US President has no executive authority to impose sweeping reciprocal tariffs (on all countries) and fentanyl linked drug tariffs (on Canada, Mexico and China) under the IEEPA, the statute invoked to justify certain emergency-based trade measures.25 The ruling is firmly grounded in the basic principles of separation of powers between the legislative authority of the Congress and the executive authority granted to the President for imposition of tariffs. For Indian exporters, the ruling is a shot in the arm to not only recalibrate the furture export startegies to the US, but also consider the legality of past collected duties on Indian exports (including Russian oil tariffs collected under IEEPA). The ruling opens the door for refunds of all tariffs imposed during 2025 under IEEPA. The importers, who paid these duties, may consider claiming refunds after lodging appropriate entry summary corrections or lodging protests before the US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and may also consider an appellate challenge before the United States Court of International Trade (CIT) for such refunds. Any practical financial recovery for Indian exporters would depend on contractual arrangements with their US buyers regarding the incidence of duty.

At the time of writing, while the full impact of SCOTUS ruling was still being analysed, the Trump administration had already issued several executive orders, notably to order termination of reciprocal tariffs (on all countries) and fentanyl linked drug tariffs (on Canada, Mexico and China) as well as certian other tariffs actions under the IEEPA.26 It also issued a proclamation imposing temporary 10% import surcharge section 122 of the Trade Act of 1974, effective February 24, 2026, on all imports into the US27 (announced to be raised to 15%).28 That statute gives power to the President to impose tariffs of up to 15% for 150 days, unless extended by Congress, to deal with fundamental international payments problems.

As per another fact sheet issued by the Trump administration,29 the US has indicated that it will continue with its tariff policy even after the SCOTUS ruling albeit with different Statutes which provide clear powers to the President to impose tariffs. It indicated that Trump has already directed the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) to use section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 to investigate unreasonable and discriminatory acts, policies, and practices that burden or restrict U.S. commerce. It is under this Statute that the US has imposed duties on China since 2018 for unfair trade and IPR violations. The intent shows that the SCOTUS ruling is not going to deter Trump administration in aggressively pursuing its tariffs and deal approach in coming months and years, while the uncertainty plays out for past collected duties under an illegally invoked statutory authority.


25 https://www.supremecourt.gov/opinions/25pdf/24-1287_4gcj.pdf
26 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/02/ending-certain-tariff-actions
27 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/02/imposing-a-temporary-import-surcharge-to-address-fundamental-international-payments-problems
28 https://indianexpress.com/article/world/us-news/us-president-trump-increases-global-tariffs-10-15-supreme-court-10544932
29 https://www.whitehouse.gov/fact-sheets/2026/02/fact-sheet-president-donald-j-trump-imposes-a-temporary-import-duty-to-address-fundamental-international-payment-problems

V. CONCLUSION

The proposed trade arrangement between India and the United States must be viewed not as an isolated tariff negotiation, but as a defining inflection point in bilateral economic relations. The events of 2025—marked by heightened tariffs, export contraction, energy-linked penalties, and judicial scrutiny—tested the structural resilience of India’s external trade framework. India’s response, however, has been measured and strategic. Rather than adopting retaliatory escalation reminiscent of earlier trade tensions, the approach has been calibrated—preserving critical agricultural and dairy interests, diversifying export markets, recalibrating energy sourcing, and simultaneously pursuing a structured agreement. This reflects a maturing trade philosophy grounded in stability, risk management, and long-term competitiveness. Equally significant is the broader shift from transactional trade engagement to strategic alignment—encompassing supply-chain resilience, energy cooperation, and regulatory coordination. The proposed framework signals movement toward institutionalised predictability, reducing the vulnerability of exporters to unilateral policy shocks. Yet, it must be emphasised that the agreement remains prospective. Its ultimate impact will depend upon the precise drafting of tariff schedules, rules of origin, dispute resolution mechanisms, and implementation timelines. The final text will determine whether the framework delivers durable relief or merely temporary reprieve. The India–US Trade Deal represents not merely tariff calibration, but the redefinition of India’s place in an increasingly polarised global trade order.

Redeemable Preference Shares – Debt or Equity?

In EPC Constructions vs. Matix Fertilizers, the Supreme Court ruled that redeemable preference shares (RPS) constitute equity, not “debt”. Consequently, RPS holders cannot initiate insolvency as financial creditors under the IBC. The Court emphasized that non-redemption is not a legal default, since the Companies Act strictly restricts redemption to distributable profits or fresh share issues. Although Ind AS 32 classifies mandatory RPS as financial liabilities, the Court held that this accounting treatment cannot override statutory legal character,. Ultimately, RPS classification depends on the specific statute: while Income Tax and Stamp Duty treat RPS as equity, FEMA regulations explicitly classify them as debt.

INTRODUCTION

In EPC Constructions India Ltd. vs. Matix Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd. [2025] 260 Comp Case 766 (SC), the Supreme Court has delivered a significant judgment clarifying the legal character of cumulative redeemable preference shares and their treatment under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (IBC). The Court unequivocally held that preference shares, being part of a company’s share capital, do not constitute “debt” and that a preference shareholder cannot assume the status of a financial creditor for the purposes of initiating a Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) under Section 7 of the IBC.

The ruling settles an important and frequently litigated question at the intersection of company law, Ind AS and the IBC — whether equity instruments structured with redemption features and fixed returns can be recharacterised as financial debt on the basis of their “commercial effect of borrowing”.

FACTS

The dispute arose from an engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) relationship between EPC Constructions India Limited and Matix Fertilizers and Chemicals Limited. EPC Constructions had undertaken substantial construction work for Matix’s fertilizer complex. Over time, significant sums became payable to EPC Constructions. Faced with a liquidity crunch, Matix converted a portion of EPC Constructions’ outstanding receivables into redeemable preference share capital. The terms provided for redemption at par after three years, subject to statutory conditions, and for cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of 8%. Subsequently, EPC Constructions issued a demand notice to Matix, asserting that non-redemption of CRPS constituted a default in payment of a financial debt and, hence, invoked the corporate insolvency of Matix under s.7 of the IBC.

The NCLT dismissed the Section 7 application, holding that:

  • preference shares were a part of share capital and not debt;
  • redemption of preference shares was statutorily restricted under Section 55 of the Companies Act, 2013;
  • non-redemption did not result in the preference shareholder becoming a creditor; and
  • in the absence of profits or proceeds from a fresh issue of shares, no redemption obligation could legally arise. Hence, it was not possible for a default in redemption to become a debt.

The NCLAT affirmed these findings, observing that the original contractual receivables stood extinguished upon conversion into preference share capital and that the appellant’s rights thereafter were confined to those of a shareholder.

ISSUE BEFORE THE SUPREME COURT

The issue before the Court was whether a holder of cumulative redeemable preference shares could be regarded as a financial creditor, and whether non-redemption of such shares could constitute a default under Sections 3(12) and 7 of the IBC.

PREFERENCE SHARES ARE SHARE CAPITAL, NOT DEBT

The Supreme Court held that it was a settled principle of company law that preference shares formed a part of a company’s share capital, and amounts paid on such shares were not loans. Dividends on preference shares were payable only out of distributable profits, and redemption is similarly constrained. The Court noted that the appellant had consciously agreed to convert its receivables into preference shares and had approved the transaction as an “investment”. Once such conversion took place, the original debt stood extinguished.

Relying on precedents, the Court held that a preference shareholder “does not and cannot become a creditor merely because redemption has not taken place”. It relied on the decision of the AP High Court in Lalchand Surana vs. Hyderabad Vanaspathy Ltd [1990] 68 COMP CASE 415 (Andhra Pradesh) which had held as follows:

“…………whether, in case of failure of the company to repay the amount due thereunder, such shareholders become “creditors”. ……….no such shares shall be redeemed except out of the profits of the company, which would otherwise be available for dividend, or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purposes of the redemption. This aspect, in my opinion, shows that where redeemable preference shares are issued but not honoured when they are ripe for redemption, the holder of those shares does not automatically assume the character of a “creditor”. The reason is that his shares can be redeemed only out of the profits of the company which would otherwise be available for dividend, or by a fresh issue of shares. This is a limitation which is not applicable to the case of an ordinary creditor. In the face of this position in law, and in the absence of any authority on the subject, I hold that the holders of redeemable preference shares do not and cannot become creditors of the company in case their shares are not redeemed by the company at the appropriate time. They continue to be shareholders, no doubt subject to certain preferential rights mentioned in section 85. If they do not become the creditors of the company, they cannot apply for winding up of the company under section 433(e).”

The Court also referred to an English Commentary, “Principles of Modern Company Law” (Tenth Edition) by Gower, page 1071 which had stated:

The line between the holder of a debt instrument and a share is particularly narrow if the contrast is made with a preference shareholder, who is a member of the company, but a member whose share rights may limit the shareholder’s dividend to a fixed percentage of the nominal value of the share and give that shareholder no right to participate in surplus assets in a winding-up, and perhaps only limited voting rights. The main difference between the two in such a case may then be that the dividend on a preference share is not payable unless profits are available for distribution, whereas the debt holder’s interest entitlement is not subject to this.

The Court highlighted that redemption of preference shares under s.55 of the Companies Act, 2013 could occur only:

a) out of profits available for distribution as dividends; or
b) out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of redemption.

The Court observed that in the present case, it was undisputed that Matix had incurred losses and had not made any fresh equity issue for redemption. Consequently, the CRPS had not become legally due and payable.

The Court rejected the argument that mere expiry of the contractual redemption period could override statutory restrictions, holding that redemption contrary to Section 55 would amount to an impermissible return of capital.

No “Debt” and No “Default” under the IBC

Turning to the IBC, the Court examined the definitions of “debt”, “financial debt” and “default”. It emphasised that a default could occur only when a debt has become due and payable in law and remains unpaid.

The Court held that since preference shares do not constitute debt, and since no redemption obligation had arisen in law, there could be no default under Section 3(12) of the IBC. Consequently, the threshold requirement for admission of a Section 7 application was not met.

The Court reiterated that the IBC is not a recovery statute and that its triggering mechanism is strictly circumscribed by statutory prerequisites.

COMMERCIAL EFFECT OF BORROWING

The Court drew an important distinction. It observed that while the phrase “commercial effect of borrowing” allows courts to look beyond form in appropriate cases, it cannot be used to recharacterise equity as debt where the legal nature of the instrument is clear and statutorily defined.

The Court noted that Section 5(8) expressly refers to instruments such as bonds, debentures and notes, but makes no reference to preference shares. The omission, the Court held, was significant.

The Court placed reliance on Radha Exports (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. K.P. Jayaram, (2020) 10 SCC 538 which had held that the payment received for shares, duly issued to a third party at the request of the payee as evident from official records, cannot be a debt, not to speak of financial debt.

ACCOUNTING ENTRIES NOT CONCLUSIVE

Reliance was sought to be placed on the fact that the issuer company had shown the preference shares as a financial liability in its books of accounts under Ind AS. However, the Court negated this ground and held that the treatment in the accounts, due to the prescription of accounting standards, would not be determinative of the nature of the relationship between the parties as reflected in the documents executed by them.

Further it held that the IBC has its own prerequisites which a party needs to fulfil, and unless those parameters are met, an application under Section 7 will not pass the initial threshold. Hence, by resorting to the treatment in the accounts, this case could not be decided. It relied upon an earlier decision in Sutlej Cotton Mills Ltd. vs. CIT, (1979) 116 ITR 1 (SC) which had held that it was well settled that the way in which entries are made by an entity in its books of account is not determinative of the question whether it has earned any profit or suffered any loss.

It also relied upon another decision in Union of India vs. Association of Unified Telecom Service Providers of India and Others, (2020) 3 SCC 525, which dealt with the definition of gross revenue as appearing in AS-9, which was contrary to the definition as understood under earlier decisions. The Court held that the accounting standard is not comprehensive and does not supersede the practice of accounting. It only lays down a system in which accounts have to be maintained. Accounting standards make it clear that these do not provide for a straitjacket formula for accounting but merely provide for guidelines to maintain the account books in a systematic manner. The AS-9 definition could not supersede the generally accepted definition.

FINAL RULING OF THE COURT

The Supreme Court dismissed the appeal, holding that:

a) preference shares were equity, not debt;

b) a preference shareholder was not a financial creditor under the IBC;

c) non-redemption of preference shares did not constitute default;

d) accounting treatment could not override statutory and contractual character; and

e) the s.7 application was rightly rejected by the NCLT and NCLAT.

TREATMENT OF PREFERENCE SHARES UNDER OTHER LAWS

While the Supreme Court has given a good exposition of the treatment of preference shares under the IBC, it would be worthwhile to examine their classification under other laws also.

COMPANIES ACT

Under the Companies Act, 2013, redeemable preference shares are expressly classified as share capital and not as debt instruments. Section 43 recognises preference share capital as a distinct category of share capital, conferring preferential rights with respect to dividends and repayment of capital in winding up.

In this respect, an old decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Kothari Textiles Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Wealth-tax [1963] 48 ITR 816 (Madras) is quite relevant:

“We are unable to find any authority in support of this proposition. The real position seems to be to the contrary. In Palmer’s Company Law, it is stated at page 295 :

“Preference shares carry invariably a preferential right as to dividend which is expressed in a percentage of the nominal amount of the share, e.g., ‘6 per cent, preference shares’.

This does not mean that the preference shareholder is invariably entitled to six per cent, per annum. Unlike the debenture-holder, the preference shareholder who, after all, is a shareholder, is only entitled to income from his investment if a distributable profit within the meaning of the law is available. His right is not to dividend but to preferential treatment if and when dividend is distributed.

Moreover, this right will, in the normal cases, not automatically become effective when distributable profit is available; normally, according to the terms defining the rights of the preference shares, the preference shareholders are only entitled to claim preferential treatment when a dividend is declared. …………. The result accordingly is that the contention that the proposed dividends are classifiable as debts as on the valuation dates though there had been no declaration of the dividend by the general body fails. “

FEMA (NON-DEBT INSTRUMENTS) RULES, 2019

The Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (FEMA NDI Rules) classify fully and mandatorily convertible preference shares as equity instruments, while optionally convertible or non-convertible preference shares are treated as debt instruments for FEMA purposes. Redeemable preference shares, which do not convert into equity but are repayable at par or otherwise, therefore fall outside the definition of “equity instruments” under Rule 2(k) of the NDI Rules. Thus, the FEMA approach is contrary to the one expressed by the Supreme Court in the context of IBC and Companies Act.

FEMA OVERSEAS INVESTMENT RULES, 2022

Under the FEMA Overseas Investment Rules and Regulations, 2022, redeemable preference shares issued by foreign entities are generally classified as debt instruments for outbound investment purposes, unless they are fully and compulsorily convertible into equity within a specified timeframe. Redeemable preference shares typically fall under the debt category, attracting restrictions on maturity, return, and leverage, and are subject to the overall financial commitment limits prescribed for overseas investments.

ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION UNDER IND AS 32

Ind AS 32 adopts a substance-over-form approach in distinguishing between financial liabilities and equity instruments. Under this standard, a preference share that contains a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset, such as mandatory redemption at a fixed or determinable date, is classified as a financial liability, notwithstanding its legal form as share capital. Consequently, mandatorily redeemable preference shares are typically presented as borrowings or other financial liabilities in the issuer’s balance sheet, with dividends treated as finance costs rather than distributions. Compulsorily convertible preference shares would continue to be shown as equity capital.

However, as the Supreme Court emphasised, this accounting classification is not determinative of legal rights and remedies under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code or the Companies Act. Ind AS 32 serves financial reporting objectives and cannot alter the statutory character of an instrument or elevate a shareholder to the status of a creditor for insolvency purposes.

INCOME TAX

Preference Shares are treated as capital under the Income Tax Act and dividend paid on them is treated as dividend both in the hands of the payer company and the investor. Thus, preference dividend is not allowed as a deduction for the payer company even if the shares are classified as debt under Ind AS.

STAMP DUTY

An issue of preference shares attracts duty as on an issue of capital. RPS are treated as securities under the Securities Contract (Regulation) Act, 1957 and hence, would be treated as capital for the purposes of levy of stamp duty. The Indian Stamp Act, 1899 levies duty at 0.005% on the value of the shares.

CONCLUSION

The Supreme Court’s decision in EPC Constructions vs. Matix Fertilizers marks a critical clarification in insolvency law. By holding that preference shares do not constitute debt and that preference shareholders cannot invoke the IBC as financial creditors, the Court has drawn a clear and principled boundary around the insolvency regime.

The ruling promotes certainty, preserves the integrity of corporate capital structures, and prevents misuse of the insolvency process. For practitioners, investors and corporate advisors, the judgment serves as a reminder that commercial substance cannot override statutory form where the law draws an explicit line — and that equity, however structured, remains equity unless Parliament decides otherwise.

However, when the statutes expressly provide otherwise, such as in the case of FEMA and Ind AS, the preference shares would be classified as debt. Hence, one needs to first determine the statute being dealt with and then adopt a “horses for courses approach”. Clearly, a “one-size-fits-all attitude” would not work in this case!!

Business Responsibility And Sustainability Reporting (BRSR)

Sustainability reporting has rapidly evolved from a voluntary communication exercise to a core mechanism for accountability, risk management, and long term value creation. India’s Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) framework represents a significant regulatory and institutional innovation in this evolution. This article delves into the conceptual foundations, regulatory trajectory, and emerging empirical insights from BRSR reporting in India, with particular emphasis on the role of independent assurance and board level oversight. With the given mandate of SEBI for reporting by top 1000 listed companies based on market capitalisation, BRSR has the potential to move organizations beyond compliance driven disclosure towards integrated, decision useful sustainability reporting. The article also outlines practical, organization level steps for effective BRSR implementation, derived from observed reporting challenges and leading practices.

INTRODUCTION: SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING IN A HIGH EXPECTATION ENVIRONMENT

Businesses today operate under unprecedented scrutiny from investors, regulators, customers, and society at large. Climate change, nature loss, social inequality, and governance failures increasingly translate into financial risks, supply chain disruptions, and reputational consequences. In response, stakeholders demand transparent, reliable, and comparable information on how organizations manage environmental, social, and governance (ESG) impacts and dependencies.

Within this context, sustainability reporting has emerged as a critical interface between corporate performance and stakeholder trust. India’s introduction of Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) marks a decisive step in institutionalizing ESG disclosure. By mandating standardized sustainability reporting for the top 1000 listed entities along with mandatory assurance in a phased manner on key ESG metrics (BRSR core which is a subset of BRSR), India has positioned itself at the forefront of global sustainability reporting and assurance practices.

THE BRSR FRAMEWORK: REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Evolution from Business Responsibility Reporting

BRSR builds on India’s earlier Business Responsibility Reporting (BRR) regime and reflects global developments in sustainability disclosure standards. Introduced by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) under the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,BRSR became mandatory for the top 1,000 listed entities by market capitalization from FY 2022–23 onwards.

The framework is anchored in the National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct (NGRBC) and aligned with the UN Sustainable Development Goals. Its stated objective is to link financial performance with sustainability outcomes, thereby enabling stakeholders to assess long term enterprise value rather than short term financial results alone.

STRUCTURE OF BRSR DISCLOSURES

BRSR disclosures are organized into three sections:

  •  General Disclosures, providing contextual information on the entity’s operations, products, markets, and CSR activities.
  •  Management and Process Disclosures, focusing on governance structures, policies, and processes aligned with responsible business conduct.
  • Principle wise Performance Disclosures, requiring reporting against nine principles through mandatory “essential” indicators and voluntary “leadership” indicators.

This structure reflects an intentional progression—from descriptive information to governance mechanisms and, finally, to performance outcomes—designed to discourage superficial disclosure and promote substantive integration of ESG considerations.

EMPIRICAL INSIGHTS FROM BRSR REPORTING BY INDIAN COMPANIES

By FY 2024–25, more than 1,000 listed companies were reporting sustainability information through BRSR as part of their annual reports, indicating widespread institutionalization of ESG disclosures. This scale of adoption positions BRSR as one of the most comprehensive mandatory sustainability reporting regimes globally. BRSR disclosures by companies for the year 2024-25 offers valuable insights into corporate sustainability performance in India. Aggregate analysis reveals mixed trends across environmental, social, and governance indicators. Some of the observations based the reporting made by listed entities for the year 2024-25 are given below (these are only illustrative and are not comprehensive):

  • Environmental performance shows incremental progress in certain areas, including modest reductions in Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions for some companies. In contrast, Scope 3 emissions increased sharply, reflecting growing upstream and downstream value chain impacts and reinforcing the need for supplier engagement and value chain disclosures.
  •  Resource use and circularity indicators reveal rising absolute waste generation alongside declining recycling volumes in several sectors, suggesting inefficiencies in waste management practices or limitations in data collection and classification methodologies.
  • Social indicators present a nuanced picture. While female participation in the workforce has increased in absolute terms, median wages paid to women remain comparatively low across most sectors, highlighting persistent gender equity challenges despite enhanced disclosure.

The above observations support the view that sustainability reporting functions as a diagnostic tool: it surfaces risks, inefficiencies, and blind spots that might otherwise remain obscured, thereby enabling more informed strategic decision making. As companies prepare to report for FY 2025-26, they may review BRSR reports submitted by other organizations to gain insights and benchmarks for their own disclosures. The reports can be accessed at NSE website Corporate Filings Business and Sustainability Reports.

ASSURANCE IN BRSR CORE: ENHANCING TRUST AND TRANSPARENCY

A distinctive feature of India’s approach is the introduction of BRSR Core, a subset of 46 critical ESG metrics spanning environmental footprints, social well being, and governance practices. SEBI has mandated assurance on BRSR Core in a phased manner, extending from the largest listed entities to the top 1,000 companies by FY 2026–27.

This requirement elevates non financial reporting to a level of rigor comparable to financial reporting. Assurance serves not only as a compliance mechanism but also as a safeguard against inconsistent data, weak controls, and greenwashing—concerns that have become increasingly prominent as ESG information influences capital allocation and regulatory oversight.

To support consistent application, SEBI has issued master circulars and industry standards on BRSR & BRSR core that clarify definitions, calculation methodologies, and estimation approaches for BRSR Core indicators. These standards aim to enhance comparability across sectors and reduce interpretational ambiguity for both preparers and assurance providers.

FY 2024–25 is notable for the first full cycle of mandatory assurance on BRSR Core for the top 250 listed companies. Evidence from this cohort indicates a strong preference for higher levels of assurance:

  •  Approximately 91% of listed companies subject to mandatory assurance obtained reasonable assurance on BRSR Core, demonstrating a clear inclination toward enhanced credibility rather than minimum compliance.
  • A subset of these companies voluntarily extended assurance beyond BRSR Core, obtaining limited assurance on non core BRSR indicators, signalling growing confidence in BRSR data systems and increasing stakeholder expectations.

The assurance landscape during FY 2024–25 also reflects diversity in assurance providers and standards. Assurance providers can be Chartered Accountants and other professional as appointed by the Board with necessary knowledge and expertise.While SEBI has not prescribed a single assurance standard, most companies adopted internationally or nationally recognized frameworks such as ISAE 3000 or ICAI’s SSAE 3000, contributing to a gradual convergence toward globally accepted assurance practices. ISSA 5000, the first comprehensive International Standard on Sustainability Assurance 5000, will be effective for assurance engagements on sustainability information reported for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2026. Early adoption is encouraged, and it applies to both limited and reasonable assurance engagements.

REPORTING ON VALUE CHAIN COMPONENTS

Value chain components is a concept described or defined by sustainability reporting frameworks. The value chain encompasses all the activities and processes involved in creating a product or service, from raw material extraction to end-of-life disposal or recycling. SEBI issued a circular dated March 2025 on ‘Measures to facilitate ease of doing business with respect to framework for assurance or assessment, ESG disclosures for value chain, and introduction of voluntary disclosure on green credits. The circular covered the relaxations for ESG Disclosures for Value Chain as summarised below (refer Circular):

  •  ESG disclosures for the value chain shall be applicable to the top 250 listed entities (by market capitalization), on a voluntary basis from FY 2025-26.
  •  The assessment or assurance of the above shall be applicable on a voluntary basis from FY 2026-27.
  • For the first year of reporting ESG disclosures for value chain, reporting of previous year numbers shall be voluntary. To illustrate, for value chain disclosures of FY 2025-26, reporting of previous year data (i.e., data for FY 2024-25) shall be voluntary.
  • If a listed entity provides ESG disclosures for value chain, then it shall disclose the percentage of total sales and purchases covered by the value chain partners, respectively, for which ESG disclosure are provided.

Reference may also be made to the FAQs issued by SEBI in April 2025 on SEBI LODR, 2015. The FAQs clarify that both the disclosures and the associated assessment or assurance for value chain entities are voluntary and the relaxations apply from the first year of applicability and shall continue unless modified by SEBI through subsequent circulars or regulations.

FY 2025-26 will be the first year of voluntary reporting for value chain entities. In case the listed entities opt to report data for value chain entities as part of BRSR report, the listed entity will have to update its systems to capture the details of its value chain partners as on March 31 of the respective financial year. However, collecting data pertaining to value chain components and reporting them as part of BRSR report includes various challenges. One of the foremost issues is the lack of reliable data from value chain partners, which can hinder the accuracy and completeness of reported information. Additionally, differences in reporting timelines across various entities in the value chain create difficulties in synchronising data collection and disclosure efforts. Establishing a clear reporting boundary further complicates the process, as organisations must determine the extent of their value chain for inclusion in the BRSR report.

Given these complexities, it is anticipated that the regulator may issue further guidance to assist reporting entities in navigating these challenges and ensuring consistency in value chain disclosures.

GOVERNANCE AND OVERSIGHT: THE ROLE OF BOARDS AND AUDIT COMMITTEES

The effectiveness of BRSR reporting is closely linked to governance quality. The boards and audit committees plays a pivotal role in overseeing ESG disclosures, approving relevant policies, and ensuring the integrity of non financial data. Active board engagement is associated with stronger internal controls, better resource allocation, and greater credibility in the eyes of investors and rating agencies.

Audit committees, in particular, are increasingly expected to extend their oversight beyond financial reporting to include sustainability metrics, assurance scope, and remediation of gaps identified during assurance engagements. This expanded mandate reflects the convergence of financial and non financial reporting in assessments of enterprise value. The boards and audit committees should systematically assess the reliability of ESG data, review significant disclosures, and hold management accountable for demonstrating the impact of sustainability initiatives. Their responsibilities include endorsing BRSR-related policies, promoting alignment between sustainability objectives and overall business strategy, and ensuring that senior executives—including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Sustainability Officer (CSO)—are directly engaged in advancing these priorities.

PRACTICAL STEPS FOR EFFECTIVE BRSR IMPLEMENTATION

Drawing on the challenges and enabling factors identified in the BRSR landscape, organizations may consider the following practical steps to strengthen implementation and reporting quality as they gear up for the upcoming year of reporting:

  •  Early Planning and Scoping

Organizations benefit from initiating BRSR readiness well in advance of reporting timelines. This includes identifying applicable disclosures, mapping data sources across functions and value chains, and clarifying roles and responsibilities. Early planning reduces last minute data gaps and improves traceability.

  •  Embedding BRSR into Business Strategy

BRSR is most effective when sustainability objectives are integrated into core business strategy rather than treated as a standalone compliance exercise. Aligning ESG priorities with strategic risks, opportunities, and capital allocation enhances the relevance and decision usefulness of disclosures.

  •  Strengthening Data Governance and Controls

Many reporting challenges stem from fragmented data systems and weak internal controls over ESG metrics. Establishing standardized data definitions, documentation, and review mechanisms—aligned with industry standards for BRSR Core—supports consistency and auditability.

  •  Leveraging Technology and Digitization

Digital tools can significantly improve data collection, validation, and consolidation across multiple locations and value chain partners. Technology enabled reporting also facilitates smoother assurance processes and enhances confidence in reported information.

  •  Investing in Capability Building

Given the evolving nature of ESG standards, continuous training for personnel involved in data collection, analysis, and reporting is critical. Capacity building reduces errors, improves interpretation of requirements, and fosters a culture of responsible reporting.

  •  Proactive Engagement with Assurance Providers

Engaging assurance providers early—particularly for BRSR Core—allows organizations to identify control gaps, clarify methodologies, and improve data quality before formal assurance. This proactive approach strengthens both compliance and credibility.

BOTTOM LINE

BRSR represents a significant advancement in the evolution of sustainability reporting in India. By combining standardized disclosure requirements with a phased assurance mandate, it addresses long standing concerns around comparability, credibility, and greenwashing. More importantly, it creates a platform for organizations to integrate sustainability considerations into governance, strategy, and performance management.

As regulatory expectations continue to evolve and global standards converge, the true value of BRSR will depend on how effectively organizations move beyond compliance to embed responsible business conduct into everyday decision making. Robust governance, credible assurance, and disciplined implementation practices will be central to realizing this potential and unlocking long term value for businesses, investors, and society.

Allied Laws

53. Rajia Begum vs. Barnali Mukherjee

2026 INSC 106

February 02, 2026

Arbitration Agreement – Partnership firm – Serious Allegations of Forgery – Non-arbitrability of Dispute – High Court’s order referring the dispute to arbitration was set aside. [S. 8, 9 & 11, Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996; Article 227, Constitution of India]

FACTS

A partnership firm was constituted between Barnali Mukherjee (Respondent) and two others. Rajia Begum (Appellant) claimed that by virtue of a Power of Attorney she executed a Deed of Admission and Retirement whereby she was inducted as a partner and the original partners retired. The Admission Deed contained an arbitration clause and formed the sole basis of her claim. Respondent categorically denied the execution and existence of the Admission Deed and alleged that it was a forged and fabricated document. It was further contented that Appellant never acted as a partner and was reflected only as a guarantor in all contemporaneous records. The partnership business was later absorbed into a company. Appellant initiated proceedings under Section 9 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, which were rejected by the High Court on ground that the arbitration agreement was doubtful. The said finding attained finality after dismissal of the Special Leave Petition. Subsequently, Respondent filed a civil suit seeking a declaration that the Admission Deed was forged. Appellant applied under Section 8 of the Act to refer the dispute to arbitration, which was rejected by the Trial Court and the First Appellate Court, However, the High Court, exercising jurisdiction under Article 227 of the Constitution, set aside these orders and referred the dispute to arbitration. Parallelly, Appellant also sought to appoint an arbitrator under Section 11 of the Act, which was rejected by the High Court on the ground that the existence of the arbitration agreement itself was in serious dispute. Both orders were challenged before the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that, where serious allegations of fraud are made which go to the very root of the arbitration agreement itself, such disputes are non-arbitrable. Arbitration is founded on consent, and a party can be compelled to arbitrate only if the existence of a valid arbitration agreement is established even at a prima facie level. The Court found substantial and cogent material casting grave doubt on the genuineness of the Admission Deed, including its unexplained absence from records for nearly nine years, inconsistencies with admitted facts, and contemporaneous documents showing that Appellant acted only as a guarantor and not as a partner. The arbitration clause being embedded in a document whose existence was seriously disputed could not be enforced independently. It was further held that although findings under Section 9 proceedings are prima facie, once they attain finality, they cannot be ignored in the subsequent proceedings arising from the same factual foundation. The High Court, therefore, erred in exercising supervisory jurisdiction under Article 227 to upset concurrent findings of the Trial Court and First Appellate Court while referring the matter to arbitration under Section 8. The Supreme Court affirmed the High Court’s refusal to appoint arbitrator under Section 11, holding that appointment would premature and legally impermissible when the existence of the arbitration agreement itself under serious cloud.

Accordingly, the appeal challenging the Section 8 reference was allowed, the High Court’s order referring the dispute to arbitration was set aside, and the appeal challenging the rejection under Section 11 was dismissed.

54. Rampyare & Anr. vs. Ramkishun & Anr.

2026:CGHC:5238

January 29, 2026

Will – Presumption under Evidence Act not applicable to Will – Mere registration of a Will does not dispense with the mandatory requirement of proof of execution and attestation. [S 63(c), Indian Succession Act, 1925; S 68, S. 69 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872]

FACTS

The Plaintiffs/Appellants instituted a civil suit seeking declaration of title, possession and permanent injunction in respect of agricultural land situated in Chhattisgarh. Their claim was founded on a registered Will, allegedly executed by their grandfather (Mahadev), bequeathing the suit property in favour of their father (Ramavatar). It was pleaded that after grandfather’s death, the Will came into effect and father’s name was mutated in the revenue records. Upon father’s death, the Plaintiffs claimed to have inherited the suit land and continued in possession for several decades. The Defendant No. 1, the brother of the father allegedly got his name wrongly recorded in the revenue records and forcibly took possession of the land. The Defendants contested the Suit contending that the property was ancestral in nature, that grandfather had no male issue, and that after his death the property was equally partitioned between the Plaintiffs and Defendants. The Defendants denied execution of any Will and alleged that the Will relied upon by the Plaintiffs was forged and fabricated. The Trial Court dismissed the Suit holding that the Will was not proved in accordance with law.

HELD

The High Court dismissed the Second Appeal and upheld the concurrent findings of the courts below. It was held that mere production of a Will which is more than 30 years old does not attract the presumption under Section 90 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. A Will stands on a distinct footing and must be strictly proved in accordance with Section 63(c) of the Indian Succession Act, 1925 read with Section 68 and 69 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. The observed that none of the attesting witnesses to the Will were examined, nor was the Will proved through permissible secondary evidence as required by law. The testimonies of the Plaintiffs merely asserted execution of the Will without satisfying statutory requirements. Mere registration of a Will does not dispense with the mandatory requirement of proof of execution and attestation. The High Court further held that the scope of interference in a Second Appeal is extremely limited and no substantial question of law arose in the present case. The concurrent findings of fact recorded by the Trial Court and the First Appellate Court were neither perverse nor contrary to law.

Accordingly, the Second Appeal was dismissed.

55. Rampyare & Anr. vs. Ramkishun & Anr.

2026:BHC-AS:4235

January 28, 2026

Stamp Duty – DRT Auction – Stamp Duty Payable on Auction Sale Consideration and not on Independently Determined Market Value – The Collector of Stamps was directed to adjudicate stamp duty on the basis of the auction sale consideration. [S. 25(b), S. 34(a)(ii) and S. 31 of the Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958]

FACTS

The property was a secured asset in recovery proceedings initiated by the Central Bank of India before the Debt Recovery Tribunal-I. Pursuant to a recovery certificate issued, the Recovery Officer ordered the sale of the property by public e-auction. A sale proclamation was issued, and the auction was conducted. The Petitioner was declared the successful bidder and purchased the property. A sale certificate was issued. After rectification, the Petitioner applied to the Collector of Stamps for adjudication of stamp duty under Section 31 of the Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958, contending that stamp duty ought to be calculated on the auction sale consideration. By an interim order and a final order, the Collector of Stamps determined stamp duty on the market value of the property instead of the auction price, levying stamp duty along with a penalty. Aggrieved thereby, the Petitioner approached the Bombay High Court. The Respondent objected to the maintainability of the Writ Petition on ground of the availability of an alternate statutory remedy and contented that, stamp duty was rightly levied on market value as per ASR rates.

HELD

The Bombay High Court held that availability of an alternate statutory remedy does not bar exercise of writ jurisdiction where the controversy involves a pure question of law. The Court observed that the core issue was whether stamp duty on a scale certificate issued pursuant to a DRT conducted auction should be levied on the auction sale price or on an independently assessed market value. The Court further held that the Circulars cannot be applied to override the legal sanctity of a transparent tribunal conducted auction. Determination of stamp duty on a higher market value, ignoring the auction consideration, was held to be legally unsustainable.

Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed, the impugned orders were quashed and set aside, and the Collector of Stamps was directed to adjudicate stamp duty based on the auction sale consideration.

56. Hemalatha (D) By Lrs. vs. Tukaram (D) By Lrs. & Ors.

2026: INSC: 82

January 22, 2026

Registered Sale Deed – Presumption of Validity – Sham Transaction – Scope of Oral Evidence – Allegations of inadequacy of consideration and continued possession were held insufficient to invalidate the sale. [S. 91 & 92, Indian Evidence Act, 1872; Order VI Rule 4, Civil Procedure Code, 1963; S. 58(C) of the Transfer of Property Act]

FACTS

The Respondent-Plaintiff, Tukaram was the owner of a residential house, he mortgaged the property to one Sadanand Garje. A registered sale Deed was executed in favour of Smt. Hemalatha (Defendant No. 1) for a consideration out of which some amount was paid directly to redeem the mortgage and the balance was paid in cash. On the same date, a registered Rental Agreement was executed whereby Respondent and his family became tenants in the Suit property at a monthly rent. The Respondents paid rent for about fourteen months and thereafter defaulted. The Appellants initiated eviction proceedings. As a counter, Respondent filed a Civil Suit seeking declaration that the Sale Deed and Rental Agreement were nominal, Sham, and not intended to be acted upon, contending that the transaction was in substance a loan or mortgage and that he continued to be the real owner. The Trial Court decreed the suit in favour of the Plaintiff holding the Sale Deed to be sham. The First Appellant Court reversed the decree and upheld the sale as genuine. The High Court, in second Appeal, restored the Trial Court’s Judgment. Aggrieved, the Defendants approached the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court allowed the appeal, set aside the judgement of the High Court, and restored the decision of the First Appellate Court. The Court held that a registered Sale Deed carries a strong presumption of validity and genuineness, and courts must not lightly declare such documents as sham. The burden to rebut this presumption lies heavily on the party alleging sham or nominality and requires clear pleadings with material particulars. It was held that Sections 91 and 92 of the Evidence Act bar oral evidence to contradict the terms of a clear and unambiguous registered document. While oral evidence may be admissible where a document is alleged to be a sham, such plea must be supported by cogent pleadings and proof. Mere use of expressions like “nominal” or “sham” without particulars, amounts to clever drafting creating an illusion of cause of action. The Court found that the Sale Deed did not contain any conditions required under Section 58(C) of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 to constitute a mortgage by conditional sale. There was no clause for reconveyance, no debtor-creditor relationship, and no evidence of security for a loan. The Plaintiff’s conduct – execution of a registered rent agreement, payment of rent, admission of tenancy in reply to legal notice, delay in challenging the sale, and collusion with co-defendants-clearly established that the transaction was an outright sale. Allegations of inadequacy of consideration and continued possession were held insufficient to invalidate the sale.

Accordingly, the appeal was allowed, the judgment of the High Court was set aside and restored the decision of the First Appellant Court.

57. Bhaskar Yadav vs. Directorate of Enforcement

2026 LiveLaw (Del) 127

February 02, 2026

PMLA – Anticipatory Bail under PMLA – Applicability of Twin Conditions – Necessity of Custodial Interrogation in Large-Scale Cyber fraud and Cryptocurrency-Based Money Laundering – The Applicants failed to satisfy the mandatory twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA and dismissed both Anticipatory Bail Applications.[S. 3, 4, 17, 44, 50 & 70, Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002; S. 420, 120B IPC; S. 66C & 66D, Information Technology Act, 2000]

FACTS

The present anticipatory bail applications arose from a large-scale investigation into cyber fraud and money laundering initiated by the Directorate of Enforcement (ED) on the basis of two FIRs registered by the CBI for offences of cheating, criminal conspiracy, and IT-related frauds. These offences constituted Scheduled offences under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA). The prosecution alleged the existence of an organised transitional cyber fraud syndicate operated by foreign actors through platforms such as Telegram, WhatsApp, and fraudulent websites. Victims were induced to part with money on the pretext of part-time jobs and investment schemes. The proceeds of crime were routed through numerous mule bank accounts in India and layered across multiple accounts before being siphoned abroad, primarily through UAE-based fintech platform PYYPL or by conversion into cryptocurrency. The Applicants, both Chartered Accountants, were alleged to be key members of the so-called “Bijwasan Group”, which controlled and operated multiple shell entities and mule bank accounts. Though initially not arrested, the Applicants were granted interim protection from arrest by the predecessor bench, subject to joining investigation. The ED opposed anticipatory bail, citing the need for custodial interrogation and failure of Applicants to satisfy the twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA.

HELD

The Delhi High Court dismissed both the anticipatory bail applications, holding that the rigours of Section 45 PMLA constitute a distinct and grave class of economic offences with serious transnational ramifications, warranting a stricter approach to bail. Rejecting the contention that the case involved mere cryptocurrency trading, the Court observed that cryptocurrency was only a tool used for laundering proceeds of crime generated through cyber frauds. The Courts found that the investigation revealed a complex vertical and horizontal layering of proceeds of crime, with the Applicants playing a significant role at multiple levels. The Courts held that there were no reasonable grounds to believe that the Applicants were not guilty of the offences alleged, nor could it be said that they were unlikely to commit offences while on bail. The plea of parity with co-accused was rejected on the ground that those accused were granted regular bail and custodial interrogation was not sought in their cases. The Court further held that dilution of the twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA on the grounds of Article 21 applies primarily in cases of prolonged incarceration and cannot be extended to anticipatory bail where custodial interrogation is required. In view of allegations of destruction of evidence, assault on officials, bribery, and continuing investigation with fresh complaints still emerging, the Court found custodial interrogation to be necessary.

Accordingly, the Court held that the Applicants failed to satisfy the mandatory twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA and dismissed both anticipatory bail applications.

Chatting Up About India: Part I Lipid Profile Of Regulatory Cholesterol

India’s ambition to become a developed nation by 2047 is severely hindered by over-regulation, which the author terms “strangulation“. Driven by an archaic, distrust-based approach, current laws are overly complex, coercive, and often weaponized for bureaucratic intimidation and corruption. This excessive compliance burden stifles risk-taking, innovation, and the overall ease of doing business. Instead of enabling growth, the system traps citizens in multiple registrations, overlapping filings, and unending litigation without administrative accountability. To unlock its economic potential, India must shift towards trust-based governance, proportionate regulations, and unified compliance systems like “One Nation, One Business, One Number“.

Reform is China’s second revolution – Deng Xiaoping

Since independence we have solved innumerable problems, which most born after 1990 cannot even imagine. My past articles1 have covered few areas of phenomenal transformation and challenges in recent times. Bharat now seeks to become a developed nation by 2047 (21 years to go).

In this article, we look at a limiting factorover regulation – that blocks the target. Apart from being a remnant of the Raj, OVER REGULATION or as I call it STRANGULATION, is a first order issue that fundamentally contaminates the ability of individuals and businesses to operate in India with speed, scale and certainty.

Speaking about the erstwhile Indian Civil Services, PM Nehru is supposed to have said this2 – it is neither Indian, neither civil nor service. In the following pages, we will talk about nature of regulations and effect of their implementation without going into any specific law or civil service that governs it. The dangerous chasm between where we are and destination 2047, is the challenge of how the government can reduce the sting effect of regulations. Recent GST 2.0 and Jan Vishwas bills have made effort towards removing the sting of strangulation and decriminalising the otherwise civil matters. This article is written from a perspective of ease of doing business (EoDB) and ease of living (EoL) and what makes over-regulation a deterrent to uncovering the potential our nation has.

You may have read about or faced over-regulation such as: despite there being 26,000 ways3 (18,000 only in labour laws) to put an employer in jail, few employers actually go to jail for violations. The reason being, that these laws are often used as a means of intimidation and corruption to extract money by those who control implementation. Who doesn’t know that many of the laws are excessive (disproportionately intrusive), coercive (threatening punishment), one sided (loaded in favour of administrator with low recourse for citizen), archaic (irrelevant), detrimental to growth and freedom, and a means for ‘babudom4. They exist to leave a window open to exploit the situation and make side income. The extent of bureaucratic overreach is aptly captured by the phrase – “you show me the person and I will show you the crime”. Continuing with the example of labour laws, this is possible only because there are 21 definitions of wages, 17 definitions of workers. In such a scenario, no one can comply without violating something, somewhere, sometime.


1 Chatting Up about India series published in September 2023, August 2024, and January 2025
2 Indian Civil Services as it was called before being morphed into IAS after independence in 1947
3 Jailed for Doing Business Report, Dated February 2022
4 The collective Indian civil service and its culture, implying a system of power, coercion, 
entitlement, and often inefficiency, red tape, corruption, focus on hierarchy, 
with a tendency towards slow, rule-bound processes rather than effective action, 
especially in the post-colonial era. This is not just IAS but collective of more than 2 crore civil servants.

Let’s look at the problem of over regulations through these questions–

i) Why are we fifth in total GDP but 128th in per capita GDP?

(generally per capita is linked to productivity of sectors, firms, people!)

ii) Why are there only 30,000 companies with paid up capital of more than Rs. 10 Crores?

(We have infrastructure, skills, and capital but risk taking at scale is a challenge.)

iii) What is stopping the pace of growth? Why does UP and Karnataka have about the same GSDP, but Karnataka does it at 1/3 the population?

iv) Why is there five to six times difference between richest and poorest large states and why are backward states not creating habitat for ease of doing business despite its obvious benefits to its people?

v) Why are HNIs leaving India5?

vi) Why do politicians praise the diaspora for their entrepreneurial contribution in that country?

(We all know that most left India often for better ‘opportunities’ in the first place.)

Despite considerable positive sentiments – policies or the politics of policies remain unstable and untrustworthy6, babudom makes things difficult rather than facilitates ease. Politicians go back on promises, and if it came to political benefit, they will change laws and contracts anytime. In other words, there is a contrast between objectives and tools.

The other day I met an architect friend, who won a contract at L1 to build a museum for a state government. The State government appointed a project manager. On day one, the manager asked how he can get 15% of the total cost of the contract to approve the project progress and expenses. The architect had to contact chief secretary in Delhi, to ensure the manager backs off. However, if he had his way, he could stall the contract, block payments and create havoc for the architect taking risk and putting his capital at stake. That is why a lot of businesses stay quiet, stay small, rather than suck up to politicians and sahebs, and risk taking / innovation suffers. There are innumerable examples like this. However, here we will focus on a more controllable factor – nature and implementation of regulations.


5 Secession of the Successful: The Flight out of New India by Sanjay Baru citing ease of living, 
business environment, escaping bureaucracy, and better quality of life.
6 Many policies are based on the government, and with change of power, 
there is an impending threat that they will invert the current policies on day 1.

REGULATION AND STRANGULATION

Indian governments (includes central, state and local) as an institution historically displayed negligible sense between the two words despite the difference between meaning and spelling. The Indian approach to refining absurd regulations most of the time has been sloooooooooow or postponed until a crisis builds up. The entire system is like a maze of wires we see on photos of old Delhi streets which no one wants to touch. Take the example of four labour codes – have combined 29 laws into four and how much time this took to legislate (2019) and notify (2025).

Regulations and strangulation – in nature, function and everything in between – they are as apart from each other as chalk and cheese. The following indicative list gives a bunch of distinctions. As you go through the list under few headings. Each aspect is juxtaposed under what a Regulation can be vs. what it ends up being : Strangulation

Breaking The Chains From Strangulation to Regulation

I . Philosophical Foundations: Presumption of Guilt over Trust

a) Enables, facilitates, and makes things easy vs. Restrictions, suppression or destruction

b) Akin to a seatbelt vs. Akin to chaining hands and legs while being in the driver’s seat

c) Based on trust of participants vs. Based on distrust of participants

d) Permitted unless prohibited approach vs. Prohibited unless permitted approach

e) For equitable, orderly and balanced growth of everyone; you cannot harm others to benefit yourself vs. Focus on control, manipulation, surprises, excesses where many will give up and say I don’t want to be in this, it’s too much or evade as compliance is disproportionately high in terms of time, cost and risk

f) Makes entry and exit easy vs. Barrier for entry, exit and existence – high degree of difficulty

g) Democracy – Governance – Nagarik is supreme vs. Tyranny– Ruling – Praja is subordinate

h) Business failure is treated with an approach to find out whether it is due to bad judgment, situational change, incompetence or fraud vs. Business failure is seen suspiciously and treated as fraud to start with unless proved otherwise

i) Crimping of administrative state to serve the people to excel and rise instead of crimping of free society which is in pursuit of happiness vs. Crimping of free society with dos and don’ts and coercive provisions which are often tools of corruption

j) Positive reinforcement of good behaviour of citizens, to encourage people to be good citizens vs. Negative reinforcement with only punishments for bad behaviour, good behaviour begets nothing

Examples: Take most laws we deal with and find out Number of provisions asking citizens for a certain type of action or prohibition. Add to it penalties for violations. Now look for number of things that government will do for you or not do and penalties for not doing it on the administrator. The first list almost makes the entire Act. Now take the language of saying this. Add to that fictional items taxed (Section 2(22) (e) of the ITA7 or Rule 8D of calculating mathematically something that may have no relevance for Section 14A to work). Lastly add distrust provisions to this. These lead to constant misuse and conflict, forcing citizens to perpetually prove they are in the right.


7 Indian Income Tax Act

II. Design and Accessibility: Monuments of Complexity and Archaic language

a) Crisp, clear, intelligible vs. Voluminous, ambiguous, incoherent

b) Reads like clauses when reading – plain, simple, in normal language vs. Feels like claws – complicated, long winding and written in English of 200 years ago

c) Low possibilities to interpret and extend meanings, is objective, and lacks susceptibility to litigation vs. Loopholes embedded in laws to extend meanings, interpret, leading to absurd outcomes and litigation

d) Current, realistic, allowance for reality, relevant, pacing with time and addresses current market vs. Outdated, not pacing with time and reality, idealistic to the extent of being absurd

e) Law made by parliament/legislature and rules by executive vs. Guidelines, rules, circulars, office orders, government order, memorandum, FAQs, and multiple instruments which are unrecognised by constitution and become quasi laws throwing their weight around

f) Adaptable, flexible and allowance for reality of current addressable market and its participants vs. Bans (say audits have to be done per individual partner as opposed to firm total to enable specialisation in case of CAs)

Examples: The recently replaced ITA used to be a monument of complexity and inaccessibility (incomprehensible) with 900 odd sections, proviso, explanations, and clauses, sub clauses and the rest. There are decisions and circulars that contradict one another or retrospective changes (recent being LTCG at 12.5% without grandfathering or c/f of losses) where compliance requires constant monitoring so one isn’t hit by a new missile launched from the North Block. Proliferation of scope expansion beyond legislative intent by circulars, notifications, FAQs which lay down ‘laws’ by the unelected and result in administrative enforcement. Unclarity in Section 80JJAA or even Section 44ADA, are prone to litigation. For larger firms that specialise, now there is a ban on number of audits one partner can sign off instead of allowance for average based on total partners.

III. Proportionality and Market Dynamics: One size fits all Regulations

a) Proportionate to activity and risk, need not be equal for all players and is based on situation/need vs. Applies in same proportion to all with disregard for context/need/situation

b) Registration based, creates competition/supply through an open architecture vs. Licenses/permission based, restricts supply/shortage and a closed system

c) Encourages new entrants when laws are less and thresholds are proportionate to the size of the entity vs. Favours incumbent almost always as laws can be a barrier to entry

d) Raises standards, focussed on outcomes, enhances trust in the market vs. Keeps ‘small’ small and make them smaller, makes people want to take short cuts, focussed on process without view of outcomes

e) Degree of economic complexity is less when compared to per capita GDP of our nation (say high thresholds) vs. Degree of economic complexity is much higher when compared to per capita GDP of our nation (say low thresholds)

f) Number of people required by a business for regulatory control/compliance – LOW vs. Number of people required by a business for regulatory control/compliances – HIGH

g) Steel frame – where capacity is increased to facilitate protecting and enabling EoDB and EoL vs. Steel cage – where pressure is put on capacity of business or individual to decrease ease

h) Administrator proportionate for size of business, because laws are so vs. Administrator too big for small fish, and too small for big fish

i) Inexpensive to be in formal economy. Cost makes sense for receiving capital, skills and productivity vs. Expensive to be in formal economy. Makes low sense even to receive capital and skills and productivity

Examples: Look at ITR or TAR Forms – they have low linkage to the business that is filing them – risks, complexity or profitability. A GIANT CAP entity and a small individual will file same ITR and TAR. Isn’t it time that based on business code or something similar that TAR is differentiated for manufacturing, trading and service entities – that it is shorter and take relevant data only and which will get rid of standard questionnaires during ‘assessments’ at later stage. Imagine a single business registration – say PAN instead of CIN, TAN, PF IDs, and the rest of it. Are we one nation or different fiefdoms under a sovereign? A small business is filing same number of forms for companies act, TDS, GST, income tax, DGFT, PF, and so on. There are instances where a politician or a local civil servant can close or shut down a business for illegitimate reasons. If there is benefits to be granted to small businesses, why should they be deducting TDS to start with for the government and be exposed to delays and filings? Why not exempt non TAR cases from TDS deduction? Why should I as a taxpayer or business owner deal with numerous departments and offices if I am living in unified nation – why should there not be a single Indian Tax Office or Indian Revenue Office which has customs, income tax, international tax, GST, employment tax authorities sitting together and talk to one another? Why can I not pay one tax based on turnover which is a combination of GST and Income tax? Federalism is made out to be small kingdoms spread all across for ‘collecting’. BTW we still have something called ‘collector’? ONE NATION, ONE BUSINESS, ONE NUMBER and EVERYTHING on ONE DASHBOARD is the way to go.

Even as an individual, you must still secure a domicile certificate. Why is this necessary and why it can’t be downloaded from a single portal where I have all my data from passports, to ration cards, to Aadhaar, to electricity bills, municipal bills and the rest? One great FM brought one law that existed in Australia and said Bharat needs it too, with zero sense of comparative dissimilarities of GDP of Austrialia and India. the point is people in government think less of people.

IV. Administrative burden and Compliances: Multiple Registrations and Excessive Filings

a) Bare minimum procedures, filings vs. Excessive procedures, filings

b) Timelines are clearly and fairly given wherever action is required from citizen or administrator vs. Administrator works without timelines or favourable timelines compared to citizen

c) Not data hungry. Takes basic data directly. Rest of the data is taken discretely from other sources directly vs. Obsessive data greed, burdening the citizen with forms for supplying more and more data, akin to snooping

d) Tatasthataa – can interrupt on severe critical matters with consideration of people who have taken the risk to start a business vs. Dakhalandazi – can touch almost every area of life or business, disrupt where unelected regulator has no skin in the game

f) Single registration for all laws – one nation one entity one registration – why should a citizen register everywhere and give the same data and do overlapping filings/reporting. Everything linked to a single identifier like Aadhaar or similar instead of numerous registration numbers like PF, ESIC, PAN, DIN, CKYC, CIN, etc. vs. Multiple registrations, permissions, returns, submissions of identical or similar data at a number of places in the garb of ‘compliance’ for taking services. Every law has its different identifier number and having its own registration numbers for individuals and businesses

g) Low jail provisions when there are no cases of prosecution, as law need not be deterrence as it leads to promotion of corruption vs. Jail provisions without examples of prosecutions, to encourage fear and corruption

Examples: India loves compliance. A private company with less than ₹100 Crores of turnover will have to comply with ITR (1), TDS (4) + payments (4), GST (4+4), Company Law – Annual Filings (2), Board Meetings (4), Registers, KYC (1+), Appointments / resignations, all changes, PF (12+12), PT (12+), TAR (1), GST (4+4) plus calculations and dealing with notices and other avoidable harassment like non-working portals or 5 MB upload size by a ₹4000 crore income tax portal’ which is supposed to shrink the size on its end and not tell taxpayers to do this. A minimum of 30-50 compliances per LLP / Company are a normal threshold. The question is – why most of these can’t be filed once a year or twice a year, at the same place under same number? Add to this – if you are running a small entity and its 50% assets and / or income happen to be financial assets – you may trigger a Reserve Bank of India coverage8! Indian industrial laws asking how many times the wall should be painted or whitewashed, and specifying penalties for not doing so. Every department is trying to encroach on businesses to obtain its pound of flesh when its existence is questionable. Imagine single Indian Tax office – all taxes at one location, under one number, under one portal, one login, one DSC registered, one signatory,… I must be crazy to even think this way!


8 Recently raised to `1000 Crore threshold as RBI could possibly not manager no threshold law applied to entities without public interface

V. Outcomes, Accountability, and Continuous Improvement: Litigation without resolution

a) Fast, smooth and inexpensive recourse/escalation for the aggrieved vs. Slow, steep and expensive recourse to excesses inflicted

b) Revisited often for correlating it to fulfilment of its initial purpose and by testing it with present situation vs. Not revisited anytime till there is uproar, mess, crisis or repeated representations

c) Pruning and self-correcting mechanism built inside the law where law will be reviewed, or have sunset clauses for relevance, stability and clarity every few years on a systematic basis vs. No pruning or self-correcting mechanism or modifications set for clarity and stability

d) Data based correlation between written law, its interpretation, practices and enforcement vs. Low evaluation of existing laws, especially at state and municipal levels

e) Creates no friction to justify oil for greasing vs. Needs oil for greasing to remove frictions (pun intended)

f) Penalties and punishment for similar offences are similar across laws vs. Penalties and Punishment for similar offences are different across laws

g) Accountability of regulator vs. Penalties and punishment for similar offences are different across laws vs. Accountability of only citizens

Examples: How long does an appeal take to be heard? Tribunal for GST on paper established 9 years after the law enforced. Should related parties be defined consistently under accounting, direct taxes, indirect taxes? If you delay filing you pay fine/interest or lose chance to fight back and if regulator delays response or gives false response what is she accountable for? Under BNS (S. 319) imprisonment for cyber criminal is different compared to IT Act, 2000 (S.66C). Crime is same/similar – Identity theft. Same for Adulteration under IPC and FSSAI where difference in fine is ₹1,000 and ₹10 Lacs. Look at Charity commissioner sitting like judges – for change of a trustee due to death – takes 6 months, appearing in person, filing 1 inch fat docket and hiring a lawyer through whom the money moves to the approver. Zero reason for any ‘hearing’ – death of a trustee can be ‘seen’ from QR code and name removal should be free of so called ‘hearing’.

The above list seems particularly long to emphasize the fact that innumerable lifetimes wasted by terrible regulations, compliance, adjudication and even recalibration/deletion9. The next two decades are possibly the last big opportunity of Bharat when we are a nation full of youth and energy.

(the second part of the article will be published next month…)


9 It took 100 years to change Indian Succession Act, 1925 where the law makers realised that probate was there in Mumbai but not required in 
Delhi and Bangalore and was required for Hindus, Sikhs, Jains, …and not Christians and Muslims. That’s as bizarre, deaf and blind a law can get.

The Pillar of Audit Integrity – Engagement Quality Control Reviewer (EQCR)

The Engagement Quality Control Reviewer (EQCR) acts as an independent gatekeeper of audit integrity, objectively evaluating significant judgments before an audit report is issued. To combat global audit failures, India is transitioning to SQM 1 and SQM 2 by April 2026, mandating a proactive, risk-based system of quality management. Under SQM 2, an EQCR must possess technical competence, absolute objectivity, and adequate time. Although the EQCR rigorously scrutinizes high-risk areas across the audit’s lifecycle, ISA 220 (Revised) asserts that the Engagement Partner retains ultimate accountability for overall audit quality. Ultimately, robust EQCR involvement ensures professional skepticism and bolsters stakeholder trust.

1. INTRODUCTION: THE EVOLVING FACE OF AUDIT OVERSIGHT

In the realm of statutory audits, audit quality remains the single most critical determinant of stakeholder trust. As corporate reporting grows in complexity and stakeholder expectations intensifies, the audit process is undergoing profound transformation. Amidst these shifts, the Engagement Quality Control Reviewer (EQCR) has emerged as a cornerstone of professional assurance and credibility.

The engagement quality control reviews (EQC reviews) ensure that significant audit judgments, especially in high- risk or contentious areas, undergo an independent, objective evaluation before the audit report is issued. In essence, the EQCR is both a guardian of professional skepticism and a mentor of quality within the firm’s governance ecosystem.

While the engagement quality reviews are not new to the audit profession, their rigor, governance and regulatory expectations have significantly evolved in response to global audit failures. Following major audit failures regulators across the globe underscored one recurring issue: insufficient EQC reviews and lack of independent challenge. As a response, global standard setters have tightened the EQC reviews framework through the ISQM 1, ISQM 2, and ISA 220 (Revised) suite of Quality Management Standards issued by the IAASB.

This article discusses EQC reviews in the context of SQM 1, SQM 2 and ISA 220 (Revised). Currently, the governing standard for audit firm quality control in India is SQC 1 “Quality Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial Information, and Other Assurance and Related Services Engagements”. ICAI has formally issued and notified Standard on Quality Management (SQM) 1 and SQM 2, which are designed to align closely with the corresponding international standards, ISQM 1 and ISQM 2, and prescribe the firm-level quality management framework and detailed requirements relating to EQC reviews. From 1 April 2026, SQC 1 will be replaced by SQM 1 and SQM 2. However, SA 220 (Revised), which is closely aligned with ISA 220 (Revised) and sets out the engagement partner’s responsibilities relating to quality management at the engagement level, has not yet been notified by ICAI. Accordingly, while this article refers to ISA 220 (Revised) for conceptual completeness and international alignment, the currently applicable engagement-level standard in India continues to be the existing SA 220, until SA 220 (Revised) is formally issued and becomes effective.

2. DEFINING THE EQC REVIEW — PURPOSE, PRINCIPLES AND SCOPE

Under SQM 1 .16(d) and SQM 2.13(a), an EQC review is:

“An objective evaluation of the significant judgments made by the engagement team and the conclusions reached thereon, performed by the EQCR and completed on or before the date of the engagement report.”

This definition reflects three essential attributes:

  • Objectivity: The reviewer must be fully independent of the audit team.
  • Significance: Focus on key judgments, material risks, and complex estimates.
  • Timeliness: Completion must occur prior to signing the audit opinion.

In practice, this translates to a layered defense model:

a. The engagement team performs and documents the audit.

b. The engagement partner reviews and approves key judgments.

c. The EQCR performs an independent evaluation before the audit report is issued.

In many large audit firms, the EQCR role is assigned to a senior partner with extensive industry and technical experience who has had no prior involvement in the audit engagement.

For listed entities / PIE, this review is mandatory, while firms may voluntarily extend EQC reviews coverage to high-risk non-PIE engagements as a quality safeguard.

3. THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK: SQM 1, SQM 2, AND ISA 220 (REVISED)

a) SQM 1 – Firms quality management system

SQM 1 redefines the quality control paradigm by introducing a proactive, risk-based approach to managing audit quality.

It requires firms to establish a System of Quality Management (SOQM) that provides reasonable assurance that:

  • Professional and ethical requirements are consistently met.
  • Engagements are conducted in accordance with standards and regulations.
  • Reports issued are appropriate under the circumstances.

EQC reviews are integrated within this system, serving as monitoring and remediation checkpoints for high-risk engagements.

Para 34(f) of SQM 1 defines Policies / procedures for EQC reviews and which engagements must have EQCR: –

Firm shall establish policies/procedures addressing EQC reviews in accordance with SQM 2, and require EQC reviews for:

  1. Audits of financial statements of listed entities (Para 34(f)(i))
  2. Engagements where engagement quality review is required by law / regulation (Para 34(f)(ii))
  3. Engagements where the firm determines engagement quality review is an appropriateresponse to one or more quality risks (Para 34(f)(iii)).

APPLICATION GUIDANCE (PARA A133-A137) – HOW TO THINK ABOUT (PARA 34(F)(II)) AND (PARA 34(F)(III))

  • A 133: Law or regulation may mandate an Engagement Quality Review for certain audits, such as those of public interest entities, public sector or government-funded entities, entities in high-risk industries (e.g. Banks and insurers), large entities crossing prescribed thresholds, or entities under court or judicial supervision, due to their higher public impact and risk. The firm has not got a choice. Most laws and regulations do not explicitly state that an Engagement Quality Control Review is required. Instead, laws and regulators identify certain entities as high public interest, high risk, or publicly accountable (e.g., listed companies, banks, insurance companies, large or government-funded entities, entities under court processes). SQM 1 and SQM 2 translate these legal and regulatory classifications into audit quality requirements. SQM 1- A133 clarifies that audits of such entities are ordinarily subject to EQCR, unless law or regulation provides otherwise.

Therefore, EQCR becomes mandatory through auditing standards and firm policies, even when the law itself is silent on EQCR.

In practice, firms must check applicable laws/regulations to identify high-risk entities and then apply EQCR as required by SQM 1 and SQM 2.

A134-A137: If an engagement is complex, highly judgmental, sensitive, or involves higher public or regulatory risk, the firm may determine that an Engagement Quality Review (EQC review) is an appropriate response to address quality risks. EQC review is used not only for mandatory PIE audits, but also where engagement or entity characteristics elevate audit risk.

EQC review may be appropriate for:

  • Complex or judgment-heavy engagements, such as audits with high estimation uncertainty, going concern issues, or assurance engagements requiring specialized expertise.
  • Engagements with prior or ongoing issues, including recurring inspection findings, significant control deficiencies, or financial statement restatements.
  • Unusual acceptance or continuance circumstances, such as disagreements with previous auditors or other acceptance red flags.
  • Regulatory or sensitive reporting engagements, including IPOs, prospectuses, or pro forma financial information.
  • Entities with high public interest or accountability, even if not listed, such as fiduciary entities, high-profile entities, or those with many stakeholders.
  • New or unfamiliar industries, where the firm has limited prior experience.

The nature, timing, and extent of EQCR should be commensurate with the assessed quality risks, and the review should be completed before the engagement report is issued.

B) SQM 2 – EQCR MECHANISM

SQM 2 establishes explicit criteria for the appointment and eligibility of an EQCR.

The reviewer must possess:

  • Sufficient technical competence, Industry knowledge and professional experience relevant to the engagement;
  • Independence and objectivity, with no prior involvement in the audit. Carry out the role on the engagement with objectivity, integrity and impartiality. Comply with relevant ethical and independent requirements and laws and regulations;
  • Appropriate authority and adequate time to conduct a meaningful review. EQCR must have sufficient time available to perform the EQC review. Lack of sufficient time available to perform the EQC review has been a key root cause of EQC review quality issues identified.

These requirements ensure that the reviewer’s evaluation is both credible and free from bias. Firms are also expected to implement policies for assessing and maintaining the ongoing competence and ethical integrity of EQCRs. This represents a shift toward formalised governance and oversight over who can serve as an EQCR.

Further a minimum two-year cooling-off period applies where the reviewer previously served as the engagement partner, unless a longer period is required by ethical standards. Individuals assisting the reviewer must not be members of the engagement team and must meet relevant competence and ethical requirements, with the reviewer retaining overall responsibility for the engagement quality review. Firms are also required to address circumstances that may impair reviewer eligibility, including withdrawal where necessary.

SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EQCR

The EQCR’s responsibilities under SQM 2 extend beyond procedural formality. The reviewer must evaluate whether:

  • The engagement team’s significant judgments are appropriate and consistent with professional standards;
  • The audit evidence obtained adequately supports the conclusions reached;
  • Consultations on difficult or contentious matters have been appropriately performed and documented;
  • The engagement report should be issued, based on the sufficiency of the evidence and the reasonableness of the conclusions.

Importantly, SQM 2 requires that the engagement report must not be dated or released until the EQCR has completed their review and all significant matters have been resolved. This embeds the EQCR as a final quality gatekeeper before the issuance of the audit report.

TIMING AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

SQM 2 mandates that the EQC review is completed on a timely basis at appropriate points in time during the engagement and the engagement report cannot be dated until completion of the EQC review.

Firms must maintain comprehensive documentation of:

  • The nature, timing, and extent of the EQCR’s procedures;
  • The significant discussions between the EQCR and the engagement partner;
  • The conclusions reached, including how differences in view were addressed.

Such documentation enhances transparency and accountability, providing a verifiable record for both internal quality monitoring and external regulatory inspections.

c) ISA 220 (Revised) – Partner Accountability in respect of EQC review

ISA 220 (Revised) enhances the focus on quality management at the engagement level and clarifies that the Engagement Partner (EP) is responsible and accountable for managing and achieving quality on the audit engagement, notwithstanding the involvement of an Engagement Quality Reviewer (EQCR) or the performance of an Engagement Quality Review (EQC review).

The performance of an EQCR does not reduce, substitute, or transfer the Engagement Partner’s responsibility.

The Engagement Partner remains accountable for:

  • Managing and achieving quality on the audit engagement
  • Compliance with professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements
  • The appropriateness of the auditor’s report issued

EP ACCOUNTABILITY IN RELATION TO EQCR:

a) Responsibility to Ensure an EQC review is Performed

The Engagement Partner is responsible for:

  • Ensuring that an EQC review is performed when required by firm policies or applicable standards (e.g., public interest entities, high-risk engagements)
  • Ensuring that the EQCR is appointed at an appropriate stage of the engagement, such that significant judgments are subject to timely review.

b) Responsibility for Cooperation with the EQCR The Engagement Partner shall:

  • Ensure that the EQCR is provided with sufficient and appropriate information to perform the EQC review
  • Engage in discussions with the EQCR regarding significant judgments, including:
  • Significant risks identified
  • Significant accounting and auditing judgments
  • Conclusions relating to going concern
  • Matters that may affect the auditor’s report

c) Responsibility for Resolving Differences of Opinion

Where differences of opinion arise between:

  • The engagement team and the EQCR, or
  • The Engagement Partner and the EQCR

The Engagement Partner is responsible for:

  • Ensuring that such differences are resolved in accordance with firm policies
  • Ensuring that the auditor’s report is not dated until the EQCR is completed and the matter is appropriately resolved.

d) Responsibility for Timing of the Auditor’s Report

The Engagement Partner shall ensure that:

  • The EQC review is completed on or before the date of the auditor’s report
  • The auditor’s report is not dated until:
  • The EQC review has been completed, and
  • The EQCR has not raised any unresolved matters that would require further action.

Limitations on Reliance on EQC review

The Engagement Partner shall not:

  • Regard the EQC review as a substitute for the engagement partner’s own judgment or responsibility
  • Treat the EQCR as assuming ownership of significant or complex judgments
  • Issue the auditor’s report prior to completion of the EQC review.

CORE PRINCIPLE FROM ISA 220 (REVISED)

The engagement partner remains responsible and accountable for managing and achieving quality on the audit engagement, including when an engagement quality review is performed.

However, it is to be noted that during the recent regulatory inspections, the regulatory body has extended its jurisdictions beyond the engagement partner to the EQCR. Such regulatory action against EQCR can be understood not as transfer of engagement accountability but as an enforcement of the EQCR’s independent responsibility to exercise the objective evaluation and professional skepticism in performing quality review. To sum up, accountability for the audit quality and responsibility for the quality review coexist, each operating within the clearly defined but complementary boundaries.

4. THE EQCR’S ROLE IN ENHANCING STATUTORY AUDIT QUALITY

4.1 Independence and Objectivity

EQCR’s independence is both ethical and structural. They must:

  • Be free of any prior involvement in the engagement.
  • Avoid financial or business relationships with the client.
  • Refrain from participating in decision-making for the audit.

4.2 PROFESSIONAL SKEPTICISM AND CHALLENGE

The EQCR effectiveness is directly proportional to the extent of professional challenge they exert.

In firms with strong “challenge culture,” EQCRs more frequently identify inconsistencies in management estimates and risk assessments— leading to measurable improvement in audit outcomes.

5. PERFORMING THE EQC REVIEW: STAGES AND PROCEDURES

An effective EQC review follows a structured process.

STAGE 1: RISK ASSESSMENT STAGE

a) Understanding the Engagement & Firm Inputs

EQCR should:

  • Read and understand:
  • Engagement acceptance/continuance: Ensure the engagement was accepted based on firm policies and quality risk considerations.
  • Resources: EQCR should also confirm that engagement resources (staffing, expertise, time) are adequate for identifying risks.
  • Entity and environment: Understand the entity and environment, background of the engagement, entity’s risk profile, and nature of the operations.
  • Firm monitoring & remediation: Communications from the firm monitoring & remediation: Review any firm-level findings or remediation actions relevant to engagement quality

Document all review procedures and conclusions.

KEY EQCR QUESTION:

“Is this engagement appropriately accepted and resourced given the firm’s quality risks?”

b) Independence & Ethics Evaluation

EQCR reviews:

  • Engagement team’s independence assessment: Verify that the team has appropriately assessed and documented independence in line with firm and regulatory requirements. EQCR should challenge whether independence threats were mitigated effectively, not just documented.
  • Non-audit services and safeguards: Ensure any non-audit services provided to the entity have proper safeguards to maintain independence.
  • Partner rotation /familiarity threats: Confirm compliance with partner rotation rules and evaluate any familiarity threats that could impair objectivity.
  • Consultations on ethics (if any): Review outcomes of any ethics-related consultations to ensure issues were addressed appropriately.
  • Compliance: Ensure compliance with firm’s independence policies and applicable regulatory requirements.

Focus:

  • Whether threats were identified early and mitigated, not merely documented.

c) Review of Planned Audit Approach

EQCR evaluates:

  • Overall audit strategy: Review whether the audit strategy aligns with engagement objectives and addresses key quality risks.
  • Materiality: The EQCR considers whether the benchmark and other metrics selected for determining materiality are suitable in the circumstances and whether the percentages applied to those benchmarks are reasonable. EQCR should also consider whether performance materiality and thresholds for misstatements are reasonable
  • Group audit scoping (if applicable): Ensure the scope for group audits is clearly defined, including component auditor involvement and risk considerations. EQCR should review whether component auditor instructions are clear and address significant risks.
  • Fraud risk assessment: Evaluate whether the elements of the fraud risk triangle have been appropriately identified and addressed in the audit plan. Ensure fraud risk response is proportionate and documented.
  • Significant Risks: Confirm that significant risks are properly identified, documented, and incorporated into the audit approach.

d) Discussion of Significant Matters & Judgments (at planning stage)

EQCR Should:

  • Document discussions and rationale for significant judgments.
  • Assessed professional skepticism applied by the engagement team.
  • Ensure documentation reflects appropriate responses to significant and fraud risks.
  • Discuss expected areas of judgment with engagement partner (e.g., revenue recognition, impairment, going concern, provisions, related parties).

STAGE 2: TESTING STAGE

a) Review of Going Concern & Compliance Risks

EQCR reviews:

  • Going concern assessment: Confirm that management’s going concern assessment has been critically evaluated and appropriately challenged. EQCR should confirm whether alternative scenarios were considered in going concern evaluation.
  • Cash flow forecasts and assumptions: Review whether cash flow projections and underlying assumptions are reasonable and supported by evidence.
  • Actual or suspected:
  • Non-compliance with laws: Ensure any identified or suspected non-compliance is properly addressed and documented.
  • Illegal acts: Verify that procedures for investigating and reporting illegal acts are followed.
  • Fraud indicators: Evaluate whether fraud indicators have been considered and incorporated into the audit response

KEY QUESTION:

“Has professional skepticism been applied, or has management bias influenced conclusions?”

b) Review of Significant Judgments & Estimates

EQCR examines selected documentation relating to:

  • Accounting estimates: Assess whether significant accounting estimates are reasonable, supported by evidence, and free from bias. EQCR should verify whether management’s assumptions were corroborated with external evidence where possible.
  • Management bias indicators: Evaluate if there are signs of management bias in judgments or assumptions impacting financial statements.
  • Use of experts: Review the appropriateness of using specialists and the reliability of their work in forming audit conclusions.
  • Sensitivity analysis: Confirm that sensitivity analyses have been performed for key assumptions and their impact adequately considered.

EQCR FOCUS:

  • Quality of challenge
  • Corroboration of assumptions
  • Whether alternative views were considered

c) Review of Communications & Consultations

EQCR evaluates:

  • Internal consultations (technical, independence, valuation): Verify that all required consultations were sought, documented, and appropriately concluded. EQCR should ensure consultation conclusions are implemented in audit work.
  • Communications with TCWG: Ensure timely and complete communication of significant matters to those charged with governance.
  • Difference of opinion: Review conclusions and ensure differences of opinion were resolved appropriately.
  • Regulator/governance communications: Examine all significant written communications to governance bodies or regulators.

d) Ongoing Discussion of Significant Matters

EQCR:

  • Maintain dialogue with engagement partner: Maintain regular communication with the engagement partner to stay informed on key developments and decisions. EQCR should maintain documentation of all significant discussions and emerging issues.
  • Tracks whether earlier identified risks are being addressed appropriately: Monitor progress to ensure previously identified risks are mitigated and documented effectively.
  • Flags emerging issues: Proactively identify and escalate new or evolving issues that may impact audit quality or conclusions.

STAGE 3: COMPLETION STAGE

a) Review of Misstatements

EQCR reviews:

  • Uncorrected misstatements: Assess whether uncorrected misstatements are properly summarised and evaluated for materiality. EQCR should confirm whether management’s rationale for not correcting misstatements is reasonable and documented.
  • Qualitative considerations: Consider qualitative factors that may render otherwise immaterial misstatements significant.
  • Aggregation impact: Verify that aggregated misstatements have been analyzed for their cumulative effect on materiality.

Key Question:

“Is the conclusion reasonable in light of both quantitative and qualitative factors?’’

b) Review of Financial Statements & Draft Auditor’s Report

EQCR evaluates:

Consistency between:

  • Audit evidence
  • Financial statements
  • Auditor’s report
  • Disclosures: Ensure completeness and consistency.
  • Key Audit Matters (KAM) (if applicable): Review that KAMs are appropriately identified, justified, and clearly communicated.
  • Significant matters missed: EQCR must identify any significant matters missed by the engagement team and ensure resolution before report issuance
  • Emphasis of Matter / Other Matter paragraphs: Evaluate whether these paragraphs are necessary, accurate, and properly presented in the report.
  • Timing: The engagement partner cannot date the audit report until the EQC review is complete.

c) Evaluation of Significant Judgments & Conclusions

EQCR concludes whether:

Significant judgments are:

  • Reasonable: Confirm that key judgments made by the engagement team are logical and aligned with audit evidence.
  • Adequately supported: Ensure judgments are backed by sufficient, appropriate documentation and analysis.
  • Appropriately documented: Verify that all significant judgments are clearly recorded in the audit file for transparency and compliance.

Engagement partner’s involvement was:

  • Sufficient
  • Timely
  • Appropriate

ISA 220.36 compliance: Identify and resolve missed significant matters (risk classification, non-compliance, ethical lapses).

d) Review of Communications

EQCR reviews:

  • Final communications with TCWG: EQCR should confirm that communications to TCWG include all significant findings, judgments, and ethical matters.
  • Management representation letter: Verify that the representation letter is complete, accurate, and consistent with audit conclusions.
  • Consistency across communications: Confirm that all communications (internal and external) are aligned and free of  contradictions.

e) Completion of EQCR Checklist & Conclusion

EQCR:

  • Completes EQCR documentation: Finalize and sign off on all required EQCR documentation for compliance and transparency.
  • Confirms all concerns resolved: Ensure that any issues identified during the review have been satisfactorily addressed.
  • Provides formal approval before report date: Grant formal EQCR approval prior to the issuance of the auditor’s report.

6. COMMON DEFICIENCIES AND PITFALLS OBSERVED IN EQC REVIEWS

Regulatory inspections globally reveal consistent weaknesses in EQC reviews:

Core Observation What Reviewers Are Really Seeing Why It Matters
1. EQCR involvement is often too late in the audit process EQCR is performed close to completion and sometimes after major judgments are already finalised Limits EQCR’s ability to influence significant judgments; contrary to the intent of SQM 2
2. EQCR reviews lack sufficient depth and professional challenge Reviews rely on high-level checklists and summaries with limited documented challenge Weakens demonstration of professional skepticism and audit quality
3. Documentation does not clearly evidence EQCR work performed Audit files often lack clarity on what was reviewed, when, and the reviewer’s conclusions Creates quality inspection risk due to inability to evidence compliance
4. EQCR focus is not consistently risk-based Significant risks and key judgments are not always clearly linked to EQCR procedures Increases risk that critical audit areas are not adequately scrutinised
5. EQCR findings are not effectively embedded into firm-wide quality improvement Recurring themes appear across inspection cycles with limited systemic remediation Indicates broader weaknesses in quality management systems

7. LEADING PRACTICES FOR EFFECTIVE EQC REVIEW IMPLEMENTATION:

  1. Early Planning: Engage EQCRs at engagement acceptance stage.
  2. Dynamic Review: Perform reviews progressively, not just post-completion.
  3. Risk-Based Depth: Calibrate review effort to engagement complexity.
  4. Structured Documentation: Use firm-standardized EQC review checklists.
  5. Rotation and Peer Review: Regularly rotate EQCRs to prevent familiarity threats.

8. THE FUTURE OF EQCR: FROM REVIEWER TO QUALITY LEADER

The role of the EQCR is evolving toward strategic quality leadership.
Emerging developments include:

  • Al-driven risk mapping for EQCRs to prioritize areas of focus.
  • Continuous monitoring systems that integrate EQC review insights into firm-wide dashboards.
  • Behavioral analytics to detect “review fatigue” or bias.
  • Expanded disclosures of EQCR involvement in transparency reports.

As audit firms move toward Integrated Quality Management Systems (IQMS), the EQCR will not only review judgments but also inform firm-wide learning, governance, and accountability mechanisms.

9. CONCLUSION: THE ETHICAL CONSCIENCE OF AUDIT QUALITY

The Engagement Quality Control Reviewer stands as the profession’s ethical compass —ensuring that audits remain credible, transparent, and resilient to bias or pressure.

By embedding EQC reviews into the DNA of quality management, firms reaffirm their commitment to public interest, audit excellence, and professional integrity.

In the Indian landscape, where audit credibility underpins economic growth and investor trust, strengthening the EQCR role represents not just compliance— but a strategic imperative for the future of the profession.

References: –

  • SQM 1, SQM 2, SQC 1 , SA 220 issued by ICAI
  • ISQM 1 , ISQM 2, ISA 220 (Revised) issued by IAASB

A Comprehensive Analysis Of India’s New Labour Codes And Their Impact On Financial Statements

India’s new Labour Codes, effective November 2025, introduce a standardized “Wages” definition that fundamentally alters corporate liabilities. If excluded allowances exceed 50% of an employee’s Cost to Company, the excess is legally deemed “Wages,” drastically increasing the calculation base for statutory benefits like gratuity and provident fund. Furthermore, fixed-term employees now qualify for pro-rata gratuity after just one year. Under Ind AS 19, these structural changes constitute a “Plan Amendment“. Consequently, companies must immediately recognize the heightened obligations as a Past Service Cost in their Profit & Loss statements, directly reducing net profit, earnings per share, and net worth.

The enactment of the 4 new Labour Codes, the Code on Wages, 2019, the Code on Social Security, 2020, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions (OSH) Code, 2020 represents the most significant structural reform in India’s employment history. These codes came into effect from November 21, 2025, which will consolidate and simplify 29 central labour laws into a unified framework. However, for the financial community specifically Chief Financial Officers (CFOs), auditors, actuaries, and institutional investors, the implications extend far beyond mere regulatory compliance. These reforms will necessitate a fundamental restructuring of employee benefit obligations that will materially impact financial statements prepared under Ind AS 19 – Employee Benefits and AS 15 Employee Benefits (revised 2005).

The most disruptive element of this legislative overhaul is the standardized definition of “Wages,” which mandates that aggregate of specified exclusions from total CTC must not exceed 50%of the total Cost to Company (CTC) for the calculation of statutory benefits like gratuity and provident fund. For decades, Indian corporate compensation structures have been “allowance-heavy,” often keeping basic pay at 30-35% of CTC to minimize long-term liabilities and increase immediate take-home pay. By artificially uplifting the “wage” base to minimum of 50% of remuneration (CTC) through this deeming fiction, the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligations (PVDBO) for gratuity and leave encashment is projected to rise by 25% to 50% for many entities, particularly in the service sectors.

This article provides a detailed technical analysis of these changes. It dissects the interplay between the legislative text and accounting standards, explores the actuarial complexities of the transition and considers the importance of disclosures in financial statements.

PART 1: THE LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY LANDSCAPE:

Rooted in the industrial era of the mid-20th century, the legacy framework comprised over 40 central laws and 100 state laws, creating a compliance labyrinth that stifled formal employment while failing to provide universal social security. The genesis of the current reforms lies in the report of the Second National Commission on Labour (2002), which recommended consolidating these laws into broad functional groups to ensure uniformity and ease of compliance. The objective is to balance worker welfare (through universal social security and minimum wages) with industrial flexibility (through fixed-term employment and simplified dispute resolution).

The consolidation has resulted in four pillars:

1. Code on Wages, 2019:

Subsumes the Payment of Wages Act, 1936; Minimum Wages Act, 1948; Payment of Bonus Act, 1965; and Equal Remuneration Act, 1976. Its primary financial impact stems from the unified, non-negotiable definition of wages.

2. Code on Social Security, 2020:

Subsumes nine laws, including the Employees’ Provident Funds (EPF) Act, 1952; Employees’ State Insurance (ESI) Act, 1948; and Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972. It extends social security coverage to gig and platform workers and alters eligibility criteria for gratuity enabling eligibility employees engaged under fixed-term contracts of more than one year.

3. Industrial Relations Code, 2020:

Streamlines regulations regarding trade unions, strikes, and lockouts, and introduces statutory recognition for Fixed Term Employment, allowing employers flexibility in hiring while mandating pro-rata benefits.

4. Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions (OSH) Code, 2020:

Consolidates safety regulations and significantly impacts leave encashment policies by standardizing leave entitlement and accumulation rules.

THE UNIFIED DEFINITION OF WAGES: THE 50% RULE:

The cornerstone of the financial impact across all four Codes is the new, uniform definition of “Wages” provided in Section 2(y) of the Code on Wages, 2019, which is adopted by reference in the other three codes. This definition is the mathematical engine that drives the increase in employee benefit liabilities.

The definition is structured in 3 distinct parts:

Indias New Labour Code the Financial impact

  •  The Inclusions: The core components that always constitute wages: Basic pay, Dearness Allowance (DA), and Retaining Allowance.
  • The Exclusions: A specific list of components that are not wages, provided they do not exceed the cap. These include House Rent Allowance (HRA), conveyance allowance, overtime allowance, commission, house accommodation value, statutory bonus, and employer contributions to PF/Pension.
  • The Proviso (The 50% Cap): This is the critical “deeming fiction” introduced by the legislation. The Code explicitly states that if the aggregate of the specified excluded components exceeds 50% (or such other percentage notified by the Central Government) of the total remuneration calculated, the excess amount shall be deemed as “Wages” and added back to the inclusions for the purpose of calculating benefits. However, if the aggregate of exclusions exceeds the prescribed limit, the excess amount is deemed to be “Wages” and added back for the purpose of computing statutory benefits.

Now, this prevents employers from engineering compensation structures where the majority of the payout is disguised as allowances (e.g., “Special Allowance,” “Flexi-Pay”) to suppress the base for Provident Fund (PF) and Gratuity contributions.

ILLUSTRATION

Consider a typical service sector employee (e.g., a Software Engineer or Consultant) with a Cost to Company (CTC) of ₹1,000,000.

Component Pre-Code Structure (Typical) Post-Code Statutory Base Calculation
Basic Salary ₹ 300,000 (30%) ₹ 300,000
HRA ₹ 150,000 Excluded
LTA & Conveyance ₹ 50,000 Excluded
Special/Flexi Allowances ₹ 450,000 Excluded
Employer PF ₹ 36,000 Excluded
Gratuity Allocation ₹ 14,000 Excluded
Total Remuneration 1,000,000 1,000,000
Total Exclusions 700,000 (70%)
Permissible Exclusion Limit ₹ 500,000 (50%
of Total)
Excess Exclusion ₹ 700,000 – ₹500,000 =
₹ 200,000
Deemed Wages ₹ 200,000
Final Wage Base for Benefits ₹ 300,000 ₹ 300,000 +
₹ 200,000 =
₹ 500,000

In this scenario, the liability base for Gratuity and PF increases from ₹300,000 to ₹500,000, a 66.6% increase. This increase is not a function of salary increment or inflation; it is a purely legislative adjustment that creates an immediate financial obligation.

Now, consider another scenario, continuing above illustration,

Component Pre-Code Structure (Typical) Post-Code Statutory Base Calculation
Basic Salary ₹ 600,000 (60%) ₹ 600,000
HRA ₹ 50,000 Excluded
LTA & Conveyance ₹ 25,000 Excluded
Special/Flexi Allowances ₹ 225,000 Excluded
Employer PF ₹ 72,000 Excluded
Gratuity Allocation ₹ 28,000 Excluded
Total Remuneration ₹ 1,000,000 ₹ 1,000,000
Total Exclusions ₹ 400,000 (40%)
Permissible Exclusion Limit ₹ 500,000 (50% of Total)
Excess/(Shortfall) Exclusion ₹ 400,000 –
₹ 500,000 =
(₹ 100,000) Negative and hence, shortfall will be ignored for deemed wage calculation
Deemed Wages ₹ 0
Final Wage Base for Benefits ₹ 600,000 ₹ 600,000

Here, exclusions i.e., 60% exceed the limit i.e., 50%, the surplus is mandatorily reclassified as “Wages” and included for benefit computation and hence Gratuity has been computed on ₹ 600,000 and not on deeming fiction of 50% i.e., ₹ 500,000.

THE FIXED-TERM EMPLOYMENT (FTE) PARADIGM SHIFT

The Code on Social Security, 2020 and the Industrial Relations Code, 2020 formalise the concept of “Fixed Term Employment.” Historically, fixed-term contracts were often utilised by industries to maintain workforce flexibility and, crucially, to avoid long-term vesting liabilities. Under the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, an employee was required to render five years of continuous service to be eligible for gratuity.

Under Section 53 of the Code on Social Security, 2020, this regime is dismantled. The Code mandates that fixed-term employees are entitled to gratuity on a pro-rata basis if they render service for one year or more. The five-year vesting cliff is removed only for this category of workers.

Now, the financial impact

Pre-Code Post-Code
An entity hiring 1,000 contract workers for a 3 year project had zero gratuity liability on its balance sheet for these workers, assuming they would leave before 5 years. The entity must accrue gratuity liability for all 1,000 workers from Year 1. This moves a significant portion of the workforce from a “defined contribution” (or no benefit) mindset to a “defined benefit” classification.

The probability of vesting for FTEs jumps from near 0% (under the 5-year rule) to 100% (under the 1-year rule).

THE GIG AND PLATFORM ECONOMY

The Code on Social Security, 2020 is pioneering in its recognition of gig and platform workers (e.g., drivers for ride-hailing apps, delivery partners). Section 113 and Section 114 mandate social security schemes for these workers, funded by contributions from aggregators. Aggregators may be required to contribute 1-2% of their annual turnover (capped at 5% of the amount paid to such workers) to a designated Social Security Fund.

While this is not “gratuity” in the traditional defined-benefit sense, it represents a new statutory levy on revenue for platform companies, impacting unit economics and EBITDA margins directly. For financial reporting, this will likely be treated as a statutory levy like PF, recognized as an expense as the service is rendered.

PART 2: ACCOUNTING IMPLICATIONS (IND AS 19 & AS 15)

The primary standards in focus are Ind AS 19 (Employee Benefits) for listed and large unlisted companies following Ind AS, and AS 15 for those reporting under Indian GAAP. The treatment of the sudden, legislatively induced increase in liability is the subject of intense debate, which has been recently clarified by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI).

THE CLASSIFICATION DILEMMA:

The central accounting question triggered by the Labour Codes is: Is the increase in liability due to the new wage definition a change in actuarial assumption or a plan amendment?

  • Actuarial Assumption Change: These typically relate to changes in estimates (e.g., discount rate fluctuations, mortality table updates, changes in future salary growth expectations). Under Ind AS 19, the financial impact of such changes is recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). Crucially, items in OCI are not reclassified to profit or loss; they bypass the income statement, shielding the Earnings Per Share (EPS).
  • Plan Amendment (Past Service Cost): This arises when the terms of the plan are introduced, withdrawn, or changed (by deed or regulation), resulting in a change in the benefit payable for past service. Under Ind AS 19, Past Service Cost is recognized immediately in the statement of Profit and Loss (P&L). Where such amounts are material, entities may present or disclose them separately, including within line items described as exceptional, to enhance transparency in line with presentation principles under Ind AS 1.

The ICAI Accounting Standards Board (ASB), in its guidance and FAQs on the Labour Codes, has clarified that the changes triggered by the new Codes constitute a Plan Amendment. The reasoning is jurisprudential: the benefit formula itself has effectively been changed by the force of law. The law has structurally redefined the input variable (‘Wages’) upon which the benefit is computed. It is not merely a change in the estimation of the variable, but a redefinition of the variable itself. Therefore, the increase in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligation (PVDBO) is a Past Service Cost.

ACCOUNTING UNDER IND AS 19:

For entities complying with Ind AS, the impact is immediate, transparent, and may be potentially severe for the reporting period.

Paragraph 103 of Ind AS 19 requires an entity to recognize past service cost as an expense at the earlier of:

1. When the plan amendment or curtailment occurs; and

2. When the entity recognizes related restructuring costs or termination benefits.

Since the Labour Codes became effective on November 21, 2025, the “amendment” is deemed to have occurred on that date. Ind AS 19 does not allow for the deferral or amortization of past service costs, regardless of whether the benefits are vested or unvested. The concept of “vesting” is irrelevant for recognition under Ind AS 19; once the liability exists, it must be booked.

The Impact on the Financial Statements:

Upon the effective date, the entity must re-measure its DBO using the new wage definition.

  •  Hypothetical Scenario:

              ●  DBO (Old Rules): ₹ 100 Crores.

             ●  DBO (New Rules): ₹ 140 Crores (due to wage base increase + FTE inclusion).

             ●  Increase (Past Service Cost): ₹ 40 Crores.

  • Journal Entry:

             ●   Debit: Employee Benefit Expense (Past Service Cost) – Profit & Loss A/c: ₹ 40 Crores.

            ●   Credit: Net Defined Benefit Liability – Balance Sheet: ₹ 40 Crores.

FINANCIAL CONSEQUENCES:

1. Profitability: The ₹ 40 Crore charge reduces Profit Before Tax (PBT) immediately in the reporting period (Q3 FY 2025-26). It is not routed through OCI, meaning it directly reduces Net Profit.

2. EPS: Earnings Per Share will take a sharp, one-time dip in the transition quarter.

3. Net Worth: The charge flows into Retained Earnings, permanently reducing the Net Worth of the company.

4. Deferred Tax: Since the expense is booked but not paid, a Deferred Tax Asset (DTA) should theoretically be created (subject to probability of future taxable profits), which might partially offset the Net Loss impact, although the cash tax outflow remains unchanged until actual payment.

Companies might attempt to restructure salaries to mitigate the impact (e.g., shifting allowances to basic pay voluntarily). The ICAI guidance notes that if a company increases basic pay disproportionately to comply with the code (e.g., attributing the entire increment to basic pay to reach the 50% threshold), this change in structure is also treated as a Plan Amendment, not an actuarial change. The rationale is that the change is driven by the statutoryamendment, even if executed through an internal policy change.

ACCOUNTING UNDER AS 15:

For companies following Indian GAAP (SMEs, certain unlisted entities, and NBFCs not yet covered by Ind AS), AS 15 offers a slightly different treatment, though the liability must still be recognized.

Unlike Ind AS 19, AS 15 maintains a distinction between vested and unvested past service costs:

  • Vested Benefits: The past service cost relating to benefits that are already vested must be recognized immediately in the P&L.
  • Unvested Benefits: The past service cost relating to unvested benefits can be recognized on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested.
    Application to Labour Codes
  • For employees with >5 years of service (already vested for gratuity), the impact of the wage increase is immediate and fully expensed.
  • For employees with <5 years (unvested), the increase in liability due to the new wage definition can be amortized over the remaining vesting period.
  • Crucial Exception: For Fixed-Term Employees who now vest at 1 year, the “unvested” period is significantly shortened. If an FTE has completed 9 months, the amortization period is only 3 months. Thus, the relief offered by AS 15 amortization is practically very limited.

COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF IND AS AND AS:

Feature Ind AS 19 AS 15
Event Classification Plan Amendment (Past Service Cost) Plan Amendment (Past Service Cost)
Recognition of Cost Immediate in P&L (100%) Immediate for Vested; Amortized for Unvested
Balance Sheet Impact Full Liability recognized immediately Liability recognized (less unamortized cost)
Impact on EBITDA Significant One-time Hit Significant Hit (Vested portion)

LEAVE ENCASHMENT: THE OSH CODE NUANCE

While Gratuity is the headline post-employment benefit, Leave Encashment liabilities also face pressure. The OSH Code standardizes leave rules, entitlement to encashment, and carry-forward limits, linking them strictly to the new “Wages” definition.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT:

  • Under Ind AS 19/AS 15, leave encashment is typically classified as an “Other Long-Term Employee Benefit” (OLTB) rather than a post-employment benefit (unless it is strictly payable only on separation).
  • Remeasurement: For OLTB, all components of the change in liability, including past service cost and actuarial gains/losses are recognized immediately in P&L. There is no OCI option for leave encashment.
  • Implication: This compounds the volatility in the P&L. The “50% wage rule” applies here too, meaning the value of each accrued leave day increases. Since companies cannot route any part of the leave liability change through OCI, the P&L hit for leave encashment is often more severe relative to the size of the liability than gratuity.

PART 3: ACTUARIAL VALUATION

The financial statements are merely the reflection of the underlying actuarial models. The Labour Codes necessitate a recalibration of the Projected Unit Credit (PUC) method, the standard actuarial method mandated by Ind AS 19.

THE PROJECTED UNIT CREDIT (PUC) METHOD UNDER THE NEW LABOUR CODE

The PUC method views each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

Previously, the model projected Basic Salary + DA. Now, the model must project Maximum of (CTC – Exclusions (Maximum of 50% of CTC)).

The actuary cannot simply project the basic salary using a standard escalation rate. They must project the entire CTC and the individual components to check the 50% threshold at every time.

For the transition valuation (March 31, 2026), companies must provide two distinct sets of data to their actuaries:

  1.  Current/Old Salary Structure: To calculate the opening DBO and verify the “pre-amendment” status.
  2. New Salary Structure: Reflecting the 50% adjustments and FTE inclusions to calculate the closing DBO and derive the Past Service Cost.

IMPACT ON SALARY ESCALATION RATE (SER) DYNAMICS:

The Salary Escalation Rate is a critical actuarial assumption representing the expected long-term growth in the salary base used for benefits. Due to these reforms,

  • The Inflationary Pressure: To maintain “take-home” pay (which drops due to higher PF deductions), employers might be forced to increase gross pay, suggesting a higher short-term SER.

  • The Structural Dampener: If the basic pay is forcibly increased to 50% today (a structural jump), future increments might be suppressed or directed into allowances (up to the limit) to manage costs. Management might argue for a lower future SER on the higher base.
  • ICAI & Actuarial View: The SER must reflect the best estimate of future growth. A one-time structural jump is a “Plan Amendment,” not an “Escalation.” However, the future rate of growth on this higher base must be consistent with the company’s long-term business plan and inflation expectations.

ATTRITION AND MORTALITY IN THE FTE ERA

Attrition (Withdrawal Rate) Assumptions must be overhauled for the FTE population.

  • Old Regime: High attrition in years 1-4 was beneficial for gratuity liabilities because employees leaving before 5 years forfeited the benefit. The actuary would apply a high withdrawal rate, reducing the Net Present Value (NPV).
  • New Labour Code: With 1-year vesting for FTEs, attrition in years 1-4 no longer extinguishes the liability; it only crystallizes it earlier.
  • Actuarial Impact: The valuation model must now assume that almost every FTE who survives one year will vest. This effectively increases the DBO.

PART 4: TRANSITION AND DISCLOSURE:

Major Transition Impact:

A critical area of concern is Section 142 of the Code on Social Security, 2020. While it provides for the validation of acts done under the repealed enactments, it does not explicitly “grandfather”
the gratuity calculation for past service at the old salary rates.

  • The Legal Position: Gratuity is a terminal benefit calculated on the “last drawn wage.”
  • The Consequence: If an employee retires in Dec 2025, their “last drawn wage” is the new (higher) wage defined by the Code.

There is effectively no grandfathering of the liability calculation. The entire past service liability gets re-valued at the new, higher wage rate. This lack of grandfathering is the primary source of the massive “Past Service Cost” hit.

RECOMMENDED DISCLOSURES:

To maintain transparency and investor confidence, the following disclosures are recommended in the financial statements for the year ending March 31, 2026:

  1. Quantitative Impact: Clearly quantify the “Past Service Cost” derived from the legislative change separate from routine current service cost.
  2. Narrative Disclosure:

A Following Note to the Financial Statements:

“Effective November 21, 2025, the Code on Social Security, 2020 and Code on Wages, 2019 was notified. The Codes mandate a revised definition of ‘Wages’ for the calculation of Gratuity and expand eligibility to Fixed Term Employees. The Company has assessed the impact of these changes as a Plan Amendment under Ind AS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’. Consequently, the Defined Benefit Obligation was remeasured using the revised wage definition, resulting in an increase of ₹ [Amount] million. This amount has been recognized as Past Service Cost in the Statement of Profit and Loss. This is a non-recurring item resulting from a change in law.

As the detailed rules under the Codes are currently in draft form and subject to final notification, the assessment is based on the Company’s interpretation of the notified provisions and available guidance. Any subsequent changes arising from finalisation of the rules may require reassessment of the impact in future periods.”

Given the non-recurring nature of the adjustment arising from a legislative change, entities may, where material, present or disclose the impact separately, including within items described as exceptional, to enhance transparency in financial reporting.

   3.  Sensitivity Analysis: Show the sensitivity of the DBO to the wage definition assumption (e.g., impact if the interpretation of “Special Allowance” changes).

  4. Exceptional Item: Argue for presenting the Past Service Cost as an exceptional item to normalize “Adjusted EBITDA” for analyst presentations

CONCLUSION:

The implementation of the New Labour Codes is not merely a legal compliance tick-box; it is a significant financial event that reshapes the cost structure of India Inc. For the Auditor, the focus must be on ensuring that the “Deemed Wage” calculation strictly follows the Section 2(y) proviso and that the financial impact is transparently disclosed as a Past Service Cost, preventing entities from burying the impact in OCI.

The scope for “salary engineering” to avoid the gratuity liability is severely restricted by the “Deeming Fiction” in the Code. The strategy must shift from “avoidance” to “optimization” of the residual 50% allowances to ensure they deliver maximum perceived value to the employee (e.g., through NPS) rather than just being cash allowances that get capped.

Ultimately, while the short-term financial pain is acute, the Codes promise a more transparent, equitable, and legally robust employment framework.

Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) Under The Companies Act 2013: A Study

The Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) framework under the Companies Act 2013 identifies natural persons who ultimately control companies, preventing corporate misuse. SBO status triggers via a dual-test: a quantitative threshold of 10% indirect or combined shareholding, voting, or dividend rights, or a qualitative test of exercising “control” or “significant influence”. Companies must seek SBO details (Form BEN-4), SBOs declare interests (Form BEN-1), and companies notify the Registrar (Form BEN-2). Non-compliance invites steep penalties and NCLT restrictions on dividend and voting rights. Recent rulings against Samsung and LinkedIn underscore strict enforcement regarding indirect group control.

Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) represents one of the most critical compliance requirements under the Companies Act 2013 (CA 2013), aimed at identifying the natural persons who ultimately control or benefit from companies, thereby preventing misuse of corporate structures for illicit purposes. Following recommendations from the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and the Company Law Committee, India introduced the SBO regime through the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017, which substantially amended Section 90 of the CA 2013. The regime underwent further refinement through the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018 (SBO Rules), subsequently amended in 2019, and further refined for Limited Liability Partnerships
(LLPs) in 2023, establishing a comprehensive framework for identification, declaration, and ongoing compliance.

This article provides a detailed examination of the SBO provisions, including identification criteria, trigger points, compliance procedures, and practical examples demonstrating various scenarios where SBO obligations are triggered.

1. UNDERSTANDING THE SBO FRAMEWORK

1.1 Statutory Definition and Scope (What is an SBO)

Section 90 of the CA 2013 establishes a comprehensive framework for identifying and reporting significant beneficial ownership.

Section 90(1) of CA 2013 reads as under:

(1) Every individual, who acting alone or together, or through one or more persons or trust, including a trust and persons resident outside India, holds beneficial interests, of not less than twenty-five per cent. or such other percentage as may be prescribed, in shares of a company or the right to exercise, or the actual exercising of significant influence or control as defined in clause (27) of section 2, over the company (herein referred to as “significant beneficial owner”), shall make a declaration to the company, specifying the nature of his interest and other particulars, in such manner and within such period of acquisition of the beneficial interest or rights and any change thereof, as may be prescribed:

Thus, every individual who, acting alone or together, or through one or more persons or trust (including trusts resident outside India), holds beneficial interests of not less than 25 percent (now 10 percent as per SBO Rules) in shares of a company or exercises the right to exercise or actually exercises significant influence or control (as defined in Section 2(27) of the Act), is required to make a declaration to the company.

However, the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018 have reduced this threshold to 10 percent, creating an important distinction between the statutory provision and the delegated legislation.

The definition of “significant beneficial owner” has been strategically broadened to encompass ultimate beneficial ownership, acknowledging that corporate structures often intentionally obscure the real owners behind multiple layers of corporate vehicles, trusts, and other entities. The legislation specifically contemplates an “extra-territorial reach,” applying to foreign registered trusts and persons resident outside India, thereby ensuring that sophisticated international structuring cannot circumvent Indian disclosure requirements. This approach aligns with global beneficial ownership disclosure standards promoted by the FATF and reflects India’s commitment to combating money laundering, terrorist financing, and other illicit financial activities.

1.2 Beneficial Interest under Section 89 and Section 90

A fundamental distinction exists between direct holdings and beneficial interests in the SBO framework. “Direct holding” refers to shares held in an individual’s own name as recorded in the company’s Register of Members, or shares in respect of which a declaration has been made under Section 89(2) of CA 2013. In contrast, “beneficial interest” encompasses a much broader concept defined in Section 89(10) of CA 2013, applicable to Section 90 of CA 2013 as well, extending to include the right to exercise any rights attached to shares or to participate in any distribution in respect of such shares, whether held directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, or otherwise.

This distinction is critical because the SBO Rules specifically exclude direct holdings as a sole basis for identifying an SBO, focusing instead on indirect holdings and the exercise of control or significant influence. This clarification, introduced through the 2019 Amendment Rules, ensures that the regime targets those who control companies from behind corporate veils rather than those whose shareholding is already transparent in the company’s register of members.

2. TRIGGER POINTS FOR SBO IDENTIFICATION:

2.1 Threshold-Based Trigger Points

The identification of an SBO is determined through a dual-test framework comprising both quantitative (objective) tests and qualitative (subjective) tests. The objective test primarily focuses on shareholding thresholds, while the subjective test examines control and significant influence exercised over the company.

2.1.1 The 10% Shareholding Threshold: Under the SBO Rules, an individual or a group of individuals triggers SBO status if they hold, either indirectly or together with direct holdings, not less than 10 percent of the shares of the company. This threshold represents the primary quantitative trigger point. For example, if Individual A holds 12 percent of the shares in his own name, he will not qualify as an SBO by virtue of direct shareholding even if it exceeds the 10 percent threshold. However, if Individual B directly holds 8 percent of shares and indirectly holds 3 percent through another entity, the aggregate holding of 11 percent would trigger SBO status.

2.1.2 Voting Rights and Dividend Participation: Beyond share capital, an individual is identified as an SBO if he holds, either indirectly or together with direct holdings, not less than 10 percent of the voting rights in shares. Additionally, an individual who has the right to receive or participate in not less than 10 percent of the total distributable dividend or any other distribution in a financial year, whether through indirect holdings alone or together with direct holdings, qualifies as an SBO. These alternative thresholds recognize that control over a company is not always exercised through share ownership but may be achieved through contractual arrangements that confer voting or dividend participation rights.

2.2 Control and Significant Influence:

Beyond shareholding thresholds, the SBO Rules establish a subjective test based on the exercise of control or significant influence. “Control” is defined in Section 2(27) of CA 2013 to include the right to appoint the majority of the directors or to control the management or policy decisions exercisable by a person or persons acting individually or in concert, directly or indirectly, including by virtue of shareholding, management rights, shareholders’ agreements, voting agreements, or any other manner. This definition is notably broad, extending control to those who influence policy through contractual arrangements rather than shareholding alone.

“Significant influence,” as defined in the SBO Rules, means the power to participate, directly or indirectly, in the financial and operating policy decisions of the reporting company but not constituting control or joint control of those policies. This intermediate category captures those who have substantial influence over company decisions without wielding decisive control.

For instance, an individual with the right to appoint one director (ensuring his presence is necessary to form quorum) would exercise significant influence but not control. Conversely, an individual with the right to appoint the majority of directors would exercise control.

These subjective tests are particularly important in identifying hidden beneficial owners in complex corporate structures where voting rights may be dispersed, or where control is exercised through management agreements or shareholders’ agreements rather than shareholding. The subjective test ensures that the SBO regime captures not only the formal shareholders but also the individuals who direct the company’s operations and strategic decisions.

2.3 Indirect Holding Mechanisms and “Acting Together” Concept:

2.3.1 SBO Identification Matrix:

Diverse Scenarios for SBO Identification Triggering Points

The SBO Rules establish detailed mechanisms for determining indirect holdings, recognizing that corporate structures often involve multiple layers of entities. An individual is considered to hold a right or entitlement indirectly in the reporting company if he satisfies one or more of the following criteria.

  • Body Corporate Ownership: Where a shareholder in the reporting company is itself a body corporate (company or an LLP), an individual is regarded as indirectly holding the shares if he holds a majority stake in that body corporate or holds a majority stake in the ultimate holding company of that body corporate, whether incorporated in India or abroad. “Majority stake” means holding more than 50 percent of equity shares, voting rights, or the right to receive more than 50 percent of distributable dividend or other distributions. For instance, if Company X holds 30 percent of the shares in Target Company Y, and Individual C holds 60 percent of Company X, then Individual C’s indirect holding in Target Company Y would be calculated as 60 percent of 30 percent, equaling 18 percent.
  • Undivided Family (HUF) Holdings: When a shareholder in a company is a Hindu Undivided Family, the Karta (the managing member of the HUF) is regarded as the natural person holding the beneficial interest. This provision recognizes that an HUF is essentially a family of natural persons holding shares collectively, and Karta, as the managing member, exercises control over those shares. If an HUF holds 12 percent of shares in a company and Individual D is the Karta, then Individual D would be identified as the SBO in relation to that shareholding.
  • Partnership Entity Holdings: Where the shareholder is a partnership firm (including Limited Liability Partnerships), an individual or Group of Individuals is regarded as indirectly holding the shares if they meet any of the following conditions: (a) they are partners in that partnership firm; (b) they hold a majority stake in the body corporate where they are partners; or (c) they hold a majority stake in the ultimate holding body corporate of that partnership entity. The partnership provision acknowledges that partners collectively control partnership capital and profits.

•     If Individual E holds 55 percent of a Limited Liability Partnership that holds 18 percent of the shares in Target Company Y, then since LLP is holding more than 10%, each partner is considered as an SBO.

•     Take another situation. If Firm is holding more than 10% of ABC Private Limited (A). If Partner in the said firm is body corporate, then find an Individual holding more than 50% of the body corporate (B). Go up to the ladder find an Individual who holds more than 50% then he is an SBO (C). If no Individual meets the above criteria, then no SBO is identified in such a situation.

  • Trust Holdings: In the case of trusts holding shares, the determination of indirect holdings varies depending on the nature of the trust. For discretionary trust (where beneficiaries have no fixed entitlements), the trustee is regarded as holding beneficial interest and would be identified as an SBO. This reflects the principle that the trustee exercises control over trust assets.

•    For a specific trust or fixed-entitlement trust, the beneficiary or beneficiaries with entitlements are identified as holding beneficial interest.

•   For a revocable trust, the author or settlor of the trust (the person who created and can revoke it) is regarded as the beneficial owner.

  • Pooled Investment etc.: In case the Member of Reporting Company is (a) A Pooled Investment Vehicle (“PIV” i.e. Mutual Fund, Venture Capital Fund, etc.); or (b) An Entity Controlled by the Pooled Investment Vehicle (“Controlled Entity”), based in member State of the FATF on Money Laundering and the regulator of the securities market in such member State is a member of the IOSCO (International Organization of Securities Commissions). Further, the individual in relation to the Pooled Investment Vehicle is- (a) A General Partner; or (b) An Investment Manager; or (c) A CEO where the Investment Manager of such pooled vehicle is a Body Corporate or a partnership entity. However, where the PIV or Controlled Entity is based in a jurisdiction that does not meet the requirements above, the provisions of Explanation III (i) to (iv) to Rule 2(1)(h) of the SBO Rules, shall apply. PIV or Controlled Entity should be treated according to its legal form (as a company, LLP, trust, or HUF) and the company must identify all natural persons who, directly or indirectly, hold at least 10% of shares, voting rights, distributable dividends, or exercise control or significant influence over the reporting company.

2.3.2 The “Acting Together” Principle:

The SBO Rules introduce the concept of “acting together,” meaning natural persons who hold shares in concert or in coordination to exercise control or influence over the company. When several individuals act together, their shareholdings are aggregated to determine whether the combined holding reaches the 10 percent threshold. The critical element of “acting together” is not a general community of economic interests but rather a concerted exercise of control or significant influence specifically in relation to the target company. This togetherness is typically demonstrated through voting patterns, concerted acquisitions, holding of offices in concert, or explicit agreements (which can be formal or informal) to coordinate shareholding decisions.

For example, if Individual F holds 6 percent and Individual G holds 5 percent of the shares, but they have entered into a voting agreement under which they coordinate their voting decisions, their combined holding of 11 percent would trigger SBO status for both individuals.

3. IDENTIFICATION AND DECLARATION PROCEDURES

3.1 Initial Identification Obligations

Companies bear the primary responsibility for identifying SBOs within their shareholding structures. The Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018, as amended in 2019, impose mandatory obligations on reporting companies to identify potential SBOs and solicit their declarations.

The identification process typically follows these sequential steps:

Step 1: Identification of Non-Individual Members: Every company must identify all non-individual members (entities such as companies, LLPs, partnerships, trusts) holding 10 percent or more shares, voting rights, or dividend participation rights. The company must then trace through these entities to identify the natural persons behind them, following the indirect holding mechanisms prescribed in the SBO Rules.

Step 2: Issuance of Form BEN-4 Notice: Upon identifying potential SBOs or non-individual members, the company must issue formal notice in Form BEN-4 to each such individual or entity, seeking information regarding their beneficial ownership status. The BEN-4 form is annexed with a blank declaration form (BEN-1) to facilitate response. This notice requirement applies both to members and non-members whom the company knows or has reasonable cause to believe may be SBOs. The notice period prescribed for response is 30 days from the date of notice.

Step 3: Receipt and Recording of Declarations: Upon receipt of declarations in Form BEN-1 from identified SBOs, the company must maintain a Register of Significant Beneficial Owners in Form BEN-3. This register must be open to inspection by members of the company upon payment of prescribed fees, ensuring transparency and accountability.

3.2 SBO Declaration Forms and Filing Requirements

The SBO compliance regime involves four primary forms, each serving a distinct purpose in the identification and reporting framework:

Form BEN-1 (Declaration by SBO): Every individual identified as an SBO is required to file a declaration in Form BEN-1 with the company, specifying the nature of his interest and other particulars as prescribed. The declaration must be submitted within prescribed timelines: (a) within 90 days of the applicability of the SBO Rules (a one-time filing for pre-existing SBOs), or (b) within 30 days of acquiring such SBO status in the future. Form BEN-1 captures detailed information regarding the SBO’s ownership structure, the mechanism through which they hold beneficial interest (direct, indirect through various entities, acting together, control, or significant influence), and confirmation of compliance with applicable laws.

Form BEN-2 (Return by Company to the Registrar): Upon receipt of a declaration in Form BEN-1, the company is mandated to file a return with prescribed fees to the Registrar of Companies in Form BEN-2 within 30 days of receiving such declaration. This return formally communicates the identification of an SBO to the regulatory authority, creating an official record of beneficial ownership disclosure. Form BEN-2 must be signed by a director, manager, CEO, Chief Financial Officer, or Company Secretary of the company and further certified by a practicing professional (Chartered Accountant, Company Secretary, or Cost Accountant) in whole-time practice. Filing delays result in additional fees as prescribed.

Form BEN-3 (Register of Significant Beneficial Owners): Every company must maintain and preserve a Register of Significant Beneficial Owners in Form BEN-3, comprising details of all individuals identified as SBOs. This register serves as an internal reference document documenting the company’s SBO identification exercise and is open to inspection by members and registered officials.

Form BEN-4 (Notification Letter to Potential SBOs): In accordance with Section 90(5) and Rule 2A of the SBO Rules, every company must issue a notice in Form BEN-4 seeking information regarding ultimate beneficial owners to (A) every non-individual member holding not less than 10 percent of shares, voting rights, or dividend participation rights, (B) any other person where the company has reasonable cause to believe that such member or person is SBO or, (C) has knowledge of the identity of a SBO or (D) was a SBO at any time during the immediately preceding three years.. This form initiates the identification process and gives potential SBOs an opportunity to disclose their status directly to the company.

3.3 Timelines for Compliance

The Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018, as originally notified, established an initial one-time filing deadline of 90 days from the effective date (February 8, 2019) for all pre-existing SBOs to file their declarations. This transitional period recognized that companies with existing structures needed reasonable time to identify SBOs and facilitate their declarations. For new SBOs identified after this transition period, the timeline for declaration is 30 days from the date of acquiring SBO status. The company, upon receipt of an SBO declaration, must file the corresponding Form BEN-2 with the Registrar within 30 days. Importantly, delays in filing incur additional fees as prescribed under the Rules, creating a financial disincentive for non-compliance and encouraging timely reporting.

4. PRACTICAL EXAMPLES AND SCENARIOS

To understand the application of SBO provisions in diverse corporate structures, the following detailed examples illustrate various trigger points and compliance requirements:

4. 1 Direct Shareholding Exceeding Threshold

Scenario: Mr. Makrand holds 15 percent shares in ABC Private Limited, a private limited company. The shares are registered in his name on the company’s Register of Members.

Analysis: Although Mr. Makrand’s shareholding is direct and already visible in the Register of Members, since the 2019 Amendment Rules clarified that direct holdings of shares or voting rights are excluded from requiring mandatory declaration if the person is already on the Register of Members, Mr. Makrand would not need to file a separate BEN-1 declaration if he is already registered as a member holding 15 percent. The company would simply record this holding in the Register of Members.

Compliance Action: No separate BEN-1 filing required if registered member; no BEN-2 filing required as no additional disclosure is needed. (Mandatory Indirect Holding is necessary)

4.2 Indirect Holding Through a Single Corporate Layer

Scenario: Mr. Makrand holds 70 percent of the shares in Investment Company X Private Limited. Investment Company X holds 20 percent of the shares in Target Company Y Limited. Mr. Makrand is not directly registered as a member of Target Company Y.

Analysis: Mr. Makrand’s indirect holding in Target Company Y is calculated as 70 percent of 20 percent, equaling 14 percent. Since Mr. Makrand holds a majority stake (70 percent, which exceeds 50percent) in Investment Company X, which in turn is a shareholder in Target Company Y, Mr. Makrand’s holding through Investment Company X is regarded as an indirect holding under Rule 2(1)(h)(iii) of the SBO Rules. As his indirect holding exceeds the 10 percent threshold, Mr. Makrand qualifies as an SBO of Target Company Y.

Compliance Action: (1) Target Company Y must issue a Form BEN-4 notice to Investment Company X seeking information about ultimate beneficial owners; (2) Mr. Makrand must file a Form BEN-1 declaration with Target Company Y within 30 days from the notice date or 30 days of acquiring this status or within 90 days if pre-existing; (3) Target Company Y must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar within 30 days of receiving Mr. Makrand’s BEN-1 declaration; (4) Target Company Y must record Mr. Makrand in its Register of Beneficial Owners (BEN-3).

4.3 Indirect Holding Through HUF

Scenario: Shetty Hindu Undivided Family holds 12 percent of the shares in XYZ Corporation Limited. Mr. Makrand Shetty is the Karta of this HUF and exercises management and control over the family properties, including this shareholding.

Analysis: Under Explanation III(ii) to Rule 2(1)(h) of the SBO Rules, where a shareholder in a body corporate is a Hindu Undivided Family, the individual who is the Karta of the HUF is regarded as the natural person holding the beneficial interest. Accordingly, Mr. Makrand Shetty, as the Karta of the Shetty HUF, is identified as the SBO in relation to the 12 percent shareholding held by HUF. The shareholding of 12 percent exceeds the 10 percent threshold, confirming Mr. Makrand’s SBO status.

Compliance Action: (1) XYZ Corporation Limited must identify the Karta of the HUF through the company’s records and/or issuance of Form BEN-4; (2) Mr. Makrand Shetty must file Form BEN-1 declaring his beneficial interest as Karta of the Shetty HUF; (3) XYZ Corporation Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar; (4) XYZ Corporation Limited must maintain the record in Form BEN-3.

Important Note: If Mr. Makrand Shetty holds an additional 5 percent of the shares in his personal name, his aggregate beneficial interest would be 12 percent (through HUF) plus 5 percent (direct), totaling 17 percent, which must be disclosed in his BEN-1 declaration.

4.4 Beneficial Interest Through Limited Liability Partnership

Scenario: Ms. Priya Sharma holds 60 percent of the capital contribution in Tech Innovations LLP. Tech Innovations LLP holds 15 percent of the shares in Software Solutions Limited. Ms. Priya is not a direct member of Software Solutions Limited.

Analysis: Under Explanation III(iii) to Rule 2(1)(h) of the SBO Rules, where a member (shareholder) in a company is a partnership entity, an individual is regarded as indirectly holding the shares if he is a partner holding a majority stake (more than 50 percent) in that partnership entity. Ms. Priya Sharma’s holding of 60 percent in Tech Innovations LLP constitutes a majority stake. Accordingly, her indirect holding in Software Solutions Limited is deemed to be 15 percent (the full holding of Tech Innovations LLP in Software Solutions Limited). Since 15 percent exceeds the 10 percent threshold, Ms. Priya qualifies as an SBO of Software Solutions Limited.

Compliance Action: (1) Software Solutions Limited must issue a Form BEN-4 notice to Tech Innovations LLP; (2) Ms. Priya Sharma must file Form BEN-1 disclosing her indirect holding through the LLP; (3) Software Solutions Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar; (4) Software Solutions Limited must maintain the record in Form BEN-3.

4.5 Control Through Board Appointment Rights

Scenario: Dr. Ravi Menon holds 8 percent shares of Healthcare Enterprises Limited. However, through a shareholder’s agreement, Dr. Ravi has the explicit right to appoint three directors out of a five-member board, thereby securing majority control of the board composition and management decisions.

Analysis: Although Dr. Ravi’s direct shareholding of 8 percent is below the 10 percent threshold, he exercises control over Healthcare Enterprises Limited through his contractual right to appoint the majority of directors. This control mechanism satisfies the subjective test under Rule 2(1)(h)(iv) of the SBO Rules, which identifies (as an SBO) any individual who has the right to exercise or exercises significant influence or control in any manner other than direct holdings alone. Dr. Ravi’s right to appoint three directors out of five constitutes control as defined in Section 2(27), exceeding the threshold for significant influence.

Compliance Action: (1) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must identify Dr. Ravi as an SBO based on his control through board appointment rights despite his below-threshold shareholding; (2) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must issue Form BEN-4 or directly request Form BEN-1 from Dr. Ravi; (3) Dr. Ravi must file Form BEN-1 disclosing his control mechanism and not merely his shareholding; (4) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar specifying the basis of SBO identification as control, not shareholding; (5) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must maintain detailed records in Form BEN-3.

4.6 Acting Together – Coordinated Shareholding

Scenario: Mr. Rohan Desai holds 6 percent and Ms. Sneha Verma holds 5 percent of the shares in Retail Dynamics Limited. The two individuals have entered into a shareholders’ agreement which permits them to vote in unison on all company matters and to coordinate their shareholding decisions.

Analysis: Under the “acting together” principle, although neither Mr. Rohan nor Ms. Sneha individually meet the 10 percent threshold, their aggregate shareholding of 11 percent, combined with their commitment to exercise coordinated control through voting agreements, triggers SBO status for both individuals. The togetherness element is satisfied by their explicit shareholders’ agreement demonstrating concerted exercise of control. Each individual must be identified and declared as an SBO with specific reference to their acting-together arrangement.

Decoding Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) under the Companies Act

Compliance Action: (1) Retail Dynamics Limited must identify both Mr. Rohan and Ms. Sneha as SBOs, noting their acting-together status; (2) Both individuals must file separate Form BEN-1 declarations, each specifying their 6 percent and 5 percent shareholdings respectively, along with a note indicating that they are acting together and the aggregate is 11 percent; (3) Retail Dynamics Limited must file two separate Form BEN-2 returns documenting the identification of each SBO; (4) Retail Dynamics Limited must maintain both individuals’ records in Form BEN-3 with clear indication of the acting-together arrangement.

4.7 Significant Influence Without Control

Scenario: Mr. Suresh Patel, a foreign investor, holds 8 percent of the shares in Manufacturing Corp Limited. Through his shareholders’ agreement, Mr. Suresh has the right to nominate one director to the board of five directors and has contractual rights requiring consultation on all acquisition, divestiture, and major capital expenditure decisions. However, he does not have the right to appoint the majority of directors or to control company policy unilaterally.

Analysis: Although Mr. Suresh does not hold 10 percent shareholding and does not exercise control (defined as the right to appoint majority directors), he exercises significant influence over Manufacturing Corp Limited. Significant influence encompasses the power to participate, directly or indirectly, in financial and operating policy decisions without possessing control or joint control. His rights to nominate one director require consultation on major transactions and participating in financial decisions constitute significant influence. This subjective test triggers SBO status despite his shareholding below the 10 percent threshold.

Compliance Action: (1) Manufacturing Corp Limited must identify Mr. Suresh Patel as an SBO based on significant influence through contractual arrangements; (2) Mr. Suresh must file Form BEN-1 specifying his 8 percent shareholding and explaining his significant influence mechanism; (3) Manufacturing Corp Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar; (4) Manufacturing Corp Limited must maintain detailed records in Form BEN-3 noting the basis of SBO identification as significant influence.

5. REGULAR COMPLIANCE AND ONGOING OBLIGATIONS

5.1 Maintenance of SBO Register and Updates

Once an SBO has been identified and declared, the company must maintain an up-to-date Register of Significant Beneficial Owners in Form BEN-3. This register must be preserved and made available for inspection by members, directors, and regulatory authorities upon payment of prescribed fees. The register must be open for inspection at the registered office of the company during
business hours, ensuring transparency in corporate governance.

Companies must also file information with the Registrar of Companies whenever there is a change in beneficial ownership. Any material change in an SBO’s holdings, control mechanisms, or identity triggers a new filing obligation. The concerned individual involved must file an updated Form BEN-1 within 30 days of the change, and the company must file a corresponding Form BEN-2 within 30 days of receiving the updated declaration. Changes include acquisitions or disposals of shares, changes in control arrangements, changes in the identity of the Karta of an HUF, changes in partnership composition, or changes in trust beneficiaries or trustees.

Additionally, companies are required to file regular returns with the Registrar and to notify the Registrar whenever an SBO ceases to have beneficial interest falling below the triggering thresholds. These ongoing compliance obligations ensure that the beneficial ownership information maintained by the Registrar of Companies remains updated and reflective of the actual ownership structures.

There has to be a mechanism in place with an SBO as well as the Company for understanding the changes in the Significant Beneficial Ownership since the provisions of Section 90 specifically state that the SBO shall make a declaration to the company, specifying the nature of his interest and other particulars, in such manner and within such period of acquisition of the beneficial interest or rights and any change thereof, as may be prescribed. In this situation, any kind of change in the particulars which are already declared needs to be declared again which imposes a lot of responsibility on the SBO.

SBO identification under section 90 and the SBO Rules continues to pose interpretational and practical challenges, especially for layered, cross-border and complex ownership structures. One needs to note the confusion between Section 90(4A) and Section 90(5) of CA 2013. Section 90(4A) casts an absolute duty on the company to identify SBOs, even without “reason to believe”, whereas section 90(5) is triggered only when such reason exists. Absence of a defined due diligence standard creates uncertainty when a company can safely say that it has discharged its obligation. Even when utmost care is taken for identification of SBOs, non-identification can expose the company to the penalties prescribed.

There can be a situation that after the analysis by SBO or by the Company there is no SBO who is traced and, in such circumstances, or in case the Company is not required to comply with the provisions of the Act as mentioned above, it would be prudent to have a noting of the same in the meeting of a Board of Directors of the Company. Also, just like annual disclosures received from the Directors for their interest and non-disqualification, the Company may have a mechanism of noting the no change in SBO declaration even though this is not specifically mentioned in the rules or Section.

6. PENALTIES FOR NON-COMPLIANCE

CA 2013 prescribes stringent penalties for non-compliance with Section 90 and the SBO Rules, reflecting the regulatory importance of beneficial ownership transparency. The penalty regime operates on multiple levels:

  • Penalty on the Individual (SBO): If an individual fails to make the required declaration as an SBO or makes false or incomplete declarations, he is liable to a penalty of ₹50,000 and an additional ₹1,000 per day for continuing violations, up to a maximum of ₹200,000. The daily component creates a substantial financial disincentive for sustained non-compliance. If the individual willfully furnishes false or incorrect information or suppresses material information, additional consequences may follow under Section 447 of the CA 2013, which deals with fraud and carries criminal penalties.
  • Penalty on the Company: If a company fails to maintain the SBO register, fails to file the required information with the Registrar, or denies inspection of the register to authorized persons, the company is liable to a penalty of ₹100,000 with an additional ₹500 per day for continuing violations, up to a maximum of ₹500,000. These enhanced penalties reflect the company’s greater ability to control compliance and its role as the custodian of beneficial ownership information.
  • Penalty on Officers in Default: Directors and senior management personnel of the company who are in default with respect to the company’s obligations are liable to a penalty of ₹25,000 with an additional ₹200 per day for continuing violations, up to a maximum of ₹100,000. This provision ensures personal accountability of corporate decision-makers for non-compliance.

7. REGULATORY ACTIONS AND NCLT REMEDIES

Beyond penalties, Section 90(7) of the CA 2013 empowers the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) to issue orders imposing restrictions on shares held by non-compliant SBOs. If a person fails to provide information sought by the company through Form BEN-4 notice, or if the information provided is not satisfactory, the company may apply to the NCLT seeking an order directing that the shares in question be subject to the following restrictions:

  • Restrictions on transfer of beneficial interest
  • Suspension of voting rights
  •  Suspension of all dividend rights and other distributions
  • Such other restrictions as may be prescribed.

These NCLT orders create significant practical consequences for non-compliant shareholders, potentially rendering their shares economically worthless by suspending dividend rights and preventing any monetization through transfer. This NCLT remedy mechanism provides a powerful enforcement tool for ensuring SBO compliance, as the consequences extend beyond monetary penalties to substantive restrictions on shareholder rights.

8. RECENT CASE STUDIES AND REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS

8.1 Samsung Display Noida Private Limited Case

A significant regulatory development occurred in the case of Samsung Display Noida, where the Registrar of Companies (Uttar Pradesh) issued an adjudication order dated June 12, 2024, penalizing the company and its officers for violation of SBO disclosure requirements under Section 90 of CA 2013. Samsung Display Noida is a wholly owned subsidiary of Samsung Display Co. Limited (South Korea), which is in turn 84.8 percent owned by Samsung Electronics Co. Limited (South Korea). The company initially contended that because its shareholding was transparent (being entirely owned by Samsung Display Co.), no additional SBO declaration was required. However, the Registrar’s order rejected this position, holding that Samsung Display Noida failed to identify and declare the ultimate beneficial owners, including individuals residing outside India who exercised control through the corporate chains.

The Registrar specifically noted that the company failed to recognize that persons residing outside India hold beneficial interest in the reporting company, which falls squarely within Section 90(1) of CA 2013. The company was required to identify and declare specific natural persons holding controlling interests through the multi-layered structure, including the appointment of Mr. Lee (the director of Samsung Electronics) as an SBO. The Registrar’s order imposed aggregate penalties of ₹8,14,200/ on Samsung Display Noida Private Limited, its managing director, and other key managerial personnel for the default period of approximately 1,212 days.

Key Learning: This case establishes that companies cannot rely on transparent corporate shareholding alone to satisfy SBO obligations. Even where shareholding structure is entirely clear, companies must trace through non-individual members to identify and declare the ultimate beneficial owners, including foreign residents who exercise control through appointment rights, management decisions, or policy influence.

8.2 LinkedIn India Technology Private Limited Case

The Registrar of Companies (Delhi and Haryana) issued an adjudication order on May 22, 2024, determining that LinkedIn India and its parent entities failed to comply with SBO disclosure requirements. The order found that LinkedIn Corporation (USA) exercises control over LinkedIn India through its ability to influence the composition of the Indian subsidiary’s board of directors. This control was attributed to overlapping directorships and reporting structures within the corporate hierarchy. The Registrar further held that the acquisition of LinkedIn by Microsoft extended this control to Microsoft’s CEO, Satya Nadella. Consequently, both Satya Nadella and Ryan Roslansky (LinkedIn CEO) were deemed significant beneficial owners of LinkedIn India.

The order imposed penalties of approximately ₹27 lakhs on various individuals, including Satya Nadella and other executives. This order is particularly significant because it establishes that control exercised through board appointment mechanisms and corporate governance arrangements, even without direct shareholding, constitutes sufficient basis for identifying an individual as an SBO.

Key Learning: The LinkedIn order demonstrates that control and significant influence exercised at the group level, including through appointment of nominee directors and management hierarchies, triggers SBO status in subsidiary companies. This order has expanded the practical scope of SBO identification to encompass group structures with centralized management and board control.

The case highlights how crucial it is to openly disclose nominee directors, even if they are employees of the holding company. It suggests that if a holding company can stop its employees from being on a subsidiary’s board, those directors might be seen as nominees.

The Adjudicating Officer’s emphasis on “widespread control” through financial dealings and the authority given to parent company employees sets a standard for examining the real control that holding companies have over their subsidiaries, even when it looks like just administrative arrangements

This case is a big reminder for MNCs working in India to carefully review their corporate structures and beneficial ownership, making sure they follow Indian corporate laws, which might interpret “control” and “significant influence” more broadly than in other countries.

9. EXEMPTIONS FROM SBO DISCLOSURE

The SBO regime (through The Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018) provides specific exemptions recognizing that certain categories of investors operate under different regulatory regimes or pose minimal risk of misuse. Exempted Investors include:

  • IEPF: The authority constituted under sub-section (5) of section 125 of the Act (Investor and Education Protection Fund)
  • Holding Company of reporting company: Its holding company, provided that the details of such holding company shall be reported in Form No. BEN-2.
  • Government Companies: Government Companies as defined under Section 2(45) of CA 2013 are exempted from the requirement to maintain and disclose SBOs, recognizing the public sector governance framework and parliamentary oversight.
  • SEBI-Registered Investment Vehicles: Shares held by SEBI-registered investment vehicles such as mutual funds, Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs), and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs) are exempt, reflecting the comprehensive regulatory oversight exercised by SEBI.
  • Other Regulated Investment Vehicles: Investment vehicles regulated by the Reserve Bank of India, Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India, or Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority are also exempt, in view of their stringent ownership, disclosure, and supervisory frameworks.

These exemptions must be understood in the context of the SBO regime’s core objective of identifying natural persons exercising ultimate control. Exemptions are granted where the exempt entity itself operates under regulatory oversight that serves the same transparency and control objectives.

10. DISTINCTION BETWEEN SBO AND RELATED CONCEPTS

Understanding SBO is enhanced by distinguishing it from related concepts under CA 2013:

  • Beneficial Interest (Section 89): While Section 89 requires disclosure of beneficial interests in shares and provides a mechanism for interested persons to declare beneficial interests to the company, it does not impose thresholds or identification obligations on companies. Section 89 is primarily a mechanism for voluntary disclosure by shareholders of beneficial interests when they exist.
  • Section 90, by contrast, imposes mandatory obligations on companies to identify SBOs meeting specified criteria.
  • Promoter Status: CA 2013 defines “promoter” as a person who has been instrumental in the incorporation of the company or has subscribed to its memorandum or contributed capital or property in kind during its establishment phase. While promoters typically hold substantial shareholding, not all promoters are SBOs (if their shareholding or control falls below thresholds), and conversely, not all SBOs are promoters (if they acquire beneficial interest post-incorporation).
  • Related Parties (Section 2(76): Related party status under CA 2013 encompasses a broader category than SBOs, including parties related by virtue of subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key management personnel, and relatives of key personnel. While SBOs often fall within the related party classification, the SBO regime operates independently with its own identification and disclosure mechanics.

11. PRACTICAL COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST FOR COMPANIES

To ensure comprehensive and timely compliance with SBO requirements, companies should implement the following systematic compliance framework:

11.1. Identification Phase:

  • Identify all members (including non-individual members) holding 10% or more of shares, voting rights, or dividend participation rights.
  • For each non-individual member, determine the natural person(s) behind them through the prescribed indirect holding mechanisms.
  • Identify individuals exercising control or significant influence through contractual arrangements, board composition rights, or management agreements.
  • Document and trace multi-layered ownership structures to ultimate natural persons.

11.2. Documentation Phase:

  • Maintain detailed ownership structure charts and supporting documentation.
  • Prepare communications explaining SBO status and declaration requirements.
  • Maintain copies of all Form BEN-4 notices issued along with proof of dispatch and responses received.

11.3. Declaration and Filing Phase:

  • Issue Form BEN-4 notices to all potential SBOs and non-individual members.
  • Upon receipt of Form BEN-1 declarations, file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar within 30 days
  • Ensure that Form BEN-2 filings are certified by qualified professionals (CA/CS/CMA)
  • Maintain comprehensive records for audit and regulatory purposes.

11.4. Record Maintenance Phase:

  • Prepare and maintain Form BEN-3 (Register of Beneficial Owners) with accurate and updated information.
  • File updates whenever changes occur in beneficial ownership, including changes in shareholding, control mechanisms, or SBO identity.
  • Ensure the register is preserved and available for inspection.

11.5. Ongoing Monitoring:

  • Implement systems to track shareholding changes and control arrangements.
  • Monitor board composition and director appointment arrangements.
  • Review and update SBO records annually or whenever material changes occur.
  • Maintain communication with SBOs regarding any changes affecting their status.

12. WAY FORWARD:

SBO identification in India is currently hindered more by interpretational gaps than by the bare text of section 90 and the SBO Rules. Stakeholders therefore need from MCA/ROC targeted clarifications on specific grey areas rather than fresh obligations.

Below are the key points on which a formal guidance or FAQs from the regulator would help substantially reduce disputes and compliance risk in SBO identification:

  • Individuals who do not meet the thresholds under the provisions should not be treated as SBOs. For instance – Senior management or directors of upstream non-individual members should not be automatically presumed to be SBOs unless they meet the criteria. There should be a formal guidance published which clearly states the circumstances under which an individual should, or should not, be treated as an SBO. Clarify the relationship between section 90(4A) “necessary steps” and section 90(5) “reasonable cause to believe” so companies know whether they must proactively investigate all non individual members or only where there are triggers suggesting a possible SBO. Define what constitutes sufficient “necessary steps” by a company under section 90(4A): e.g., minimum public domain checks, reliance on client KYC, use of group structure charts, and the number and form of follow up notices (BEN 4) before the company can conclude that no SBO exists or that information is not readily obtainable.
  • Confirm whether the SBO regime is strictly “twin test” (ownership threshold and control/significant influence) or whether any “control based” test (e.g., financial control, reporting channel, global group leadership) can be read in by ROCs as seen in recent orders discussed above.
  • Clarify the level of verification expected on information received in BEN 1: whether the company can rely on declarations in the absence of red flags , or must independently verify upstream ownership each time, and how far up the chain it must reasonably go.
  • Publish standardised interpretative guidance (or illustrative case studies) reflecting the tests used by ROCs in recent enforcement orders, with explicit confirmation of which tests are legally endorsed and which were fact specific, to avoid companies having to guess ROC thinking from penalty orders.

Last but not the least, an online helpdesk to give interpretative clarification such as SEBI (Informal Guidance) Scheme 2003 which will be specific to the facts and will help companies address their issues.

These focused clarifications, preferably through detailed MCA FAQs or a circular with examples, would allow companies and professionals to operationalise SBO identification with clear audit trails and substantially fewer interpretational hurdles will definitely go a long way to help companies avoid penalties.

SUMMARY

Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) represents a sophisticated regulatory framework designed to pierce(lift) corporate veils and identify the natural persons ultimately controlling or benefiting from Indian companies. The dual-test framework, combining quantitative thresholds (10% shareholding, voting rights, and dividend participation) with qualitative assessments (control and significant influence) ensures comprehensive coverage of diverse ownership and control structures. The regime’s extra-territorial application to foreign residents and structures reflects India’s alignment with international beneficial ownership standards and FATF recommendations.

The identification process, centered on objective tests of shareholding and voting rights alongside subjective tests of control, captures both transparent and hidden beneficial interests. Indirect holding mechanisms through corporate entities, HUFs, partnerships, trusts, and the “acting together” principle address complex corporate structures that might otherwise obscure true beneficial ownership. The declaration and filing requirements, implemented through Forms BEN-1, BEN-2, BEN-3, and BEN-4, establish a transparent record of beneficial ownership accessible to regulatory authorities and company members.

Recent regulatory developments, including the Samsung Display and LinkedIn orders, demonstrate regulatory commitment to rigorous enforcement of SBO requirements, particularly in corporate groups with multi-layered structures and foreign investors. The substantial penalties prescribed for non-compliance, ranging up to ₹50,000 plus ongoing daily penalties for individuals, ₹100,000 plus daily penalties for companies, and the severe consequences of NCLT orders imposing share restrictions, create powerful incentives for compliance.

For Chartered Accountants and compliance professionals, expertise in SBO identification and compliance has become essential as companies face increasing regulatory scrutiny. Systematic implementation of an SBO compliance frameworks, maintaining detailed documentation, and ongoing monitoring of beneficial ownership changes are critical elements of effective corporate governance and regulatory compliance. Given the evolving nature of regulatory interpretation and the expanding scope of beneficial ownership obligations, practitioners must maintain current knowledge of regulatory updates, case law developments, and amendments to the SBO framework to serve their clients effectively and ensure sustained compliance with this increasingly important statutory obligation.

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

As I reflect on the current global economic scenario, the world, as well as India, is at an inflexion point where the forces of globalisation and rapidly evolving geopolitical dynamics, such as the tariff wars, the Russia – Ukraine war, the Middle East Realignment, etc., are fundamentally reshaping the business landscape. In this context, BCAS’s recent participation as a support partner at a conclave on “Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam Ki Oar 4: The 12 Principles that can Shape a New World”, organised in collaboration with JYOT FOUNDATION, is timely and relevant. The lecture titled “Ancient Roots, Global Routes: Reimagining Global Leadership for the Indian CA” by CA Shaurya Doval, organised by BCAS on the sidelines of the conclave, served as a powerful reminder of the timeless relevance of Indian values in contemporary global leadership. CA Doval’s compelling observation that “there can be no global peace and no global order without India” was not an assertion of dominance, but rather a recognition of responsibility that extends to each of us as professionals. This has prompted me to focus on the theme of globalisation and geopolitical dynamics, and their impact on professionals and institutions like us.

IMPACT ON PROFESSIONALS:

The impact on professionals can be analysed broadly under the following heads:

Changing Trends in Globalisation:

The recent past has witnessed the emergence of an interconnected global economy. For professionals like us, this makes it imperative to extend our expertise beyond domestic regulations to encompass international financial reporting standards, cross-border taxation, transfer pricing complexities and multi-jurisdictional compliance frameworks. Our clients now operate across continents, making it necessary for us to possess the agility to advise on transactions spanning multiple legal and tax regimes simultaneously. This has resulted in tremendous opportunities, such as access to international markets, exposure to diverse business practices, and the ability to serve clients with worldwide operations.

Global Leadership The New Frontier for the Indian CA

Changing Geopolitical Headwinds:

The past decade, and particularly the post-pandemic era, has brought significant geopolitical complexities that directly impact professionals. Trade tensions between major economies, supply chain realignments, evolving sanction regimes, and the reconfiguration of global alliances demand utmost vigilance. The Russia-Ukraine conflict, US-China trade dynamics, Trump tariffs, and regional economic partnerships are not merely news headlines; they represent fundamental shifts in how business operates globally.

Expanding Opportunities:

The above changes have significantly expanded our role, from mere number crunchers to a much broader lens. Our professional advisory landscape now encompasses several areas, some of which are as follows:

  • Reconfiguration of Global Supply Chains – This results in a shift in priorities from “just-in-time” to “just-in-case“, causing businesses to restructure their global operations, leading to advisory opportunities in evaluating geographic concentration risks and identifying diversification strategies, amongst others.
  • Cross-Border Digital Trade and E-commerce – They enable businesses of all sizes to operate globally, resulting in advisory opportunities for digital tax compliance, transfer pricing for digital assets, VAT/GST on Digital Sales, OECD Pillar One implications, transfer pricing for digital assets, strategies for handling multiple payment gateways, currency and forex risk, amongst others.
  • ESG and Sustainability Reporting – Growing stakeholder demands for environmental, social, and governance accountability in global operations result in various advisory opportunities like carbon accounting (Scope 1, 2 and 3 computations), ESG Assurance Services, Supply Chain Due Diligence, Climate Risk Financial Impact Analysis and Integrated Reporting.
  • Cross-Border Mergers and Acquisitions and Restructuring – Companies are increasingly pursuing inorganic growth internationally or are consolidating or divesting non-core assets across borders, resulting in advisory services in areas such as International Due Diligence (Financial, Tax and Regulatory), valuation services, and post-merger integration involving the harmonisation of accounting systems, policies and reporting, amongst others.
  • Other Specialised Practice areas like IFRS Reporting and Advisory, Global Internal Audits and Internal Controls Reviews under COSO and SOX frameworks, transfer pricing and international tax advisory and forensic and investigation services under AML and Corruption Laws like FCPA, UK Bribery Act.

Challenges:

Opportunities cannot exist without their share of challenges, which can be broadly categorised as follows:

  • Digital Transformation- Whilst technology and digital transformation continue their relentless forward march with artificial intelligence, blockchain, cloud computing, and data analytics, it brings with it several challenges like data and cyber security and privacy risks, which need to be analysed and mitigated.
  • Constant Skill Upgradation and Training – For professionals to remain relevant, it is imperative for them to constantly upgrade not only their technical and regulatory skills but also their soft skills. Areas in which such upgradation and training is most required are International Tax Frameworks, Foreign Exchange Management, Data Analytics, Trade and Customs Regulations (WTO rules, FTAs, etc.), Country-Specific Sanctions Regimes, Cross-Cultural Communication, Geopolitical Awareness, Foreign Language Skills, Regional Specific Knowledge (Asia- Pacific, EU, Middle East, Africa, etc.) and Cultural Intelligence, amongst others.

BCAS’s ROLE:

BCAS is committed to equipping its members and other stakeholders in all emerging areas arising from the increasingly complex global environment by facilitating the enhancement of their technical proficiency and helping them remain globally aware. Whilst our International Tax Committee is the specialised committee that deals with international tax-related issues, other committees are also increasingly focusing on areas that are relevant to navigate the global economic and geopolitical framework, by organising programmes under various formats addressing IFRS convergence, ESG reporting, geopolitical risk management, digital transformation, forensic accounting, and international business advisory services. The upcoming 30th International Tax and Finance Conference between 9th to 12th April, 2026 at Indore which will cover a diverse set of topics ranging from Global Mobility-360 degree perspective, cross border business model structuring coupled with the highlight being a special session on “India @ 2047 – Geopolitics, Changing World Order and India’s place in a De-dollarised Globe” is a timely initiative. I would request a high level of participation to enhance your brand value on the international stage!

Indian Philosophy and Global Leadership:

To conclude, I would like to refer to a quote by the Former President of India, Dr S. Radhakrishnan, in his Writings on Indian Philosophy and Global Ethics, on the importance of the timeless Indian value of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam in a global world, which is more relevant now.

“The world is one family- the ancient Indian wisdom of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam is not just a philosophical concept but a practical necessity in our interconnected world.”

A big thank you to one and all!

Warm Regards,

CA. Zubin F. Billimoria

President

Increased Life Expectancy: When Life Outruns Professional Career

According to the Government of India’s Sample Registration System, average life expectancy at birth has climbed from 49.7 years in 1970–75 to 69.0 years in 2013–17, and estimates put it above 70 years for 2019–23. International projections suggest it may now be around 72.0–72.5 years, continuing a long-term upward trajectory. This statistic is merely a revalidation of a fact which we witness in our day to day lives. Thanks to the medical advancements and various other reasons, we are living longer. It is now more and more common to find people cross the age of 90 years or even approach the 100- year mark.

The above statistic brings with it reasons to cheer, but at the same time, issues to ponder upon – physical and mental health challenges, quality and dignity of life, financial independence, social relevance, etc. are issues which plague this space. This editorial does not touch upon these larger issues, but discusses the impact from the perspective of a professional’s career.

Beyond the Sixty year Stop Redesingning the Modern Career

Admittedly, our career structures were built for a time when life expectancy was shorter and retirement signalled decline in capability. Today, life extends well beyond the traditional retirement age of sixty but the model has not evolved with it. Most professionals have another twenty or even thirty years of active, intellectually sharp life pending at that point of time.

Therefore, for professionals in employment, retirement at 60 or 65 often arrives as a hard stop. One day, you lead teams, sign decisions, shape outcomes. The next, you step aside. Financial planning may be sound. Psychological planning rarely is. At the very stage when judgment is deepest and perspective widest, institutional structures declare the journey complete. The question then emerges: what fills the next 25 years? Consulting, board positions, teaching, advisory roles—each offers possibility. But each requires a shift from authority to influence, from control to contribution. That transition is not merely professional; it is personal and emotional.

For self-employed practitioners and partners, the dilemma is subtler. In many firms, there is no mandatory retirement. Stepping back and succession is emotionally complex as firm is rarely just an enterprise; it is a person’s lifetime creation. One may be tempted to continue practice indefinitely, but is it appropriate? Unfortunately, ageing of the brain has not slowed down with increases in longevity. Dementia and loss of memory have become common at an advanced age. If one carries on practice as before even in an advanced age, there is increased risk of mistakes due to decline in memory.

Despite longevity and active lifestyle, energy changes, but the complexity of the professional landscape does not, again increasing the risk of professional negligence. From the firm’s perspective, prolonged continuity at the firm also hinders growth of the team and next in line. Experience has its’ value, but also brings in rigidity and doesn’t allow for fresh ideas to emerge. The team may therefore feel stifled resulting in higher attrition or at times, internal conflicts.

In such cases, should one not consider retiring gracefully while the going is good? It may be better to be remembered for the good that one has done in one’s prime, than be remembered for mistakes made beyond one’s prime. But for many of us, the designation is not just a qualification; it is who we are. The decision of retirement therefore brings in uncomfortable questions: Who am I now, and what next?

The answers may lie in broadening identity rather than clinging to it. When the profession becomes a part of life rather than its entirety, transitions feel less like loss and more like evolution. Teaching, writing, mentoring, community engagement, vacation and travel, spiritual and other creative interests —these are not post-retirement hobbies; they can become parallel dimensions of relevance.

At the same time, the larger truth is unavoidable. If life expectancy has expanded, career design must expand with it. Retirement should not mean irrelevance. Nor should continued practice mean exhaustion or stagnation. We often design long-term financial strategies for our clients. Perhaps it is time we design long-term career strategies for ourselves. Life now extends beyond the old career model. The question is whether we are prepared to extend our thinking along with it.

Best Regards,

CA. Sunil Gabhawalla

Editor

आत्मपुण्येन भाग्यवान्

This is a very small but meaningful ‘Subhashit’. It reads like this: –

सुशीलो मातृपुण्येन पितृपुण्येन् बुद्धिमानं !

यशस्वी वंशपुण्येन आत्मपुण्येन् भाग्यवानं !

The 4 Pillars of Your Destiny

Punya is good or holy deeds. We believe that the fruit of your good deeds goes to the credit of your account. In English also, we say ‘Be Good, Do Good!

The theory of karma which is more or less universally accepted refers to the same principle.

The literal meaning: –

सुशीलो मातृपुण्येन्  You get good character thanks to the Punya of your mother.

पितृपुण्येन बुद्धिमान् You usually inherit intelligence from your father’s Punya.

यशस्वी वंशपुण्येन् ‘Vansh’ is the ‘dynasty’ i.e. your forefather’s. Family tradition from generations.

आत्मपुण्येन भाग्यवान् (But) your fortune depends on your own good deeds

There was an international conference on child’s education. The issue was as to when the education of a child should start. They felt that education is a wide concept and in true sense, it should start right from the child’s birth. That was the consensus.

However, one senior lady screamed “NO, no. It will be too late!” She said – A child’s education should start from the birth of its mother.

That is the significance of ‘sanskaras’! – the culture. The point needs no elaboration. As far as intellectual abilities are concerned, it is generally observed and also believed that it comes from one’s father. Usually, there is a family tradition of highly brilliant people for 4 to 5 generations in a family. Apart from intellectual capacity, it is the father who provides opportunities for learning.

The Vansh is your family history. We have many industrial houses who are doing good business for generation. Similarly, in politics, we observe the same thing. One gets a readymade platform for one’s growth. It is a different thing that an incapable or incompetent person may ruin it.

Finally, however, despite all this ‘inheritance’ your own deeds and efforts are more important. They decide your fate or fortune. The inheritance merely provides you a starting point. However, you have to shape your career or future by your own discipline, thinking and performance.

It must be borne in mind that these were the thoughts more prominently applicable in the old times. Now, the times have changed. There could be a few exceptions, only to prove the rule. Nevertheless, by and large, even in modern times, one can still find its relevance.

Article 11 India-Luxembourg DTAA – Assessee, having satisfied that it is not a conduit entity, is entitled to the benefits under DTAA and considering commercial and economic substance.

15. [2025] 170 taxmann.com 475 (Delhi – Trib.)

SC Lowy P.I. (LUX) S.A.R.L. vs. ACIT

ITA No: 3568 (Delhi) of 2023

A.Y.: 2021-22

Dated: 30th December, 2024

Article 11 India-Luxembourg DTAA – Assessee, having satisfied that it is not a conduit entity, is entitled to the benefits under DTAA and considering commercial and economic substance.

FACTS

Assessee is a Limited Liability Company and a tax resident of Luxembourg. The Assessee is a subsidiary of a Cayman Island entity and a step-down subsidiary of an offshore fund located in the Cayman Islands. The Assessee is registered as a Category II – Foreign Portfolio Investor registered with SEBI, who has invested in corporate bonds and pass-through certificates of securitization trust.

It offered the interest income from bonds at 10% under Article 11 and claimed treaty benefits with respect to business income and capital gains under Article 7 and Article 13(6) of DTAA, respectively.

The AO verified the financial statements, SEBI registration, and Articles of Association to conclude that the real owner of the income is the ultimate Parent located in the Cayman Islands, with whom India does not have DTAA. The entire holding structure involves treaty shopping, and a TRC is insufficient to claim treaty benefits and beneficial ownership of income. Therefore, the AO denied the tax benefits under DTAA and taxed the interest income from bonds and securitization trusts at 40% and short-term gains at 30%.

The DRP upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

  •  The Assessee has provided a valid TRC and satisfied the conditions prescribed under Article 29 dealing with the limitation of benefits. Having not raised any red flags on the TRC, the revenue cannot overlook the TRC without bringing any evidence to prove that the entity exists as a conduit. The Delhi High Court, in Tiger Global International III Holdings [2024] 165 taxmann.com 850 (Delhi), has held that revenue can look beyond TRC only in case of tax fraud, sham transactions or illegal activities.
  •  The Assessee was incorporated as an investment holding company in Luxembourg, and it has been in existence since 2015 and invested in distressed assets. As a Category – II FPI, it invested in securitization trust/corporate bonds in FY 2018-19. Its geographical concentration shows that it had only 14% investment in India, and the remaining investments were spread across jurisdictions.
  •  The Assessee had paid taxes and filed returns in Luxembourg with respect to income earned from Indiaand other jurisdictions. Substantial operational costs, includes consulting fees, litigation fees, professional charges, and administrative expenses, are incurred in Luxembourg.
  •  The Assessee is in existence to date and continues to hold the investments. This substantiates that they control the assets and the income thereon for their own account; hence, they cannot be regarded as a conduit entity. The AO did not bring any evidence to support his views and presumptions.
  •  The genuineness of the entity is substantiated through various activities, and it operated as a stand-alone entity without depending on its holding company.

The limitation of benefits under Article 29 as amended by Multilateral Instruments (Article 7) requires bringing on record the relevant facts andcircumstances to prove that the principal purpose of arrangements and transactions is only for the purpose of taking treaty benefit. The Revenue, without any cogent materials, failed to establish that the assessee is a conduit entity. Therefore, the benefits of the treaty cannot be denied.

Article 8 of India-USA DTAA – Whether code sharing revenue falls under the scope of ‘operations of aircraft’ and is entitled to relief under the DTAA.

14. [2024] 169 taxmann.com 8 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Delta Air Lines, Inc. vs. ACIT (International Taxation)

ITA No: 235 (Mum.) of 2022

A.Y.: 2018-19

Dated: 7th November 2024

Article 8 of India-USA DTAA – Whether code sharing revenue falls under the scope of ‘operations of aircraft’ and is entitled to relief under the DTAA.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of the USA, was engaged in the business of aircraft operations in international traffic. It had established a branch office in India, a permanent establishment that was admitted to facilitate the booking of air passenger tickets and freights. The Assessee had three streams of international journey income, namely (i) transportation using their own aircraft, (ii) transportation with a combination of own aircraft and third-party carriers vide code sharing arrangements for one or more parts of the journey, and (iii) entire transportation using third party carriers under code-sharing arrangements.

The Assessee filed NIL return of income claiming benefits under Article 8 of the DTAA. The AO denied the Article 8 benefit w.r.t second and third stream of income, stating income under code sharing cannot be regarded as derived from the operation of aircraft in international traffic. Further, AO was of the view that code sharing arrangements cannot be regarded as a space or a slot charter.

The Ld. DRP and Ld. AO followed the order of the coordinate bench in Assesse’s own case for AY 2010-11 [2015] 57 taxmann.com 1 (Mumbai) to uphold the denial of the treaty benefit qua code-share revenue. The reasoning that was adopted in earlier ITAT ruling, as also by DRP, was as under:

  •  The taxpayer must derive profit from the operation of an aircraft in international traffic as an owner/charter/lessor of the aircraft.
  •  In the case of a code-sharing arrangement, the taxpayer’s activities were only the booking of tickets, and the actual transport of passengers was carried out by a third-party airline. The same cannot hence be regarded as profits derived from international traffic carried out by the assessee.
  • Activities directly linked to the transport of passengers by the Assessee would only fall under the ambit of Article 8(2)(b). Since the transportation is carried on by other airlines, and it cannot be regarded as having direct nexus with activities carried on by the Assessee; hence, the activity relating to transportation by other airlines cannot fall under Article 8(2)(b).
  •  The ruling of the coordinate bench of the tribunal in the case of MISC Berhard [2014] 47 taxmann.com 50 (Mumbai) is not applicable to the case on hand. The MISC (supra) case dealt with revenue earned from feeder vessels, which was used to transport cargo from the Indian Port to the Hub Port and for further transportation by the third party than to mother vessels for the final destination. In the case of Assessee, there are no such instances of transporting to the hub port and then to the final destination. Since the ruling was rendered in the context of India-UK DTAA, the same cannot be applied to India-US DTAA.
  •  The code-sharing arrangement cannot be regarded as slot/space charter for qualifying under Article 8(2) as the assessee does not have exclusivity over space or flights booked.

HELD

On further appeal, the co-ordinate bench dissented with their earlier ruling on account of subsequent judicial developments and ruled in favour of the taxpayer basis the following:

  • The Bombay High Court in Balaji Shipping [2012] 24 taxmann.com 229 (Bombay) held that slot chartering by shipping companies for transportation by third-party shippers could fall under the scope of Article 9 of India-UK DTAA. The High Court held that both the following scenarios were covered under Article 9 i.e., (i) use of a third-party ship for movement between a port in India to the hub port and then for the final destination and (ii) use of a third-party ship for transport from the port in India to the final destination.
  • The Bombay High Court in APL Co. Pte. Ltd [2016] 75 taxmann.com 32 (Bombay) has applied the ruling of Balaji Shipping (supra) while interpreting the India-Singapore DTAA since both treaties’ wordings are parimateria. Therefore, this will have a binding effect when the wording of various treaties is similar. Although the passengers are transported through other airlines, the Assessee issues the tickets up to the final destination. The code-sharing arrangements facilitate the Assessee in providing services to specific destinations where they do not operate. Therefore, applying the Balaji Shipping (supra) ratio rendered in the context of shipping income receipts from code-sharing arrangements is entitled to benefit under Article 8 of DTAA.
  • When the assessee books a seat on a third-party airline through a code-sharing arrangement, it could be regarded as a charter of space in the aircraft, and the entire aircraft need not be chartered.
  • The codes used by the Assessee for booking tickets in third-party airlines are unique to them and are used for partial or complete journeys. This establishes the link between transportation by a third party and the operations of the Assessee, and they transport the passenger on behalf of the Assessee.

Sec. 28: Where during search at residential premises of director of assessee-company, AO found that assessee had made out of books sales and added entire undisclosed sales to income of assessee, however, Commissioner (Appeals) restricted same to profit element embedded therein estimated at rate of 8 per cent of sales, since revenue had not given any basis to justify applying higher rate of net profit at 12.5 per cent instead of 8 per cent, addition restricted by Commissioner (Appeals) to 8 per cent of sales was to be upheld. Also, Commissioner (Appeals) failed to give benefit of income surrendered by assessee voluntarily against addition confirmed by him on account of unaccounted sales, Assessing Officer was to be directed to grant assessee benefit of income surrendered by assessee against addition confirmed by Commissioner (Appeals).

84. ACIT vs. Conor Granito (P.) Ltd

[2024] 116 ITR(T) 479 (Rajkot – Trib.)

ITA NO.: 143 (RJT) OF 2021

CO NO.: 01 (RJT) OF 2022

A.Y.: 2019-20

Dated: 12th January, 2024

Sec. 28: Where during search at residential premises of director of assessee-company, AO found that assessee had made out of books sales and added entire undisclosed sales to income of assessee, however, Commissioner (Appeals) restricted same to profit element embedded therein estimated at rate of 8 per cent of sales, since revenue had not given any basis to justify applying higher rate of net profit at 12.5 per cent instead of 8 per cent, addition restricted by Commissioner (Appeals) to 8 per cent of sales was to be upheld. Also, Commissioner (Appeals) failed to give benefit of income surrendered by assessee voluntarily against addition confirmed by him on account of unaccounted sales, Assessing Officer was to be directed to grant assessee benefit of income surrendered by assessee against addition confirmed by Commissioner (Appeals).

FACTS

During search at the residential premises of the director of the assessee-company, various incriminating material by way of WhatsApp message / images were discovered and on analysis of the same, it was discovered that the assessee had made out of books sales which during the impugned year amounted to ₹2,35,42,980/-. The Assessing Officer added entire undisclosed sales to the income of the assessee. The ld.CIT(A), however, restricted the same to the profit element embedded therein estimated at the rate of @ 8 per cent of the sales.

Aggrieved, the revenue filed an appeal and assessee filed cross objections before the Tribunal –

HELD

ITAT observed that the contention of the Revenue was that the ld.CIT(A) ought to have applied 12.5 per cent net profit rate instead of 8 per cent. However, the Revenue had not given any basis to justify applying higher rate of net profit at 12.5 per cent.

ITAT held that net profit to be applied was to be at justifiable rate depending upon nature of the business and other facts. It should not be an ad hoc rate and there has to be a reasonable basis for applying a particular net profit rate in each case. The DR had not supported his contention of applying 12.5 per cent GP rate with any reasonable basis. ITAT held that profit rate specified in the decision of Hon’ble Gujarat High Court in the case of CIT vs. Simit P. Sheth, [2013] 356 ITR 451 as cited by DR could not be justifiable rate in assessee’s case as the nature of activities of both the assessees were not identical.

Therefore, ITAT did not find any merit in the contentions of the DR that the ld.CIT(A) ought to have applied a net profit of 12.5 per cent in the present case. The ground raised by the Revenue was accordingly rejected.

Thus, the appeal of the Revenue was dismissed.

With respect to Cross Objections filed by the assessee, the ld.CIT(A) had failed to give benefit of the income surrendered by the assessee voluntarily against addition confirmed by him on account of unaccounted sales.

In the light of the same, ITAT directed the assessing officer to grant assessee the benefit of the income surrendered of ₹15 lakhs against the addition confirmed by the ld.CIT(A).

The Cross Objection was accordingly allowed.

Sec. 69A: Assessee deposited cash during demonetisation period of `10.75 lakhs which was recorded in his books of account and source of cash deposits was also maintained by assessee. However, Assessing Officer made addition as unexplained money under section 69A and taxed same under section 115BBE. ITAT held that Assessing Officer was not correct in invoking provisions of section 69A and charging tax under section 115BBE as assessee had recorded in his books of accounts and also explained source of such cash deposits.

83. Dipak Balubhai Patel (HUF) vs. ITO

[2024] 115ITR(T) 624 (Ahmedabad- Trib.)

ITA NO.:942(AHD) OF 2023

AY.: 2017-18

Dated: 22nd August, 2024

Sec. 69A: Assessee deposited cash during demonetisation period of `10.75 lakhs which was recorded in his books of account and source of cash deposits was also maintained by assessee. However, Assessing Officer made addition as unexplained money under section 69A and taxed same under section 115BBE. ITAT held that Assessing Officer was not correct in invoking provisions of section 69A and charging tax under section 115BBE as assessee had recorded in his books of accounts and also explained source of such cash deposits.

FACTS

The assessee was a HUF who derived income from House Property and Income from Other Sources. The case was selected for scrutiny assessment and the Assessing Officer found that assessee deposited a sum of ₹10,75,000/- during demonetisation period and issued show cause notice to explain the source of cash deposit.

The assessee explained the source of cash deposit as withdrawal from four other banks accounts of the assesse and the said deposits were duly reflected in his Return of Income. Further since assessee did not have any business income, therefore he had not filed the Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet along with Return of Income. However, the assessee filed the same before the
Assessing Officer along with cash book, wherein cash on hand as on 1st April, 2016 as opening balance was ₹10,09,933/-, which was deposited during demonetisation period.

However, Assessing Officer rejected the Books of Accounts by stating that assessee had shown Closing Cash on hand as zero in return of income filed for the A.Y. 2016-17, and in the Cash Book of F.Y. 2016-17 i.e. A.Y. 2017-18, assessee has shown Opening Balance to the tune of ₹10,09,933/- which was not justifiable and therefore made addition as unexplained money u/s. 69A of the Act.

Aggrieved against the addition, the assessee filed an appeal before CIT(A) who confirmed the additions by observing that during the previous 3 years, except 2 or 3 instances, all withdrawals were less than ₹10,000 and the appellant claimed that the withdrawals were preserved during last 3 years in his hand and were deposited in the year under consideration.

Since 95 per cent of the withdrawals were less than ₹10,000, CIT(A) observed that as per common sense these cash withdrawals were for day to day expenses and if the appellant had so much of cash with him then what was the need for frequent withdrawals of ₹5,000 and ₹10,000. The CIT(A) relied on decisions of CIT vs. Durga Prasad More [1971] 82 ITR 540 (SC) and Sumati Dayal vs. CIT [1995] 214 ITR 801 (SC) where the Supreme Court has laid down Human Probability test as one of the important test in order to check genuineness of the transactions entered into the books of account of the assesses. Hence it was held by CIT(A) that the appellant failed to satisfactorily explain the source of ₹10,75,000 cash deposited in the bank account and the assessing officer was correct in treating this amount as unexplained cash under section 69A.

The appellant being aggrieved with the order of the CIT(Appeals) filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT observed that during the assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer had rejected the explanation offered by the assessee as the assesse had showed closing cash on hand as Nil in the Return of Income but in the cash book showed the opening balance for A.Y. 2017-18 to the tune of ₹10,09,933/-.

The ITAT further observed that the assessee had filed copies of previous three years Form 26AS, ITR, Statement of Income, Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet before CIT(A)and further explained that rental income was offered to tax with appropriate TDS u/s. 194I of the Act which was reflecting in Form 26AS records. Since the assessee was a Senior Citizen, he withdrew and kept substantial balance in his bank accounts for emergency medical needs. However, after declaration of the demonetization period, the assessee deposited the withdrawal amounts from his other bank accounts.

The ITAT observed that Assessing Officer erroneously treated cash deposits as unexplained cash and also invoked Section 115BBE of the Act and charged at 60 per cent rate which was not applicable to the present case since the cash deposits were reflected in the books of accounts maintained by the assessee. The ITAT relied on decision in case of Balwinder Kumar ([2023] 151 taxmann.com 338 (Amritsar – Trib.)) and Sri Sriram Manchukonda (2021 TaxCorp (AT.) 91806 Visakhapatnam ITAT) wherein co-ordinate Bench of the Tribunal held in favour of the assessee.

Respectfully following the above judicial precedents, ITAT observed that the addition made by AO u/s. 69A will be applicable only when the assessee is found to be the owner of any money etc. which is not recorded in the books of accounts maintained by him and any explanation offered by the assessee is not satisfactory in the opinion of the Assessing Officer.

ITAT observed that in the present case, the assessee had recorded the cash deposits in his books of accounts and source of cash deposits during demonetization period were also been maintained by the assessee. Therefore, ITAT held that the A.O. was not correct in invoking provisions of Section 69A of the Act and charging tax u/s. 115BBE of the Act. Thus the addition made by the Assessing Officer were deleted.

In the result, the appeal filed by the Assessee was allowed.

S. 127–Where the case of the assesse was transferred from one AO to another AO in a different city / locality / place, PCIT was under a statutory obligation to give an opportunity of being heard to the assessee.

82. Amit Kumar Gupta vs. ITO

(2025) 171 taxmann.com 16 (Raipur Trib)

ITA Nos.: 404 & 405 (Rpr) of 2024

A.Ys.: 2011-12 & 2012-13

Dated: 13th January, 2025

S. 127–Where the case of the assesse was transferred from one AO to another AO in a different city / locality / place, PCIT was under a statutory obligation to give an opportunity of being heard to the assessee.

FACTS

During the relevant year, the assessee had made cash deposits amounting to ₹17,05,824 into his bank account but did not file his income tax return. Based on the information gathered from NMS / ITS module, the AO (ITO-1, Ambikapur) initiated proceedings under section 147 by issuing notice under section 148 dated 23rd March, 2018. Thereafter, pursuant to an order under section 127 dated 7.9.2018 passed by PCIT-1, Bilaspur, the assessee’s case was transferred from ITO-1 Ambikapur to ITO-3, Korba. Since the assessee did not come forth with any explanation in response to notice under section 142(1), the AO taxed the entire cash deposit as unexplained money under section 69A vide his order under section 144 read with section 147 dated 16th December, 2018.

The assessee challenged the assessment order before CIT(A), inter alia, on the ground that PCIT had transferred his case from one ITO to another ITO without affording any opportunity of being heard as required under section 127. CIT(A) dismissed the appeal, inter alia, holding that he was not the appropriate forum to challenge the order under section 127 passed by PCIT.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) As can be gathered from section 127(3), in a case where the PCIT transfers the case of as assessee from any AO to any other AO and the offices of all such officers are not situated in the same city, locality or place, then he remains under a statutory obligation to give an opportunity of being heard to the assessee and only after recording his reasons for doing so,
transfer such case. In the assessee’s facts, the case had been transferred pursuant to the order of PCIT, Bilaspur dated 7th September, 2018 from ITO-1, Ambikapur to ITO-3, Korba, that is, offices of said officers were not situated in the same city, locality or place, and therefore, on a conjoint reading of section 127(1) / (3), he was obligated to have given an opportunity to the assessee prior to transfer of his case.

(b) CIT(A) was not right in holding that he was not vested with any jurisdiction to deal with the specific challenge raised by the assessee as regards the validity of the assessment order that was framed by the A.Ode-hors a valid assumption of jurisdiction on his part in absence of an order of transfer under section 127 as required per the mandate of law.

Accordingly, the Tribunal restored the matter back to the file of CIT(A) with a direction to adjudicate the challenge of the assessee as regards the validity of the jurisdiction that was assumed by the A.O for framing of the assessment order passed under section 144 read with section. 147 dated 16th December, 2018 de-hors an order of transfer under section 127 as per the mandate of law.

S. 80G – Where the application for final approval under section 80G was rejected due to incorrect section code in the application, the issue was remanded back to the file of CIT(E) to grant final approval under correct provision if assessee-trust was otherwise eligible.

81. Rotary Charity Trust vs. CIT(E)

(2025)170 taxmann.com 797(Mum Trib)

ITA No.: 6133(Mum) of 2024

A.Y.: 2024-25

Dated: 9th January, 2025

S. 80G – Where the application for final approval under section 80G was rejected due to incorrect section code in the application, the issue was remanded back to the file of CIT(E) to grant final approval under correct provision if assessee-trust was otherwise eligible.

FACTS

Assessee was a registered charitable trust incorporated on 25th September, 1996, engaged in promoting various public charitable activities especially providing education to weaker section of the society and to specially-abled children. It made an application for provisional registration under section 80G of the Act, which was granted under clause (iv) of first proviso to section 80G(5) on 4th April, 2022 which was valid for the period starting 4th April, 2022 to AY 2024-25. Subsequently, the assessee filed application in Form 10AB for final registration; in this Form, instead of selecting section code “clause (iii) of first proviso to section 80G(5)”, the assessee inadvertently once again selected “sub-clause (B)of clause (iv) of first proviso to section 80G (5)”.

CIT(E) rejected the application on the ground that the assessee was not fulfilling the stipulated conditions prescribed undersection 80G(5)(iv)(B).

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that there was merit in the claim of the assessee that it had selected the wrong section code inadvertently while filing the application for final approval in Form 10AB and it was not given the opportunity of being heard by CIT which otherwise would have allowed the assessee to explain the facts to avoid the rejection.

Following the decision in North Eastern Social Research Centre vs. CIT(E), (2024) 165taxmann.com 12 (Kolkata – Trib.), the Tribunal remitted the issue back to the CIT(E) with a direction to grant final approval under clause (iii) to first proviso to section 80G(5) if the assessee was otherwise found eligible.

S.12AB, 13 — Where the applicant trust was a charitable cum religious trust and its objects were for the benefit of a particular religious community or caste, that is, Jains, it was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

80. Soudharma Brihad Tapogachchiya Tristutik Jain Sangha Samarpanam vs. CIT(E)

(2025)170 taxmann.com 590 (AhdTrib)

ITA No.:1571 (Ahd) of 2024

A.Y.: N.A.

Dated: 3rd January, 2025

S.12AB, 13 — Where the applicant trust was a charitable cum religious trust and its objects were for the benefit of a particular religious community or caste, that is, Jains, it was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

The assessee-trust was settled on 5th January, 2023 with objects which required it to follow the principles of Jainism, etc. and was registered with the Assistant / Deputy Charity Commissioner, Ahmedabad. It filed application for registration under section 12AB in Form 10AB on 13th January, 2024 before CIT(E). In this application, the applicant mentioned that it had charitable objects in addition to religious objects.

CIT(E) denied registration under section 12AB on the ground that the assessee was a composite trust and its object was restricted to benefit of a particular religious community or caste, that is, Jains, which was a “specified violation” under clause (d) of Explanation below section 12AB(4) read with section 13(1)(b).

Aggrieved with the order of CIT(E), the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

FACTS

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) A perusal of the main objects of the trust made it abundantly clear that all the objects were related to religious activities, more particularly relating to “Jain Community” and to propagate “Jainism”, that is, charitable cum religious in nature and was for the benefit of “Jains” which was a specific violation under clauses (c)/ (d) to Explanation to section12AB(4).

(b) In CIT vs. Dawoodi Bohara Jamat, (2014) 364 ITR 31 (SC), the Supreme Court held that section 13(1)(b)(which prescribed the circumstances wherein the exemption would not be available to a religious or charitable trust)was applicable even to a composite trust / institution having both religious and charitable objects. Section 13(1)(b)was required to be read in conjunction with the provisions of sections 11 and 12 towards determination of eligibility of a trust to claim exemption under the aforesaid provisions, while granting registration.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the order denying registration to the assessee did not require any interference and dismissed the assessee’s appeal.

While computing long term capital gains, interest on funds borrowed for purchase of property, duly indexed will be allowed as a deduction. Prior to amendment vide Finance Act, 2023 there was no such restriction for excluding the deduction claimed on account of interest paid under Section 24(b) or under the provisions of chapter VIA.

79. DCIT vs. Neville Tuli

ITA No. 3203/Mum./2023

A.Y.: 2013-14

Date of Order: 26th November, 2024

Section: 48

While computing long term capital gains, interest on funds borrowed for purchase of property, duly indexed will be allowed as a deduction. Prior to amendment vide Finance Act, 2023 there was no such restriction for excluding the deduction claimed on account of interest paid under Section 24(b) or under the provisions of chapter VIA.

FACTS

During the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration, the assessee sold a property, held by him as a long term capital asset, for a consideration of ₹27 crore. This property was purchased from borrowed funds. While computing long term capital gains arising on sale of this property, the assessee deducted ₹9,90,67,611 being indexed cost of acquisition and ₹3,95,42,739 being indexed cost of interest paid to the bank (this was shown under “indexed cost of improvement”) and offered long term capital gain of ₹13,13,89,649.

The amount of interest claimed as deduction while computing long term capital gains was net of the amount claimed in earlier years under section 24(b) of the Act. In earlier years, interest up to ₹1,50,000 was claimed and was allowed as deduction under section 24(b) of the Act.

In the background of the above facts, the Assessing Officer, in the course of assessment proceedings framed two questions viz. (i) Whether interest paid is a cost of acquisition / cost of improvement; and (ii) whether the benefit of indexation is to be allowed to interest cost. The AO having perused the provisions of section 55 held that interest payment on housing loan cannot be said to be expenditure of a capital nature incurred in making any additions or alterations to the capital asset by the assessee after it became his property. He also held that, on a reading of section 55, it is clearly evident that in no situation does the cost of acquisition involve bringing in any cost incurred after the date of acquisition, unless the cost of improvement and, in the instant case there is no improvement to the property. The AO supported his view by the ratio of the decisions of the Tribunal in the case of V Mahesh, ITO vs. Vikram Sadanand Hoskote [(2017) 18 SOT 130 (Mum.)] and Harish Krishnakkant Bhatt vs. ITO [(2004) 91 ITD 311 (Ahd. Trib.)].

The AO disallowed the sum of ₹3,95,42,739 and added the same to the income of the assessee.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who during the course of appellate proceedings noted that a similar claim was allowed in earlier years as well. Having considered the relevant provisions of the Act and the judicial precedents on the issue, the CIT(A) allowed the appeal preferred by the assessee.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that in earlier assessment years as well, the assessee has claimed similar deduction of interest expenditure under the head income from house property and as cost of acquisition / improvement, which has been continuously allowed by the revenue authorities and therefore rule of consistency is required to be followed.

The Tribunal also noted that the Finance Act, 2023 has w.e.f. 1st April, 2024 amended the provisions of section 48 to provide that the cost of acquisition of the asset or cost of improvement thereto shall not include the deductions claimed on account of interest under clause (b) of section 24 or under the provisions of Chapter VIA. It held that for the period prior to the insertion of the said provision which is applicable w.e.f. 1st April, 2024, no such restriction can be imposed and / or made applicable. The Tribunal noted that the CIT(A) has also taken note of this amendment and has rightly held it to be not clarificatory.

The Tribunal after considering the ratio of various decisions on which reliance was placed on behalf of the assessee held that the interest paid on the borrowed funds for the purchase of property for the period prior to the provision inserted vide Finance Act, 2023 which was made applicable from 1st April, 2024, over and above claimed u/s 24(b) of the Act, would be deductible while computing the capital gains. Thus, we answered the question posed accordingly.

The Tribunal held that the order passed by CIT(A) does not suffer from any perversity, impropriety and / or illegality. It upheld the order passed by CIT(A) and dismissed the appeal filed by the revenue.

For the purpose of computing the ‘tax effect’, in the present case, only the grounds raised by the Revenue having an impact of determination of total income under the normal provisions of the Act ought to be considered for the reason that the Assessee would continue to be assessed under normal provisions of the Act even if all the grounds raised by the Revenue in departmental appeal are assumed to be allowed in favour of the Revenue.

78. ACIT vs. Bennett Property Holdings Company Limited

ITA No. 556/Mum./2024

A.Y.: 2017-18

Date of order: 12th December, 2024

Section: CBDT Circular No. 5 of 2024 dtd. 15th March, 2024 r.w. Circular No. 9 of 2024 dtd 17th September, 2024

For the purpose of computing the ‘tax effect’, in the present case, only the grounds raised by the Revenue having an impact of determination of total income under the normal provisions of the Act ought to be considered for the reason that the Assessee would continue to be assessed under normal provisions of the Act even if all the grounds raised by the Revenue in departmental appeal are assumed to be allowed in favour of the Revenue.

FACTS

For AY 2017-18, the Assessee company, primarily engaged in the business of earning rental income by letting out properties and running business centres, filed original return of income which was subsequently revised. The Assessing Officer (AO), in an order passed under section 143(3), assessed the total income of the Assessee under the normal provisions of the Act at ₹1,20,45,17,348/- and computed Book Profits of the Assessee under Section 115JB of theAct at ₹1,33,19,94,660/-. Since the tax payable on Book Profits was less than the tax payable on the income computed under normal provisions of the Act, the Assessee was assessed to tax under normal provisions of the Act.

Aggrieved by the additions made by the AO while assessing the total income, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) challenging certain additions / disallowances made under normal provisions of the Act viz. (i) disallowance of ₹6,38,05,371/- under Section 14A of the Act; (ii) addition taking deemed annual letting value of the immovable properties lying vacant during the relevant previous year at ₹23,28,000; and (iii) denial of claim of set off of accumulated loss of ₹12,86,53,730 and unabsorbed depreciation of ₹15,65,15,799 relatable to real estate service undertaking of Banhem Estates & IT Parks Ltd. That demerged into the Assessee pursuant to composite scheme of amalgamation and arrangement approved by the Hon’ble Bombay High Court vide order, dated 2nd December, 2016.

The assessee also challenged the following additions made by the AO while computing the amount of book profits u/s 115JB viz. (i) increase in Book Profits by Extra Depreciation of ₹4,38,18,551; (ii) increase in Book Profits by ₹6,38,05,371 disallowed under Section 14A of the Act by invoking provisions contained in Clause (f) of Explanation 1 to Section 115JB of the Act; and (iii) rejection of Assessee’s claim of substitution of long-term capital gain (computed by taking index cost of acquisition) in place of the profit on sale of capital asset appearing in the statement of Profit & Loss Account for the purpose of computing Book Profits.

The assessee also raised additional grounds seeking credit for TDS in respect of companies / undertakings forming part of composite scheme and also challenged computation of interest under section 234B of the Act.

The appeal preferred by the Assessee was disposed off by the CIT(A)as partly allowed vide order, dated 13th December, 2023. The CIT(A) granted partial relief by (a) deleting the addition made under normal provisions of the Act in respect in respect of deemed rental income estimated at ₹23,28,000/-, and (b) accepting Assessee’s contention that no disallowance of expenses can be made in respect of any exempt income by invoking provisions contained in Section14A read with Rule 8D of the IT Rules while computing Book Profits under Section 115JB of the Act.

Since, both, the Assessee as well as the Revenue were aggrieved by the order passed by the CIT(A), the present cross-appeals were preferred before the Tribunal.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the assessee, it was submitted that the Assessee has been assessed under normal provisions of the Act. Even if the grounds raised by the Revenue in relation to the computation of ‘Book Profits’ under Section 115JB of the Act are allowed in favour of the Revenue, the Assessee would be assessed to tax under the normal provisions of the Act. It was submitted that the grounds of appeal raised by the Revenue pertaining to the additions / disallowance made under the normal provisions of the Act carry tax effect below the specified monetary of ₹60 Lacs fixed by Central Board of Direct Taxes(CBDT) for filing Departmental Appeal before the Tribunal limit. Therefore, the appeal preferred by the Revenue should be dismissed as withdrawn in view of Circular No. 5 of 2024, dated 15th March, 2024, read with Circular No. 9 of 2024, dated 17th September, 2024, issued by CBDT.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that the Revenue has preferred appeal challenging the deletion of addition in respect of deemed annual letting income of ₹23,28,000 under normal provisions of the Act. The Revenue has also challenged the relief granted by the CIT(A) by accepting Assessee’s claim that the ‘Book Profits’ could not be increased by ₹6,38,05,371 (being amount disallowed under Section 14A of the Act read with Rule 8D of the IT Rules), by invoking provisions contained in clause (f) of Explanation 1 to Section 115JB of the Act. Thus, the Tribunal observed that Revenue has raised grounds having impact on the computation of income under normal provisions of the Act and the computation of ‘Book Profits’ under Section 115JB of the Act.

The Tribunal perused the Circular No. 5 & 9 of 2024 issued by the CBDT and held that Circular No.5 of 2024, dated 15th March, 2024, when read with Circular No.9 of 2024, dated 17th September, 2024, issued by CBDT clarifies that the monetary limit of ‘tax effect’ for filing departmental appeals before Tribunal has been increased from ₹50 Lakhs to ₹60 Lakhs. It has also been clarified in Circular No. 9 of 2024 that the aforesaid monetary limit for filing the appeal before the Tribunal would also apply to the pending departmental appeals.

The Tribunal held that for the purpose of computing the ‘tax effect’ involved in the present appeal preferred by the Revenue only the grounds raised by the Revenue having an impact of determination of total income under the normal provisions of the Act ought to be considered. This is because the Assessee has been assessed under the normal provisions of the Act and this would continue to be the case even if all the grounds raised by the Revenue (whether related to computation of income under normal provisions of the Act or related to computation of Book Profits under 115JB of the Act) are allowed.

On examination the grounds raised by the Revenue having impact on computation of income under normal provisions of the Act, the Tribunal found that tax effect involved in the present appeal is below the monetary limit of Rs.60 Lakhs fixed by the CBDT for the purpose of filing departmental appeal before the Tribunal.

On perusal of Para 5.1 of Circular No. 5 of 2024 containing the definition of `tax effect’, the Tribunal observed that ‘tax effect’ has been defined to mean the tax on the total income assessed and the tax that would have been chargeable had such total income been reduced by the amount of income in respect of the issues against which appeal is intended to be filed. It held that when computed as aforesaid, the tax effect in the appeal preferred by the Revenue would fall below the specified monetary limit of ₹60 Lakhs for filing departmental appeals. On perusal of the computation submitted by the Assessee the Tribunal found that the tax effect in the appeal preferred by the Revenue would only be ₹5,63,973 for the reason that the Assessee would continue to be assessed under normal provisions of the Act even if all the grounds raised by the Revenue in departmental appeal are assumed to be allowed in favour of the Revenue. Thus, accepting the contention of the Assessee, we dismiss the appeal preferred by the Revenue as ‘withdrawn’ in terms of Circular No.5 & 9 of 2024 issued by CBDT.

Dismissing the appeal under section 249(4) is unsustainable in a case where an assessee who has not filed the return of income has submitted before the AO that its income is exempt from tax and therefore it is not required to pay advance tax.

77. Srirampura Prathamika Krishi Pathina Sahakara Sangha Ltd. vs. ITO

ITA No. 1731/Bang./2024

A.Y.: 2017-18

Date of Order: 9th January, 2025

Section: 249(4)

Dismissing the appeal under section 249(4) is unsustainable in a case where an assessee who has not filed the return of income has submitted before the AO that its income is exempt from tax and therefore it is not required to pay advance tax.

FACTS

The assessee, a primary agricultural credit co-operative society, providing credit facilities to its members and also supplying the items like kerosene, fertilisers, food grains, etc. to its members did not file return of income. The notice u/s 142(1) of the Act was issued on 4th January, 2018 calling for return of income for the assessment year 2017-18 on or before 3rd February, 2018 but the assessee has neither filed any return of income nor filed any submission or response to the above notice.

Further, during the course of assessment proceedings, the AO found that assessee has deposited huge cash into his bank account with CDCC bank Hosadurga. The information has also been called for from the bank u/s 133(6) of the Act and on verification of the same, it was found that the assessee had deposited during the demonetised period a sum of ₹13,82,000/-.

The AO in his assessment order observed that the assessee vide letter dated 5th September, 2019 furnished the details of income and expenditure statement, profit & loss account and cash book. Further, the assessee in the said letter stated that they have exempted income for the financial year 2016-17 and therefore, not filed the income tax return for the said period.

The AO found the submission made by the assessee as not satisfactory and as the assessee had deposited cash in old currencies of denomination of ₹500/- & ₹1,000/-, amounting to ₹13,32,000/- into their bank account, the entire deposits were treated as assessee’s unaccounted income for the assessment year 2017-18 by invoking the provisions of section 69A of the Act and taxed u/s 115BBE of the Act.

Further, as the assessee had audited his books of accounts as per the provisions of the State Co-operative Society Act of Karnataka and the net profit as per income and expenditure statement was amounting to ₹1,13,376/- and hence a sum of ₹1,13,376/- was also considered by the AO as income of the assessee and brought to tax and accordingly, assessed on a total income of ₹14,45,376/-.

Aggrieved by the assessment completed u/s 144 of the Act dated 25th November, 2019, the assessee preferred an appeal before the CIT(A)/NFAC who dismissed the appeal of the assessee on the ground that the assessee had not paid the tax on returned income and the particulars of payment was also not mentioned in column 8 of Form 35. Further, as there was no response to deficiency letter dated 3rd June, 2024,the CIT(A) held that as the assessee has not paid tax on returned income / particulars of payment was not mentioned in column 8 of Form 35, the appeal of the assessee is not maintainable as per section 249(4) of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed the appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

It is pertinent to note that section 249(4)(b) of the Act is clear that appeal before the CIT(A) should be admitted only when the assessee has paid an amount equal to the amount of advance tax, which was payable by him. Where the return of income has not been filed the proviso to said section also describe that the assessee will get exemption from this clause, if an application is made before the CIT(A) for not paying an amount equal to the amount of advance tax for any good and sufficient reason to be recorded in writing. The Tribunal noted that in the instant case, the AO in para 6 of the assessment order has observed that the assessee vide letter dated 5th September, 2019 had stated that they have exempted income for the financial year 2016-17 and therefore, not filed the income tax return for the said period. Before the Tribunal, as well, it was submitted that the assessee’s income is exempted and therefore, the question of paying advance tax does not arise in the case of the assessee as no amount is payable by the assessee. Being so, the Tribunal was of the opinion that dismissing the appeal on the grounds that the same is not maintainable as per section 249(4) of the Act is not sustainable as the income of the assessee is exempt from income tax. The assessee is not liable to pay any advance tax even though they have not filed the return of income.

While computing capital gains on slump sale under section 50B r.w.s. 48, transfer expenses are allowable as a deduction. There is no scope of deviation from the statutory provision regarding computation of capital gains in case of slump sale. The first limb i.e. “the expenditure incurred in connection with transfer” cannot be excluded from being claimed as deduction for the purposes of computation u/s 50B.

76. DCIT vs. Larsen and Toubro Ltd.

ITA No. 3369/Mum./2023

A.Y.: 2009-10

Date of Order: 20th December, 2024

Sections: 2(42C), 48, 50B

While computing capital gains on slump sale under section 50B r.w.s. 48, transfer expenses are allowable as a deduction. There is no scope of deviation from the statutory provision regarding computation of capital gains in case of slump sale. The first limb i.e. “the expenditure incurred in connection with transfer” cannot be excluded from being claimed as deduction for the purposes of computation u/s 50B.

FACTS

The Assessing Officer, while reassessing the total income of the assessee, under section 147 of the Act disallowed the sum of ₹27.08 crore claimed by the assessee to be expenditure incurred on transfer while calculation of capital gains on slump sale under section 50B of the Act. The sum of ₹27.09 crore disallowed comprised of Financial Advisory Fee of ₹8.31 crore and other expenses of ₹18.77 crore. The contention of the assessee was that this sum is allowable u/s 48(i) of the Act. These contentions did not find favour with the AO who held that section 50B is a code in itself for computation of capital gains arising on slump sale. Therefore, no other provision other than provision of section 50B shall be applicable.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who allowed this ground of appeal.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal, where on behalf of the assessee, reliance was placed on decision of Delhi High Court in case of free CIT vs. Nitrex Chemicals India Ltd [(2016) 75 taxman.com 282] and also on the decision of coordinate bench of theTribunal in case of Wockhardt Hospitals Ltd vs. ACIT [ITA Nos.7454/MUM/2013 and 7021/Mum./2013 for AY2010-11; Order dated 6th January, 2017], wherein in the context of computation of capital gains arising on slump sale of an undertaking, deduction was allowed in respect of expenditure incurred in connection with such transfer by reference to section 48(i) of the Act..

HELD

There is no scope for deviation from the statutory provision regarding computation of capital gains on slump sale.

Section 48 has two limbs –

(i) expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with such transfer;

(ii) the cost of acquisition of the asset and the cost of any improvement thereto.

The networth replaces the value as per section 48(ii). However, the first limb, which is, “the expenditure incurred in connection with the transfer”, cannot be excluded from being claimed as deduction for the purposes of computation under section 50B. The Legislature in its wisdom, clearly excludes indexation of such cost of acquisition and cost of improvement, for the purposes of slump sale in Section 50B itself. The Tribunal placed reliance on decision of Delhi High Court in case of PCIT vs. Nitrix Chemicals India Pvt. Ltd [(2016) 75 taxmann.com 282] and held that while computing capital gains arising on slump sale, in accordance with the provisions of section 50B that includes only the networth of the undertaking treating it as a cost of acquisition and cost of improvement without considering the provision of section 48(i), will be in contradiction to the intention of the Legislature.

The Tribunal observed that there is no dispute that the expenditures claimed by the assessee are incurred in connection with the transfer of the business as a going concern. Then, not computing the capital gains of the slump sale in accordance with the provisions of section 50B that require to treat cost of acquisition and cost of improvement and is allowable as a deduction as per section 48 (ii) of the act as net worth of the undertaking, and not to consider the expenditure incurred for the purpose of transfer as per section 48(i) will be in contradiction to the intention of the Legislature. It held that section 50B cannot be read and understood as argued by the Ld.DR, because the computation provision section 48 to the extent applicable to section 50B as mentioned in clause (2) of section 50B would then become ineffective and inapplicable to a slump sale.

The Tribunal did not agree with the arguments made on behalf of the revenue and held them to be not founded on the basic principles of interpretation. The Tribunal upheld the order of the CIT(A) and dismissed the ground of appeal filed by the revenue.

Research Analyst Regulations – Re-Birth

INTRODUCTION

Research Analysts play a very important role as they analyse information on securities and provide recommendations, and investors normally rely on their advice. However, such advice is many times prone to conflicts of interest arising from preparation and dissemination of research reports with vested interest. Such research analysts include independent research analyst, an intermediary that employs any research analyst or research entity that issues any research report.

This led to the need for Research Analyst Regulations way back in 2013 to establish a regulatory framework to ensure impartial reporting, address conflict of interest, improve governance standards, minimise market malpractices, etc. In order to regulate and streamline the activities of individuals and entities offering research analyst (RA) services, The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Research Analysts) Regulations, 2014, were notified on 1st September, 2014. However, every regulation stands the test of time and must be revisited from time to time.

One such instance that required to re-consider the relevance of existing regulatory framework, has been the mismatch in the large investor base vis-à-vis the number of investment advisors (IA) which led to the proliferation of unregistered entities acting as IA’s & RA’s.

It was extremely crucial to place a conducive regulatory framework by simplifying, easing and reducing the registration requirements and cost of compliance for RA’s and bringing in regulatory changes commensurate with the continually evolving nature of their business and the large investor base.

With this backdrop, The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has issued amendments to Research Analyst Regulations on 16th December, 2024 and issued operating guidelines vide circular dated January 8, 2025. The recent changes include:

i. registration of part-time research analyst,

ii. appointment of independent compliance officer,

iii. compliance audit requirements,

iv. segregation of research & distribution activities,

v. capping on fees,

vi. qualifications & certification requirements,

vii. deposit requirements,

viii. dual registration requirements, etc.

One of the eye openers has been, who shall be a classified as Research Analyst? Persons providing ‘research services’ for consideration shall only fall within the definition of research analyst.

This implies that research services rendered without any consideration shall be outside the ambit of these regulations.

The key changes outlining the changes in the RA industry are discussed below, most of which are to be implemented by 30th June, 2025, unless specified otherwise:

PART-TIME RESEARCH ANALYSTS

There are many persons who provides research services however their main activity is not that of providing research services. SEBI has now introduced specific provisions for part-time research analysts, acknowledging the diverse professional backgrounds of individuals and not engaged in business / employment related to securities market and does not involve handling/ managing of money / funds of client / person or providing advice / recommendation to any client /person in respect of any products / assets for investment purposes. Further, applicant engaged in in any activity or business or employment permitted by any financial sector regulator or an activity under the purview of statutory self- regulatory organisations such as Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’), Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI), Institute of Cost Accountants of India (ICMAI) etc. shall be considered eligible for registration as part-time RA.

This shall create more avenues for CA’s providing their statutory services. For example, a CA who shall be engaged in providing security specific recommendations to the client, which is not investor specific, even though as a part of tax planning/tax filing is required to seek registration as a Part time RA. This provision allows for flexibility in the industry, opening opportunities for professionals in other domains to engage in research analysis while adhering to regulatory frameworks. However, one must keep in mind the provisions of Code of Ethics of ICAI before engaging in such assignment.

Part-time RA shall be required to have similar qualification and certification requirements prescribed under RA regulations for full-time RAs. They shall provide an undertaking stating that it shall maintain arms-length relationship between its activity as RA and other activities and shall ensure that its services are clearly segregated from all its other activities at all stages of client engagement and a specific disclaimer may be given to that extent.

The investor should at all times keep in mind that no complaints can be raised to SEBI for the other services provided by a part-time RA.

APPOINTMENT OF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

With the objective of reducing the cost of compliance by having a fulltime compliance officer, Regulation 26 of the RA Regulations allows non-individual research analysts to appoint an independent professional who is a member of professional bodies like ICAI, ICSI, ICMAI, or other bodies specified by SEBI, provided the professional holds the relevant certification from NISM as required by SEBI. However, the principal officer of the firm must submit an undertaking to the SEBI’s Research Analyst Administration and Supervisory Body (RAASB)/SEBI affirming that they will be responsible for ensuring compliance with the Act, regulations, notifications, guidelines, and instructions issued by SEBI or RAASB.

In this case, Practising Chartered Accountants will have better opportunities to be appointed as independent professionals in regulated entities, however, there lacks clarity whether one independent professional CA can be appointed as compliance officer in various RA entities or whether any statutory restrictions as applicable to number of audits permissible by a practising CA shall apply.

COMPLIANCE AUDIT REQUIREMENTS

Regulation 25(3) of the RA Regulations requires RAs or research entities to conduct an annual audit to ensure compliance with the RA Regulations. Practising CAs shall ensure that the audit is completed within six months from the end of financial year and the compliance audit report. Such compliance report along with adverse findings, if any and action taken thereof, duly approved by RA shall be submitted within 1 month from the date of audit report but not later than 31st October.

SEGREGATION OF RESEARCH AND DISTRIBUTION ACTIVITIES

Regulation 26C (5) of the RA Regulations mandates client-level segregation between research and distribution services within the same group or family of a RA or research entity. Furthermore, new clients must choose between receiving research services or distribution services at the time of onboarding. One of the key changes is that Stock broking activities shall not be considered as distribution services for the purposes of this regulation.

Clients are allowed to retain their existing assets under their current research or distribution arrangements without being forced to liquidate or switch them. However, they must comply with the new segregation requirements for any future services provided. The PAN of the client serves as the key control record for identifying and segregating clients at the individual or family level.

A member of ICAI/ICSI/ICMAI or auditor have to confirm compliance with client level segregation requirements within six months from the end of financial year.

While giving such certification, the practising CA shall ensure that for individual clients, the “family” is considered a single entity, and the PANs of all family members are grouped together for segregation purposes. Further verification should be done, whether the client has provided an annual declaration or periodic updation in respect of dependent family members. Further, RAs providing research services exclusively to institutional clients and accredited investors may be exempt from these segregation rules, provided the client signs a waiver acknowledging this.

FEE STRUCTURE AND CLIENT CHARGES

The new regulations outline the maximum fees that research analysts can charge their clients, ensuring transparency in the fee structure and a level playing field for both IA’s & RA’s.

RAs can charge maximum fee of ₹1,51,000 annually per individual or Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) client and exclude non-individual clients, accredited investors, and institutional clients seeking proxy advisory services. For these clients, fees will be negotiated bilaterally and are not subject to the specified caps. RAs may charge fees in advance with the client’s consent, but the advance should not exceed one-quarter of the annual fee. However, statutory charges are not included in this fee cap. The statutory auditor and the compliance auditor shall ensure adherence to these limits during the course of the audits of such research analysts.

i. Changes in Qualification and Certification Requirements

No person can act as an RA without possessing a requisite qualification. SEBI has prescribed minimum qualifications for Research Analysts as under: –

A professional qualification or graduate degree or post-graduate degree or post graduate diploma in finance, accountancy, business management, commerce, economics, capital market, banking, insurance, actuarial science or other financial services from a university or institution recognized by the Central Government or any State Government or a recognised foreign university or institution or association.

Or

A professional qualification by completing a Post Graduate Program in the Securities Market (Research Analysis) from NISM of a duration not less than one year or a professional qualification by obtaining a CFA Charter from the CFA Institute.

One of the major changes as compared to the erstwhile regulations is eliminating the need of having in place a graduate in any discipline with an experience of atleast 5 years in activities relating to financial products or markets or securities or fund or asset or portfolio management.

This change has led to a level playing field for new entrants as well as veterans in this field.

ii. Persons associated with research services shall, at all times, have minimum qualification of a graduate degree in any discipline from a university or institution recognized by the Central Government or any State Government or a recognized foreign university or institution.

iii. An individual registered as research analyst under these regulations, a principal officer of a non-individual research analyst, individuals employed as research analyst, person associated with research services and in case of the research analyst being a partnership firm, the partners thereof if any, who are engaged in providing research services, shall have, at all times, a NISM certification.

This has expanded its scope of bringing within its ambit “Persons Associated with Research Services” to have at all times minimum qualification as well as certification requirements, which shall also include all sales staff, service relationship & client relationship managers, who may not be involved in any research function but by virtue of being associated have to be qualified and certified.

DEPOSIT REQUIREMENTS FOR RESEARCH ANALYSTS

The new regulation has done away with the requirement of having a minimum net worth as it was identified that the RA’s provide research services broadly owing to their understanding and knowledge of the subject and their skills to arrive at a suitable advice/recommendation under a particular circumstance.

Further, the services provided are fee based and not related to management of client fund and securities and no significant infrastructure requirements, hence the concept of maintaining networth may not be aligned with the activities of RA.

To safeguard the interests of investors and enhance the financial credibility of research analysts, SEBI has introduced mandatory deposit requirements with immediate effect and for existing clients by 30 April 2025, based on the number of clients which is detailed as under:

  •  Deposit Structure Based on Numbers of Clients:
  •  0 to 150 clients: ₹1 lakh
  •  151 to 300 clients: ₹2 lakh
  •  301 to 1,000 clients: ₹5 lakh
  •  Over 1,000 clients: ₹10 lakh

This deposit must be maintained in a scheduled bank with a lien in favour of SEBI’s Research Analyst Administration and Supervisory Body (RAASB). This deposit shall be utilized for dues emanating out of arbitration and reconciliation proceedings, if RA fails to pay such dues.

DUAL REGISTRATION: INVESTMENT ADVISER AND RESEARCH ANALYST

SEBI has introduced provisions allowing individuals or firms already registered as Investment Advisers (IAs) to apply for dual registration as RAs subject to maintaining arms-length relationship between its activity as IA and RA and shall ensure that its investment advisory services and research services are clearly segregated from each other.

This provision was introduced considering the overlapping nature of activities under IA & RA services.

PRINCIPAL OFFICER DESIGNATION

The erstwhile Regulations did not mandate the requirement of designation of Principal Officer; however, the need was felt that the overall function of business and operations of non-individual RAs should be looked into by a responsible person.

Also, Regulation 2(1)(oa) of the RA Regulations mandates that if a partnership firm is registered as a research analyst, one of its partners must be designated as the principal officer and where no partner meets the necessary qualification and certification criteria, it must apply for registration as a research analyst in the form of an LLP or a body corporate.

This change must be made by 30th September, 2025, as per the SEBI directive.

USE OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (AI) IN RESEARCH

Any research analyst or research entity using artificial intelligence (AI) tools to provide services to clients is solely responsible for ensuring the security, confidentiality, and integrity of client data and also responsible to disclose the extent of AI tool
usage in their research services to clients and additional disclosures as may be necessary to enable informed decision of continuance or otherwise with the RA.

For existing clients, compliance with this requirement must be met by 30th April, 2025.

Research services provided by research analyst or research entity

Regulation 20(4) of the RA Regulations requires that research services provided by a RA or research entity must be supported by a research report that includes the relevant data and analysis forming the basis of the research. The RA or research entity must maintain a record of such research reports to ensure transparency and accountability.

Research services being provided by research analyst or research entity to any of its clients availing its other services as registered intermediary in another
capacity shall be considered as research services provided ‘for consideration’ even though no fee is charged by such research analyst or research entity directly from the client.

This implies that Research services provided by the research entity, who is also registered with SEBI as stock broker, to the clients availing its stock broking services are considered as research services ‘for consideration.

MODEL PORTFOLIO GUIDELINES

Regulation 2(1)(u) and 2(1)(wa) of the RA Regulations now define research services provided by research analysts to include the recommendation of model portfolios. In order to provide clarity on recommendation in respect of model portfolio by RA’s and to provide for safeguard of model portfolio, the guidelines issued shall ensure recommendations of model portfolio such as minimum disclosures, rationale for recommendations, nomenclature and performance of such recommendations.

The compliance auditor shall ensure as a part of its audit procedures check compliance with obligations set out under the model portfolio guidelines.

DISCLOSURE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO THE CLIENT

Regulation 24(6) of the RA Regulations mandates that RAs or research entities must disclose the terms and conditions of their research services to clients and obtain their consent before providing any services or charging any fees. They should also include the Most Important Terms and Conditions (MITC), notified vide SEBI circular dated 17th February, 2025.

KYC REQUIREMENTS AND RECORD MAINTENANCE

Under Regulation 25(1) of the RA Regulations, RAs or research entities are required to follow Know Your Client (KYC) procedures for fee-paying clients and maintain KYC records as specified by SEBI.

WEBSITE REQUIREMENTS

RA Regulations mandates that RAs or research entities must maintain a functional website that includes specific details as outlined by SEBI.

CONCLUDING REMARKS

The new SEBI guidelines represent a significant step towards improving the transparency and accountability of the research analyst industry in India and also easing regulations to bridge the gap between number of investors vis-à-vis the number Registered RAs.

The change in the business model of research as a function also requires corresponding changes to the regulations to be at pace with the RAs, which include recognition of model portfolios within the definition of research services, introducing the concept of Part-time RAs, eliminating the need for experience, to allow ease of entry and participation of exuberant young minds in the securities market, etc.

Such changes demonstrate that the regulator has been watchful, supportive and in sync with the industry that it regulates while ensuring the investor trust and confidence is retained in the securities market.

Learning Events at BCAS

1. Finance, Corporate & Allied Law Study Circle – REIT n InvIT as Investment avenues held on Thursday, 13th February, 2025 @ Zoom.

CA Harry Parikh explained the concepts of REIT and InvIT, their features, structural overview, eligibility criteria, investment conditions, etc. He highlighted that REIT or InvIT are investment products and not a tax-saving product. He dealt with the decision-making criteria for investing in REIT or InvIT vis-a-vis traditional investment with the help of examples of REITs. He also enlightened on the key differences between Equity vs. Mutual Fund vs. REIT vs. InvIT, and tax implications thereof. He also shared his insights on factors to be considered for investing in REIT.

More than 70 participants enriched out of the masterly analysis of REIT, InvIT as investment avenues.

Youtube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GxO-5VpL-xk

2. Public Lecture Meeting on “Union Budget 25 — Indirect Tax Proposals” held on Wednesday, 12th February 2025 @ Zoom.

The lecture meeting on the Union Budget 2025 and its Indirect Tax Proposals, held on 12th February 2025, featured CA Sunil Gabhawalla discussing various amendments in the Finance Bill 2025. He focused primarily on GST provisions while briefly touching upon customs, excise, and service tax amendments.

He began by explaining the concept of ‘input service distributor,’ detailing its position in the pre-GST regime, GST regime until 31st March 2025, and the post-2025 scenario. He highlighted differences in the definition of ‘Input Service Distributor’ (ISD) between the existing and proposed regimes, emphasising the potential for varied interpretations and possible litigations. Using the draft circular issued by the CBIC and other relevant jurisprudence, he illustrated cases falling under the ISD and Cross Charge Mechanisms.

He also examined the impact of retrospective amendments in the GST law, referencing the Hon’ble Supreme Court’s decision in the Safari Retreat’s case and highlighting open issues post-amendment. Further, he discussed issues arising from the amendment that incorporates additional conditions for self-adjustment of taxes based on credit notes. He provided guidance on addressing these issues, especially in light of the mandatory Invoice Management System (IMS) introduced by GSTIN in October 2024. He cited practical examples to highlight various aspects taxpayers should consider when dealing with the IMS mechanism. Additionally, he explained how the proposed track and trace mechanism would complement E-way Bill provisions. The meeting emphasised the government’s intent to gather maximum data and use artificial intelligence to curb tax evasion, leading to increased compliance and affecting the ease of doing business.

Finally, he covered miscellaneous amendments related to ‘local authorities,’ ‘vouchers,’ amendments in Schedule III concerning supplies by SEZ / FTWZ units, and the rationalisation of pre-deposits required under appellate proceedings in disputed orders imposing penalties.

The lecture was attended by approximately 325 participants online.

BCAS Lecture Meetings are high-quality professional development sessions which are open to all to attend and participate. The readers can view the lecture meeting at the below-mentioned link:

Youtube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yAzBv4CAHNw

3. Public Lecture Meeting on Direct Tax Provisions of Finance Bill, 2025 held on Thursday 6th February, 2025 @ Yogi Sabhagruh Auditorium Dadar East

The public lecture on Direct Tax Provisions under the Finance Bill 2025 was a comprehensive discussion led by noted tax expert CA Shri Pinakin Desai. The session emphasised the significant changes in income tax slab rates and corresponding rebate provisions, which were perceived positively. The lecture highlighted that this year’s budget prioritises stimulating consumption over infrastructure investment, marking a substantial increase in tax-free slab rates compared to previous years. Notably, there was a significant shift anticipated as taxpayers may transition from the old tax regime to the new one, leading to increased discretionary spending and ultimately contributing to GDP growth.

Shri Pinakin Desai provided insights into several key provisions of the Finance Bill, 2025 analysing changes to tax rates, corporate taxation, TDS rationalisation, and the taxation of charitable trusts. The lecture also discussed new provisions concerning Tax Collection at Source (TCS) and implications for companies undergoing amalgamations. Shri Pinakinbhai’s thorough analysis offered clarity on how these changes would affect various stakeholders and emphasised the need for careful navigation of the new tax landscape.

KEY INSIGHTS

  • Increased Tax-Free Income Thresholds: The new regime allows individuals to earn up to ₹12.75 lakhs without incurring tax, significantly benefiting middle-income taxpayers. This change is expected to uplift the overall spending capacity of households, resulting in higher consumption rates and positively influencing economic growth.
  • Charitable Trust Registration Validity: The extension of the registration period for small charitable trusts from five to ten years represents a significant reduction in administrative burdens for these entities, encouraging more charitable initiatives and financial stability among smaller trusts.
  • Tax Deductions for Rent Payments: The amendment reducing the threshold for tax withholding on rent from ₹2.4 lakhs annually to ₹50,000 monthly for companies is a notable change.
  • Implications of Changes in applicability of Rebate: The decision to disallow rebates for special rate incomes under capital gains could reduce tax relief for many taxpayers, necessitating careful consideration of investment strategies to optimise tax liabilities.
  • Restrictions on Loss Migration: The amendment aims to curb the indefinite extension of loss carry-forwards through repeated amalgamations, ensuring a fair and consistent tax treatment. Previously, amalgamated companies could extend the carry-forward period indefinitely, effectively resetting the 8-year limit with each new amalgamation. The amendment aims to prevent this perpetual “evergreening” of losses. Shri Pinakinbhai explained the impact of this amendment through various illustrations.
  • Non-Resident Tax Incentives: The concessional tax rates for foreign entities providing technology and services to specified manufacturing industries reflect India’s strategy to foster foreign investment in critical sectors such as electronics, enhancing competitive advantages and technological development. A new presumptive taxation scheme introduced for non-residents providing services or technology to Indian companies engaged in the manufacture of electronic goods. Shri Pinakinbhai also highlighted possibility of a drafting error in the proposed legislation, mistakenly suggesting that both payment and receipt of 100 rupees result in a taxable consideration of 200 rupees which should be corrected to align with sections 44B and 44BB, of the Income-tax Act.
  • Extension of time limit for passing Penalty Orders: The time limit for completing penalty orders related to assessment has been changed from 6 months from the month of receiving the order from the tribunal to 6 months from the end of the quarter of receiving the order.
  • Transfer Pricing Assessment: Instead of annual assessments, a block of 3 years for determining the Arm’s Length Price (ALP) is introduced. Once the methodology is settled in the first year, it remains binding for the next two years. Taxpayers can opt for this block assessment, either during or after the Transfer Pricing (TP) assessment. He also mentioned that the effectiveness of these new measures shall depend upon the rules to be prescribed in this regard.
  • Updated Return Filing: The provision now allows updated returns to be filed up to the end of the third or fourth year, with additional taxes of 60 per cent and 70 per cent, respectively. This provision aims to promote compliance by offering a structured approach for taxpayers to rectify errors or omissions, albeit with significant additional tax implications for later filings.

In summary, the lecture delivered by Shri Pinakin Desai provided a detailed analysis of the Finance Bill 2025, shedding light on various changes that will impact individual taxpayers, businesses, and charitable organisations alike. The meeting was attended in person by 450 plus participants and encouraging response of over 26,000+ viewers online.

The readers can view the lecture meeting at the below-mentioned link:

Youtube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ncVT3ejAtPA

4. Felicitation of Chartered Accountancy pass-outs of the November 2024 Batch held on Friday, 31st January, 2025 @ IMC.

Milestone 2.0 — Felicitation of newly qualified CAs of the November 2024 batch.

A felicitation event for the newly qualified chartered accountants of the November 2024 batch was held on 31st January, 2025, at the Walchand Hirachand Hall of the Indian Merchant Chambers building at Churchgate by the SMPR Committee. The event was highly successful and close to 400 candidates attended the event. The theme for the event was Milestone 2.0, and the guest and mentor for the event was Past President CA Naushad Panjwani. He guided the participants by taking them through the Japanese concept of Ikigai and drawing parallels to their phase in life where they should aim to find their Ikigai, which would lead them to success and happiness. The participants diligently listened and also provided their perspectives on the matter. Rankers were felicitated first, and they addressed the audience subsequently and shared their experience throughout the journey of becoming a CA. A celebratory cake was cut and then all the successful newly passed CAs were felicitated. The excitement on everyone’s faces was visible, and that is testimony to the success of the event.

5. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting held on Friday, 31st January, 2025 @ Zoom.

Group leaders CA G. Sujatha & CA Archana Jain prepared and presented various case studies on Government Supplies and explained the concepts of Central Government, Government Authority, State Government, etc.

The presentation covered the following aspects for detailed discussion:

1. Concept of Supplies by Central Government, State Government, Local Authority.

2. Supplies liable to tax or part of sovereign function.

3. Taxability of charges paid to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs at the time of registration & subsequently do both enjoy the exemption.

4. Detailed discussion on mining rights and other rights associated with land and fees paid for getting rights.

Around 60 participants from all over India benefitted by taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader & group mentor.

6. ITF Study Circle Meeting held on Thursday, 30th January, 2025 @ Zoom.

Group Leaders – CA Nemin Shah and CA Dipika Agarwal

Guidance for Application of Principal Purpose Test under India’s treaties vide CBDT Circular 1/2025 dated 21st January, 2025 (Circular) — Group Leader CA Nemin Shah.

During the session, CA Nemin Shah discussed the context relating to the Principal Purpose Test (PPT). For this, he extensively discussed the basics of MLI and PPT. Another perspective which was discussed was whether PPT was for general anti-avoidance or a specific anti-avoidance. The Group Leader went on to discuss the key points of the Circular, such as the application of PPT is based on an objective assessment of the relevant facts and circumstances, its applicability in cases where the PPT has been incorporated through bilateral negotiations or through MLI, the scope of grandfathering provisions under the treaties which will remain outside the purview of PPT. He went on to discuss the various issues that could arise, such as its applicability to the India-Mauritius tax treaty, which MLI does not cover.

SC Lowy P.I. (Lux) S.A.R.L, Luxembourg v. ACIT [2024] 170 taxmann.com 475 (Del-Tribunal) – Group Leader CA Dipika Agarwal

CA Dipika explained the facts and the arguments of the assessee and revenue. She discussed the Tribunal’s findings. One of the key focus points of the discussion was that it appeared from the Tribunal’s order that PPT was not invoked at the assessment level, but discussed only at the Appellate level. Further,
there was no discussion in the Tribunal’s order for choosing Luxembourg over the Cayman Islands for making investments. The group discussed the implications of the same. The Group Leader went on to discuss the Tribunal’s findings in relation to Tax Residencey Certificate (TRC) and Limitation of Benefits (LOB). With respect to the PPT clause, the assessee’s incorporation in Luxembourg was not for the principal purpose of obtaining tax treaty benefits, as it had substantial investments, which it continues to hold.

7. 22nd Residential Leadership Retreat — Living in Harmony held on Friday, 24th January, 2025 and Saturday, 25th January, 2025 @ Rambhau Mhalgi Prabodhini Keshav Srushti Bhayander (West)

The 22nd Leadership Retreat was held on the theme of `Living in Harmony’ under the guidance and training of Mr M. K. Ramanujam and Mr R Gurumurthy. 27 participants including 6 couples attended, of which, more than 15 participants were attending the Leadership Retreat for the first time.

The key learnings are summarised as follows:

  • Harmony is unity in diversity which brings joy, peace, happiness, satisfaction and fulfilment.
  • One has to focus from zoom in to zoom out. i.e. look at the wider picture from a broad perspective for a higher purpose over a long span and come out of small and micro views. Zooming out is like a compass of values to find the right meaning in life.

To identify challenges, zoom in and use an emotional filter to zoom out.

  • P R E M A: The acronym represented Positive Emotions, Relationship, Engagement.
  • (Karma Yoga), Meaningful Life and Achievement – selfless service for a noble cause. This could be the guiding light.
  • Listen vis-a-vis Silent. Listen with empathy and compassion. Words “Silent” and “Listen” are complementing. So, engage in listening to be silent within and establish connect outside.
  • R A S (Reticular Access Syndrome) explains that whatever one focuses on, expands in the mind. We see the world as we are. So, one can use this to reinforce the attention to important things in life.
  • Nature operates on contrast. Sattva, Rajas and Tamas are like an interplay of darkness and light. The contrast of bright and dark, light and dark, day and night, white and black, happiness and sadness, joy and gloom. Contrast is natural. Negative things help us to appreciate the value of positives. Pain is a warning signal to pause. Self-acceptance guides us to Harmony. Therefore, one can transform from fear to faith, anger to care and work to relax.
  • Practice Harmony by observing without being judgemental.
  • Understand the basic needs, physical, social, spiritual, personal, interpersonal. The needs are distinct from wants. Needs are expressed through feelings. Listen to the feelings. One can understand that anger moves us away, whereas Love and compassion bring us closer to Harmony. Human pursuit (Purushartha) is for Kama, Artha, Dharma & Moksha. The purpose of human life is Moksha, for which doing Kama or pursuing Artha should be based on Dharma, respecting the highest universal values and principles.
  • Like a peel on the surface of a juicy fruit, the outer layer may have an unpleasant taste, but with faith and conviction, one can have the taste of juice and nectar within.
  • Bring inner transformation by working from Gratitude with Empathy & compassion.

In the penultimate session, discussion was on the film Peaceful Warrior and the inspiring message coming out from the film’s dialogues.

In the concluding session, the participants shared the key points of learning from the camp.

8. Fireside Chat on “Return of Trump – What does it mean for America, India and the World” held on Monday, 27th January, 2025 @ BCAS

Speaker: Shri Natwar Gandhi

Moderator: Shri Rashmin Sanghvi

Widespread fear about various executive orders signed by Mr Trump is misplaced as most of them have been challenged and will have to pass the test of constitutional validity.

America has a strong democracy and deep-rooted institutions. No president can make fundamental changes at his will. Even with a majority in Congress and Senate, constitutional changes are not going to be possible in his four-year term.

One can expect him to use tariffs as a negotiating tool to gain trade favours. However, in the long term, it will hurt the US as well as the country on which high tariff is levied because it will lead to higher costs and consumer resistance. That will not augur well for the USA.

The USA will continue to be a dominant world power as long as the majority of trade uses USD as currency for settlement.

Tall claims about taking over some territories should be discounted as election rhetoric.

The US economy, despite popular perception, is doing well, with average household income (even in the most backward area) still much above par with the rest of the world. With the new administration, one can expect business-friendly policies and a return to manufacturing.

It will be difficult to reduce bureaucracy as all policies require ground-level staff to implement. The USA, with its large size and federal structure, will make such reduction only ornamental.

A large deficit close to USD 35 trillion will not curtail any growth initiatives as the world still uses America as its investment and wealth destination.

Despite threats, it will neither be possible nor practicable to deport almost 10 million illegal immigrants out of the US due to procedural and logistic challenges. By rough estimate, the cost and time of that purge will be 1 trillion USD and will take more than 10 years for the current number.

White supremacy lobby will continue to flourish, and borders will see very strong protection to prevent illegal immigrants from entering the USA. Despite that America is likely to become a Hispanic state with so many migrants from Latin America.

Skilled labour will be there to stay as the big business will not be able to operate without them. Hence, despite all the shouting about work visas, they will stay.

9. Webinar on Recent Important Decisions under Income Tax held on Friday, 24th January, 2025 @ Virtual

The Taxation Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society organised a Webinar on Recent Important Decisions under Income Tax.

Adv. Devendra Jain delivered an in-depth presentation on reassessment proceedings. He explained the evolving judicial perspective on reassessment, especially in light of recent amendments and rulings by the Supreme Court and the High Courts. His session provided clarity on the crucial points to be considered while representing matters on reassessment cases.

Adv. Ajay Singh began the session by providing a detailed analysis of key judicial decisions that have significant implications for the interpretation and application of Income tax laws. He highlighted the judgments relating to capital gains, gift tax under section 56(2)(x), reduction of share capital, Condonation of delay in filing forms, interest on IT refund, penalty provisions and share transactions, focusing on their impact on taxpayers and professionals alike. He emphasised the importance of understanding these rulings to develop better compliance and advisory strategies.

The session provided participants with a comprehensive understanding of recent developments in Income tax law and practical insights to navigate legal complexities.

Youtube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FlL13OSdCOw

10. 25th Silver Jubilee Course on Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements held from Monday, 2nd December, 2024, to Tuesday, 21st January, 2025 @ Zoom.

The Society successfully conducted its 25th Silver Jubilee Study Course on ‘Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement’ via an online platform spanning from 2nd December, 2024 to 21st January, 2025.

Based on participants’ feedback and consultation with seniors in the Committee, for this 25th Silver Jubilee Course on Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements, BCAS has come up with a unique concept of sharing the recordings of the 24th DTAA Course undertaken in December 2023 as an option to the participants followed by multiple panel discussions. One introductory session on “Overview of International Taxation & DTAAs” and ten panel discussion sessions were planned to take forward the learnings by discussing the intricate and practical issues on the topics of International Taxation, making the course more interactive. Participants were also provided an option to share the queries or issues to the panellists by way of Google form before the respective panel discussion. Eminent tax professionals of the country were the panellists as well as moderators for the series of panel discussions.

All sessions of the course, including last year’s recorded sessions, covered all articles of DTAA, an overview of FEMA / BEPS / MLI / GAAR, Transfer Pricing, Source Rules under the Income Tax Act, 1961, TDS under section 195, Substance v/s Form, and other relevant provisions. The course included complex topics such as Taxation of Specific Structures (e.g., Partnership, Triangular Cases, AOP, etc.) and Selection of Structures.

More than 200 Participants from 15 states spread over 30 cities attended the course which was well-received and appreciated by the participants.

11. Revolutionising CA Practice with Generative AI: Practical Use Cases for Efficiency and Growth held on Thursday, 9th January, 2025 @ Virtual

CA Rahul Bajaj recently led an insightful 2-hour webinar, “Revolutionising CA Practice with Generative AI: Practical Use Cases for Efficiency and Growth,” showcasing how AI can transform Chartered Accountancy practice. The session delved into real-life applications of Generative AI, highlighting its potential to enhance productivity, streamline operations, and improve client servicing. Participants learned how AI can be used to draft professional emails, generate legal documents, automate data entry in Tally, and prepare financial forecasts, all while saving time and reducing errors.

Key takeaways included using AI to create checklists, templates, and peer review documentation like Engagement and Appointment Letters. AI also supports the generation of client training materials, social media content, and even notices, helping firms stay engaged with clients while improving efficiency. By automating repetitive tasks such as bank statement analysis, CAs can focus more on strategic activities, boosting overall productivity.

The session concluded with CA Rahul Bajaj emphasising the importance of integrating AI into CA practices for long-term growth. With tools that enhance accuracy and decision-making, AI is positioning itself as a game-changer, enabling Chartered Accountants to provide higher-value services and streamline their operations for greater success in an increasingly digital world.

The excellent response that the webinar got in terms of enrolment from across various cities of India and from persons of various age groups, as well as the feedback received at the end of the webinar, is testimony to the growing importance and popularity of AI in the CA fraternity.

12. BCAS Turf Cricket Tournament 2025 held on Sunday, 5th January, 2025 @ Andheri Sports Complex, Azad Nagar, Andheri West

The BCAS Turf Cricket Tournament 2025 held on 5th January 2025 at Andheri Sports Complex, was a resounding success, hosting 12 men’s and 2 women’s teams in a thrilling display of sportsmanship and camaraderie.

The tournament was exclusively for CA Members, Students, and BCAS Staff was well received with overwhelming participation.

The format in Men’s category was of four groups of three teams each, which formed the league stages followed by knockout rounds of Quarter-finals (8 teams), Semi-finals (4 teams) and the Finals. The 12 Men’s teams that competed in the Tournament were Bansi Jain Warriors, Bathiya Bravehearts, BYA Titans, CNK Super Strikers, G&S Gladiators, Kirtane & Pandit Maestros, KNAV Smashers, MAS Mavericks, MCS Super Kings, MGB Yoddhas, NPV Challengers and TeaMPC whereas the 2 Women’s teams were NPV Thunderbirds and BCAS Queens.

The tournament was filled with exciting matches, impressive individual performances, fun-filled live commentary and enthusiastic support from the spectators. The 8 teams that qualified for the Men’s quarterfinals were MAS Mavericks, Kirtane & Pandit Maestros, CNK Super Strikers, MGB Yoddhas, G&S Gladiators, NPV Challengers, KNAV Smashers and Bathiya Bravehearts. The Semi Finals were then played between the 4 teams viz. Kirtane & Pandit Maestros vs. NPV Challengers and CNK Super Strikers vs Bathiya Bravehearts.

The day culminated in a nail-biting Men’s final between Bathiya Bravehearts vs Kirtane & Pandit Maestros, with the former emerging victorious whereas BCAS Queens emerged as winners in the Women’s category.

The tournament left a lasting impression on all participants and thus setting the stage for future editions of this exciting event.

13. BCAS Nxt Learning and Development Bootcamp on Idea to IPO: A Beginner’s Guide held on Saturday, 4th January, 2025 in hybrid mode

The Human Resource Development Committee of BCAS organised a BCAS NXT Learning & Development Bootcamp on “Idea to IPO: A Beginner’s Guide” on Saturday, 4th January, 2025. The session was led by Mr Aditya Rathod, a CA Final student, who delivered a comprehensive presentation on the fundamentals and key regulations governing IPO in India. His presentation covered a wide range of topics, including essential definitions, various IPO methods, and an overview of the IPO process and its approach. He also shared practical experiences to help beginner article students navigate the complexities of the IPO Listing Process.

CA Rimple Dedhia, the mentor for the session, provided valuable insights and guidance throughout, offering expert interventions as needed. The boot camp was held in person at the Mehta Chokshi & Shah LLP office and streamed online, with active participation from students across India.

Youtube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-WYuPDeOJus&t

14. Series of Sessions on Standards on Auditing and Key Learnings from NFRA Orders held on Friday, 13th December, 2024 to Friday, 3rd January, 2025 @ Zoom

BCAS has always been a pioneer in equipping its members, in particular and other stakeholders at large with the knowledge in the arena of Accounting Standards, Ind AS and Standards on Auditing. The challenge of the auditor is to address the risks posed while providing assurance services within the regulatory framework of ICAI and NFRA. Compliance with Auditing Standards is of utmost importance while carrying out audits.

Considering these challenges that the auditor has to address while performing duties, the Accounting & Auditing Committee organised a well-designed series of virtual sessions covering Auditing standards and Key Learnings from NFRA orders, which should be kept in focus while executing audit assignments along with practical guidance. The Sessions were held on Fridays for 2 hours each, totalling 8 hours.

The main objective of designing this series of sessions was to delve deeply into the subjects affecting the audit fraternity and to provide a platform for the Members in Practice to come together and get the opportunity to have deep insights into the practical challenges which crop up while implementing the complicated standards.

Course Segments: 4 sessions of 2 hours each

Session Topic Speaker
Learnings from recent NFRA Orders Ms Vidhi Sood Secretary, NFRA
Audit Documentation (SA 230) CA Amit Majmudar
SA 600 – Using the work of another auditor (along with the NFRA Circular dated October 03, 2024, regarding responsibilities of the Principal Auditor and Other Auditors in Group Audits CA Pankaj Tiwari
Planning risk assessment and related matters (SA 300, 315, 320 & 330) CA Murtuza Vajihi

The sessions were designed to give practical and case study-based insights to the participants on various topics.

The course was inaugurated with the opening remarks from the Chairman of the Accounting and Auditing Committee CA Abhay Mehta and the President of BCAS, CA Anand Bathiya, both underline the importance of knowledge sharing and the role of the BCAS in conducting such programs. To make the course effective, faculties with specialised knowledge and relevant experience were engaged to give participants practical insights and wholesome experiences.

The course started with the session of Ms Vidhi Sood Secretary, NFRA, where she updated the participants on various NFRA orders, practical examples and issues and learnings from the same.

The session of Audit Documentation SA 230 by CA Amit Majmudar broadly covered the areas pertaining to the Assembly of Audit Files, Key Audit Workpapers and guidance on ICAI Audit Documentation

The Session on SA 600 — Using the work of another auditor by CA Pankaj Tiwari mainly covered existing SA 600 & procedures adopted by the Auditor, various lapses highlighted by NFRA in the audit of CFS, Key elements of Circular issued by NFRA & potential challenges in implementation of the Circular.

The session on Planning Risk Assessment and Related Matters by CA Murtuza Vajihi broadly covered the scope, objective, and documentation of the standard along with practical examples of the standards and also reference to NFRA and QRB learnings on these standards.

The above sessions generated a lot of interactions between the participants and the respective faculties. The course commenced on 13th December, 2024, and ended on 3rd January, 2025. 111 participants attended the Course, and was well received with the overall feedback from the participants was very encouraging.

REPRESENTATIONS AND SOCIAL MEDIA

1. NFRA Representation: Addressing Duplication in Fraud Reporting for Statutory Auditors

BCAS has submitted a representation to the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) regarding the fraud reporting requirements for statutory auditors of regulated entities. The representation highlights the need to eliminate the duplication of reporting to various authorities, aiming to streamline the process and simplify the regulatory framework for entities such as banks, insurance companies, and NBFCs. By reducing redundant reporting, the proposal seeks to create a more efficient and effective regulatory environment.

Readers can read the entire representation by link: https://bit.ly/NFRA-Representation

2. Union Budget 2025: 8th Consecutive Budget by FM Nirmala Sitharaman — BCAS’s Pre-Budget Memorandum Available Online.

As Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman presents her 8th consecutive Union Budget, BCAS continues its proactive role in representing the views of its members and the wider community. We are pleased to announce that BCAS has submitted the Pre-Budget Memorandum for the Finance Act 2025-26 to the Union Minister of Finance and the Ministry of Finance, Government of India.

Readers can read the entire representation by link: https://bit.ly/Pre-Budget-Memorandum-2025-26

3. BCAS Reimagine Conference: Exclusive Videos Now on YouTube, with Thousands of Views!

BCAS hosted the ReImagine Conference, a three-day event in January 2024 that explored progressive topics crucial to the professional landscape. With an overwhelming response, the discussions held the potential to shape the future trajectory of our profession.

In line with BCAS’s mission of knowledge dissemination for professional development, the event videos are now available on YouTube, completely free of charge. Featuring a wide range of topics presented by industry experts and professional stalwarts, these videos offer valuable insights for professionals at all levels.

Playlist Titles:

1. Reimagine India – Keynote Address by Padma Bhushan Shri Kumar Mangalam Birla

2. Digital Infrastructure – A Game Changer

3. Reimagine the new age professional firms

4. CFO Round Table – Technology, Innovation and Sustainability

5. Use of AI / Tech-Data as Evidence in Tax Cases – Direct Tax and Indirect Tax

6. Reimagine India’s Capital Market Landscape

7. Changing Corporate Landscape – Professional opportunities

8. The Victorious – A Model for Leadership

9. New Age Wars – Future of the World – Role of Professional

10. One World – One tax – VasudhaivaKutumbakam

11. Ride the Capital Market – Take the Bull by its Horns

12. The Future of Audit Profession

13. One Giant Leap – Start-ups – Importance of Professionals in Start up Journey

14. Interchanging Roles – Practice to CFO, CFO to Practice, CA to Nation Building

15. Reimagine – Closing Ceremony & Vote of Thanks

YouTube link: https://bit.ly/Reimagine-Conference

4. BCAS YouTube Channel Hits 1 Million Views

The BCAS YouTube channel has reached a significant milestone, surpassing 1 million views. Over the years, it has evolved into a valuable resource, offering a wealth of professional content and knowledge. With an expanding collection of open-for-all sessions, the channel continues to serve as a hub for valuable learning. Members who have not yet subscribed are encouraged to do so and stay updated with the latest content.

Youtube Link: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC3cxrmOi8hRA31LxBEXGpUQ

5. Interactive meeting of managing Committee Members with Dr Harish Mehta and Mr Rajiv Vaishnav

Dr Harish Mehta and Mr Rajiv Vaishnav were invited to interact and share their experience of building and successfully running the NPO with the BCAS Managing Committee members on 8th January, 2025.

Dr Harish Mehta is a founder member and former Chairman of NASSCOM and Rajiv Vaishnav is former President of NASSCOM. They shared experience in building brands, nurturing teams, and growing organizations. During the interaction, Dr. Harish Mehta and Mr. Rajiv Vaishnav appreciated the work done by BCAS and emphasised the importance of valuing volunteers, building trust, and promoting unity, especially during challenging times. They also advised that before making representations to government authorities, it’s essential to gather collective opinions from members.

Dr Mehta autographed copies of his book, “Maverick Effect: The Inside Story of India’s IT Revolution”, for the committee members.

BCAS IN NEWS

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

Recent Developments in GST

A. NOTIFICATIONS

i) Notification No.7/2025-Central Tax dated 23rd January, 2025

By above notification the amendments are made in CGST Rules regarding grant of temporary identification number.

ii) Notification No.8/2025-Central Tax dated 23rd January, 2025

By above notification waiver for late fees for GSTR-9 is provided.

iii) Notification No.9/2025-Central Tax dated 11th February, 2025

By above notification, date of coming into force of rules 2, 8, 24, 27, 32, 37, 38 of the CGST (Amendment) Rules, 2024 is specified.

B. CIRCULARS

(i) Clarification on regularising payment of GST on co-insurance premium — Circular no.244/01/2025-GST dated 28th January, 2025.

By above circular the clarification is given regarding regularizing payment of GST on co-insurance premium apportioned by the lead insurer to the co-insurer and on ceding / re-insurance commission deducted from the reinsurance premium paid by the insurer to the reinsurer.

(ii) Clarification on applicability of GST on certain services — Circular no.245/02/2025-GST dated 28th January, 2025.

By above circular, clarifications regarding applicability of GST on certain services are given.

(iii) Clarification on late fees — Circular no.246/03/2025-GST dated 30th January, 2025.

By above circular, clarification is given about applicability of late fee for delay in furnishing of FORM GSTR-9C.

C. INSTRUCTIONS

(i) The CBIC has issued instruction No.2/2025-GST dated 7th February, 2025 by which instruction is given about procedure to be followed in department appeal filed against interest and/or penalty only, with relation to Section 128A of the CGST Act, 2017.

D. ADVANCE RULINGS

Classification – Instant Mix Flour
Ramdev Food Products Pvt. Ltd. (AAR Order No. GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/2025/01 (IN APPLICATION NO. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2021/AR/17) Dated: 22nd January, 2025)(GUJ)

The present appeal was filed against the Advance Ruling No. GUJ/GAAR/R/29/2021 dated 19th July, 2021, passed by the Gujarat Authority for Advance Ruling [GAAR].

The appellant is engaged in the business of manufacture and supply of the below mentioned ten instant mix flours viz.

The process undertaken for manufacturing & selling the above products was explained as under:

“(a) that they purchase food grains and pulses from vendors.

(b) that such food grains/pulses are fumigated and cleaned for removal of wastage.

(c) that food grains/pulses are then grinded and converted into flour.

(d) that flour is sieved for removal of impurities.

(e) that flour is then mixed with other ancillary ingredients such as salt, spices, etc. The proportion of flour in most of the instant mixes is ranging from 70% to 90%.

(f) that flour mix is then subjected to quality inspection and testing.

(g) that flour mix is thereafter packaged and stored for dispatch.”

The table showing constituent components of instant mix flour was also submitted. The constituents included dried Leguminous Vegetable Flours, Rice & Wheat Flours, Additives, Spices etc.

The appellant’s submission was that the instant flour mix retains its identity as flour and therefore they are classifiable under heading 1101, 1102 or 1106, as the case may be, based on the dominant flour component.

With above information, appellant has sought ruling about classification of above products.

The ld. AAR has ruled that above products merits classification at HSN 2106 90 attracting 18 per cent GST as per Sl. No. 23 of Schedule III to the Notification No.01/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017.

The instant appeal was against the above ruling. The appellant reiterated its contentions about products being covered by heading 1101, 1102 or 1106 and liable to tax @ 5 per cent.

The appellant supported its contentions mainly on ground that the instant mix are mixture of flours like Black Gram (Urad Dal) and / or Rice and / or Refined Wheat flour and / or Bengal Gram (Chana Dal) and / or Green Gram (Moong Dal) with addition of very small amount of additives like iodised Salt and / or Sugar and/or Acidity regulator (Citric acid INS 330) and / or Raising agent (Sodium bicarbonate INS 500(ii)) and that it does not contain any spices and hence should be covered as flours under Chapter 11 and liable to GST @ 5 per cent;

The ld. AAAR referred to heading 1101, 1102 and 1106 and also Explanatory notes to HSN in respect of heading 1101 and 1102.

After referring to headings in detail, the ld. AAAR observed that the classification of the product is required to be determined in accordance with the terms of the headings. As per chapter heading 1106, it covers Flour, Meal and Powder of the dried leguminous vegetables of Chapter Heading 07.13 and other specified products. The ld. AAAR further observed that as the products of the appellant contain other ingredients like Iodised salt, Acidity regulator (INS 330), Raising agent (INS 500(ii)) in different proportions, which are not mentioned in the chapter heading 1106 or the relevant explanatory notes of HSN, the said products are not covered under Chapter Heading 1106.

The contention about classification under chapter heading 1101 and 1102 also rejected by the ld. AAAR observing that even if flour improved by adding of small quantity of specified substance remains under such heading the same will not be correct when substances (other than specified substances) are added to the flours with a view to use as ‘food preparations’, and said flour gets excluded from chapter heading 1101 or 1102.

The reliance of appellant on VAT determination order also held not applicable in view of change in classification entries.

Finally, the ld. AAAR approved the classification done by ld. AAR and rejected the appeal.

Exemption – Services to Panchayat / Municipality /State Government

Data Processing Forms P. Ltd. (AAR Order No. GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/2025/03 (IN APPLICATION NO. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2022/AR/10) Dated: 22nd January, 2025)(GUJ)

The present appeal was filed against the Advance Ruling No. GUJ/GAAR/R/2022/43 dated 28th September, 2022.

The appellant is engaged in the manufacturing of computer forms, cut sheets, printed forms & is also engaged in trading of printers, cartridges, laptops, barcode stickers, OMR Sheet and educational booklets etc.

The appellant provides below-mentioned services to Gujarat Public Service Commission (GPSC) and Gujarat Panchayat Service Selection Board (GPSSB);

The appellant was of the view that the aforementioned services provided to GPSC and GPSSB are exempt in terms of entries 3 and 3 A of the Notification 12/2017-CT (R) and sought ruling from the ld. AAR. The ld. AAR passed ruling that the appellant is not eligible to the exemption under entry No. 3 and 3A of notification No. 12/2017-CT (R) dated 28th June, 2017 as amended, for supply of service to the Gujarat Panchayat Service Selection Board or to GPSC.

This appeal was against the above ruling of AAR. The main argument of the appellant was that GPSSB is an integral part of Panchayat system & therefore a local authority and it is covered under the provisions of article 243G and entitled for the benefit of entries 3 & 3A of the notification.

Similarly, in respect of GPSC the argument of appellant was that, it is a constitutional body having its own identity and 100% controlled, financed & managed by the State Government and therefore it is ‘State Government’ attracting above entries 3 and 3A.

The ld. AAAR noted that in terms of the entry 3 of notification No. 12/2017-CT (R), as amended, pure services [excluding works contract services or other composite services involving supply of any goods], provided to a Central Government, State Government, Union territory or local authority by way of any activity in relation to any function entrusted to a Panchayat under article 243G or to a Municipality under article 243W of the Constitution of India, are exempt. Similarly, in terms of entry 3A of notification, composite supply of goods and services, in which the value of supply of goods constitutes not more than 25 per cent of the value of the said composite supply provided to the Central Government, State Government or Union territory or local authority by way of any activity in relation to any function entrusted to Panchayat under article 243G or to Municipality under article 243W of the Constitution, are exempt.

The ld. AAAR also noted principle of interpretation that the exemption Notification is required to be interpreted strictly.

The ld. AAAR noted that appellant has relied on the definition of ‘local authority’ u/s 3(31) of the General Clauses Act. The ld. AAAR noted that since the supply to GPSSB is composite supply, it is required to be covered by entry 3A. The ld. AAAR observed that the GPSSB is neither a Central / State Government nor a Union territory. The ld. AAAR also held that it is not local authority as defined u/s.2(69) of the CGST Act. The ld. AAAR held that since the primary condition of the composite services having been provided to a Central Government, State Government, Union territory or local authority is not getting satisfied, the appellant is not eligible for the benefit of the notification and confirmed ruling of AAR about GPSSB.

In respect of GPSC, the ld. AAAR noted the contention of the appellant that GPSC is a constitutional body having its own identity and 100 per cent controlled, financed & managed by the State Government which amounts to ‘State Government’.

In this respect the ld. AAAR referred to definition of term ‘State Government’ under the General Clauses Act, 1897, which reads as under:

“(60) “State Government”, –
(a) as respects anything done before the commencement of the Constitution, shall mean, in a Part A State, the Provincial Government of the corresponding Province, in a Part B State, the authority or person authorised at the relevant date to exercise executive government in the corresponding Acceding State, and in a Part C State, the Central Government;

(b) as respects anything done [after the commencement of the Constitution and before the commencement of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956], shall mean, in a Part A State, the Governor, in a Part B State, the Rajpramukh, and in a Part C State, the Central Government;

[(c) as respects anything done or to be done after the commencement of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, shall mean, in a State, the Governor, and in a Union territory, the Central Government;

and shall, in relation to functions entrusted under article 258A of the Constitution to the Government of India, include the Central Government acting within the scope of the authority given to it under that article];”

The ld. AAAR observed that in view of the above definition, GPSC is not State Government and confirmed ruling of AAR. The judgments cited by the appellant were distinguished. The ld. AAAR rejected the appeal confirming the ruling of ld. AAR.

Classification — “Nonwoven Coated Fabrics”

Om Vinyls Pvt. Ltd. (AAR Order No. GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/2024/21 (IN APPLICATION NO. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2023/AR/22) Dated: 6th September, 2024)(Guj)

The applicant explained the nature of the product with manufacturing process as under:

“Nonwoven fabric is manufactured from PVC films, adhesive gum and nonwoven in their factory;

* that manufactured film is ready for further process called lamination / thermoforming;

* that cellular leather cloth/thermoforming is used widely for auto tops [canopy], sports shoe upper by laminating a thin PVC film with another layer of calendered sheeting containing blowing agent with textile backing; that this combination can be expanded in a separate stenter / foaming oven;

* a drum heated to about 180o C is driven & provided with a rubber coloured pressure roller to press the layers together & eliminate trapped air;

* the laminated combination is made to travel inside the heated chambers where the blowing agent is activated & controlled expansion is initiated in the middle calendered film;

* the process matches the standard approved by BIS; that the product is used mainly in outdoor application where the weather condition is uncertain.”

It is informed that components like, PVC resin, DOP / DIN, CPS 52 per cent, CA CO3, Stabilisers, Anti-oxidants, Pigment & Poly propylene are used in the process.

The uses of non-woven fabrics were also mentioned like use as table cover, TV cover, Sofa cover, fridge cover etc.

The appellant has raised following questions.

“1. Whether ‘nonwoven coated fabrics- coated, laminated or impregnated with PVC falls under HSN 56031400?

2. If ‘nonwoven coated fabrics- coated, laminated or impregnated with PVC’

does not fall under HSN 56031400 then it will fall under which heading of chapter 50?

3. If ‘nonwoven coated fabrics -coated, laminated or impregnated with PVC’

does not fall under HSN 56031400 then it will fall under which heading of chapter 39?”

In personal hearing the applicant explained composition of product as under:

“PVC film      55% Rs.12.60
Gum               29% Rs. 6.40
Nonwoven     16% Rs. 3.00
— ———-
Total            100% Rs. 20”

The ld. AAR referred to relevant material under Customs Tariff Act,1975, HSN, Circular etc. and reproduced same in AR.

Upon conjoint reading of the manufacturing process, the section notes, chapter notes, etc., the ld. AAR observed that the nonwoven coated fabrics — coated, laminated or impregnated with PVC, will not fall under chapter 56.

On going through the HSN explanatory notes of chapter 50, the ld. AAR observed that generally speaking chapter 50 covers silk, including mixed textile materials classified as silk, at its various stages of manufacture, from the raw materials to the woven fabrics and it also includes silk worm gut. The ld. AAR also observed that the applicant’s product nonwoven coated fabrics — coated, laminated or impregnated with PVC, is a combination of nonwoven fabrics, adhesive coat and PVC sheet, thereby not meeting the primary requirement for falling under chapter 50. In view of the foregoing, the ld. AAR held that the product of the applicant would not fall within the ambit of chapter 50 also.

After going through the information, the ld. AAR held that since the product of the applicant is a mixture of various constituents, the product is to be classified as if they consisted of the material or component which gives them their essential character. Observing that the major constituent is PVC sheet which is 120 GSM out of the total 240 GSM, the ld. AAR held that the goods of the applicant viz nonwoven coated fabrics — coated, laminated or impregnated with PVC would fall under chapter 39.

About bags, ld. AAR followed circular no. 80/54/2018-GST dated 31st December, 2018 and held that Non-Woven Bags laminated with BOPP would be classifiable as plastic bags under tariff item 3923 and would attract 18 per cent GST.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR passed ruling that the product, nonwoven coated fabrics -coated, laminated or impregnated with PVC will fall under chapter heading 39 and the products [a] table cover, [b] television cover [c] washing machine cover would fall within the ambit of tariff item 392690 and would attract 18 per cent GST, while bags would be classifiable under tariff item 3923 and would attract 18 per cent GST.

CLASSIFICATION – “SLACK ADJUSTERS”

Madras Engineering Industries Pvt. Ltd. (AR Order No. Advance Ruling No.27/ARA/2024 Dated: 5th December, 2024)(TN)

The facts are that M/s. Madras Engineering Industries Private Limited manufactures ‘Slack Adjusters’ and supplies the same to Truck, Bus and Trailer axle manufacturers in India. They supply these slack adjusters for the replacement market through their vast and well spread distribution arrangement.

The applicant further informed that Slack Adjusters under HSN code 87089900 are charged at 28 per cent as they are used for Trucks & Bus applications for both OE fitment and in the aftermarket. It was further informed that Slack Adjusters developed exclusively for trailer axle fitments are classified under HSN Code 87169010 and charged at 18 per cent for both OE fitment and for aftermarket requirements.

The difference between two products was explained as under:

Based on the above background, the applicant asked whether the HSN code followed and whether the GST rate applied for stack adjusters used in the truck and trailer applications is proper or not?

The ld. AAR referred to nature and use of product as under:

“7.1. The applicant is in the business of manufacturing and supplying ‘Slack Adjusters’ used in the braking system of Buses, Trucks and Trailers. Slack Adjuster is a part of a vehicle braking system and hence is an essential safety critical part of the vehicle. Slack adjusters are connected to the brake chamber push rod and Scam Shaft to convert lateral movement of brake chamber pushrod to rotational movement and rotate the S-cam shaft while brakes are applied. This is used to release and bring back the S-cam shaft to its original position when the brakes are applied. These slack adjusters are normally used in heavy vehicles namely, buses and trucks. It is also used in the trailers where the load carried is substantial. The specification of the slack adjusters used in ‘Buses & Trucks’ and in ‘Trailers’ are distinguishable as explained by the applicant.”

In order to arrive at an appropriate classification of the item used in the motor vehicle, the ld. AAR referred to the tariff classification as issued by the CBIC read with its schedules, guided by interpretative rules, section notes, Chapter Notes supported by the Explanatory Notes to the HSN.

In respect of Slack Adjuster for trailer, the ld. AAR referred to the entries for trailer. The ld. AAR observed that, a trailer is a wheeled vehicle attached to another powered vehicle for movement of goods and cargo. HSN 8716 exclusively deals with Trailers, Semi-trailers and other vehicles not mechanically propelled. As the HSN provides for a separate classification for trailers, semi-trailers and other such vehicles, the slack adjusters used exclusively in the braking system of trailers are rightly classified as ‘Parts and accessories of trailers’ under HSN 87169010. Accordingly, the ld. AAR approved classification made by applicant.

Regarding Slack adjusters used in the braking system of Buses and Trucks supplied to both, OEMs and aftermarket Sales, as ‘Parts and accessories of motor vehicles under HSN 87089900, the ld. AAR approved GST rate of 28 per cent.

Thus the ld. AAR upheld slack adjusters used in the braking system of a Trailer supplied to OEMs and aftermarket Sales as ‘Parts and accessories of trailers’ under HSN 87169010 and its GST rate of 18 per cent.

The ld. AAR mentioned that the applicant should ensure to adopt correct classification of the product as the slack adjusters supplied are different for both ‘buses & trucks’ and ‘trailer’ and accordingly allowed AR in favour of applicant.

SALE FROM FTWZ AND REVERSAL OF ITC

Haworth India Pvt. Ltd. (AR Order No. Advance Ruling No.26/ARA/2024 Dated: 5th December, 2024)(TN)

The applicant, M/s. Haworth India Private Ltd. had sought Advance Ruling on the following questions:
“1. In the facts and circumstances of the case, whether the transfer of title of goods by the Applicant to its customers or multiple transfers within the FTWZ would result in bonded warehouse transaction covered under Schedule III of the CGST Act, 2017 r/w CGST Amendment Act, 2018?

2. Whether the Integrated Tax (IGST) Circular No. 3/1/2018 dated 25th May, 2018 is applicable to the present factual situation?”

The questions were earlier decided vide AR dated 20th June, 2023 but the ld. AAAR remanded matter back vide appeal order dated 20th December, 2023 and hence this fresh proceeding. In fresh proceeding, following questions are considered:

“1. Whether in the facts and circumstances the activities and transactions would fall under paragraph 8(a) or 8(b) of Schedule III of CGST Act and remain non-taxable?

2. Whether irrespective of the activities and transactions falling under paragraph 8(a) or 8(b) as aforesaid input tax credit would be available without any reversals since no prescription has been notified for purpose of Explanation (ii) below Section 17(3) of CGST Act?”

The applicant is engaged in manufacture and sale of office furniture under the brand name ‘Haworth’. The applicant imports certain finished goods from its group entities. Applicant sales such imported goods.

The applicant contemplated to operate the import and re-sale transactions from a Free Trade Warehousing Zone (hereinafter referred to as ‘FTWZ’) for operational convenience involving less documentation and swift clearance process so as to expedite project execution. Applicant explained the process of such transaction.

The Applicant secures space in the FTWZ for a fee to store the imported goods from a unit holder. The Applicant executes required lease agreement with the FTWZ unit holder and deposits the goods from the port by filing Bill of Entry (BOE). FTWZ, owned and operated by independent third party, merely clears and warehouses the goods imported. The FTWZ collects warehousing charges from the Applicant.

No import duty is paid on clearance from the port.

The Applicant transfers the title of goods to customer under the cover of an invoice. The customer either clears goods from the FTWZ or may make further transfer of such goods to other customers. The goods continue to remain in FTWZ unit holder till the final customer files BOE and clears goods from FTWZ. The applicant reiterated that multiple transfers are made while goods are lying in FTWZ.

The final customer clears the goods from the FTWZ for home consumption and at this juncture, goods are removed from the warehouse and is taken to the premises of the Customer.

The applicant was of opinion that since FTWZ is equivalent to bonded warehouse, transfers within FTWZ before clearance shall fall under Schedule III of the CGST Act, 2017, thereby not attracting levy under GST.

The applicant was of further opinion that in case of goods deposited in a warehouse, only the person who is ultimately clearing the goods for home consumption is liable to tax and the transferor is not liable to tax on such transfer of warehoused goods.

The applicant also placed reliance on the advance rulings pronounced by Tamil Nadu Advance Ruling Authority in the case of The Bank of Nova Scotia – Order No. 23/AAR/2018 dated 31st December, 2018 -2019-VIL-29-AAR and

Sadesa Commercial Offshore De Macau Limited – Order No. 24/AAR/2018 dated 31st December, 2018 – 2019-VIL-28-AAR.

The ld. AAR examined scheme of ‘warehoused’ goods with reference to provision of GST Act.

After scrutiny of various aspects, in respect of question (1), the ld. AAR observed as under:
“7.23 Under these circumstances, we are of the opinion that a ‘Free Trade

Warehousing Zone’, as the name suggests, is a bonded premises providing warehousing facility, much in parity with the bonded warehouse under the Customs Act. Further, when the goods are imported and brought into a FTWZ unit, they are basically warehoused first and then traded or subjected to other authorized operations as the case may be. We notice that the applicant’s queries for advance ruling in the instant case is restricted to the first stage, i.e., when the imported goods are supplied to any person before they are cleared for home consumption, while they still remain warehoused. Accordingly, we are of the considered opinion that the provisions of 8(a) of Schedule III of the CGST Act, 2017, viz., “Supply of warehoused goods to any person before clearance for home consumption” applies to the instant case.”

Regarding question (2), the ld. AAR examined the provision of Section 17(2) and 17(3) which talks about apportionment of credit in such situations when a taxable person effects taxable supplies as well as exempted supplies. After examining the legal position, the ld. AAR observed as under:

“7.28 Under the facts and circumstances of the case, we are of the considered opinion that reversal of proportionate input tax credit of common inputs/input services/Capital goods is not warranted at the hands of the Applicant in terms of the amended Section 17(3) of the CGST Act, 2017 read with Explanation 3 of Rule 43 of the CGST Rules, 2017, even when the activity/transaction in question is covered under paragraph 8(a) of Schedule III of the CGST Act, 2017, as long as it does not relate to supplies from ‘Duty Free Shops’ at arrival terminal in international airports to the incoming passengers.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAR passed the ruling in favour of applicant.

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

98. M/S. Atulya Minerals Vs. Commissioner Of State & Others

[2025-Tiol-271-Hc-Orissa-Gst]

Dated: 3rd February, 2025

Rule 86A of CGST Rules 2017- Revenue’s right to block the credit expires on completion of one year when appropriate recovery proceeding is initiated.

FACTS

Pursuant to a judgment dated 10th September, 2024, revenue made a fresh order dated 27th September, 2024 invoking Rule 86A of CGST Rules, 2017. Petitioner challenged the said fresh order which justified appropriation of future input tax credit (ITC) when it becomes available to the petitioner and thus do negative blocking of ITC. The fact of the matter is that Rule 86A of Orissa GST Rules, 2017 allows blocking of electronic ledger for a period of one year. Vide the order passed by Hon. High Court, petitioner was directed to satisfy the authority during the blocking period of maximum one year to show that there did not exist a reason to continue to block the credit. According to the petitioner, the fresh order of the revenue was without any basis. Reliance was placed by petitioner on the view taken by division Bench of Telangana High Court [Laxmi Fine Chemical vs. Assistant Commissioner (2024) 18 Centax 134 (Telangana)] which in turn had considered several precedents.

HELD

Hon. High Court noted that Laxmi Fine Chemical (supra) was a view taken by Telangana High Court prior to the view taken in the above cited orders dated 10th September, 2024 and 23rd September, 2024. Further, revenue’s counsel submitted that the investigation report was already submitted and proceedings were to be initiated. Hence Hon. Bench found no necessity of appropriation for negative blocking as revenue’s right is already reserved to initiate recovery proceedings under section 73 or also under section 74, rather than invoking Rule 86A. Hence, impugned order purporting to justify blocking of future credit was without basis. Referring to Laxmi Fine Chemical (supra), it was held that on initiation of appropriate recovery proceedings, the blocking automatically will come to an end after expiry of one year thereby making available to the dealer to debit the electronic ledger for the available input tax credit.

99. M/s. TTK Healthcare Ltd vs. The Assistant State Tax Officer [Kerala]

[2025-TIOL-224-HC-Kerala-GST]

Dated: 29th November, 2024.

In absence of constitution of the Appellate Tribunal, 10 per cent of the disputed demand directed to be paid in order to defer the recovery and invocation of the bank guarantee; with a condition that the Appeal is filed within one month of Tribunal’s constitution.

FACTS

The petitioner challenged the order under section 129 of the GST law which was upheld by the First Appellate Authority. In absence of non-constitution of the Appellate Tribunal, a second appeal under section 112 of the law cannot be filed. On an apprehension that the bank guarantee furnished for the release of goods will be invoked, the present writ is filed.

HELD

The Court disposed of the writ petition by directing that if 10 per cent of the disputed amount is remitted, any further recovery or invocation of the bank guarantee will be deferred until a final decision is made by the Tribunal. However, the Appeal should be filed within one month of its constitution.

100. Rohan Dyes and Intermediates Ltd vs. Union of India and Ors [Gujarat]

[2025-TIOL-225-HC-AHM-GST]

Dated: 8th January, 2025.

In absence of an opportunity of personal hearing and insufficient verification of data, the order was remanded to the authorities for proper verification of data and provision of a fair hearing.

FACTS

The petitioner was unable to upload Form GST TRAN-1 to claim transitional credit and sought permission from the Court to file the form. After several legal proceedings and the issuance of a circular by CBIC, the Form GST TRAN-1 was filed in October 2022. The Assistant Commissioner questioned the claim and asked for further documentation. After submission of documentation, part of the claim was rejected, citing discrepancies based on the Service Tax Returns for June 2017.

HELD

The High Court noted that there was violation of principles of natural justice as the order was passed without providing an opportunity of being heard and the department failed to provide a reasoned order. Further the order was based on insufficient verification of data. Accordingly, the matter is remanded with a direction of giving a fair hearing and after verification of provisions of law.

101. Kamala Stores and Anr vs. The State of West Bengal and Ors [Calcutta]

[2025-TIOL-277-HC-KOL-GST]

Dated: 6th February, 2025

Considering the bona fides of the petitioner, the delay in filing the appeal was condoned and the Appellate Authority directed to dispose of the case on merits.

FACTS

Petitioner’s appeal was rejected on the ground that the same is barred by limitation. It was stated that without appropriately taking note of the grounds for condonation of delay, the appeal got rejected on the ground that the authority is competent only to condone the delay provided the appeal is filed within the period of one month beyond the time prescribed.

HELD

Petitioner had made the pre-deposit before filing the appeal. There appears to be a delay of 79 days in filing the appeal. Taking into consideration that they are a small partnership firm and there is no lack of bona fide and one does not stand to gain by filing a belated appeal, the Court directed the appellate authority to hear and dispose of the appeal, on merit, upon giving an opportunity of hearing, within a period of eight weeks.

102. BMW India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Appellate Authority for Advance Ruling for the State of Haryana

(2024) 24 Centax 382 (P&H.)

Dated: 12th November, 2024

ITC on demo vehicles used for promotional purpose shall be eligible even if such vehicles are capitalized in the books of accounts and itself are not sold separately.

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in business of sale of motor vehicles. It was desirous of knowing the eligibility of ITC in respect of demo vehicles used for promotion and approached Authority of Advance Ruling (AAR) for the same. AAR responded in the negative. On further appeal, Appellate Authority of Advance Ruling (AAAR) (respondent) confirmed that such ITC on demo vehicle is not eligible. Aggrieved, by such an order petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court relied upon Circular No. 231/25/2024-GST (F. No. CBIC-20001/6/2024-GST) dated 10th September, 2024, which clarified that ITC is admissible on demo vehicles used in the course or furtherance of business. Accordingly, impugned order was quashed and writ petition was disposed of in favour of petitioner.

103. Kshitij Ghildiyal vs. Director General of GST Intelligence, Delhi

(2024) 25 Centax 267 (Del.)

Dated: 16th December, 2024

Arrest made without communicating the grounds in writing to petitioner is illegal and violative of legal procedure and principle of natural justice.

FACTS

Petitioner was a director of a company engaged in e-waste management. A search was conducted at the company’s premises under section 67 of the CGST Act, 2017 and petitioner was taken under judicial custody at respondent’s office on 28th November, 2024 for two days. Petitioner was subsequently arrested on 30th November, 2024 alleging availing fraudulent ITC based on fake invoices without furnishing the grounds of arrest in writing. He was produced before the Chief Judicial Magistrate on 30th November 2024, who remanded him to judicial custody for 13 days. Aggrieved by illegal detention and procedural violations of law, petitioner filed an application before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court ruled that failure to provide written grounds of arrest clearly violated Article 22(1) of the Constitution of India and section 69(2) of the CGST Act. The Court relied upon the Supreme Court judgment in the case of Pankaj Bansal vs. Union of India [(2023) 155 taxmann.com 39 (SC)] where it was reaffirmed that written communication of grounds of arrest is mandatory and fundamental. The Court further observed that respondent had committed various other procedure defaults such as irregularities in the issuance of summons, including backdated signatures, delayed DIN generation and illegally detaining for two days at the respondent’s office. Citing all the above stated reasons, the Court declared the petitioner’s arrest illegal and set aside the remand order.

104. Proxima Steel Forge Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India

(2024) 24 Centax 294 (P&H.)

Dated 3rd October, 2024.

Subordinate Authority cannot refuse to comply with and question the basis of directions of Appellate Authority.

FACTS

The petitioner filed a refund application of ₹2,02,09,111/-. However, the respondent rejected the claim, citing it as time-barred under Circular No. 157/13/2021-GST [F. NO. CBIC-20006/10/2021], dated 20th July, 2021. The petitioner filed an appeal against such rejection of application. Appellate Authority directed respondent for reconsidering the application on merits. Despite such clear directions of considering the refund application on merits respondent once again rejected the refund application ignoring the direction of Appellate Authority. Aggrieved by such order, petitioner filed an application before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court held that order passed by respondent dismissing petitioner’s refund application as time barred in spite of clear instructions given by appellate authority for deciding the application on merits, is bad in law. The Court further stated that such actions reflect a failure in the hierarchical structure of GST system which could lead to administrative chaos and evade public trust in appeal process. The Court also emphasized that subordinate officers must comply with appellate decisions to maintain the integrity of the system and prevent unnecessary litigation. The impugned order passed by respondent dated 24th January, 2024 was set aside directing Appellate Authority to appoint another officer to reassess and decide petitioner’s refund application purely on its merits within a stipulated period of two months.

105. Ali K. vs. Additional Director General, DGGI, Kochi

(2024) 24 Centax 283 (Ker.)

Dated: 9th August, 2024

Provisional attachment ought to be automatically vacated and cannot be extended beyond one year by issuing fresh order.

FACTS

The petitioner was a partner of a firm engaged in the business of scrap. A search was conducted at their business premises in November 2020 which resulted in cancellation of the firm’s GST registration. Subsequently, a SCN was issued in 2023 demanding GST alleging that petitioners had availed ITC based on fake invoices. During the pendency of proceedings, the respondent issued an order attaching bank accounts of petitioner and the firm. The petitioners requested the respondent for lifting attachment on conclusion of one year period as per Section 83 of the CGST Act, 2017. However, to safeguard revenue interests, the respondent issued a fresh attachment order on petitioner’s properties. Aggrieved by this action, the petitioners filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court held that courts cannot deviate from the plain meaning of statutory provisions even in the public interest. It was observed that section 83 of the CGST Act, 2017 explicitly limits the period of provisional attachment to one year from the date of initial order. High Court cited Radha Krishan Industries vs. State of Himachal Pradesh — 2021 (48) G.S.T.L. 113 (S.C.) where Supreme Court held that the time-period of provisional attachment under section 83 read with Rule 159 of CGST Rules, 2017 must be strictly interpreted as the same does not permit issue of a fresh attachment order after expiry of maximum period of one year. Accordingly, the Court dismissed the writ petition in favour of petitioner.

106. Sali P. Mathai. Ltd vs. State Tax Officer, State GST Department, Idukki

(2024) 24 Centax 316 (Ker.)

Dated 29th October, 2024

Limitation period of two years does not apply to fresh refund application after rectifying deficiencies when original refund application which was filed in time.

FACTS

Petitioner filed an application for a refund on 5th April, 2021 under section 54 of the CGST Act 2017. Respondent, upon reviewing the application, issued a deficiency memo on 19th April, 2021 highlighting certain discrepancies. In response, petitioner submitted a fresh refund application on 30th September, 2021. However, respondent rejected fresh application stating that two years had already passed and the same was time barred. Aggrieved, petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court held that Rule 90(3) of the CGST Rules requires a fresh refund application to be filed after rectifying deficiencies, but does not mandate that the period of limitation of two years under section 54(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 should apply to a fresh refund application. Once the original application was filed in time, limitation period cannot apply for subsequent application made after rectification of deficiency. Accordingly, the Court ordered respondent to take cognizance of documents submitted and process the refund application in accordance with the law.

107. A.N. Enterprises vs. Additional Commissioner

(2024) 24 Centax 347 (All.)

Dated: 19th September, 2024.

Goods cannot be detained or seized invoking section 129 of CGST Act merely on the basis of undervaluation of goods unless there is clear evidence of tax evasion, fraud, or misdeclaration.

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in the business of scrap. It had sold aluminium cables in the normal course of business accompanied by all relevant documents. During transit, the goods were intercepted, and upon physical verification, respondent asserted that the consignment contained PVC Aluminium Mixed Cable (Feeder Cable) instead of aluminium cable. Respondent seized the consignment and initiated proceedings under section 129 of the CGST Act citing undervaluation of goods and made petitioner pay deposit towards penalty without issuing any SCN. On appeal by the petitioner, it was pointed out that Commissioner Commercial Tax had issued a circular on 9th May, 2018 that goods could not be detained on the ground of undervaluation. However, appellate authority supported the order of Additional Commissioner. Petitioner therefore challenged detention order of the respondent based on the ground of undervaluation and for the reason of difference in HSN before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court observed that almost similar goods were accompanied by all requisite documents and that there was no discrepancy in the HSN Code, quantity or tax rate. The Court emphasized that, as per the Commissioner’s Circular No. 229/1819009 dated 9th May, 2018, goods cannot be detained merely on the grounds of undervaluation. Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed, and the authorities were directed to refund any amount deposited by petitioner.

108. BLA Infrastructure (P.) Ltd. vs. State of Jharkhand

[2025] 171 taxmann.com 187 (Jharkhand)

Dated: 30th January, 2025

When an appeal filed against the order is allowed in favour of the Appellant, a right to receive the 10 per cent pre-deposit is vested in the name of the appellant and the same cannot be retained by the statutory authority citing a limitation period of 2 years under section 54 of the CGST Act which appears to be directory in nature and also is in conflict with Article 137 of the Limitation Act.

FACTS

The petitioner received a Show cause notice alleging the mismatch in GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B, followed by an ex-parte order confirming the demand. Aggrieved by the same, the petitioner preferred an appeal after making a statutory pre-deposit of 10 per cent of the disputed tax amount in terms of Section 107(6)(b) of the Act. After hearing the petitioner and scrutinizing the documents, the appeal was allowed in favour of the petitioner and Form GST APL-04 was issued. The petitioner made an application for a refund of the pre-deposit amount, which was held deficient being beyond the period prescribed under section 54(1) of the Goods & Services Tax Act and hence, aggrieved thereof, the petitioner filed the petition.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that there is no dispute to the effect that once a refund is by way of statutory exercise, the same cannot be retained by the State, or the Centre, especially by taking aid of a provision which on the face of it is directory. The language stated in Section 54 is “may make an application before the expiry of 2 years from the relevant date”. The Court also referred to Article 137 of the Limitation Act, 1963, which provides for a 3-year limitation period for filing a Money Suit. Referring to decisions of the Hon’ble Supreme Court using the use of the word ‘may’ and the decision of Hon’ble Madras High Court in the case of Lenovo (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Joint Commr. Of Gst (Appeals-1), Chennai 2023 (79) G.S.T.L. 299 (Mad.), as also, taking into consideration that the refund of statutory pre-deposit is a right vested on an assessee after an appeal is allowed in its favour, the Hon’ble Court further held that when the Constitution of India restricts levy of any tax without the authority of law, the retention of the same on the ground of statutory restriction, which is in conflict with the Limitation Act, appears to be being misread by the authorities of the GST Department.

109. Brand Protection Services (P.) Ltd vs. State of Bihar

[2025] 171 taxmann.com 318 (Patna)

Dated: 4th February, 2025.

For filing an appeal, the date of receipt of the order is to be excluded while counting the period of limitation. Also, the period mentioned in section 107(1) cannot be interpreted as 90 days and 30 days for section 107(4) of the CGST Act.

FACTS

The petitioner received a final demand order under section 73(9) on 27th December, 2023, along with a summary order in Form DRC-07. The petitioner filed an appeal in Form GST APL-01 under section 107 after a statutory period of 3 months but within the condonable period of one month on 26th April, 2024, claiming that the delay was due to ill health of the director. Revenue rejected the appeal at the admission stage on the grounds that it was filed beyond the limitation period of three months plus a condonable period of one month (interpreted as 120 days). Petitioner contended that the appellate authority erred in interpreting the limitation period as 120 days instead of four calendar months.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that the period of three months mentioned in section 107(1) and a period of one month under section 107(4) cannot be interpreted as a period of 90 days and 30 days respectively. By virtue of section 9 of the General Clauses Act, the date i.e. 27th December, 2023 on which the appellate order was received by the petitioner is liable to be excluded in counting the prescribed period of limitation. The Hon’ble Court referred to a method of computation of a ‘month’ as per Halsbury’s Laws of England, 4th Edn., para 2116, that when the period prescribed is a calendar month running from any arbitrary date the period expires upon the day in the succeeding month corresponding to the date upon which the period starts, save that if the period starts at the end of a calendar month which contains more days than the next succeeding month, the period expires at the end of that succeeding month. The Court also referred to various judicial precedents on the subject matter to conclude that in the present case, three-month periods from the date of receipt of the order of adjudicating authority i.e. 27th December, 2023 expired on 27th December, 2024 and since the appeal was preferred on 26th April, 2024, appellate authority was required to consider cause shown by petitioner to condone delay as petitioner could have preferred an appeal within a further period of one month i.e. 27th April, 2024. The Hon’ble Court thus held that the appeal was preferred within one month after the expiry of the prescribed period of limitation of three months and hence order rejecting the appeal is liable to be set aside.

110. (Andhra Pradesh) Habrik Infra vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST)

[2025] 171 taxmann.com 67

Dated 22nd January, 2025

Order without DIN number or signature is non-est and Invalid.

FACTS

The petitioner was served with an assessment order in Form GST DRC-07. He challenged the said order on various grounds, including that the said order did not contain the signature of the assessing officer and the DIN number. The petitioner relied upon the circular, dated 23rd December, 2019, bearing No.128/47/2019-GST, issued by the C.B.I.C., to submit that the non-mention of a DIN number would mitigate against the validity of such proceedings. He also pointed out that, the question of the effect of non-inclusion of DIN number on proceedings, under the G.S.T. Act, came to be considered by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Pradeep Goyal vs. Union of India & Ors 2022 (63) G.S.T.L. 286 (SC) in which, after noticing the provisions of the Act and the circular issued by the Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (herein referred to as “C.B.I.C.”), the Hon’ble Supreme Court held that an order, which does not contain a DIN number would be non-est and invalid.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that, in view of the aforesaid judgments and the circular issued by the C.B.I.C., the non-mentioning of a DIN number and absence of the signature of the assessing officer in the impugned assessment order, would be liable to be set aside.

111. Addichem Speciality LLP vs. Special Commissioner I, Department of Trade and Taxes

[2025] 171 taxmann.com 315 (Delhi)

Dated: 7th February, 2025.

There is no authority in law to condone the delay in respect of appeals filed beyond the prescribed period of limitation provided by sections 107 (1) and 107 (4) of the CGST Act.

FACTS

The petitioners (in a batch of writ petitions) are registered proprietors / dealers under the CGST Act, each holding different registration number. They were assessed by the respective adjudicating authorities which resulted in certain demands being raised against them and in some instances, their GST registrations also were cancelled. Aggrieved by the cancellation of their GST registrations and the demands imposed, the petitioners filed statutory appeals before the Appellate Authority under section 107 of the CGST. However, those appeals were not entertained and were dismissed due to delay in filing.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that it is well settled that once a statute prescribes a specific period of limitation, the Appellate Authority does not inherently hold any power to condone the delay in filing the appeal by invoking the provisions of sections 5 or 29 of the Limitation Act, 1963. The Hon’ble Court relied upon the decision of Apex court in the case of Singh Enterprises vs. Commissioner of Central Excise, Jamshedpur & Ors. [(2008) 3 SCC 70 = 2008 (221) E.L.T. 163 (S.C.)], Commissioner of Customs and Central Excise vs. Hongo (2009) 5 SCC 791 and Garg Enterprises vs. State of UP 2024 (84) G.S.T.L. 78 (All.) in support of the said proposition. It further held that the Supreme Court has observed that the plenary powers of the High Court cannot, in any case, exceed the jurisdictional powers under Article 142 of the Constitution of India 1950, and even the Supreme Court cannot extend the period of limitation de hors the provisions contained in any statutory enactment. The Court further held that the power to condone delay caused in pursuing a statutory remedy would always be dependent upon the statutory provision that governs. The right to seek condonation of delay and invoke the discretionary power inhering in an appellate authority would depend upon whether the statute creates a special and independent regime with respect to limitation or leaves an avenue open for the appellant to invoke the general provisions of the Limitation Act to seek condonation of delay. The facility to seek condonation can be resorted provided the legislation does not construct an independent regime with respect to an appeal being preferred. Once it is found that the legislation incorporates a provision that creates a special period of limitation and proscribes the same being entertained after a terminal date, the general provisions of the Limitation Act would cease to apply.

परोपदेशेपांडित्यम् !

This is one of the most commonly observed aspects of human nature. While advising others, all are ‘scholars’ or ‘wise’ men; but when it comes to own conduct, they very rarely follow it. This is adopted from Hitopadesh (1.103)

परोपदेशेपाण्डित्यम् ‘wisdom’ or ‘scholarliness’ in advising others.

सर्वेषाम्सुकरंनृणाम् Is very easy for all human beings.

धर्मेस्वयमनुष्ठानं  However, when it comes to their own life.

कस्यचित्तुमहात्मन:  Very few great people (महात्मा) do follow those principles.

There is another version of this verse.

परोपदेशवेलायां At the time of advising others.

शिष्टा: सर्वेभवन्तिवै  All act like ‘gentlemen’ or ‘noble’ men.

विस्मरन्तीहशिष्टत्वं However, they forget all that wisdom.

स्वकार्येसमुपस्थिते When it comes to their own work.

This is nothing but hypocrisy. It is observed and experienced in every walk of life.

There are religious leaders who preach great morals in their discourses and sermons. However, in their own lives they are often exposed as greedy people with criminal minds and of loose character. There are number of examples of this type.

Even in day to day life, parents and teachers give lectures to children and students for good behaviour. They will explain the importance of cleanliness, discipline, helping others, chivalry, love for nature, hygienic food, good habits, high tastes and culture, hospitality, service to the nation, service to society, sacrifice, selflessness — so on and so forth. They will tell all the virtues under the sun. However, in own lives, they depict bad habits, cheap conduct, corrupt practices, indiscipline, selfishness, etc.

There is a parallel saying: –

चित्तेवाचिक्रियायां च साधूनामेकरूपता!

Noble people are consistent in what they think, what they speak and what they do. Their thoughts, speech and action reflect one and the same thing. Such persons are indeed very rare, particularly in today’s kaliyuga.

Take our political leaders. They will give long speeches at the top of their voice, full of high values; but they may be scoundrels of the first order! They amass humongous wealth, commit all crimes, harass poor people, adopt corrupt practices. Same is the case with industrialists, businessmen, bosses in offices, bureaucrats, senior professionals. Judges in the courts may punish someone for wrong doing; but they themselves may be committing those things in personal life!

It is also experienced that when you seek help from somebody, he will give you a lecture as to how you should have behaved. However, they won’t help you at all!

Doctors may advise you to avoid all ‘addictions’ but they may not themselves refrain from those addictions. A CA may explain the importance of documentation, financial planning and discipline. However, he may not be maintaining his own accounts, he may be lethargic in paper work; his own finances may be mismanaged! Management of an educational institution may admit students strictly on merits; but for their own children, they may resort to all those undesirable things for getting admission, getting good results in examination, and so on.

Even professional bodies teach ethics but in reality … The less said the better!

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

INTRODUCTION

One of the important committees of the Board of Directors of a listed company is the Nomination and Remuneration Committee (“NRC”). The NRC plays a very important role in the corporate governance of a listed company. Recognising its importance,  the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“LODR”) has prescribed various roles and responsibilities for the NRC. Let us analyse its relevance in the context of a listed entity.

MANDATORY REQUIREMENT UNDER THE ACT’

Under the Act and the LODR, the NRC is a mandatory committee that all listed entities have to constitute. The Companies Act also requires that the following unlisted public companies constitute an NRC:

(i) Public Companies having a paid-up share capital of ₹10 crore or more; or

(ii)Public Companies having a turnover of ₹100 crore or more; or

(iii)Public Companies which have, in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures and deposits, exceeding ₹50 crore.

The paid-up share capital or turnover or outstanding loans, debentures and deposits, as the case may be, as existing on the last date of the latest audited financial statements shall be taken into account for the above purpose.

However, despite being covered by the above thresholds, the following companies need not constitute an NRC:

(a) a joint venture

(b) a wholly owned subsidiary; and

(c) a dormant company as defined under section 455 of the Act

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE LODR

In addition to the provisions of the Act, the LODR contains certain additional provisions for the NRC. The NRC must comprise of at least 3 directors of which all directors shall be non-executive directors and at least 2/3 of the NRC shall be independent directors. Non-executive directors would mean those directors who are not drawing any remuneration other than director’s sitting fees and commission. Thus, the members of the NRC would be either independent directors or non-executive non-independent directors. The requirement of having 2/3 of the NRC as independent directors is the same as in the case of the Audit Committee. However, unlike in the case of the Audit Committee (where members must be financially literate), there is no further qualification prescribed for the members of the NRC.

The quorum for a meeting of the NRC is either 2 members or 1/3 of the members of the committee, whichever is greater, including at least 1 independent director in attendance. Thus, if there is no independent director in attendance, then an NRC cannot have a meeting.

The LODR requires that the NRC meets at least once in a financial year. Thus, while the Audit Committee must meet once every quarter, the NRC can meet only once in a financial year.

CHAIRPERSON

The Chairperson of the nomination and remuneration committee must be an independent director, this again is the same as in the case of an Audit Committee. However, the Chairperson of the Company’s Board of Directors cannot be appointed as the Chairperson of the NRC but he can be a member of the NRC. This is so irrespective of whether he is an executive or a non-executive director.

The LODR provides that Chairperson of the NRC may be present at the AGM, to answer the shareholders’ queries. However, the Act states that the chairperson of the NRC constituted under this section or, in his absence, any other member of the committee authorised by him in this behalf shall attend the general meetings of the company.

Thus, unlike in the case of the Audit Committee Chairman, it is not mandatory for him to present at the AGM.It is up to the chairperson to decide who shall answer the shareholders’ queries.

ROLE UNDER ACT

The Act requires that the NRC shall identify persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down, recommend to the Board their appointment and removal and shall specify the manner for effective evaluation of performance of Board, its committees and individual directors to be carried out either by the Board, by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or by an independent external agency and review its implementation and compliance.

It shall formulate the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director and recommend to the Board a policy, relating to the remuneration for the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees. While doing so, the Committee must ensure that—

(a) the level and composition of remuneration is reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and motivate directors of the quality required to run the company successfully;

(b) relationship of remuneration to performance is clear and meets appropriate performance benchmarks; and

(c) remuneration to directors, key managerial personnel and senior management involves a balance between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long-term performance objectives appropriate to the working of the company and its goals:
The policy shall be placed on the website of the company, if any, and the salient features of the policy and changes therein, if any, along with the web address of the policy, if any, shall be disclosed in the report of the Board of Directors.

ROLE UNDER LODR

The responsibilities of the NRC as laid down under the LODR include the following which are in addition to those laid down under the Act:

(a) Formulation of the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director – this could also include additional requirements over and above those mandatorily laid down under the Companies Act, 2013 and the LODR. Listed entities are free to prescribe additional criteria for an independent director. For instance, while the Act prescribes 2 terms of a maximum tenure of 5 years per term, many companies prescribe a maximum tenure of 3 years per term.

For every appointment of an independent director, the NRC is required to evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and on the basis of such evaluation, prepare a description of the role and capabilities required of an independent director. The person recommended to the Board for appointment as an independent director shall have the capabilities identified in such description.

For the purpose of identifying suitable candidates, the Committee may:

  •  use the services of an external agencies, if required;
  •  consider candidates from a wide range of backgrounds, having due regard to diversity; and
  •  consider the time commitments of the candidates.

(b) Recommending to the board of directors a policy relating to, the remuneration of the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees – in the case of directors, it would include board fees and directors’ commission. In the case of KMPs and other employees, it would include, salary, bonus, variable pay, employee stock option plans, etc.

(c) Formulation of the criteria for evaluation of performance of independent directors and the board of directors – this could include external evaluation, internal questionnaires, surveys, benchmarking, etc.

(d) Devising a policy on diversity of board of directors – this could include diversity in terms of gender, experience, qualifications, etc.

(e) Identifying persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down, and recommend to the board of directors their appointment and removal. Any vacancy in a director must be filled up by the entity within 3 months.

(f) Whether to extend or continue the term of appointment of the independent director, on the basis of the report of performance evaluation of independent directors.

(g) Recommend to the board, all remuneration, in whatever form, payable to senior management. The LODR now expressly provides that remuneration and sitting fees paid by the listed entity or its subsidiary to its director, key managerial personnel or senior management (except those who are part of promoter) shall not require approval of the audit committee provided that the same is not material.

(h) The appointment / re-appointment of a person, including as a managing director or a whole-time director or a manager, who was earlier rejected by the shareholders at a general meeting, shall be done only with the prior approval of the shareholders. For this purpose, the NRC must provide a detailed explanation and justification for recommending such a person for appointment or re-appointment.

For the above purpose, the term “senior management” meansthose officers and personnel of the listed entity who are members of its core management team, excluding the Board of Directors, and shall also comprise all the members of the management one level below the Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director or Whole Time Director or Manager (including Chief Executive Officer and Manager, in case they are not part of the Boardof Directors) and shall specifically include the functional heads, by whatever name called and the persons identified and designated as Key Managerial Personnel (KMP), other than the board of directors, by the listed entity.

Earlier, the NRC only considered appointment and remuneration of the KMP. KMP under s.203 of the Companies Act, 2013 comprises of the MD, Manager, CEO, Whole-time Director, CFO and Company Secretary. However, now even one level below the KMP is covered within the ambit of the NRC. For instance, if there is a change in Vice-President Finance, then the same would have to be placed before the NRC.

When it comes to the appointment of KMP, the provisions of the LODR and the Companies Act are both relevant and should be kept in mind by the NRC:

(a) A whole-time KMP cannot hold office in more than one company except in its subsidiary company.

(b) A KMP can be a non-executive Director of any other company with the prior permission of his Board of Directors.

(c) S.196 of the Act lays down the requirements for a person to be appointed as an MD. For instance, one of the important requirements is that he must be a resident of India and resident for this purpose has been specifically defined under the Act. Another important requirement is that he must not have been sentenced to imprisonment for any period OR to a fine exceeding Rs. 1,000 for the conviction of any offence under 19 specific Laws, one of them is the Income-tax Act, 1961. For instance, if a person has been convicted for an offence relating to Tax Deducted at Source, he may become ineligible to be appointed as an MD of a company. To appoint such a person, prior approval would be required from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs.

(d) A person can be a Managing Director of maximum 2 companies. However, the 2nd company appointing such person as MD must approve his appointment by a Board resolution with the consent of all the directors present at the meeting.

(e) While fixing the managerial remuneration, the Act provides that the total managerial remuneration payable by a public company, to its directors, including managing director and whole-time director, and its manager in respect of any financial year shall not exceed 11% of the net profits of that company for that financial year computed in the manner laid down in section 198. The Remuneration payable to non-executive directors cannot exceed 1% of the net profits of the company. However, sitting fees payable for attending Board Meetings is not included in this limit, but the maximum fees payable per committee / board meeting cannot exceed ₹1 lakh.

Further, Schedule V to the Act provides for the maximum managerial remuneration in case of a company that has inadequate profits. The NRC must be cognizant of these provisions when it fixes the remuneration of an MD / Whole-time Director, Director, etc.

(f) The Companies Act provides that if the office of any whole-time KMP is vacated, the resulting vacancy shall be filled up by the Board at a meeting of the Board within a period of 6 months from the date of such vacancy. However, the LODR provides that any vacancy in the office of Chief Executive Officer, Managing Director, WholeTime Director or Manager or CFO shall be filled by the listed entity at the earliest and in any case not later than 3 months from the date of such vacancy. The LODR providing a more stringent requirement will override the provisions of the Act.

(g) The Compliance Officer (Company Secretary) of the Company shall be a whole-time employee of the listed entity, not more than one level below the board of directors and shall be designated as a Key Managerial Personnel.

(h) Any vacancy in the office of the Compliance Officer shall be filled by the listed entity within 3 months.

(i) In case of resignation of an independent director of the listed entity, detailed disclosures shall be made to the stock exchanges by the listed entities within 7 days from the date of his resignation. The NRC should ensure that these disclosures are made.

(j) In case of resignation of KMP, senior management, Compliance Officer or director other than an independent director; the letter of resignation along with detailed reasons for the resignation as given by the key managerial personnel, senior management, Compliance Officer or director shall be disclosed to the stock exchanges by the listed entities within 7 days from the date that such resignation comes into effect. The NRC should ensure that these disclosures are made.

The powers of the NRC were scrutinised by the Bombay High Court in the case of Invesco Developing Markets Fund vs. Zee Entertainment Enterprises Ltd. [2022] 232 COMP CASE 20 (Bombay). The Court held that there is no bar on a shareholder to appoint an Independent Director on the Board of a Company. S. 160 of the Act expressly gave powers to a shareholder to appoint a Director even if the same was not appointed by the NRC. The Court held that if this interpretation were upheld a shareholder of a listed company would not only be disabled from proposing Independent Directors, but such disability would extend to all other Directors. Effectively, even a majority shareholder of a listed Company would not be able to appoint a Director without identification by the NRC. The Court held that this was not the intent or purpose of the Act.

ESOP REGULATIONS

In addition to the Act and the LODR, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021 (“the ESOP Regulations”) also prescribe a role for NRCs of those listed companies that have instituted an ESOP. ESOPs for this purpose, can also be in the form of employee share purchase schemes, stock appreciation rights, etc.

The ESOP Regulations require that a company shall constitute a Compensation Committee for administration and superintendence of the ESOP schemes. However, its NRC can act as this Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee shall, inter alia, formulate the detailed terms and conditions of the ESOP schemes. Regulation 5(3) of the ESOP Regulations lays down the terms and conditions of schemes to be formulated by the Compensation Committee.

The Committee must also frame suitable policies and procedures to ensure that there is noviolation of securities laws, including the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 and the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices Relating to the Securities Market) Regulations, 2003.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

The corporate governance contained in the company’s Annual Report must contain the following disclosures regarding the NRC:

(a) brief description of terms of reference;

(b) composition, name of members and chairperson;

(c) meeting and attendance during the year;
(d) performance evaluation criteria for independent directors.

PENALTY

For any contravention of the provisions of Act relating to an NRC, the company shall be liable to a penalty of ₹5 lakhs and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of ₹1 lakh. The LODR provides a fine of ₹2,000 per day of non-compliance with respect to the constitution of the NRC.

In the case of Max Heights Infrastructure Ltd, Adjudication Order No. Order/BM/GN/2024-25/30529, SEBI’s Adjudication Officer held that under the LODR, at least 2/3 of the directors of the NRC must be independent directors. However, in that case, the one director was incorrectly classified as an Independent Director and hence, the number of independent director was reduced by 1 compared to what it should have been. Hence the independence requirements of nomination and remuneration committee was not fulfilled.

The Registrar of Companies, NCT of Delhi & Haryana has passed an adjudication order (order no.RoC/D/ADJ/2023/Section 178/PFS/2511-2515). The findings were that a company which was a listed public company was mandatorily required to constitute anNRC and its total strength could not be reduced below 3. As far as the role of the NRC was concerned, the same was spelt out under the Act and it was seminal in identifying persons who were suitable for becoming directors in a company, it was also responsible for laying down the criteria qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director, besides laying down policies for syncing remuneration with the performance benchmarks. Owing to the withdrawal of a nominee director by the holding company, the NRC became dysfunctional as the number of directors fell below 3. The RoC held in spite of this the company did not show any alacrity in reconstituting the NRC. Accordingly, it held that the company and its MD had failed to discharge their obligation under section 178 of the Companies Act 2013 thereby rendering themselves for penal actions.

CONCLUSION

The NRC is a very vital cog in the corporate governance wheel. It is vested with great powers as regards appointment of the Directors, KMP and senior management. It would also act as an important link between the shareholders and management of the company.

Miscellanea

1. TECHNOLOGY AND AI

#Google Claims Its AI Tool Can Beat Math Olympiad Gold Medalists

Google has developed an artificial intelligence (AI) math system that can outwit human gold medalists at the International Mathematical Olympiad (IMO). AlphaGeometry2, the AI problem solver is capable of solving 84 per cent of geometry problems posed in the IMO where the gold-medal winners can only solve 81.8 per cent of the problems on average. IMO problems are known for their difficulty, and solving them requires a deep understanding of mathematical concepts — something which the AI models had not been able to achieve up until now.

Engineered by DeepMind, AlphaGeometry managed to perform at the level of silver medalists in
January last year when it was unveiled. However, a year later, Google claims the performance of its upgraded system had surpassed the level of average gold-medalists.

To enhance the system’s abilities, the California-based company said it extended the original AlphaGeometry language to tackle harder problems involving movements of objects, and problems containing linear equations of angles, ratios, and distances.

“This, together with other additions, has markedly improved the coverage rate of the AlphaGeometry language on IMO 2000-2024 geometry problems from 66 per cent to 88 per cent.”

Despite achieving an incredible 84 per cent efficiency rate in solving tricky math problems, Google said there is still room for improvement.

(Source: www.ndtv.com dated 24th February, 2025)

#Alibaba to invest more than $52 billion in AI over next 3 years

Alibaba opens new tab said on Monday it plans to invest at least 380 billion yuan ($52.44 billion) in its cloud computing and artificial intelligence infrastructure over the next three years.

The Chinese e-commerce giant had said it had plans to invest in the sector. The company had reported revenue of 280.15 billion yuan for the three months ended December 31.

Alibaba said the total investment amount exceeds the company’s spending in AI and cloud computing over the past decade. The company has kicked off 2025 as a winner in China’s AI race, drawing in investors with strategic business deals. Its stock has risen more than 68% this year, as of last close.

Other Chinese firms have also been investing into the sector, with ByteDance, the Chinese owner of TikTok, earmarking over 150 billion yuan in capital expenditure for this year, much of which will be centered on AI

(Source: www.reuters.com dated 24th February, 2025)

2 WORLD NEWS

Tesla in India: Trump says unfair to U.S. if Elon Musk builds factory in India

U.S.A. President Donald Trump has said that if Tesla were to build a factory in India to circumvent that country’s tariffs, it would be “unfair” to the U.S.A. Mr. Trump called out India’s high duty on cars during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the U.S. last week but agreed to work towards an early trade deal and resolve their standoff over tariffs.

Tesla’s CEO Elon Musk has long criticised India for having import tariffs of around 100 per cent on EVs which protect local automakers such as Tata Motors in the world’s third largest auto market, where EV adoption is still at a nascent stage.

Mr. Trump said it is “impossible” for Mr. Musk to sell a car in the South Asian nation. “Every country in the world takes advantage of us, and they do it with tariffs… It is impossible to sell a car, practically, in, as an example, India,” he said.

India’s government in March unveiled a new EV policy lowering import taxes substantially to 15% if a carmaker invests at least $500 million and sets up a factory.

Tesla has selected locations for two showrooms in the Indian cities of New Delhi and Mumbai, and posted job ads for 13 mid-level roles in India. It does not currently manufacture any vehicles in India.

Mr. Trump said it would be “unfair” to the U.S. if Mr. Musk did decide to build a factory there. “Now, if he built the factory in India, that’s okay, but that’s unfair to us. It’s very unfair,” Mr. Trump said in the interview. Mr. Trump’s plans for reciprocal tariffs on every country that taxes U.S. imports have raised the risk of a global trade war with American friends and foes.

(Source: www.thehindu.com dated 20th February, 2025)

3. ENVIRONMENT

#Global glacier melt is accelerating, new study finds

Ice loss from the world’s glaciers has accelerated over the past decade, a first-of-its-kind global assessment has found, warning that melting may be faster than previously expected in the coming years and drive sea levels higher.

The assessment published in the journal Nature by an international team of researchers found a sharp increase in melting over the past decade, with around 36 percent more ice lost in the 2012 to 2023 period than in the years from 2000 to 2011.
Michael Zemp, a professor at the University of Zurich and co-author of the study, said the findings were “shocking” if not altogether surprising. Regions with smaller glaciers are losing them faster, and many “will not survive the present century”.

“Hence, we are facing higher sea-level rise until the end of this century than expected before,” Zemp told the AFP news agency, adding that glacier loss would also impact fresh water supplies, particularly in central Asia and the central Andes.

Overall, researchers found that the world’s glaciers have lost around five percent of their volume since the turn of the century, with wide regional differences ranging from a two-percent loss in Antarctica to up to 40 percent in the European Alps. On average, some 273 billion tonnes of ice are being lost per year – equivalent to the world population’s water consumption for 30 years, scientists said.

Martin Siegert, a professor at the University of Exeter who was not involved in the study, said the research was “concerning” because it predicts further glacier losses and could indicate how Antarctica and Greenland’s vast ice sheets react to global warming. “Ice sheets are now losing mass at increasing rates – six times more than 30 years ago – and when they change, we stop talking centimetres and start talking metres,” he said.

Zemp warned that to save the world’s glaciers, “you have to reduce the greenhouse gas emissions, it is as simple and as complicated as that.” “Every tenth of a degree warming that we avoid saves us money, saves us lives, saves us problems,” he said.

(Source: www.aljazeera.com dated 24th February, 2025)

Digital Assurance

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has recently issued a draft circular, dated 3rd February, 2025, requiring digital assurance, of financial statement. The first reaction is that this probably relates to IT-related controls or cyber security. That is not the case. SEBI has separate regulations for the same, e.g., Cyber Security and Cyber Resilience Framework for SEBI-regulated entities.

In the circular relating to digital assurance, SEBI states “As a continuous endeavour to enhance the quality of financial reporting being done by listed companies and in order to provide greater investor protection, it is proposed to mandate a separate report on digital assurance of financial statement. The report will increase transparency, improve disclosure standards and enable better enforcement, and thereby provide greater investor protection and trust in the ecosystem.”

The auditor shall conduct an examination in accordance with the “Technical Guide on Digital Assurance” issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). The report shall be prepared by an auditor (Statutory Auditor or Independent Practitioner) who has subjected himself / herself to the peer review process of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and holds a valid certificate issued by the Peer Review Board of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

If SEBI issues the circular, reporting on digital assurance shall be applicable to the Top 100 listed entities by market capitalization from Financial Year 2024-25 onwards i.e. for the period ending on or after 31st March, 2025.

Some examples of external digital information that can be used to corroborate information in the financial statements are the following:

  1. Revenue of an entity can be corroborated with the GST tax portal
  2. Export receivables can be corroborated with the EDPMS report
  3. Import payables can be corroborated with the IDPMS report
  4. Tax deducted at source and advance taxes paid can be corroborated with the traces portal and AIS data
  5. Total contribution to provident fund by employer and employee, can be corroborated with Employee Provident Fund Organization portal
  6. Use of e-way bills to perform a sales cut-off procedure
  7. Traffic data submitted to NHAI can be corroborated with toll revenue.

The ICAIs technical guide was issued some time ago in January 2023. This guide primarily focuses on sources of external audit evidence available and how it can be utilized by the members in their audit procedures. This guide also highlights the importance of reliability and relevance of the source from which the information is being obtained. In addition to using the available source, the members are guided to consider the reliability and relevance of the source and information being used in the audit. This guide also provides various illustrations of available sources of external audit evidence and how they can be used. Some of those examples are given above.

The aforementioned Technical Guide primarily focuses on sources of external audit evidence and information available and how the same can be utilised by the members in their audit procedures. It is noted that the Technical Guide does not require any separate reporting by auditors on these aspects. Further, no responsibility is cast on the management of the listed entity to provide this information obtained from external data repositories to auditors or provide access to such information to auditors. However, rightfully so, SEBI in the draft circular requires management to take responsibility for sharing such information to the auditors of the company.

The ICAI’s stance not to require any separate audit attestation is understandable, because external audit evidence, whether digital or otherwise, is in any case covered under extant auditing standards and audit procedures in the audit of financial statements.

Paragraph 7 of SA 500 requires as under: “When designing and performing audit procedures, the auditor shall consider the relevance and reliability of the information to be used as audit evidence.” Accordingly, the auditor is required to consider the relevance and reliability of information (e.g., information contained in accounting records, information obtained from other sources, information prepared using the work of a management’s expert) which is intended to be used by the auditor as audit evidence.

The reliability of audit evidence is increased when it is obtained from independent sources outside the entity. However, SA 500 rightfully cautions, that there may be exceptions, for e.g., information obtained from an independent external source may not be reliable if the source is not knowledgeable, or a management’s expert may lack objectivity.

According to the Technical Guide, the following factors may be important when considering the relevance and reliability of information obtained from an external information source:

  • The nature and authority of the external information source, including the extent of regulatory oversight (if applicable)
  • The “independence” of the data — is the entity able to influence the information obtained  The competence and reputation of the external information source with respect to the information, including whether, in the auditor’s professional judgement, the information is routinely provided by a source with a track record of providing reliable information
  • The auditor’s past experience with the reliability of the information
  • Market acceptability of the data source
  • Whether the information has been subject to review or verification
  • Whether the information is relevant and suitable for use in the manner in which it is being used, including the age of the information and the nature and strength of the relationship between the information and the entity’s transactions, and, if applicable, the information was developed taking into account the applicable financial reporting framework
  • Alternative information that may contradict the information used
  • The nature and extent of disclaimers or other restrictive language relating to the information obtained
  • Information about the methods used in preparing the information, how the methods are being applied including, where applicable, how models have been used in such application, and the controls over the methods
  • When available, information relevant to considering the appropriateness of assumptions and other data applied by the external information sources in developing the information obtained.

The technical guide emphasises that, the information obtained by the auditor from external sources may reveal inconsistencies with the information obtained by the auditor from other sources (e.g., accounting records, information obtained during the course of audit, etc.). This would help the auditor in performing necessary modifications or additional procedures to resolve the matter. Thus, audit evidence obtained from external sources plays a vital role in the audit process.

SEBI has invited comments and suggestions, by 24th February, 2025. The author submits as follows:

1. There are numerous auditing standards that require an appropriate use of internal and external audit evidence, in the audit of financial statements, to ensure that they are true and fair. The implementation of these standards and the conduct of appropriate audit procedures are also verified by various peer reviewers, including the NFRA reviewers. Therefore, a separate audit report to certify the same is unwarranted and is an extra burden on the auditors.

Precisely for this reason, the Technical Guide of the ICAI does not require any separate audit report. What may be more appropriate under the circumstances, is that the auditors include a summary work paper in their audit file, which will document all the external evidences that they used to audit the financial statements. This in the normal course will be subjected to a review by various peer reviewers.

2.   If the above recommendation is not acceptable to SEBI, they should require the report to be issued by the company’s statutory auditor. It would be incorrect and inappropriate for an independent practitioner to certify the report, as they do not have the same level of knowledge about the client as the statutory auditor. A statutory auditorconducts regular audits, reviews financial statements, and has a deep understanding of a company’s internal controls, compliance framework, and financial history. On the other hand, an independent practitioner, who is engaged for a specific task, lacks this extensive familiarity. For instance, if a company has complex revenue recognition policies, the statutory auditor—being well-versed in past accounting treatments—can provide a more informed certification than an external practitioner with limited exposure to the company’s financial intricacies.

Suppose a company’s revenue figures in its financial statements need to be verified against GST (Goods and Services Tax) returns. The statutory auditor, having audited the company’s financials and tax reconciliations over time, is aware of any past discrepancies, discount or adjustments for returns, or specific reporting nuances, such as aggregating the multiple branches. An independent practitioner, however, would only be reviewing the data at a surface level and may not be aware of historical issues such as classification errors, past rectifications, or timing differences in revenue recognition.

3. The original purpose of digital assurance was to obtain more certification by statutory auditors on various non-GAAP measures in offer documents, which a merchant banker may not be competent, since they are not involved in the audit of financial statements; and may not have a deep understanding of clients databases and controls. Take for example, in the case of Swiggy, there are several non-GAAP measures that are used, such as adjusted EBITDA, quick commerce gross revenue, food delivery gross revenue, etc. Without opining on the relevance of these measures, it is not out of bounds for the statutory auditors to comfort such numbers.

In the offer document, Swiggy also provides industry and market-related data, basis the Redseer Report. Here the merchant banker’s basis their in-house experts or hired consultants should feel comfortable that the source is authoritative, and that it is fairly represented in the offer document, without any cherry-picking of information that suits the issuer, and avoiding those that are adversarial.

Likewise, there could be detailed cost-related data, where comforting by a cost accountant or cost auditor may be appropriate. A geoscientist may be more competent to certify mineral reserves. Information related to attrition rate for services company can be comforted by the statutory auditors, however, since there could be multiple ways of computing the same, the basis of measurement should be clarified by ICAI, so that there is consistency in calculations.

Whilst the merchant bankers are overall responsible for the information contained in the offer document, they should be supported by various professionals. Some of these professionals can be sourced as consultants or employed by the merchant bankers. Information that is closely associated with financial systems and related databases, should be comforted by the statutory auditors. SEBI should ensure that all stakeholders have a collaborative and cooperative approach in this matter, so that the end result is a solid offer document that can form a strong basis for evaluating a company.

Section 148: Reassessment assessment cannot be opened twice for the same reason.

27. SarikaKansal vs. ACIT

[W.P.(C) 7940/2024 & CM APPL. 32747/2024]

Dated: 30th January, 2025

(Del) (HC).] AY 2017-18

Section 148: Reassessment assessment cannot be opened twice for the same reason.

The petitioner challenged to the impugned order under Section 148A(d) of the Act and the impugned notice 148 of the Act. First, that the impugned order has been passed without considering that the information on the basis of which it was the subject matter of reassessment proceedings, which culminated in an order dated 29th March, 2022 passed under Section 147 read with Section 144B of the Act.

The second ground is that the impugned notice is beyond the period of limitation. According to the petitioner, the limitation for issuance of the impugned notice expired on 31st March, 2024.

The grounds on which the petitioner’s assessment is sought to be reopened revolves around transactions, whereby the petitioner had sold 1,70,000 (One Lac Seventy Thousand) shares of a company named Trustline Real Estate Private Limited (hereafter TREPL) to one Mr. Samir Dev Sharma at the rate of ₹42/- per share. The Assessing Officer (hereafter AO) suspects that the said shares were sold at an apparent consideration, which is below the fair market value with an intent to avoid tax.

The petitioner disputes the same and contends that her income for AY 2017-18 has been reassessed for the same reason that she had sold the shares of TREPL at a value, which was less than the fair market value.

Thus, the first and foremost question to be addressed is whether the AO had reopened the assessment for AY 2017-18 for the same reason that has led the AO to pass the impugned order holding that it is a fit case for issuance of the impugned notice.

The petitioner is an individual and there is no dispute that she files her income tax returns regularly. She had filed her return for AY 2017-18 on 2nd August, 2017 declaring her taxable income as ₹74,77,750/-. The said income also included income arising from sale of 1,70,000 (One Lac Seventy Thousand) shares of TREPL at the rate of ₹42/- per share. The petitioner claims that the said rate was settled on the basis of valuation report, whereby the shares of TREPL were valued taking into account its underlying assets including the first and third floor of the property bearing the address A-20, Friends Colony East, New Delhi (hereafter the Friends Colony property). The petitioner’s return was processed under Section 143(1) of the Act.

On 31st March, 2021, the AO issued a notice under Section 148 of the Act, as in force at the material time, calling upon the petitioner to file her return for AY 2017-18 within a period of fifteen days from the date of the said notice. Subsequently, the AO furnished the reasons for reopening the assessment.

It is apparent from perusal of the reasons that the petitioner’s assessment was reopened on the premise that the petitioner as well as certain other companies had sold the shares of TREPL to one Mr. Samir Dev Sharma during the Financial Year 2016-17 at an abysmally low value. During the course of the reassessment proceedings, the AO issued a notice under Section 143(2) read with Section 147 of the Act calling upon certain information including the information that was relevant for determining the market value of the Friends Colony property. The petitioner responded to the said notice and provided the information as sought for. The petitioner had explained that TREPL owns two floors of the Friends Colony property — first and third floors each having covered area of 2,248.44 sq. ft.

The petitioner asserted that the market value of the Friends Colony property, as determined by the government approved valuer, was ₹8,58,90,408/-(Rupees Eight Crores Fifty-eight Lakhs Ninety Thousand Four Hundred and Eight only) and she had also furnished the copies of the valuation report, balance sheet and profit and loss account of TREPL. A letter dated 24th March, 2022 furnished by the petitioner to the AO in response to the notice issued under Section 143(2) of the Act. The explanation as provided by the petitioner was accepted and the AO passed an assessment order dated 29th March, 2022 accepting the petitioner’s returned income.

Now the AO once again issued a notice dated 28th March, 2024 under Section 148A(b) of the Act enclosing therewith an annexure containing information which according to the AO, suggested that the petitioner’s income had escaped assessment and accordingly, called upon the petitioner to show cause why her assessment for AY 17-18 not be opened.
The Court observed that it was apparent from the reasons that the notice under Section 148A(b) of the Act was issued on the assumption that the petitioner had sold the shares of TREPL at an apparent value which was less than its fair value. It is important to note that whereas in the earlier round of proceedings, the AO had reasoned that income amounting to ₹18,91,41,050/- for AY 2017-18 had escaped assessment, the AO now stated that the information available suggested that the income amounting to ₹32,35,81,536/- had escaped assessment. The said view was premised on the basis that the value of the Friends Colony property was ₹32,35,81,536/- and the petitioner had sold the entire Friends Colony property to Mr. Samir Dev Sharma by transferring the shares of TREPL, which owned the said property. It is material to note that this was clearly the subject matter of examination in the previous round of the reassessment proceedings that had commenced by virtue of the notice dated 31st March, 2021 issued under Section 148 of the Act.

The petitioner responded to the notice by a letter dated 10th April, 2024. Once again, the petitioner reiterated that TREPL owned only two floors of the Friends Colony property – first and third floors and each of the said floors measured 2,248 sq.ft.

The petitioner furnished a valuation report which was furnished earlier disclosing the value of the two floors of the Friends Colony property which was owned by TREPL as ₹8,60,00,000/- (Rupees Eight Crores Sixty Lac Only). She reiterated that the fair market value of the shares sold by her and as determined in terms of Rule 11UAA of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 would amount to ₹42/- per share after considering the market value of the two floors of the Friends Colony property. The AO passed the impugned order holding that it is a fit case for issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act. The impugned order proceeds on the basis that the entire shareholding (25,00,000 shares) of TREPL were transferred to one Mr. Samir Dev Sharma by three persons for a consideration of ₹10,50,00,000/-

The impugned order proceeds on the assumption that TREPL owned the entire Friends Colony property ad-measuring 500 sq. yds. (418.064 sq. mtrs.) and the circle rate in the given area is ₹7,74,000/- per sq. meter. Thus, the value of the immovable property owned by TREPL is ₹32,35,81,536/- and the same had been transferred indirectly by sale of shares of TREPL. The impugned order on the aforesaid basis computes the fair market value of the shares of TREPL sold by the petitioner.

The Hon. Court observed that it is clear that the information on the basis of which the impugned order has been passed was subject matter of examination in the earlier round of reassessment under Section 147 of the Act. The AO’s reason to believe that the petitioner’s income had escaped assessment, which had led to the issuance of notice dated 31st March, 2021, was founded on an assumption that the petitioner had sold the shares of TREPL at a price below its correct value. The notice issued under Section 143(2) of the Act during the said proceedings and the petitioner’s response dated 24th March, 2022 issued to the said notice clearly establishes that the examination revolved around the value of the immovable property held by TREPL (Friends Colony property). The petitioner’s response dated 24th March, 2022 indicates that the petitioner had forwarded the audited balance sheet and the profit and loss account of TREPL and had also explained that TREPL owned only two floors of the Friends Colony property. The AO had examined the said response and accepted the same. Clearly, the impugned order has been passed in respect of the same issue that was subject matter of examination in the earlier round.

The learned counsel for the Revenue contended that there was a difference in the issue involved as the impugned order has been passed on the information that TREPL had owned the entire Friends Colony property. He contended that in the earlier round, the AO had accepted that TREPL held only part of the Friends Colony property, however, information now available suggests that TREPL owns the entire Friends Colony property.

Undisputedly, the impugned order has been passed on the basis that TREPL owns the entire Friends Colony property. However, the same was clearly an issue in the earlier round as well and the petitioner had clearly explained the extent of property owned by TREPL. In her response to the notice dated 28th March, 2024 issued under Section 148A(b) of the Act, the petitioner had reiterated that TREPL owns only two floors of the Friends Colony property and there is no material on record available with the AO to contradict the same. The impugned order does not discuss why the petitioner’s assertion that TREPL owns only two floors of the Friends Colony property had been ignored. The counter affidavit filed on behalf of the Revenue also does not address the said issue. The counter affidavit merely reiterates what is stated in the impugned order.

The Court observed that it is apparent that the impugned order has been passed on surmises without any cogent material to controvert that TREPL owns only two floors of the Friends Colony property and not the entire building at the material time.

The question whether the TREPL owned the entire Friends Colony property is one that is easily verifiable by the AO. However, as noted above, the AO has completely ignored the petitioner’s response to the notice issued under Section 148A(b) of the Act in this regard in the impugned order. Similar approach has also been adopted in the counter affidavit as well.

Section 148A(d) of the Act mandates that the AO is required to pass an order on the basis of record and considering the response to the notice under Section 148A(b) of the Act. In this case, the record indicates that the information on the basis of which the assessment is sought to be reopened was fully examined in the earlier round of reassessment under Section 147 read with Section 144B of the Act. The petitioner’s response clearly stated that TREPL owned only two floors of the Friends Colony property and there is nothing credible on record that controverts it. The impugned order does not even advert to the said issue.

Thus, the impugned order and the impugned notice were quashed and set aside.

Section: 148 — Reassessment — Non-existing entity — notice issued to a non-existing entity post-merger was a substantive illegality and not some procedural violation:

26. City Corporation Limited vs. ACIT Circle – 1 Pune &Ors.

[WP (C) No. 6076 TO 6081 OF 2023]

Dated: 29th January, 2025

(Bom) (HC)] [Assessment Years : 2013-14 to 2019-20]

Section: 148 — Reassessment — Non-existing entity — notice issued to a non-existing entity post-merger was a substantive illegality and not some procedural violation:

The assessee is engaged in constructing and developing infrastructure facilities. In terms of the NCLT’s order dated 27th April, 2020, the CCL got merged with its wholly owned subsidiary “Amanora Future Tower Pvt. Ltd.” (AFTPL), with effect from 1st April, 2018.

By communication dated 27th April, 2020, the Petitioner informed the Income Tax Authority of the merger effective 1st April, 2018. This intimation bore the stamp and endorsement of receipt from the office of the Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, Circle 1(1), Pune.

In the return filed on behalf of the Respondents, no dispute was raised about receiving this intimation on 27th August, 2020.

On 31st March, 2023, the Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax, Circle 1(1), Pune, issued a notice dated 31st March, 2013 under Section 148 of the Act, to AFTPL seeking to reopen the case in PAN: AAKCA3074H. The Assistant Commissioner obtained approval from the Principal Chief Commissioner of Income Tax to issue notice to “Amanora Future Towers Private Limited (now merged with City Corporation Limited)”.

The Petitioner thereupon instituted the writ Petitions, questioning the impugned notice dated 31st March, 2023, inter alia, on the ground that, post-merger, AFTPL was a non- existing entity. Therefore, no notice under Section 148 of the Act, could have been issued to AFTPL.

The learned counsel for the Petitioner, relied on Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, New Delhi vs. Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. (2019) 107 taxmann.com 375 (SC); Uber India Systems (P.) Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income(2024) 168 taxmann.com 200 (Bombay); and Alok Knit Exports Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax, Circle 6(1)(1), Mumbai (2021) 130 taxmann.com 457 (Bombay); in support of the contention that the notice issued to a non- existing entity post-merger was a substantive illegality and not some procedural violation. Accordingly, he urged that the impugned notices be quashed and set aside.

The learned counsel for the Respondents, submitted that issuing notices in the name of AFTPL was not illegal. He also submitted that the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax specifically approved the issuance of such notices. It was submitted that the material on record shows that the notice was meant to be served upon the Petitioner. However, due to certain technical glitches, the utility system generated a notice in the name of AFTPL. He said the facts in the present case were like those in Skylight Hospitality LLP vs. Asstt. CIT(2018) 92 taxmann.com 93/254 Taxman 390 (SC). He submitted that, in this case, the Delhi High Court upheld a notice issued to the company that had already merged. Accordingly, it was urged that these Petitions may be dismissed.

The Hon. Court observed that the merger between City Corporation Limited and Amanora Future Towers Private Limited, which was effective from 1st April, 2018, was not disputed. This merger was based on the NCLT’s order dated 27th April, 2020. There was also no dispute about the Petitioner, vide a communication received by the Income Tax Department on 27th August, 2020 informing about the merger effective 1st April, 2018. No dispute was raised about the department not receiving the intimation on 27th August, 2020 or about the department being unaware of the merger. Still, the impugned notices dated 31st March, 2023 under Section 148 of the Act, were issued only in the name of “Amanora Future Towers Private Limited”. The crucial factor being that all such notices were issued to and in the name of ‘Amanora Future Towers Private Limited’

As of the date of the issue of the impugned notices, the noticee ‘Amanora Future Towers Private Limited’ could not have been regarded as a ‘person’ under Section 2(31) of the Act. In fact, that was a non-existent entity. In Maruti Suzuki case the Hon’ble Supreme Court has held that notice issued in the name of a non-existent company is a substantive illegality and not merely a procedural violation of the nature adverted to in Section 292B of the Act.

The Hon. Court noted that in the Maruti Suzuki case, the Hon’ble Supreme Court noted that the merged company had no independent existence after the merger. The Court noted that even though the Assessing Officer was informed of the merged company having ceased to exist due to the approved merger scheme, the jurisdictional notice was issued only in its name. The Court held that the basis on which jurisdiction was invoked was fundamentally at odds with the legal principle that the merged entity ceases to exist upon the approved merger scheme. Participation in the proceedings by the petitioner company into which the merged company had merged or amalgamated could not operate as an estoppel against the law.

Similarly in Ubber India Systems case, the Coordinate Bench held that where by virtue of an order passed by the NCLT, the assessee company stood amalgamated with the petitioner, notice issued under Section 148A(b) and Section 148 to the assessee, which was a non-existent company was illegal, invalid and non-est. Similarly, in Alok Knit Exports Ltd(supra), another Coordinate Bench where the Assessing Officer had committed a fundamental error by issuing notice under Section 148 of the IT Act in the name of an entity which had ceased to exist because of it having merged with the petitioner company, the stand of the Assessing Officer that this was only an error which could be corrected under Section 292B could not be sustained.

The Court observed that in the affidavit filed by the tax department there is a clear admission that the amalgamation of the company was brought to the notice of the Department. The only explanation is that “notice was issued on the non-existing company due to technical glitch in the system wherein no field in the notice u/s 148 of the Act is editable.”

The affidavit states that files were moved proposing notices in the names of both entities, AFTPL and the Petitioner (CCL). There was a reference to seizure proceedings, the two PAN numbers, and the lack of an editable field on this notice. Therefore, it was submitted that the notice was generated on AFTPL’s PAN.

In short, the averments in the affidavit purport to apportion the blame on the department’s utility system. Based upon this, the fundamental error is sought to be passed off as a mere technical glitch.

The Court held that based on the above averments and the arguments, the fundamental error in issuing the impugned notices against a non-existing company despite full knowledge of the merger cannot be condone. The impugned notices, which are non-est cannot be treated as “good” as urged on behalf of the Respondents. In Maruti Suzuki case, the Hon’ble Supreme Court has held that issuing notice in the name of a non-existing company is a substantive illegality and not a mere procedural violation of the nature adverted to in Section 292B of the Act.

The department contention about the facts in the present case being akin to those in Skylight Hospitality LLP case could not be accepted. The Court held that the Special Leave Petition filed by the Skylight Hospitality LLP (supra) against the judgment of the Delhi High Court rejecting its challenge was dismissed in the peculiar facts of the case, which weighed with the Court in concluding that there was merely a clerical mistake within meaning of Section 292B. The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that in Maruti Suzuki case the notice under Section 143(2) under which jurisdiction was assumed by the assessing officer, was issued to a non-existent company. The assessment order was issued against the amalgamating company. “This is a substantive illegality and not a procedural violation of the nature adverted to in Section 292B”.

The Hon. Court also referred to decisions in case of Anokhi Realty (P) Ltd. Vs. Income-tax Officer(2023) 153 taxmann.com 275 (Gujarat); Adani Wilmar Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax(2023) 150 taxmann.com 178 (Gujarat) and in the case of Principal Commissioner of Income Tax -7, Delhi vs. Vedanta Limited ITA No. 88 of 2022 decided on 17th January, 2025.

Accordingly, the impugned notices were quashed and set aside.

Statistically Speaking

1. COUNTRIES WHICH RECEIVED THE MOST MONEY FROM INDIA IN BUDGET 2025-26

2. POWERFUL PASSPORTS IN THE WORLD

Rank Country Visa free destinations
1 Singapore 195
2 Japan 193
3 Finland 192
3 France 192
3 Germany 192
3 Italy 192
3 South Korea 192
3 Spain 192
4 Austria 191
4 Denmark 191
India has dropped five places in this year’s rankings, falling from 80th to 85th.

The Indian passport now provides visa-free access to 57 countries

U.S. passport has fallen to ninth place. Currently, U.S. passport holders enjoy visa-free access to 186 destinations.
Pakistan, Yemen, Iraq, Syria, and Afghanistan rank among the bottom five.
Source: Henley Passport Index 2025

 

3. DIRECT TAX COLLECTIONS FOR F.Y. 2024-25

            (in Crore)

FY 2023-24 (as on 10th February, 2024)
Corporate

Tax (CT)

Non*- Corporate

Tax (NCT)

Securities Transaction

Tax (STT)

Other taxes (OT) Total
Gross Collection 8,74,561 9,30,364 29,808 3,461 18,38,194
Refunds 1,41,132 1,46,321 78 2,87,531
Net Collection 7,33,429 7,84,042 29,808 3,384 15,50,663

(in Crore)

FY 2024-25 (as on 10th February, 2025) Percentage growth
Corporate

Tax (CT)

 

Non*-Corporate

Tax (NCT)

Securities Transaction

Tax (STT)

Other taxes (OT) Total Total Growth
Gross Collection 10,08,207 11,28,040 49,201 3,059 21,88,508 19.06%
Refunds 2,29,731 1,80,317 57 4,10,105 42.63%
Net Collection 7,78,475 9,47,723 49,201 3,003 17,78,402 14.69%
Source: Central Board of Direct taxes

 

4. COUNTRIES WITH THE MOST IPOS IN 2024

5. GROWTH IN ELECTRONIC EXPORTS

Letter to the Editor

Dear Sir,

I read the ‘NAMASKAAR’ column with a keen interest. I’m writing to you about the article ‘One’s nature cannot be changed’ in a recent BCA Journal, authored by Mr C N Vaze. I appreciated this column and it has always fascinated me. It has a lot of learning, relearning, and material to introspect and work on oneself to become a better human being.

He has rightly said a lion cannot be expected to eat grass, or a fox will always remain धूर्त… For human beings, I will share a conversation between Lord Brahma and Naradaji, when Lord was seeding this planet with the various species, he would give details of that creation to Naradaji, when it was the turn to create humans, the Lord said about human beings, इसकी प्रवर्ति पानी की तरह नीचे ही गिरने की होगी, नारदजी विस्मय से बोले, प्रभु, ऐसा अनर्थ क्यो कर रहे हैं, ब्रह्मा जी ने उत्तर दिया, इसे मैं एक ऎसी चीज़ दे रहा हूँ, जिसे ये इस्तेमाल करेगा, तो मुझ पर भी राज करेगा, वो था दिमाग, विवेक… We as human beings need to use our विवेक, the biggest blessing bestowed on us, or we will live a life worse than animals and endanger the whole planet. And we should keep changing, and everybody can change; change is constant. Dinosaurs became extinct as they could not change, and tomorrow the human race will become extinct.

COVID-19 did try to give a wake-up call, but what we see today is better not said. I learn from Kabir, Rahim, Tulsidas, and many such saints.

My appreciation to Mr Vaze and the Editorial Team.

With regards

Yatendra Goyal,
Chartered Accountant

Tech Mantra

Some more productivity apps for this edition:

Simple Login – Anti Spam

When you give away your personal email ID online to anyone, there is a good chance that the same would end up with a spammer or a hacker. SimpleLogin acts as a firewall to protect your personal email inbox.

SimpleLogin is an open-source solution to protect your email inbox. It allows you to quickly create a random email address, an alias. All emails sent to that alias are forwarded to your personal email address.

You can use the alias when subscribing to a newsletter, signing up for a new account, or giving your email to someone you don’t trust. Not only an alias can receive emails, it can also send emails. An alias is a full-fledged email address.

Later, you can simply block or delete an alias if it’s too spammy. That’s it!

Android: https://bit.ly/4gjd8dy

 

USB Lockit – Pendrive Password

This app allows you to lock / unlock your USB drives. If you have USB drives with photos, audios, videos, etc. and would like to lock them with a password, this app is for you. Once the drive is locked, nobody can access your files without unlocking it by entering the password!

The locking / unlocking can be done easily, by inserting the USB drive in your phone / Laptop C-Type port and going through 3 quick steps:

1. To lock the USB drive and protects all your files, simply set a PIN and click on LOCK button.

2. To unlock the USB drive and access to all your files, enter your PIN and click on UNLOCK button.

3. To relock the USB drive without entering the PIN every time, just a click on the LOCK button.

ATTENTION: If you lose or forget the PIN, it cannot be recovered. It is advisable to write it in a safe place.

Android : https://bit.ly/3PVFQ9S

Windows : https://www.usblockit.com/

 

Auto Answer Call—Raise to Ear

If you are tired of always having to swipe in order to answer an incoming call, Auto Answer Call lets you answer a call by simply holding your phone to your ear. When your phone rings and the app detects that it is near your ear, it will beep once and automatically answer the call. It’s that simple!

NOTE: The app does not currently work for WhatsApp calls.

It works with your existing call screen / phone app and is very easy to enable and disable. You also have an option to end an ongoing call by turning the phone face down and to automatically turn down the ringer volume once the phone has been picked up.

A very simple and efficient app for daily use – for a small price.

Android : https://bit.ly/3WBPwdn

 

Droid Dashcam – Video Recorder

Convert your phone into a dashcam with Droid Dashcam!

Droid Dashcam is a great driving video recorder (dashboard camera, BlackBox) app for car / vehicle drivers that can continuously record videos in loop mode, add subtitles with needed information directly on those videos and record in the background, auto start recording, and much more.

You can overlay captions directly on the Recording Video file, including Timestamp (Date), Location Address, GPS Coordinates, Speed (based on GPS data), etc. You can continue recording in the background and use other apps that don’t use camera. You can also use the notification panel to start/stop recording while this app is running in the background. You can use any camera for recording (rear / front) but only some devices allow you to choose a camera with a wide-angle lens.

Overall, it is a great app if you will use your dashcam sparingly and do not need it daily.

Android : https://bit.ly/42svgi6

ASS – Movement

Readers may get the impression that it is a donkey’s movement. It is far from that. ASS stands for ‘Anti-Simplification of Statutes’. It is a great movement in the national interest.

There was a country where all laws were very complicated. Certain anti-social elements were pressurising the King to simplify the laws. The King directed his Minister to appoint various committees from time to time to look into the matter.

The Minister after a study over ten to twenty years, prepared a Bill to simplify a particular law relating to revenues. There was a big hue and cry in all circles, even before reading the contents of the Bill. Many could not even digest the idea of simplification.

Certain groups in the kingdom who were like opposition parties and not in favour of the King resisted it vehemently. They felt that it was their duty to protest any proposal made by the King without even knowing what it contained. Many didn’t know what and why they were resisting. There was a huge discontent in many quarters. Therefore, the King appointed 3 special judges to hear the representations of different groups.

Bureaucrats who were asked to draft the simplified law felt that it was unethical to do so. Their thinking was that any law has to be complicated. If a common man knows the law, he may commit lesser defaults and the King will lose revenue on account of fines and penalties.

Expert Committee members demanded the constitution of fresh committees to do a comparative study or cost-benefit analysis. It was difficult for them to survive without being a member of any such committee.

Lawyers had a point for objection. They said many of them would be left with no work, if laws are simplified and there is no litigation. Another strong objection came from the authors and publishers of books, people engaged in preparing CDs of compilation of cases and so on. They said it would create lot of unemployment in the printing industry and also in the distributing agencies.

Those who were in the liaisoning activity could not bear this shock. They said they thrive on the settlement of complicated cases. The Union of employees in the Revenue Department and the Courts realised that many of them would lose their jobs as many establishments would be closed down.

After all this happened, Chartered Accountants were asked about their reaction. They did not participate in the proceedings since their ‘say’ is never heard by anybody, not even by their own subordinates. According to them, ‘Simplification’ ‘Simply a Fiction’. They only expressed that be it simplified or be it complicated, please don’t make us certify any document or sign any report! They said all clients did whatever they liked and CAs are required to endorse all the sins committed by others.

Till the Bill is passed or otherwise, the book publishing business is thriving and there is a boom in seminar business!

ASS-Movement is always successful.

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Guidance for application of the Principal Purpose Test (PPT) under India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements — Circular No. 1/2025 dated 21st January, 2025

2. Rule 114DA(1) amended to substitute Form No. 49C and to provide that the said Form be filed within eight months from the end of the financial year — Income-tax (Fourth Amendment) Rules, 2025- Notification No. 14/ 2025 dated 7th February, 2025

II. FEMA READY RECKONER

RBI amends receipt and payment norms for trade transactions between two ACU residents:

The RBI has amended FEMA Notification No. 14(R), the Manner of Receipt and Payment Regulations. It has been now been provided that payment from a resident in the territory of one participant country to a resident in the territory of another participant country for a trade transaction should be through the ACU mechanism, or as per the directions issued by RBI to Authorised Dealers. Here, participant country means Member countries of ACU other than Nepal and Bhutan. Thus, the requirement is now restricted only to residents of these countries and not to suppliers located in these countries. Proviso meant for suppliers to India who are residents of countries other than countries that are participants of ACU has been consequently removed. For all other trade transactions between these countries, the payment can be in INR or any foreign currency.

[NOTIFICATION NO. FEMA 14(R)(1)/2025-RB, dated 4th February, 2025]

RBI announces steps to encourage the use of Indian Rupee and local currencies for settlement of cross-border transactions

The RBI has been focusing on Internationalisation of Indian Rupee since some time. In this process, it keeps amending FEMA notifications. Amendments have been made in FEMA Notification 5(R) — Deposit Regulations, FEMA Notification 10(R) — Foreign Currency Accounts by a person resident in India Regulations and FEMA Notification 395 — Mode of Payment and Reporting of Non-Debt Instruments Regulations. The main amendments are as follows:

i. The Overseas branches of AD banks will be able to open INR accounts for a person resident outside India for settlement of all permissible current account and capital account transactions with a person resident in India.

ii. Persons resident outside India will be able to settle bona fide transactions with other persons resident outside India using the balances in their repatriable INR accounts such as Special Non-resident Rupee (SNRR) account and Special Rupee Vostro Account (SRVA).

iii. Persons resident outside India will be able to use their balances held in repatriable INR accounts for foreign investment, including FDI, in non-debt instruments.

iv. Indian exporters will be able to open accounts in any foreign currency overseas for settlement of trade transactions, including receiving export proceeds and using these proceeds to pay for imports.

[Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) (Fifth Amendment) Regulations, 2025 — Notification No. FEMA 5(R)(5)/2025-RB, dated 14th January, 2025]

[Foreign Exchange Management (Foreign Currency Accounts by a Person Resident in India) (Fifth Amendment) Regulations, 2025 — Notification No. FEMA 10(R)(5)/2025-RB dated 14th January, 2025]

[Foreign Exchange Management (Mode of Payment and Reporting of Non-Debt Instruments) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2025 — Notification No. FEMA 395(3)/2025-RB, dated14th January, 2025]

RBI updates FEMA Master Directions on Foreign Investment, Export of Goods & Services, and Deposits

Over the last few months, the RBI and GOI have amended several FEMA rules and notifications. The changes have now been incorporated in the respective Master Directions. The RBI has issued Updated Master Directions on “Deposits and Accounts”, “Export of Goods and Services”, and “Foreign Investment in India”. There are several clarifications provided in the Master Direction on Foreign Investment in India, some of which are listed below:

  • Indian companies which are Foreign Owned and Controlled (referred to as FOCCs) are permitted to make further investment in an Indian company only as per the FDI provisions. In spirit, these are considered as non-residents and hence they need to comply with FDI provisions to make further investment in India. While all restrictions followed for FOCCs, it was not clear whether certain reliefs which were provided to non-residents for making FDI were available to FOCCs are not. It is not clarified that the reliefs provided to non-residents under NDI Rules while making FDI — like permissibility of swap, deferred consideration, etc. — are also available to FOCCs.
  • With respect to Indian residents who migrate abroad and become non-residents — it has been clarified that the investments will be held by them on a non-repatriable basis.
  • Further, it has been clarified where a non-resident acquires equity instruments by way of transmission on the death of an Indian resident, shall be considered as a non-repatriable investment.
  • The definition of control has been streamlined throughout all provisions.

[Master Direction — Deposits and Accounts; Export of Goods and Services; Foreign Investment in India]

IFSCA notifies IFSCA (Bullion Market) Regulations, 2025 to provide a framework for recognition of bullion exchanges & clearing corporations

The IFSC Authority (IFSCA) has notified IFSCA (Bullion Market) Regulations, 2025 to provide a framework for recognition of bullion exchanges & clearing corporations, and registration of bullion depositories & vault managers. It specifies provisions related to an application for recognition of bullion exchange, conditions for grant of recognition, period of recognition, renewal & withdrawal of recognition. Also, it prescribes the operational framework of bullion exchange and the general obligations of bullion clearing corporations.

[IFSCA Notification F. No. IFSCA/GN/2025/001]

Search and seizure — Assessment in search cases — Precedents — Additions to income cannot be made on data appearing in pen-drive not unearthed during search which does not constitute incriminating material.

89. Principal CIT vs. Vikram Dhirani

[2025] 472 ITR 342 (Del)

A. Y. 2007-08

Date of order: 20th August, 2024

Ss.132 and 153A of ITA 1961

Search and seizure — Assessment in search cases — Precedents — Additions to income cannot be made on data appearing in pen-drive not unearthed during search which does not constitute incriminating material.

In an appeal by the Revenue, on the question whether the Tribunal erred in deleting the addition made to the income of the assessee in the assessment made pursuant to a search u/s. 132 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for the A. Y. 2007-08, dismissing the appeal, the Delhi High Court held as under:

“i) Since the assessment initiated in respect of the A. Y. 2007-08 was one which had already stood concluded, the Tribunal had held that since the pen-drive and the data appearing thereon having not been unearthed in the course of the search u/s. 132 of the Act, it would not constitute incriminating material. It had consequently followed the view consistently taken by this court.

ii) The assessment was confined to section 153A and consequently the significance of the incriminating material found in the course of the search alone would be the basis for any additions to the income. Since the pen-drive was an article which was not recovered in the course of the search but constituted material which had been obtained by the Department through the exchange of information route, there was no ground to interfere with the view expressed by the Tribunal.”

Offences and Prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Delay in payment of tax does not amount to evasion of tax — Prosecution not valid:

88. HansaMetallics Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT

[2025] 472 ITR 737 (P&H)

A. Y. 2012-13

Date of order: 22nd January, 2024

S. 276C of ITA 1961

Offences and Prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Delay in payment of tax does not amount to evasion of tax — Prosecution not valid:

The Assessee filed its return of income for A. Y. 2012-13 on 29th December, 2012 declaring total income at ₹8,20,53,544. As per the return of income, the self-assessment tax was pending. The self-assessment tax was paid belatedly on 10th July, 2013 along with interest.

The Assessing Officer issued a notice dated 11th February, 2014 requiring the Assessee and its directors to show cause as to why the prosecution proceedings u/s. 276C(2) should not be initiated. On the basis of legal opinion sought from the standing counsel of the Income-tax Department, a complaint was filed u/s. 276C read with section 278B of the Act.

Thereafter, the Criminal Court came to the conclusion that a case was made out and charges were framed.

The Assesseecompany and its directors filed a petition for quashing the complaint and all the consequential proceedings arising therefrom. The Assessee’s contention was that there was no evasion of tax at all. Though there was a delay in payment of tax, but the said tax was admitted / acknowledged in the return of income. On the other hand, the Department contended that the Assessee was well within his financial limits to pay the tax at the time of filing return of income, yet it did not choose to pay the tax and thereby caused loss to the revenue.

The Punjab and Haryana High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) Prosecution u/s. 276C(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 read with the other provisions of the Act can only be launched if there was a wilful evasion or attempt at evasion of either tax, penalty or interest. Delay in payment of Income-tax would not amount to evasion of tax.

ii) It was not in dispute that the Income-tax was self assessed and payment thereof was also made, though belatedly. The tax along with interest was paid on July 10, 2013. The show-cause notice for delayed payment was sent only on February 11, 2014 and February 24, 2014 pursuant to which the complaint was instituted. Therefore, by no stretch of imagination could it be held that there was any evasion of tax on the part of the assessees, though there was a delay in the payment of the tax for which interest was paid. The prosection was not valid.”

Investment business — Scope of definition of transfer — Capital loss — Reduction in number of shares and face value of shares remaining same — Change in redeemable value of shares — Extinguishment of rights in shares — No transfer within meaning of s. 2(47).

87. Principal CIT vs. Jupiter Capital Pvt. Ltd.

[2025] 472 ITR 561 (Kar)

A. Y. 2014-15

Date of order: 20th February, 2023

S. 2(47) of ITA 1961

Investment business — Scope of definition of transfer — Capital loss — Reduction in number of shares and face value of shares remaining same — Change in redeemable value of shares — Extinguishment of rights in shares — No transfer within meaning of s. 2(47).

In an appeal by the Revenue,on the question whether the Tribunal was right in setting aside the disallowance of capital loss claimed by the assessee by holding that there was extinguishment of rights of shares when no such extinguishment of rights was made out by the assessee as required under section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and there was no reduction in face value of shares, dismissing the appeal, the Karnataka High Court held as under:

“i) The undisputed facts were that pursuant to the order passed by the High Court of Bombay, number of shares had been reduced to 9,988. The face value of the shares had remained same at ₹10 even after the reduction. The Assessing Officer’s view that the voting power had not changed as the percentage of the assessee’s share of 99.88 per cent. had remained unchanged was untenable because if the shares were transferred at face value, the redeemable value would be ₹99,880 whereas the value of 14,95,44,130 number of shares would have been ₹1,49,54,41,300.

ii) The Tribunal had rightly followed the authority in Karthikeya vs. Sarabhai v. CIT [1997] 228 ITR 163 (SC); (1997) 7 SCC 524; 1997 SCC OnLine SC 152, with regard to meaning of transfer by holding that there was no transfer within the meaning of the expression “transfer” as contained in section 2(47). There was no error in the order of the Tribunal setting aside the disallowance of capital loss claimed by the assessee by holding that there was extinguishment of rights of shares.”

Capital or revenue receipt — Interest on short-term fixed deposit — Capital work-in-progress — Assessee joint venture formed by public sector undertakings to acquire coal mines overseas — Interest earned on fixed deposit of share capital prior to acquisition of coal mines and amounts returned on abandonment of proposal — Interest earned prior to commencement of business on funds brought in form of share capital for specific purpose — Interest received on fixed deposit part of capital cost and to be treated as capital work-in-progress.

86. Principal CIT vs. International Coal Ventures Pvt. Ltd.

[2025] 472 ITR 307 (Del)

A. Ys. 2012-13

Date of order: 20th December, 2024

S.4 of ITA 1961

Capital or revenue receipt — Interest on short-term fixed deposit — Capital work-in-progress — Assessee joint venture formed by public sector undertakings to acquire coal mines overseas — Interest earned on fixed deposit of share capital prior to acquisition of coal mines and amounts returned on abandonment of proposal — Interest earned prior to commencement of business on funds brought in form of share capital for specific purpose — Interest received on fixed deposit part of capital cost and to be treated as capital work-in-progress.

The assessee was a joint-venture company formed by five public sector undertakings, SAIL, CIL, RINL, NMDC and NTPC, for the purpose of ensuring adequate and dependable coal supply for its promoter companies. During the financial year relating to the A. Y. 2012-13, the assessee pursued a proposal to acquire and develop a coal mine overseas and received equity contributions from some of these undertakings. The amounts received from RINL were kept in a fixed deposit with a bank. Subsequently since the proposal for acquisition of the coal mine which was being pursued was abandoned, the assessee refunded the amount received from RINL. Since the assessee had earned interest on the amount received from RINL, it paid interest to RINL which confirmed that the amount received by it was accounted for as income in its hand and tax was paid.

In the appeal by the Revenue, on the question whether interest on funds that were called for and earmarked for a specific purpose of acquiring a coal mine and deposited in the short-term fixed deposit could be construed as incidental to setting up the business of acquisition of a coal mine, dismissing the appeal, the Delhi High Court held as under:

“i) The accounting treatment of capitalising expenses during the preoperative stage of setting up a business, rests on the rationale that the cost incurred for setting up the profit-making apparatus is required to be accounted for as the value of that asset. Such expenditure is incurred for bringing the undertaking into existence. Thus, it would not be apposite to treat such preoperative expenses as revenue expenses since it cannot be matched with the revenue receipts. The amount incurred for construction or acquisition of the asset would necessarily have to be accounted as the cost of that capital asset. This principle applies only in cases where substantial time is required to construct the asset or bring the asset to use. The financial costs for such assets are thus
considered as a part of the intrinsic value of the asset. There is a distinction between the price of an asset and its cost. On the same principles, the amounts received which are directly linked to the
acquisition or construction of the asset, are required to be reduced from the capital cost of the said asset. In one sense, such receipts mitigate the cost of the capital asset and it is essential to reflect the correct cost of the asset.

ii) The Accounting Standard 16 applies to a “qualifying asset”, which is defined as an asset that takes substantial period to get ready for its intended use or sale and also explains that the substantial period of time as contemplated under the standard, primarily depends upon the circumstances of each case. Ordinarily, the same should be considered as twelve months unless a shorter or longer period is justified in the facts and circumstances of the case. It also explains that for estimating this period, “the time which an asset takes technologically or commercially, to get ready for its intended use or sale”, is required to be considered.

iii) Accounting treatment of various items are guided by an overarching principle that final accounts should reflect the true and fair view of the reported entity. In order for a capital value of an asset (which takes a considerable time to bring it to intended use) to be fairly disclosed on historical cost basis, it would be essential to subsume within the cost of the said asset all elements of expenditure, which directly contribute to the cost of that asset. It is for this reason that general administrative cost of an entity which cannot be attributed to a particular asset is not construed as the cost of that asset. But the expenditure that is directly linked to the construction or acquisition of a qualifying asset, is required to be treated as a part of its cost.

iv) If the interest was earned on the amounts which were temporarily kept in fixed deposits in the course of acquisition of the coal mine to set up the assessee’s business, the interest earned would require to be accounted for as the part of the capital value of the business or asset. A caveat was added that such accounting treatment was or would be applicable only if the nature of the asset was such that required time for construction or for putting it in use. Illustratively, the same would be applicable where the asset is to be constructed, developed or is of a nature that required considerable time to bring it to use. In case where a plant is being set up in a factory and the requisite funds for setting up the same are deployed for a period of time, the interest paid on the amount borrowed for the said purpose and interest earned on temporary deposits during the course of deployment are required to be accounted for as a part of the capital costs. This is not true for an off-the-shelf product. Illustratively, if a motor vehicle is purchased from borrowed capital, neither the interest paid nor the interest earned on the funds borrowed for payment of consideration of the same can be accounted for as a part of the cost of the said asset.

v) The assessee was set up to acquire resources to ensure supply of coal and at the material time it was in the process of negotiation for acquiring a coal mine, to set up its business, and thus called for capital from its shareholders for the purpose of payment of the acquisition costs. It was the part of the said funds that were kept in the short-term fixed deposit in the bank for pending payment of the construction. The attempt to acquire the coal mine was aborted and thus the amounts borrowed were repaid to RINL. It was not disputed that the funds in question were not surplus funds of the assessee, the same were called for and were earmarked for acquisition of a coal mine overseas which was to be the assessee’s undertaking as the assessee was formed for the purpose of acquiring and operating a coal mine overseas.

vi) The interest received on borrowed funds, which were temporarily held in interest-bearing deposit, was a part of the capital cost and was required to be capitalised as capital work-in-progress.”

Best judgment assessment — Estimation of gross receipt — Special Audit Report — Relates only to a particular A. Y. — Special Audit Report for earlier year cannot be the basis to conclude following of similar pattern by Assessee in later A. Y. — Disallowance of administrative and entire salary expenditure —Matter remanded to the AO for re-computation of income.

85. World Vision India vs. NFAC

[2025] 472 ITR 564(Mad.)

A. Y. 2018-19

Date of order: 19th December, 2024

Ss. 37, 142(2A) and 144of ITA 1961:

Best judgment assessment — Estimation of gross receipt — Special Audit Report — Relates only to a particular A. Y. — Special Audit Report for earlier year cannot be the basis to conclude following of similar pattern by Assessee in later A. Y. — Disallowance of administrative and entire salary expenditure —Matter remanded to the AO for re-computation of income.

The assessee filed its return of income for AY 2018-19. The said return was selected for scrutiny assessment. The assessment was completed and order dated 14th September, 2021 was passed. In the said order, the Assessing Officer relied upon special audit report dated 2nd June, 2017 as also the assessment orders passed for A. Ys. 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2017-18. The report dated 2nd June, 2017 was prepared u/s. 142(2A) of the Act for AY 2014-15, pursuant to which the assessment orders for AYs 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2017-18 were passed. The orders for AY 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2017-18 were challenged in appeal before the CIT(A).

In the A. Y 2018-19, the Assessing Officer concluded that the Assessee had applied 67 per cent of the gross receipts for charitable purposes and for the balance the Assessee had failed to establish any documents to substantiate that the amount was utilised for charitable purposes and therefore the demand has been confirmed.

The Assessee filed a writ petition challenging the assessment order mainly on the ground that the basis for coming to the conclusion that the Assessee has failed to utilize the amount for charitable purposes is based on the special audit report dated 2nd June, 2017 which was generated for AY 2014-15. The Hon’ble Madras High Court allowed the petition and remanded the matter back to the AO for the re-computation of income and held as follows:

“i) Prima facie reliance on the special audit report u/s. 142(2A) generated for the earlier assessment years could not be a basis to conclude that the similar pattern would have been followed by the assessee during the subsequent assessment years and to do so would amount to assessment by sampling. The special audit report was for the A. Y. 2014-15. In terms of section 142(2A) the special audit report could relate only for a particular assessment year since the expression used is, “if at any stage of the proceedings before him”, the Assessing Officer, having regard to the nature and complexity of the accounts, volume of the accounts, doubts about the correctness of the accounts, multiplicity of transactions in the accounts or specialised nature of business activity of the assessee, and the interests of the Revenue, was of the opinion that it was necessary so to do, he may, with the previous approval of the Principal Chief Commissioner or Chief Commissioner or Principal Commissioner or Commissioner, direct the assessee to get either or both of, (i) getting the accounts audited by an accountant, as defined in sub-section (2) of section 288 , nominated by the competent authority or (b) getting the inventory valued by a cost accountant nominated by the competent authority.

ii) The assessment order indicated that no allowance had been made for the expenses incurred by the assessee towards administrative and salary expenses of the assessee and had only been allowed to accumulate 15 per cent. of the gross receipt. It was the contention of the Department that if no other amount was to be allowed, the Department had to make best judgment assessment u/s. 144. Therefore, the assessment order was set-aside and the matter was remitted back to the Assessing Officer to pass a fresh order on the merits and in accordance with law independently without getting influenced by the special audit report u/s. 142(2A) generated for the A. Y. 2014-15. Since the re-computation of income required a proper consideration, the assessee was directed to give a proper reply with proper evidence explaining the expenses which it sought to exclude.”

Assessment — Faceless assessment — Ex parte assessment order — Notices of demand and penalty — Validity — Notices u/s. 142(1) and 143(2) — Mandatory condition — Failure to serve notices on assessee — Notices sent to unregistered e-mail address though assessment orders for earlier and subsequent A. Ys. sent to correct e-mail address — Reliance on assessee’s permanent account number database or alternate e-mail address cannot substitute for statutory compliance — Procedural irregularities in issuing and serving notices undermine jurisdiction and legality of entire assessment process — Ex parte assessment order and consequent demand, penalty notices quashed — Department given liberty to issue fresh notices if necessary in accordance with law:

84. Neha Bhawsingka vs. UOI

[2025] 472 ITR 335 (Cal)

A. Y. 2022-23

Date of order: 22nd November, 2024

Ss.142(1), 143(2), 144, 144B, 156, 271(1)(d) and 271AAC(1) of ITA 1961

Assessment — Faceless assessment — Ex parte assessment order — Notices of demand and penalty — Validity — Notices u/s. 142(1) and 143(2) — Mandatory condition — Failure to serve notices on assessee — Notices sent to unregistered e-mail address though assessment orders for earlier and subsequent A. Ys. sent to correct e-mail address — Reliance on assessee’s permanent account number database or alternate e-mail address cannot substitute for statutory compliance — Procedural irregularities in issuing and serving notices undermine jurisdiction and legality of entire assessment process — Ex parte assessment order and consequent demand, penalty notices quashed — Department given liberty to issue fresh notices if necessary in accordance with law:

The assessee was in trading business. For the A. Y. 2022-23, an intimation u/s. 143(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was sent to the assessee’s registered e-mail address, confirming that the return was processed without any discrepancies. Similar communications for the earlier A. Ys. 2019-20 to 2021-22 and the subsequent year 2023-24 were also sent to the same registered e-mail address. While accessing the Income-tax portal, the assessee’s tax consultant discovered that several notices, including u/ss. 143(2) and 142(1) and show-cause notices were issued against the assessee for the A. Y. 2022-23 and sent to an unregistered e-mail address. The ex parte assessment order was passed u/s. 144 read with section 144B making disallowances on account of purchases as non-genuine and unsecured loan as unexplained credit u/s. 68. Penalty notices u/ss. 271(1)(d) and 271AAC(1) were also issued.

The assessee filed a writ petition contending that the assessment order and demand notices were vitiated since they were not served at the assessee’s registered e-mail address as required u/s. 282 but were sent to an unregistered e-mail address which was not associated with her. The Calcutta High Court allowed the petition and held as under:

i) The assessment order passed u/s. 144 read with section 144B, the consequent demand notice u/s. 156 and the penalty notices u/s. 271(1)(d) and 271AAC(1) were vitiated due to procedural lapses and non-compliance with statutory provisions. The notices u/s. 143(2) and 142(1) were not served to the assessee at her registered e-mail address as mandated u/s. 282 but were sent to an unregistered e-mail address, thereby depriving the assessee of a fair opportunity to respond, violating the principles of natural justice.

ii) The assessee had a legitimate expectation, arising from consistent past practices, that all communications would be sent to her registered e-mail address. The failure to adhere to this established protocol and the absence of proper service of notices invalidated the subsequent assessment proceedings and the ex parte assessment order passed u/s. 144 and 144B. The Revenue’s reliance on the assessee’s permanent account number database or an alternate e-mail address could not substitute for statutory compliance. Procedural irregularities in issuing and serving notices undermine the jurisdiction and legality of the entire assessment process. The assessment order could not be completed without issuance of a notice u/s. 143(2). Hence, the assessment proceedings and the assessment order without issuing the notice u/s. 143(2) were bad in law.

iii) Accordingly, the assessment order, demand notice and penalty notices were quashed and set aside. The authorities were directed to issue fresh notices, if deemed necessary, strictly adhering to the statutory provisions and ensuring proper service to the assessee.”

Assessment — Faceless assessment — Jurisdiction of NFAC — Exempt income — Jurisdictional AO passing assessment order giving effect to order of Tribunal on issue of disallowance u/s. 14A — Order attaining finality — NFAC cannot continue assessment proceedings in concluded assessment — Assessment Order passed by NFAC set-aside.

83. Religare Enterprises Ltd. vs. NFAC

[2025] 472 ITR 329 (Del)

A. Y. 2013-14

Date of order: 28th November, 2024

Ss. 143(3), 144B and 254 of ITA 1961

Assessment — Faceless assessment — Jurisdiction of NFAC — Exempt income — Jurisdictional AO passing assessment order giving effect to order of Tribunal on issue of disallowance u/s. 14A — Order attaining finality — NFAC cannot continue assessment proceedings in concluded assessment — Assessment Order passed by NFAC set-aside.

The Assessee filed revised return of income for AY 2013-14 declaring total income at ₹2,70,87,75,810. This included income from dividend amounting to ₹4,14,800 which was exempt. The Assessee had not claimed any deduction in respect of expenses amounting to ₹1,83,55,525 u/s. 14A of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The Assessee’s case was selected for scrutiny and an addition of ₹1,93,79,583 was made u/s. 14A of the Act in addition to the amount of ₹1,83,55,525 already disallowed u/s. 14A of the Act. The AO also made disallowances in respect of fines and penalties.

The CIT(A) partly allowed wherein the CIT(A) deleted the additional disallowance made by the AO. In the appeal before the CIT(A), the Assessee had raised an additional ground and claimed allowance of ₹1,83,55,525 which it had not done under the revised return.

The Tribunal remanded the matter regarding disallowance u/s. 14A and disallowance of fines and penalties to the AO for consideration afresh with the direction that the disallowance u/s. 14A was required to be worked out in respect of only those investments which were yielding exempt income. Thereafter, the Assessee filed a Miscellaneous Application requesting that the AO be directed to restrict the disallowance to the extent of exempt income. The Miscellaneous Application was allowed and the Tribunal modified its order and directed that the disallowance u/s. 14A of the Act be restricted to the exempt income.

Pursuant to the aforesaid directions, the Jurisdictional AO passed an order dated 4th February, 2023 to give effect to the directions issued by the Tribunal and restricted the disallowance u/s. 14A to the extent of dividend income. However, the AO did not give any specific findings in respect of fines and penalties. The Assessee also did not file any appeal against the said order.

Thereafter, the National Faceless Assessment Centre (NFAC) issued an intimation informing the Assessee that the assessment would be completed in accordance with the procedure u/s. 144B of the Act. Against this, the Assessee filed its objections for continuing any proceedings pursuant to the order passed by the Tribunal as the Jurisdictional AO had already passed an order to give effect to the order passed by the Tribunal. However, the NFAC passed an order, once again making the same disallowance u/s. 14A and disregarded the directions of the Tribunal. The NFAC also expressly stated that its order would supersede the order of the Jurisdictional AO.

The Assesseefiledwrit petition against the said order of NFAC. The Delhi High Court allowed the writ petition and held as follows:

“i) There is no provision under the Income-tax Act, 1961 for continuing assessment proceedings after an assessment order is passed. Concluded assessments cannot be opened except by recourse to specific provisions including section 147 of the Act.

ii) The issue of disallowance u/s. 14A had stood concluded by the order dated February 4, 2023. The Assessing Officer did not issue any specific findings regarding the fines and penalties amounting to Rs. 35,18,803 and the assessee had not filed any appeal against such decision. Notwithstanding that an order dated February 4, 2023 passed by the jurisdictional Assessing Officer, the National Faceless Assessment Centre had proceeded to pass another order. Although, the jurisdictional Assessing Officer had passed an order giving effect to the order dated February 25, 2021 and the order dated February 25, 2021 as modified by the order dated April 1, 2022 by the Tribunal, the National Faceless Assessment Centre had issued an intimation dated February 15, 2023 informing the assessee that the assessment would be completed in accordance with the procedure u/s. 144B . The assessee had filed its objections for continuing any proceedings pursuant to the order passed by the Tribunal since the jurisdictional Assessing Officer had already passed an order dated February 4, 2023 giving effect to the orders passed by the Tribunal.

iii) The National Faceless Assessment Centre had passed an order dated March 29, 2023 once again reiterating the disallowance of ₹3,60,51,977 made u/s. 14A, which included an additional disallowance of ₹1,93,79,583 which was made by the Assessing Officer in the assessment order dated March 28, 2016. Although, the National Faceless Assessment Centre had found that the order dated April 1, 2022 passed by the Tribunal had confined the disallowance u/s. 14A to ₹4,14,800, such directions were disregarded and had also expressly stated that its order would supersede the order dated February 4, 2023 passed by the jurisdictional Assessing Officer. The order dated February 4, 2023 passed by the jurisdictional Assessing Officer had set out that it was an order to give effect to the order passed by the Tribunal wherein it was held to the effect that after appeal effect income of the assessee (since merged with REL) for the assessment year 2013-14 was recomputed at ₹2,69,43,53,890 under the normal provisions of the Act. Credit for tax deducted at source, advance tax and regular taxes paid were given after verification and interests u/s. 234A, 234B, 234C and 234D were being charged, as applicable.

iv) Therefore, there was no doubt that the proceedings pursuant to the directions issued by the Tribunal stood concluded by the order dated February 4, 2023. The initiation of further proceedings by the National Faceless Assessment Centre pursuant to the orders passed by the Tribunal was without jurisdiction. The assessment order passed u/s. 143(3) read with sections 254 and 144B was set aside.”

Assessment — Order of assessment to give effect to order of Tribunal — Limitation — Commencement of limitation — Receipt of order of Tribunal — Meaning of “received” — Actual receipt of certified copy of the order not necessary — Knowledge of order of Tribunal sufficient.

82. Sunshine Capital Ltd. vs. DCIT

[2025] 472 ITR 293 (Del.)

A. Y. 2008-09

Date of order: 16th April, 2024

Ss.153 and 254 of ITA 1961

Assessment — Order of assessment to give effect to order of Tribunal — Limitation — Commencement of limitation — Receipt of order of Tribunal — Meaning of “received” — Actual receipt of certified copy of the order not necessary — Knowledge of order of Tribunal sufficient.

The case of the Assessee was selected for scrutiny and assessment order u/s. 143(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was passed after making various additions. CIT(A) partly allowed the Assessee’s appeal. The Tribunal, vide its order dated 08-10-2018 remanded the matter to the AO for the purpose of fresh assessment. The Tribunal also deleted the demand reflected on the Income Tax Portal.

Thereafter, the Assessee made several representations from July 2020 to August 2021 to the Department praying for rectification of the error with respect to the demand being reflected on the portal as well as the issue of refund. But there was no action by the Department. Since no reply was received by the Assessee upon representations, the Assessee filed an application in August 2021 in accordance with the Right to Information Act (RTI) to give effect to the order passed by the Tribunal. Pursuant to the RTI application, the AO passed an order in November 2021 wherein it expressed its inability to give appeal effect on the ground that it had not received the order passed by the Tribunal through proper channel. Against this order, the Assessee filed an appeal in December 2021 which came to be disposed vide order passed in January 2022 whereby it was decided that the information provided to the Assessee was adequate.

Thereafter, in February 2022, the Assessee filed an application to the registry of the Tribunal seeking information on service of order passed by the Tribunal. The Assessee was informed by the registry in March 2022 that the order passed by the Tribunal was duly sent to the CIT(Judicial) on 24th August, 2018 for further action. In March 2022, the Assessee also made subsequent representations to rectify the error with respect to the demand reflected on the portal, but to no avail.

The Assessee therefore filed writ petition challenging the inaction on the part of the Department and contended that despite the order passed by the Tribunal being communicated to the concerned authority of the Income tax Department within stipulated time, the Department failed to pass a fresh assessment order. The Delhi High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) Section 153 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, stipulates that an order for fresh assessment pursuant to an order u/s. 254 or section 263 or section 264 of the Act may be made at any time before the expiry of a period of nine months. The provision further encapsulates that the period has to be calculated from the end of the financial year in which the order u/s. 254 of the Act is received by the authorities mentioned in the section. Regarding the word “received” the language couched in section 260A of the Act is similar to that of section 153(3). The contextual interpretation of the phrase “received” postulates the time when the parties are notified about the pronouncement and are represented at that instant in the open court. The legislative intent behind the enactment of section 254(3) of the Act does not prescribe shifting of the onus of proving the receipt of the order under the provision on the assessee, the expression “is received” used in section 153(3) of the Act cannot mean to extend the limitation till perpetuity. The expression “received” employed in section 153(3) of the Act would not strictly mean that a certified copy of the order of the Tribunal, in the given facts and circumstances, ought to have been necessarily supplied to the concerned authority through an appropriate mechanism devised by the respondents. Further, section 254(3) of the Act casts a duty upon the Tribunal to send the copy of the orders passed under section 254 of the Act to the assessee as well as to the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner. A conspectus of section 254 read with section 153(3) of the Act would reveal that the provisions cannot be made applicable to the detriment of the assessee.

ii) The material on record showed that the Tribunal sent the order of the remand to the Department on October 24, 2018, but the Department denied having received it. It was sufficient to take note of the Tribunal’s stand of sending a copy of the order to the Department. Moreover, the assessee, as early as on July 30, 2020 itself, made the first communication to the Department to give effect to the order in appeal. The record would show that the subsequent representation sent by the assessee on July 9, 2021 to the Department contained all the requisite information of the orders passed by the concerned authorities in the case of the assessee. No concrete steps had been taken by the Department. Except harping upon the word “received”, the Department had not taken any measure to give effect to the order in appeal. Taking into consideration the Tribunal’s response that the concerned order was sent on October 24, 2018, the Department ought to have passed the order to give effect to the order in appeal within twelve months from then. However, that had not been done by the Department till date.

iii) Since the Department had failed to comply with the order of the Tribunal in passing a fresh assessment order within the stipulated time, the writ petition was to be allowed with the directions to the Department to ensure that the demands of quantum amounting to ₹34.70 crores and penalty amounting to ₹33.98 crores being reflected in the Income-tax Business Application portal were removed within two weeks, that the amount of ₹25,44,671 lying with the Department were refunded to the assessee with applicable interest as per law, that the properties of the assessee were released within two weeks of the passing of this judgment, and that the three bank accounts were defreezed by the Department within two weeks.”

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

19. PCIT vs. Jupiter Capital Pvt. Ltd.

(2025) 170 taxmann.com 305 (SC)

Capital gains – Reduction of share capital – The reduction in share capital of the subsidiary company and subsequent proportionate reduction in the shareholding of the Assessee would be squarely covered within the ambit of the expression “sale, exchange or relinquishment of the asset” used in Section 2(47) the Income-tax Act, 1961 – Percentage of shareholding of the assessee in the Company prior to, and post, reduction in Share Capital is not relevant – Loss incurred on erosion of the net worth is allowable as capital loss.

The Respondent-Assessee was a company engaged in the business of investing in shares, leasing, financing and money lending. The Assessee had made an investment in Asianet News Network Pvt. Ltd. (ANNPL), an Indian company engaged in the business of telecasting news, by purchasing 14,95,44,130 shares having face value of ₹10/- each. Thereafter, the Assessee purchased 38,06,758 shares from other parties, thereby increasing its shareholding to 15,33,40,900 shares which constituted 99.88% of the total number of shares of the company, i.e., 15,35,05,750.

The said company incurred losses, as a result of which the net worth of the company got eroded. Subsequently, the company filed a petition before the Bombay High Court for reduction of its share capital to set off the loss against the paid-up equity share capital. The High Court ordered a reduction in the share capital of the company from 15,35,05,750 shares to 10,000 shares. Consequently, the share of the Assessee was reduced proportionately from 15,33,40,900 shares to 9,988 shares. However, the face value of shares remained the same at ₹10 even after the reduction in the share capital. The High Court also directed the company for payment of ₹3,17,83,474/- to the Assessee as a consideration.

During the year, the Assessee claimed long term capital loss accrued on the reduction in share capital from the sale of shares of such company. However, the Assessing Officer while disagreeing with the Assessee’s claim held that reduction in shares of the subsidiary company did not result in the transfer of a capital asset as envisaged in Section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The Assessing Officer took the view that although the number of shares got reduced by virtue of reduction in share capital of the company, yet the face value of each share as well as shareholding pattern remained the same. Hence there was no extinguishment of the rights of the shareholders. Extinguishment of rights would mean that the assessee has parted with those shares or sold off those shares to second party, which was not the case here.

In appeal the CIT(A) vide order dated 14th December, 2017 while distinguishing the facts of the present case from those involved in the decision of the Supreme Court in Kartikeya V. Sarabhai vs. Commissioner of Income Tax (reported in (1997) 7 SCC 524) held that any extinguishment of rights would involve parting the sale of percentage of shares to another party or divesting rights therein. The appeal was therefore dismissed.

However, the ITAT reversed the order passed by the CIT(A) and allowed the appeal filed by the Assessee observing that the decision of the Supreme Court in Kartikeya vs. Sarabhai (supra) was squarely applicable to the facts of the present case. On the account of reduction in number of shares held by the Assessee company in ANNPL, the Assessee has extinguished its right of 15,33,40,900 shares and in lieu thereof, the Assessee received 9,988 shares at ₹10/- each along with an amount of ₹3,17,83,474/-. The Assessee’s claim for capital loss on account of reduction in share capital in ANNPL was therefore allowable.

The Revenue went in appeal before the High Court. The High Court, dismissed the appeal filed by the Revenue and affirmed the order passed by the ITAT, observing that the AO’s view that the voting power of the Assessee had remained unchanged was untenable. The rationale was that if the shares were transferred at face value, the redeemable value would be ₹99,880/- whereas the value of 14,95,44,130 number of shares would have been ₹1,49,54,41,300/. According to the High Court, the ITAT had rightly followed the judgement in the case of Kartikeya V. Sarabhai vs. The Commissioner of Income Tax (supra).

The Supreme Court after having heard the learned ASG appearing for the Revenue, and having gone through the materials on record, were of the view that no error, not to speak of any error of law, was committed by the High Court in passing the impugned order.

According to the Supreme Court, whether reduction of capital amounts to transfer was no longer res integra in view of its decision in Kartikeya V. Sarabhai (supra).

According to the Supreme Court, the following principles are discernible from its aforesaid decision:

a. Section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, which is an inclusive definition, inter alia, provides that relinquishment of an asset or extinguishment of any right therein amounts to a transfer of a capital asset. While the taxpayer continues to remain a shareholder of the company even with the reduction of share capital, it could not be accepted that there was no extinguishment of any part of his right as a shareholder qua the company.

b. A company under section 66 of the Companies Act, 2013 has a right to reduce the share capital and one of the modes which could be adopted is to reduce the face value of the preference share.

c. When as a result of the reducing of the face value of the share, the share capital is reduced, the right of the preference shareholder to the dividend or his share capital and the right to share in the distribution of the net assets upon liquidation is extinguished proportionately to the extent of reduction in the capital. Such a reduction of the right of the capital asset clearly amounts to a transfer within the meaning of Section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The Supreme Court noted that in the present case, the face value per share has remained the same before the reduction of share capital and after the reduction of share capital. However, as the total number of shares have been reduced from 15,35,05,750 to 10,000 and out of this the Assessee was holding 15,33,40,900 shares prior to reduction and 9,988 shares after reduction, it can be said that on account of reduction in the number of shares held by the Assessee in the company, the Assessee has extinguished its right of 15,33,40,900 shares, and in lieu thereof, the Assessee received 9,988 shares at ₹10 each along with an amount of ₹3,17,83,474.

The Supreme Court observed that in the case of Kartikeya v. Sarabhai (supra) it has not made any reference to the percentage of shareholding prior to reduction of share capital and after reduction of share capital. In that case, it was observed that reduction of right in a capital asset would amount to ‘transfer’ under Section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Sale is only one of the modes of transfer envisaged by Section 2(47). Relinquishment of any rights in it, which may not amount to sale, can also be considered as transfer and any profit or gain which arises from the transfer of such capital asset is taxable under Section 45 of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The Supreme Court noted the decision of a Division Bench of the Gujarat High Court in the case of Commissioner of Income-Tax vs. Jaykrishna Harivallabhdas reported in (1998) 231 ITR 108 where the Court clarified that receipt of some consideration in lieu of the extinguishment of rights is not a condition precedent for the computation of capital gains as envisaged under Section 48 of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The Supreme Court further noted that in the case of Anarkali Sarabhai vs. CIT reported in (1997) 224 ITR 422, it was observed that the reduction of share capital or redemption of shares is an exception to the Rule contained in Section 77(1) of the Companies Act, 1956 that no company limited by shares shall have the power to buy its own shares. In other words, the
Court held that both reduction of share capital and redemption of shares involve the purchase of its own shares by the company and hence will be included within the meaning of transfer Under Section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

In view of the aforesaid, the Supreme Court held that that the reduction in share capital of the subsidiary company and subsequent proportionate reduction in the shareholding of the Assessee would be squarely covered within the ambit of the expression “sale, exchange or relinquishment of the asset” used in Section 2(47) the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The Supreme Court therefore dismissed the appeal filed by the Revenue authorities.

Note: The judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of Anarkali Sarabhai has been analysed in the column “Closements” in April, 1997 issue of BCAJ.

From The President

Get out of the way!

– Stop micromanaging economic activity!

– Give entrepreneurs and households back their time and mental bandwidth.

– Regulators should hold themselves to the same standards that they expect of regulated entities.

The preface to the Economic Survey 2024-25 resounds with a bold and decisive call for reform. These foundational principles underscore the broader vision through which our nation’s governing dispensation can truly embrace and enable ‘growth through deregulation.’

The core takeaway from this year’s Economic Survey is the imperative need for a substantial rollback of regulatory excesses, as well as a conscious restraint from layering policies with additional operational conditions under the pretext of preventing misuse. More often than not, such over regulation distorts the original intent of policy measures, hampering rather than facilitating economic dynamism. The Survey makes an insightful case for leveraging India’s deeply ingrained social trust structures to attain scale and efficiency, especially
in its closely connected, kinship-based economic landscape. Each chapter of the Survey reinforces the necessity of ‘simplification and deregulation’ wherever feasible. As Chartered Accountants being enablers of commerce and enterprise, such unequivocal directional clarity in favour of effective deregulation is truly a welcome shift.

Encouragingly, early indicators of this ‘growth through deregulation’ vision are already visible. The conceptualisation of a Deregulation Commission, backed by well-defined terms of reference and coordinated efforts between the central and state governments, is a promising step forward. However, the success of this initiative hinges on its substantive execution rather than merely its structural existence. If implemented with true intent and depth, this deregulation drive can significantly bolster the competitiveness of Indian businesses, enabling them to expand and scale with greater ease and speed.

A Budget with Balance and Direction

The month of February commenced with the high-decibel presentation of the Union Budget 2025, accompanied by the introduction of the Finance Bill, 2025. A strong emphasis on driving consumption-led growth was evident, while an impressive balance has been achieved on the fiscal front. The Society hosted two highly engaging Public Lecture Meetings: one on the Direct Tax Provisions under the Finance Bill, 2025 by Shri CA. Pinakin Desai, and another on the Indirect Tax Proposals under the Finance Bill, 2025 by Shri CA. Sunil Gabhawala. Both sessions were well attended and have since garnered over 15,000 views on the Society’s YouTube channel. Additionally, our esteemed BCAS publication on the Analysis of Union Budget 2025-26 is now available for complimentary download via the Society’s website.

The Much-Anticipated Income Tax Bill, 2025 — Simplification in Form and not Substance?

In her Budget speech, the Hon’ble Finance Minister underscored ‘taxation’ as the foremost lever for ‘transformative reform’ within a broader set of six identified reformative pillars. This set the stage — and expectations — for the unveiling of a new Income Tax Bill, which was subsequently introduced in the legislature a week later.

Given that the palimpsest Income Tax Act, 1961 has governed direct taxation for over six decades, the introduction of the new Bill was anticipated to be a landmark moment — one that would bring forth a contemporary, well-calibrated framework equipped with modern concepts to facilitate real ease of compliance and substantive deregulation.

However, upon review of the Income Tax Bill, 2025, it becomes evident that the ‘simplification’ proposed within it is largely cosmetic. The revisions primarily revolve around improved structural organisation through better grouping of sections and chapters, rather than a meaningful reimagining of substantive provisions. While a detailed analysis does reveal a few high-impact potential changes, many appear to stem from drafting inconsistencies rather than deliberate policy shifts. It is reassuring to note that an ongoing review process seeks to address these inconsistencies, but the broader expectation of a comprehensive transformation in our tax statutes remains unmet.

Undoubtedly, rewriting well-entrenched and settled tax principles is a formidable challenge, and in many cases, an undesirable exercise. However, a more ambitious approach could have been undertaken — one that integrates fresh, progressive thinking into our tax framework in alignment with the overarching theme of ‘growth through deregulation’ as articulated in the Economic Survey. Alas, it appears that the journey toward a truly transformative tax regime is yet to be realised, and we must wait longer for substantive change.

Warm Regards,

CA Anand Bathiya

President, Ayodhya, 28th February, 2025

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

Given below are 3 typical ‘Emphasis of Matter’ paragraphs included in the audit reports for the year ended 31st March, 2024.

1. Infosys Ltd

Emphasis of Matter regarding Cybersecurity Incidents

From Audit Report on Consolidated Financial Statements

Emphasis of Matter

As described in note 2.24.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, certain costs relating to possible damages or claims relating to a cybersecurity incident in a subsidiary are indeterminable as at the date of this report because of reasons stated in the note. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

From Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  Note 2.24.2: McCamish Cybersecurity incident in November 2023

Infosys McCamish Systems (McCamish), a step-down subsidiary of Infosys Limited, experienced a cybersecurity incident resulting in the non-availability of certain applications and systems. McCamish initiated its incident response and engaged cybersecurity and other specialists to assist in its investigation of and response to the incident and remediation and restoration of impacted applications and systems. By 31st December, 2023, McCamish, with external specialists’ assistance, substantially remediated and restored the affected applications and systems. Loss of contracted revenues and costs incurred with respect to remediations, restoration, communication efforts, investigative processes and analysis, legal services and others amounted to $38 million (approximately ₹316 crore). Actions taken by McCamish included investigative analysis conducted by a third-party cybersecurity firm to determine, among other things, whether and the extent to which company or customer data was subject to unauthorized access or exfiltration. McCamish also engaged a third-party eDiscovery vendor in assessing the extent and nature of such data. McCamish in coordination with its third-party eDiscovery vendor has identified corporate customers and individuals whose information was subject to unauthorized access and exfiltration. McCamish’s review process is ongoing. McCamish may incur additional costs including indemnities or damages / claims, which are indeterminable at this time. On 6th March, 2024, a class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia against McCamish. The complaint arises out of the cybersecurity incident at McCamish initially disclosed on 3rd November, 2023. The complaint was purportedly filed on behalf of all individuals within the United States whose personally identifiable information was exposed to unauthorized third parties as a result of the incident.

2. Indus Towers Ltd

Emphasis of Matter regarding material uncertainty at one of the largest customers and its consequential impact on the company’s business operations

From Audit Report on Consolidated Financial Statements

Emphasis of Matter

Material uncertainty at one of the largest customers of the Company and its consequential impact on the Company’s business operations. We draw attention to note 48 of the consolidated financial statements, which describes the potential impact on business operations, receivables, property, plant and equipment, and financial position of the Company on account of one of the largest customer’s financial conditions and its ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not modified with respect to the above matter.

From Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements’

48. A large customer of the Group accounts for a substantial part of revenue from operations for the quarter and year ended 31st March, 2024, and constitutes a significant part of outstanding trade receivables and unbilled revenue as of 31st March, 2024.

a) The said customer in its latest published unaudited financial results for the quarter and nine months ended 31st December, 2023, had indicated that its ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on its ability to raise additional funds as required, successful negotiations with lenders and vendors for continued support and generation of cash flow from operations that it needs to settle its liabilities as they fall due. The said customer had also disclosed in the aforesaid results that so far it has met all debt obligations to its lenders/ banks and financial institutions along with applicable interest till date. Further, the said customer had disclosed that one of its promoters has confirmed that it would provide financial support to the extent of ₹20,000 Mn to the said customer.

b) The Group, subject to the terms and conditions agreed between the parties, has a secondary pledge over the shares held by one of the customer’s promoters in the Group and a corporate guarantee provided by said customer’s promoter which could be triggered in certain situations and events in the manner agreed between the parties. However, these securities are not adequate to cover the total outstanding with the said customer.

c) During the quarter ended 30th June, 2022, through the quarter ended 30th September, 2022, the said customer had informed the Group that a funding plan was under discussion with its lenders and it had agreed to a payment plan to pay part of the monthly billing till December 2022 and 100% of the amounts billed from January 2023 onwards, which will be adjusted by the Group against the outstanding trade receivables. As regards the dues outstanding as of 31st December, 2022, the customer had agreed to pay the dues between January 2023 and July 2023. However, the said customer has not made the committed payments pertaining to the outstanding amount due as of 31st December, 2022. Based on Stock Exchange filings, the said customer (i) concluded its equity fund raise of ₹1,80,000 Mn through the FPO route on 22nd April, 2024, (ii) at its Board meeting held on 6th April, 2024 has, subject to the approval of the shareholders in the Extra-ordinary General Meeting to be held on 8th May, 2024, approved the issuance of equity share aggregating to ₹20,750 Mn on a preferential basis to one of its promoter group entity, (iii) issued Optionally Convertible Debentures (OCDs) amounting to ₹16,000 Mn to one of its vendors in February 2023 of which ₹14,400 Mn worth of OCDs were converted into equity shares on 23rd March, 2024, and (iv) is actively engaged with its lenders for tying-up the debt funding, which will follow the equity fund raise. The Group is in discussion with the said customer for a revised payment plan pertaining to the outstanding amount due. (d) As the said customer has been paying an amount largely equivalent to monthly billing since January 2023, hence, the Group continues to recognise revenue from operations relating to the said customer for the services rendered. The Group carries an allowance for doubtful receivables of ₹53,853 Mn as of 31st March, 2024 relating to the said customer which covers all overdue outstanding as at 31st March, 2024. (e) Further, as per Ind AS 116 “Leases”, the Group recognises revenue based on straight-lining of rentals over the contractual period and creates revenue equalisation assets in the books of accounts. During the quarter ended 31st December, 2022, the Group had recorded an impairment charge of ₹4,928 Mn relating to the revenue equalisation assets up to September 30, 2022 for the said customer and presented it as an exceptional item in the statement of profit and loss. Further, the Group had stopped recognising revenue equalisation asset on account of straight-lining of lease rentals from 1st October, 2022 onwards due to uncertainty of collection in the distant future. (f) It may be noted that the potential loss of the said customer (whose statutory auditors have reported material uncertainty related to going concern in its report on latest published unaudited results, which was issued before funding as mentioned above) due to its inability to continue as a going concern or the Group’s failure to attract new customers could have an adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Group and amounts receivable (including unbilled revenue) and carrying amount of property, plant and equipment related to the said customer.

3. Career Point Ltd.

Emphasis of Matter regarding legal action uncertainties on amounts receivable by the holding company and a subsidiary

From Audit Report on Consolidated Financial Statements

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to

a) Note no 49 of the consolidated financial statements which describes Srajan Capital Limited (‘SCL’), a Subsidiary Company has degraded (sub-standard and doubtful) its loans and advances to various parties as on 31st March, 2024 amounting to ₹ 782.63 lakhs (net of provision of ₹4,567.28 lakhs, including loan to related party of ₹4,397.33 lakhs, fully provided for) (as of 31st March 2023 ₹721.44 lakhs (net of provision of ₹4,507.38 lakhs, including loan to related party of ₹4,397.33 lakhs, fully provided for)). During the financial year ended 31st March, 2024, the related party has made a payment of ₹756.67 lakhs (total ₹1,707.40 lakhs up to 31st March 2024) to SCL against its outstanding dues, which is treated as income by the subsidiary company. The auditor of the SCL has not modified its opinion in this regard.

b) Note no. 38 of the consolidated financial statements which describes the uncertainties relating to legal action pursued by the Holding Company against Rajasthan Skill and Livelihood Development Corporation (RSLDC) before Hon’ble Arbitrator for invocation of bank guarantee of ₹54.22 lakhs by RSLDC and recovery of the outstanding amount of ₹213.41 lakhs (including ₹159.19 lakhs receivable). Based on its assessment of the merits of the case, the management of the Holding Company is of the view that the aforesaid receivable balances are good and recoverable and hence, no adjustment is required as stated in the note no. 38 of the consolidated financial statements for the amount receivable as stated in the said note. Further, in the opinion of the management of the Holding Company, stated amount is good and full recoverable. Our opinion is not modified in respect of above matters.

From Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note No 38

During the earlier years, the Holding Company has received principal amount of 1st instalment of ₹216.90 lakhs from Rajasthan Skill and Livelihoods Development Corporation (RSLDC} for the Deen-DayalUpadhyayaGrameenKaushalyaYojana (DDU-GKY) project, against which the Holding Company had incurred ₹371.75 lakhs and Issued bank guarantee of ₹54.22 lakhs in terms of the agreement signed with RSLDC. During the year ended 31st March, 2022, RSLDC has invoked bank guarantee of ₹54.22 lakhs and has also demanded refund amounting to ₹334.76 lakhs (including interest of ₹117.36 lakhs) on termination of the above-stated project. The Holding Company has pursued the invocation of Bank Guarantee and other receivable of ₹213.41 lakhs (including ₹158.19 lakhs receivable) from RSLDC, before the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court, Jaipur and the Rajasthan State Commercial Court under section 9 of Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996. The Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court, Jaipur Bench has appointed the sole arbitrator in the matter. The Holding Company has submitted its application before the Hon’ble Arbitrator. After submission of statement of defence by RSLDC, evidence and arguments, arbitral judge will pronounce the judgement. Based on its assessment of the merits of the case, the management is of the view that it has a creditable case in its favour and the aforesaid receivable balances are good and fully recoverable and hence, no adjustment is required as demanded by the RSLDC at this stage.

Note no 49

One of the Subsidiary Company Srajan Capital Limited (“SCL”), SCL has degraded (sub-standard and doubtful) its loans and advances to various parties as on 31st March 2024 amounting to ₹782.63 lakhs (net of provision of ₹4,567.28 lakhs, including loan to related party of ₹4,397.33 lakhs, fully provided for)) (as at 31st March 2023 ₹721.44 lakhs (net of provision of ₹4,507.38 lakhs, including loan to related party of ₹4,397.33 lakhs, fully provided for)). During the financial year ended 31st March 2024, the related party has made payment of ₹756.67 lakhs (Total ₹1,707.40 lakhs upto 31st March, 2024) to SCL against its outstanding dues and interest, which is treated as income by SCL

A Chartered Accountant’s Guide to Writing: Debit Procrastination, Credit Guilt

For over 15 years, I’ve juggled tax audits, reconciled financial statements, and answered client queries that range from the existential, Why do I pay so much tax? To the downright bizarre one like …Can I claim my dog’s grooming bill as a business expense?

I’ve survived financial year-end chaos, outsmarted the ever-crashing GST portal (at times), and, like every super working mom, somehow managed to keep my 11-year-old daughter from showing up at school in her PE uniform instead of a Navvari saree for Shivaji Jayanti celebrations. Yet, despite all of this, there is one thing I just haven’t managed to do—write an article.

For years, I have put off writing this article, finding new excuses every time. It has been on my to-do list for ages, just like that one client who always submits documents late but still expects everything to be done on time. I often picture myself writing smart and funny articles like Twinkle Khanna, but instead of bestselling books and popular columns, I have a laptop, a cold cup of masala chai, and an Excel sheet filled with numbers.

Recently, I even attended a writer’s workshop at the Bombay Chartered Accountancy, hoping to discover the writer in me. But every time I sit down in front of a Word document, my mind just goes blank. Every time I see the blinking cursor on a blank page, I feel completely stuck, not knowing where to begin.

As a Chartered Accountant, I live by numbers, spreadsheets, and logic. Writing, on the other hand, demand first and foremost—a topic, emotions, and naturally, some creativity. Numbers follow rules, while words seem to have a mind of their own!

Every time I sit down to write, my brain defaults to financial jargon. Should I start with an opening balance of my thoughts? Or maybe a profit-and-loss statement of my failed attempts? It’s as if my mind cannot function without an Excel sheet.

And just when I manage to gather some thoughts, life intervenes. My daughter needs help finding her debate notes. The doorbell rings because, apparently, Sunday at 3 p.m. is the best time to deliver a courier. A client who hasn’t contacted me in three months suddenly panics over a tax matter and expects an urgent answer, as if tax solutions come with instant gratification.

So, once again, writing takes a backseat…

For years, my writing has been confined to crisp WhatsApp messages, precise emails, engagement letters, and the occasional leave applications each with a clear recipient and a specific purpose. The shift from this structured, transactional writing to something meant for a wider audience, where there’s no fixed reader in mind, feels unsettling. The idea that my words will be out there, open to interpretation, reaction, or even indifference, makes me nervous. Writing in a professional setting is about clarity and brevity while writing for an audience is about connection and impact. Bridging this gap is the challenge and the adventure I now find myself navigating.

Over time, I have realized that writing and filing taxes are more similar than you’d think:

– You know it’s important, but you put it off until the last minute.

– You overthink every detail and are still terrified of making a mistake.

– You compare your work to others and convince yourself you are doing it all wrong.

– You finally submit it, feeling relieved but also paranoid that someone will find an error.

But unlike taxes, where deadlines and penalties force you to get things done, writing has no such enforcement mechanism. Honestly, if the Income Tax Department introduced a fine for incomplete and unwritten articles, I would have clinched the highest taxpayer title!

A Tiny Victory in an Endless Struggle

Here I am, finally putting words on paper. It’s not perfect, but then again, neither are tax laws, and yet they have managed to survive for decades. Maybe writing isn’t about perfection….it’s just about starting!!

So, to my fellow accountants who have been meaning to write but haven’t figured it out yet: If we can navigate the ever-changing world of financial regulations, we can conquer the written word too. After all, both demand:

– Structure

– Analysis

– And the ability to survive last-minute chaos

an expertise that is ingrained in every Chartered Accountant.

Now, if you’ll excuse me, I’m going to celebrate this little victory the best way I know how… by opening an Excel sheet!


1. An inspired writer from the workshop begins her journey in new avatar..

Thank You Letter Summarising the Workshop

To,

BOMBAY CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS SOCIETY (BCAS)

I am delighted to have attended and learned from the Writers’ Workshop organized by the BCAS on 20th February. The key learning was how to develop or enhance professional writing skills.
Topics Covered:

  1.  Writers and Writing
  2. How to Write for the Profession and the Public
  3. How to Respond to Government Authorities

The session was conducted by experienced and knowledgeable speakers, all of whom are past presidents of BCAS: CA Raman Jokhakar, CA Gautam Nayak, and CA Anil Sathe.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  1.  Encouragement for Writing
  2. Importance and Relevance of Writing
  3. Importance of Writing a Book
  4. Techniques of Writing (Structure of Ideas, Express Thoughts Clearly, Create Meaningful Impact)
  5. Essentials of Good Writing
  6. Common Mistakes While Writing

WRITING INSIGHTS:

  1. Writing is a skill. 85 per cent of financial success comes through skills, and 15% through technical knowledge.
  2. Writing is an art.
  3. Writing creates permanent records
  4. Writing brings new and original ideas.
  5. Writing is a reflection of thoughts.
  6. Writing is tool for mental wellness.
  7. Writing is joyful and gives immense satisfaction.
  8. Writing is about crafting words and making an impact; this craft cannot be replaced by technology.
  9. write in simple English.
  10. Make a clear summary.
  11. Write, read, understand, and write what we understood.
  12. Use minimal words, be free from doubts, and unobjectionable.
  13. Say less, but mean more.
  14. State facts, not opinions.
  15. Grammar and punctuation are important.
  16. Use active voice.
  17. If writing is your goal, write for your audience, not for your personal style.
  18. Writing helps us to know history or basics.
  19. The more we read, the better writers we become.
  20. Writing clears our mind and thoughts.
  21. Reading is the other side of writing.
  22. Good reading and good writing go together.

ESSENTIALS OF GOOD WRITING:

  1. Complete Understanding of topic
  2. Command over Language
  3. Target Audience
  4. Research the Subject
  5. Topic should be current and relevant in future
  6. Conclusion: Logical and Rationale

From this workshop, it was evident that traditional skills like writing and reading will always hold importance and be irreplaceable. Rather, the value of these skills will be in high demand. According to one survey, due to over usage of technology, reading and writing skills have been reduced to 40 per cent of their earlier levels.

The workshop was organized in a very planned manner with timely sessions, learning methodology, and practical handouts. It was attended by participants from cities other than Mumbai as well.

A heartfelt thank you to all speakers, coordinators, the Chairman of the Journal Committee, the President, and the support staff. Special thanks for this new initiative by the Journal Committee. We look forward to more such enriching workshops.

Best Regards,

CA Samir Kasvala

Ink & Inspiration: Writers’ Workshop Reflections

The Journal Committee of the BCAS (Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society) successfully organised a Writers’ Workshop on 20th February 2025 in physical mode at the BCAS Office. This initiative aimed to nurture and enhance the writing skills of members and budding Chartered Accountancy (CA) professionals. Recognising the importance of encouraging young talent, the committee offered concessional registration fees for CA students, ensuring wider participation and fostering a learning culture.

The workshop received an overwhelming response, attracting participants from various states across the country. Attendees expressed their appreciation for the workshop’s well-structured sessions and rich content, which provided practical insights and actionable takeaways to improve their writing capabilities.

Topics were:

  1.  Writer & Writing – CA Raman Jokhakar
  2.  How to Write for the Profession and the Public? – CA Gautam Nayak
  3.  How to Respond to Government Authorities? – CA Anil Sathe

REMINISCENCE….

AN ODE TO WRITER’S WORKSHOP

The music created in the prosody of writings,

BCAS being the concert hall.

Sounding so purposeful and deep

The participants were confident of taking writing as their faithful leap.

The enthusiasm knew no bounds,

The workshop will be weighed for months in pounds.

90+ participants and 3 authentic speakers,

The enrolment had to be closed for more seekers.

Laughter, deep insights and practical aspect,

The participants went inside their minds and started to introspect.

Write, write till your ink finishes,

Paint the paper till you see you own artist.

CA Divya Jokhakar

India Creates History

India created history and a world record with an estimated 66.30 crore devotees taking a dip at the PrayagrajMahaKumbh within 45 days. The scale and grandeur of the MahaKumbhMela was unprecedented. I have personally witnessed the superb arrangements, cleanliness in the Mela and unflinching faith of devotees. Truly, it is surprising that so many people taking a dip in one place did not trigger any pandemic or unrest. Salute and Pranam to the devotion and faith of crores of devotees and Kudos to the government for the success of the MahaKumbh, an event which happened in 144 years and could be witnessed only once in the lifetime of an individual.

Economically, too, this KumbhMela has been a great success. The MahaKumbh festival in Prayagraj has generated over ₹3 lakh crore in business, making it one of India’s largest economic events. Various sectors such as hospitality, transport, and retail have seen significant economic activity, benefiting not only Prayagraj but surrounding regions1.


1 https://economictimes.indiatimes.com

2 https://www.indiabuget.gov.in/economicsurvey/

Along with Prayagraj, Varanasi and Ayodhya witnessed a surge of pilgrims. Thus, we find that religious tourism can be tapped to boost the regional economies and help generate employment.

Let’s turn to other important events that happened during the last 45 days or so.

The change of regime in the USA has begun to change the geo-political scenario the world over. We have already started experiencing the same, with the USA changing its stance on the Ukraine War, taking Europe and the world by surprise. The USA has launched a new Golden Card for immigrants, requiring an investment of USD 5 million. A new tariff war to protect American industries has begun in tune with campaigns during the recently concluded election like “Making America Great Again (MAGA).”

Economic Survey 2024-2025 echoes these global developments and remarks that “lowering the cost of business through deregulation will make a significant contribution to accelerating economic growth and employment amidst unprecedented global challenges.”

The Economic Survey exhorts governments around the country to get out of the way and allow businesses to focus on their core mission to foster innovation and enhance competitiveness. It suggests rolling back of regulations significantly and embracing risk-based regulations. It emphasises changing the operating principle of regulations from ‘guilty until proven innocent’ to ‘innocent until proven guilty’. It is indeed a treat to read the well-researched and pragmatic Economic Survey2. Economic Survey gives the real picture of the economy, the global perspectives/trends and benchmarking; sector and region-specific developments, challenges of the economy and possible solutions, etc. Therefore, it should be published at least one month prior to the Union Budget such that it doesn’t miss the limelight amidst the glare/hype of the Budget Proposals.

THE FINANCE BILL 2025

The editorial of January 2023 titled “The Middle Class Deserves More!” laid a case for much-needed relief to this vital class of the economy post-pandemic. Another editorial of January 2025 titled “Don’t Kill the Golden Goose” also urged the government for a friendly and reasonable tax regime and giving much-needed relief to the middle-class population.

On several occasions, the BCAS has represented and pitched for tax relief to the middle class, especially salaried people, the latest before the Consultative Group on Tax Policy at NITI Aayog, which visited the BCAS office on 10th December, 2024. Well, the BCAS efforts bore fruits, and we have had a historic Budget 2025-2026. The Finance Bill 2025 came with a much-awaited relief to the Middle Class, granting a tax-free income of up to ₹12 lakhs (₹12.75 lakhs to the Salaried Class). It is indeed a bold move to grant tax-free income to about 87 per cent of the taxpayers. Kudos to the Government for this unprecedented decision. There are some other relief measures to the Charitable Trusts, increase in thresholds of TDS and TCS; an increase in the investment and turnover limits for the classification of all MSMEs, etc. The estimated fiscal deficit at 4.4 per cent of GDP is in line with the government’s efforts to reduce it on year on year basis. Economic survey predicts growth of the Indian economy between 6.3 to 6.8 per cent for the FY 2025- 2026, which is quite optimistic when we look at the world average of 3.2 per cent.

THE INCOME TAX BILL 2025

Another significant development is the release of “ The Income Tax Bill 2025”, which is considered an honest attempt to simplify the Income-tax Act, 1961. The critics say, “It is old wine in a new bottle.” For a teetotaler like me, the age of wine may not matter, but for the connoisseur of wine, the age does matter – the older, the better. Technically also, it is good that the Bill only aims at simplifying the language without any substantial changes in the provisions, such that the jurisprudence of over six decades will be helpful in the interpretation of the new Act also. One significant change is the replacement of “Previous Year” and “Assessment Year” with “Tax Year”. This will help AamAdami to understand tax law better.

Even though some of the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 are simplified, as well as some inconsistencies are removed, by and large, many old complex provisions requiring the fulfilment of several conditions and those exposed to ambiguous interpretations still remain. It is believed that the government missed a golden opportunity to make these changes at the bill stage. However, the government, with an open mind, may consider doing so at the time of enactment of the Bill, taking into account suggestions from various stakeholders.

EXCESSIVE FINANCIALISATION

One of the concerned areas of the present economy is potential excessive financialisation. The Economic Survey reports that “When the economy reaches a state of ‘over-finance’, the financial sector would compete with the real sector for resources.” It further adds that “the financial markets must grow in line with, but not faster than, the economy’s capital needs and overall economic growth. As the country undergoes this significant transformation, it is crucial to be aware of the potential vulnerabilities that may arise. Excessive financialisation can hurt the economy. The costs may be particularly high for a low-middle-income country like India.” Uday Kotak, founder and director of Kotak Mahindra Bank, expressed similar concerns about over-financialisation. He said, “Over-financialisation can hurt the Indian economy as investors move their savings into equities without understanding valuations.”

People are investing huge sums in Mutual Funds in various schemes/financial products and through SIPs, which are pumped into the equity market, besides direct investments by retail investors. Thus, we find that large amounts of savings of lower and middle-class people are invested in the stock market and the real sector is deprived of cheap finances. This view is supported by the Economic Survey, which states that “Greater levels of financial engineering can create complex products whose risks are not apparent to the regular consumer. At the same time, these products are designed so that the lenders have little ‘skin in the game’. Ultimately, the proliferation of such products can lead to an event such as the financial crisis of 2008.” It is here that Regulators should be vigilant and introduce checks and balances in the system.

The recent failure of the New India Cooperative Bank Ltd. has again brought auditors to the spotlight. We need to be vigilant and careful in certifying the quality of assets (including loans) and hidden liabilities / exposures clients (especially banks) have in their balance sheets.

To conclude, India is poised to grow at over 6 per cent for the fourth consecutive year, which can be faster if the recommendations of the Economic Survey about deregulation and free hand to Indian entrepreneurs are granted. The Income Tax Bill 2025 has raised hope of simplification and reduced litigation. Let’s hope that the tax administration and regulators abide by and follow the same standards of service and trust as they expect from the taxpayers and regulatees!

Greetings for the holy month of Ramadan and the festival of colours — Holi, Ugadi and GudiPadwa.

Jai Hind!

 

Best Regards,

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Construction Input Tax Credits

Two recent decisions of the Supreme Court at the close of 2024 have set the direction over the interpretation of “construction credits” which were at the helm of constant controversy under the GST law. While the first decision was rendered in the case of Chief Commissioner of Central Goods and Service Tax vs. Safari Retreats (P) Limited1 (Safari Retreat case) with respect to input tax credit availability to shopping malls, etc., the second decision namely Bharti Airtel Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Central Excise, Pune2 (Bharti Airtel case) was rendered in the context of availability of credit of Telecommunication towers to cellular companies under the Cenvat Credit scheme. The said matter was quickly adopted by the Delhi Court in the case of Bharti Airtel Ltd. vs. Commissioner, CGST Appeals-1, Delhi3 in the context the GST provisions. The GST Council quickly sprung into action by reversing the decision of Safari Retreat case and reaffirming its original intent to exclude land, building and civil structures from the scope of input tax credit. In this article, we would briefly summarise the principles emerging from these decisions and their application to the provisions of section 17(5)(c) and 17(5)(d) of GST law (colloquially be termed as ‘out-sourced / sub-contracted construction’ and ‘in-house construction’ respectively).


1  [2024] 167 taxmann.com 73 (SC)

2  [2024] 168 taxmann.com 489 (SC)

3  [2024] 169 taxmann.com 390 (Delhi)

CONTEXT OF THE ISSUE — BLOCK CREDIT

Extract of section 17(5)(c) and (d) is as under:

“17(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) of section 16 and subsection (1) of section 18, input tax credit shall not be available in respect of the following, namely:- ……..

(c) works contract services when supplied for construction of an immovable property (other than plant and machinery) except where it is an input service for further supply of works contract service;

(d) goods or services or both received by a taxable person for construction of an immovable property (other than plant or machinery) on his own account including when such goods or services or both are used in the course or furtherance of business…………

Explanation –– For the purposes of clauses (c) and (d), the expression “construction” includes re-construction, renovation, additions or alterations or repairs, to the extent of capitalisation, to the said immovable property;

Explanation –– For the purposes of this Chapter and Chapter VI, the expression “plant and machinery” means apparatus, equipment, and machinery fixed to earth by foundation or structural support that are used for making outward supply of goods or services or both and includes such foundation and structural supports but excludes-

(i) land, building or any other civil structures;

(ii) telecommunication towers; and

(iii) pipelines laid outside the factory premises.”

A simple reading of the above extract suggests that all goods or services used for construction of an immovable property (except plant and machinery) are barred from input tax credit except when such activity is performed for onward supply of work contract / construction services. Similar provisions existed under the extant CENVAT credit rules and the respective State VAT laws. Despite modern laws being conceptualised on ‘value added tax’ principles, successive administrations have treated construction of immovable capital assets (specifically buildings) as ineligible for input tax credit based on the philosophy that capex buildings did not contribute to the value-addition of the end-product / service. This blockage also provided an attractive opportunity to Government(s) to realise substantial revenues on such construction activity.

The advent of the GST scheme shifted the focus to taxing all business activities and consequently transforming input tax credit from a narrow ‘one-to-one eligibility’ into a wider ‘business level eligibility’. Despite this wider stance, blocking of construction continued in a more regressive form having a larger impact on construction activity, re-emphasising the Government’s resolve to garner tax revenues from this blockage.

Construction intensive industries such as commercial complexes, warehousing/ logistic structures, hospitality buildings, etc., faced significant cost overruns on account of the above provisions. Though these business verticals were rendering output taxable services, substantial financial capital got sucked into GST credit blockage. There was also an onerous burden on such operators to establish that an item was ‘movable’ or ‘plant and machinery’ in order to stake a claim of input tax credit. Being a new law, these terms were being interpreted by field formations (including Advance ruling authorities) based on their personal bias rather than business application. This lead to the pioneer case of Safari Retreat case4, in which the Orissa High Court read down the provisions of section 17(5)(d) for shopping malls, commercial complexes, etc., and granted input tax credit to all construction activity when such complexes were directly used for onward taxable output activity. Sensing a huge revenue loss, the Government jumped into action by agitating its stand before the Supreme Court which ultimately culminated into the now famous Safari retreat case.


4 [2019] 105 taxmann.com 324 (Orissa)

BRIEF OF THE SAFARI RETREAT CASE

The key issue before the Supreme Court was the interpretation of section 17(5)(d) of the CGST Act. While the issue was limited to section 17(5)(d), reference and interpretation was being made to section 17(5)(c) to appreciate the true scope of both clauses. The key propositions/ arguments before the Court were:

Issue 1 – Constitutional challenge to the provisions of section 17(5)(d) on the premise that it violated Article 14 as it discriminated taxpayers onward selling the commercial structures with those leasing the very same structures despite both being liable to tax on their respective outward supply;

Issue 2 – Scope of ‘plant and machinery’ u/s 17(5)(c) and ‘plant or machinery’ u/s 17(5)(d) are different as the term ‘or’ in section 17(5)(d) is a conscious legislative usage de-linking the phrase from the defined term in the Explanation. Therefore, buildings, civil structures, telecommunication towers, etc which were specifically excluded from the definition of ‘plant and machinery’ u/s 17(5)(c) could still be considered as plant in its generic usage u/s 17(5)(d) based on its functionality;

Issue 3 Condition placed by the phrase ‘on own account’ under section 17(5)(d) excludes suppliers of constructed apartments for sale as well as for lease/ licence. Hence credit was blocked only to cases where the construction was for self-usage and not for onward commercial exploitation.

The Hon’ble Supreme Court examined the legislative setting behind introduction of GST and the inter-play between the provisions of section 17(5)(c)/ (d). In so far as the constitution challenge is concerned, the provisions were clearly held to be valid and within legislative domain, putting to rest questions over the Council’s discretion in denying input tax credit even though the building contributed to generating taxable supplies. While addressing the question of law on the phrase ‘plant or machinery’ u/s 17(5)(d) in contrast to the phrase ‘plant and machinery’ adopted in 17(5)(c), the Court observed that the difference in ‘and’ and ‘or’ is not a legislative error but a conscious choice. Hence, the definition of ‘plant and machinery’ which specifically excluded land, buildings, civil structures would not apply to the phrase ‘plant or machinery’. ‘Plant’ or ‘machinery’ would be understood in generic terms and not by the definition of ‘Plant and machinery’. The Court borrowed the functionality test from the Income tax law5 to hold that if a building was used as a ‘technical structure’ rather than merely a ‘setting’ in which trade is carried on, such building would constitute a plant despite the specific exclusion of buildings in the explanation. It was observed that a plant is an apparatus used by a businessman for carrying on its business and does not include his stock in trade; it include all goods and property, whether movable or immovable, as long as it function as an apparatus in his trade. Since generating station building, hospital, dry dock and ponds were considered as apparatus based on the business functions, a building or a warehouse could also be considered as ‘plant’ within the meaning of Section 17(5)(d) if it served as an essential tool of trade with which business is carried on. However, if it merely serves as a setting or mere occupation, it will not qualify as a ‘plant’. On the third aspect, the court held that section 17(5)(d) blocked credit when the immovable property is used for ‘own account’. Where the construction of immovable property was for ‘other’s account’ and generating revenues which are in the nature specified in clause (2) or (5) of Schedule II, such structure would be eligible for input tax credit. The phrase ‘own account’ covered within its ambit only those cases where the building was for own residential or commercial occupation and not for cases where the building was for onward lease/ license. Accordingly in cases where any building was under construction with intent of generating leasing/ licensing revenue, credit was permissible u/s 17(5)(d) since the building was not constructed for ‘own account’ but for ‘other’s account’.


5 Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Taj Mahal Hotel [1971] 82 ITR 44 (SC); 
Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Anand Theatres [2000] 110 Taxman 338 (SC); 
Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Karnataka Power Corpn. [2000] 112 
Taxman 629 (SC)

RETROSPECTIVE AMENDMENT TO SECTION 17(5)(D)

The Finance Bill 2025 has now introduced an amendment attempting to overturn and rectify the acclaimed error in using the phrase ‘plant or machinery’ in section 17(5)(d) instead of ‘plant and machinery’. The said retrospective amendment (w.e.f. 1st July, 2017) effectively overcomes the decision of the Safari retreat case on the proposition that the term ‘plant or machinery’ is distinct from the term ‘plant and machinery’. Among the two exceptions which were cited by the Supreme Court, the first exception of differentiating ‘plant and machinery’ from ‘plant or machinery’ seems to have now been nullified. While thoughts are developing over challenging this retrospective amendment on the ground of denying vested credit6, probability of achieving a positive result seems to be bleak in view of the review petition filed by the Revenue. The Revenue still acclaims in its review that the use of the term ‘or’ was drafting error and not a legislative choice. De hors the review petition it would be suitable to treat both the clauses at par and apply the specific definition of ‘plant and machinery’ to all its cases.


6 Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Vatika Township (P.) Ltd. [2009] 
178 Taxman 322 (SC) & Tata Motors Ltd. v. State of Maharashtra and Others
 [(2004)5 SCC 783

ANALYSING ‘PLANT AND MACHINERY’

With retrospective amendment proposed w.e.f. 1st July, 2017 term ‘plant and machinery’ is applicable to both in-house construction and sub-contracted construction. The term has an inclusive portion to include apparatus, equipment and machinery and their structural or foundational support but specifically excludes land, building or other civil structures, telecommunication towers and pipelines outside the factory. Under the said definition, generic meanings of apparatus, equipment and machinery would continue to have prominence. The functionality test would still be applied to the fixtures, installations, etc., housed in the civil structures and makes them amenable to be termed as ‘plant and machinery’. What has been now overturned by the retrospective amendment to section 17(5)(d) is that the functionality test which could have been hitherto applied to land/ buildings, civil structures, to shift treat ‘buildings/ civil structures’ as ‘apparatus / equipment’ for a particular business function, is now not available. In view of the specific exclusion to the phrase ‘plant and machinery’, any building / civil structure in whatever form/usage could be excluded from the term plant and machinery. This position which was restrictive only to section 17(5)(c) (i.e. works contract inputs) is not extendable also to section 17(5)(d) (i.e. all goods and services where construction is on own account).

TECHNICALITIES ON THE PHRASE “OWN ACCOUNT”

The other exception to the applicability of the block credit was cases where the construction was ‘not for own account’ but ‘other’s account’. The phrase ‘own account’ has not been dealt with in much detail by the Supreme Court except for the conclusion that construction for onward sale/ lease/ license etc., to third party occupants does not amount ‘construction on own account’. The Court bestowed parity to entry 2 and entry 5(b) of Schedule II by quoting that where under-construction buildings are intended for sale credit is available. Similarly, under-constructed buildings intended for onward lease would also be a construction for ‘other’s account’. An interesting concept of under-construction lease is now evolving based on this observation of the Court.

While a ‘build-to-suit’ model is a classic case to fit into this proposition, many a times the commercial reality is fairly more complex. There may be a change in use of a structure either during construction or after issuance of the occupancy certificate. A strict reading of the clause suggests that only if the intent of lease is established during construction then the credit would be eligible. Where the intent of lease is not established up to occupancy certificate, such credit could be disputable on the sheer ground that construction in such cases would be for own account and not for lease. This is still an emerging area of study and will be engaged by revenue authorities if one argues the point of the construction being for other’s account.

BRIEF OF THE BHARTI AIRTEL CASE(S)

Moving onto the other case of the Supreme Court w.r.t the eligibility of Cenvat Credit of Base Transmission Stations (BTS), Telecommunication Towers, Antennas, Pre-fabricated Shelters (PFBs) etc., based on the argument of whether they are goods a.k.a. movable property. The Court examined the meaning of the phrase ‘immovable property’ under the General Clauses Act 1897 and the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 which include land, benefits arising out of land and things permanently attached or fastened to earth for the beneficial enjoyment of the building or land. In this context, the Court re-affirmed the long-standing principles extracted from series of decisions of the Supreme Court under Central Excise to assess whether a thing was immovable in nature, namely:

  •  Nature of annexation: This test ascertains how firmly a property is attached to the earth. If the property is so attached that it cannot be removed or relocated without causing damage to it, it is an indication that it is immovable.
  •  Object of annexation: If the attachment is for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of the land, the property is to be classified as immovable. Conversely, if the attachment is merely to facilitate the use of the item itself, it is to be treated as movable, even if the attachment is to an immovable property.
  •  Intendment of the parties: The intention behind the attachment, whether express or implied, can be determinative of the nature of the property. If the parties intend that the property in issue is for permanent addition to the immovable property, it will be treated as immovable. If the attachment is not meant to be permanent, it indicates that it is movable.
  •  Functionality Test: If the article is fixed to the ground to enhance the operational efficacy of the article and for making it stable and wobble free, it is an indication that such fixation is for the benefit of the article, such the property is movable.
  •  Permanency Test: If the property can be dismantled and relocated without any damage, the attachment cannot be said to be permanent but temporary and it can be considered to be
    movable.
  •  Marketability Test: If the property, even if attached to the earth or to an immovable property, can be removed and sold in the market, it can be said to be movable.

Applying these tests to the telecommunication towers it was held that the towers were movable in nature and hence goods for the purpose of availment of CENVAT Credit. This rationale was adopted by the Delhi High Court in Bharti Airtel Ltd’s case once again to hold that telecommunication towers are movable in nature and hence the question of applying the definition of plant and machinery as applicable to section 17(5)(d) is irrelevant. The entire BTS/BSS, PFBs, etc. though being attached to earth/building are not for the purpose of beneficial enjoyment of the land/building to which they are attached but for technical reasons and efficient operations. Interestingly, the decision has treated the phrases ‘plant or machinery’ and ‘plant and machinery’ at equivalence and yet rendered that the explicit mention of telecommunication towers under the phrase ‘immovable property’ would not render the telecommunication towers as blocked items for input tax credit. This decision would hold the fort despite the retrospective amendment to the provisions of section 17(5)(d) and go a long way in deciding whether items are movable/ immovable in nature under the GST context. The innumerable advance rulings which have held that air conditioners, lift / elevator installations, electrical/ plumbing fixtures, fire extinguishers, etc., form part of the immovable property would need to be re-visited based on the above tests. In all likelihood the said items would fall outside the scope of immovable property based on the tests carved from the General Clauses Act & the Transfer of Property Act.

COMBINED INTERPRETATIVE DESIGN

Now both these decisions lead to a particular sequence of analysis to be factored before reaching a conclusion on block credits:

The above sequence suggests that entire blocked credit is founded upon the fundamental point of whether the goods or services in question are used for construction of an ‘immovable property’. If this primary test fails, there is absolutely no requirement even to examine the remaining contents of the said provisions. But where one doubts the outcome of this primary test to a particular building/ civil structure, it becomes essential to move to a secondary test of examining whether the same is plant and machinery. Land, buildings and other civil structures may still face the brunt of input tax credit blockage even if they are functionally operating as a ‘apparatus, equipment or machinery’. Interestingly, cases which are prima-facie blocked on account of it being considered as immovable property (other than plant and machinery) u/s 17(5)(d) (i.e. in-house construction) may still be granted input tax credit if they fall under a tertiary test of being construction for ‘onward leasing’ or ‘sale’.

INDUSTRY-WISE APPLICATION OF THE ABOVE SCHEMA

Commercial / Shopping Complexes – The Supreme Court had remanded the matter back to the Orrisa High Court to apply the functionality test in deciding whether such commercial constructions fall within the mischief of section 17(5)(d) (notably cases which covered u/s 17(5)(c) are not within the High Court’s purview and hence must be independently examined). Civil Structure portion of in-house constructions of commercial complexes would now be excludible from the phrase ‘plant and machinery’ (as retrospectively amended) as they fall under the blocked component. The HVAC, electrical / plumbing installations, fire equipment, movable fixtures, hoardings, digital displays, elevators, MLC parking structure, etc., may not be immovable. Even if they are said to be immovable they could be termed as technical equipment, apparatus, machinery and hence fall within the term ‘plant and machinery’ and this component of the construction costs would become eligible for input tax credit. The exclusion in the explanation to plant and machinery would have to be examined restrictively as being only w.r.t. to the ‘land, building, civil structure’ and not with reference to the installations/ fitments housed in such buildings.

Warehouse / Logistic Chains – A typical warehousing contains civil structures, prefabricated shelters, overhead sheets, etc. Certain items (such as foundation, concrete platforms, etc.) would qualify as civil structures and become ineligible for input tax credit. There are also components affixed to said civil structure which are dismantlable and capable of being re-assembled at alternate locations (such as pre-fabricated iron and steel girders, trusses and other structural components which are affixed with nut and bolt system to the civil foundation). One may claim that these are movable in nature based on the nature of annexation test specified above. But on a deeper analysis the object of affixation is for creating a permanent warehousing shed with these items and such affixation results in beneficial enjoyment of the immovable property itself. Moreover, the intent of establishment of the overall outer structure is to function as shelter for storage and would be excluded even if one forcefully argues them as being ‘equipment/ apparatus or machinery’. Therefore, such warehousing structures would form part of immovable property itself and may not be eligible for input tax credit. However, if the case falls under section 17(5)(d) (i.e. in-house construction) and the owner constructs these structures for onward leasing rather than own occupation/ storage, the Safari retreat’s case grants an opportunity to avail input tax credit on the argument of the structure being construction for other purposes and not on own account.

Hotels / Theatres / Convention Centres – The Supreme Court in the Safari retreat case has in its wisdom placed a blanket bar on treating such civil structures as plant u/s 17(5)(d). Be that as it may, the decision in Anand Theatres does not overrule the decision of Taj Hotels in so far as treating sanitary / electrical fittings, installations, fixtures affixed to such premises as being in nature of ‘plant’. Seating arrangements in theatres, sound-proofing panelling, air-conditioning systems, digital screens/ projectors, iron and steel fixtures which are affixed to the immovable property for functional utility need to be tested based on object and mode of affixation. The guiding principle would be to examine whether they are part of the civil structure for better occupation or for technical utility. On both counts of movability and functionality (under the explanation to plant and machinery), many of the above items can be treated as eligible for input tax credit. To reiterate, if the entire premises has been self-constructed with binding intent of onward leasing / licensing or sale, then the construction could termed as being for ‘other’s account’, thus granting a window to argue that the clause itself is not applicable. Challenge arises where certain hotels are leased out under an operator model to large hotel chains (such as Raddisson, etc.). Hotels have a complex formular for payment of fee based on the revenue collections/ occupancy and deduction of certain premises related expenditure. Since models do not fall under the traditional lease model, it would be an uphill task for one to claim that the construction is for ‘others account’.

Port Infrastructure – Port Corporations have developed substantial civil structures in the form of jetty, dock yards, terminals, breakwater walls, etc., which have technical functionality in its field of business. These items being civil in nature could be treated as apparatus / tool to function as port. But the critical counter argument of the revenue is that these are ‘other civil structures’ in the nature of land, building, etc., and hence not eligible. The company in which the phrase ‘civil structure’ is used gives an opportunity to argue that only those items which are immovable and meant for ‘occupancy’ like a building are to be treated as civil structure. The case of the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai vs. Indian Oil Corporation7on storage tanks being termed as things attached to land despite being a technical structure would guide the revenue to pursue that these are in nature of civil structures and hence not eligible for input tax credit to the Port Corporation.


7 1991 SCC (SUPP) 2 18

Factory Constructions – Pre-fabricated structures constituting the walls and sheds of factory structures are part of the overall plant/ machinery. There does not seem to be any doubt on the internal concrete foundations, etc. which are necessary foundational/structural support to the machinery. The external walls / partitions and administrative buildings have been targeted as being ineligible for credit. Strictly speaking, the definition of plant and machinery specifically excludes buildings, civil structures. Though the issue could stand at rest here and credit may be denied, the perspective of these structural being movable needs to be tested. Re-iterating the discussion in the context of warehouses, there is certainly a case for the department to deny stating that the intent of fixation is for permanent enjoyment / occupation of the land and hence constitutes an immovable property.

Co-working spaces / Shared spaces – Internal Fixtures in bare shell civil structures to convert them to co-working space is a common phenomenon. Many of the fixtures are modular in nature and fitted with nuts and bolts (such as cabins, desks, partitions, cupboards, etc.) for enhancement of the workspace. While there are other fixtures which are affixed to the immovable property as a permanent feature. One would have to run a filter of these test and test the movable character of each of the items. The rest which are considered as immovable property and part of the building itself, can be denied even if they are said to be functionally essential for creation of a co-working space.

Residential PG accommodation – Apart from other issues, the unique issue with such accommodation is that the revenue stream is not in the form of a lease rental but akin to hotel models where it is for monthly or short-term basis on a per-bed / room basis. Now the Supreme court states that ‘hotels’ are not plant or machinery. By forming a parallel between PG accommodations and hotels, credit would certainly become a formidable challenge. One argument still prevailing after the retrospective amendment would be in cases where the construction is suited for ‘overall lease as a PG accommodation’ with local municipal licenses evidencing this fact. But where the owner himself operates such business, the operating income being in the nature of short-term accommodation would not permit it to claim credit based on the SC’s decision. Revenue will argue that this is not lease in the sense articulated by the Supreme Court and since the operations of the premises is under the occupation and control of the owner of the premises. Therefore, credit on such structures would fairly deniable.

On an overall basis it is slightly intriguing that business contributing to GST revenue using civil structures are being denied credit. An input in the form of lease rentals which comprises of all the capex cost of a civil structure are eligible but similar inputs where construction has been performed for self-occupation are being termed as ineligible. Is this encouraging unwarranted tweaks to business models merely for availing ITC benefit? These rulings have left an indelible mark on the future of the input tax credit on construction matters and would guide business decisions on account of the sheer volume of ITC involved. The legal fraternity would refer to these decisions time and again to press their respective contentions on a subject matter. The last word on this subject is yet to be told…!!

Part A | Company Law

18. Global One (India) Private Limited.

Registrar of Companies, NCT of New Delhi and Haryana

Adjudication Order No. ROC/D/Adj/Order/203/GLOBAL ONE/5224-5226

Date of Order: 31st January, 2025

Adjudication order for violation of section 203 of the Companies Act 2013(Act): Delay in appointing Whole Time Company Secretary.

FACTS

  •  The Company had earlier filed a compounding application before the Regional Director (NR) for the period starting from 1st November, 2013 to 1st May, 2023 for non-appointment of CS. During the hearing for compounding, it was indicated that for the period starting from 2nd November, 2018, the said default is under adjudication mechanism and accordingly, a separate application has to be filed before the ROC, NCT of Delhi & Haryana.
  •  In the adjudication application filed thereafter, it is stated that due to the financial constraints, the management was unable to find a suitable candidate for the purpose of appointment of Whole Time Company Secretary on Board.
  •  The CS could only be appointed on 1st May, 2023 and accordingly there has been a delay of 1642 days (i.e. from 2nd November, 2018 to 1st May, 2023) in the appointment.
  • Accordingly, a show cause notice for the default was issued to the company and its officer and a response was received to the notice. In its reply, the company put forth its business condition wherein it is submitted that the Company is part of the Orange Business Group i.e. multinational business group from France with Govt. of France. The Company had to carry certain business operations with Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited (VSNL) but due to VSNL being wound up, this Company also did not pursue the business goals further. The company stated that it was neither carrying any business nor it had any revenue  from business operations so it could not appoint the CS to meet the requirement of the Companies Act. The company also requested for oral hearing in the matter.
  •  The authorised representative who appeared for oral submission in the matter requested to take a lenient view while levying penalty on the company and its officers as company is not making any revenue from its operations since many years.

EXTRACT FROM THE PROVISIONS OF THE ACT IN BRIEF:

Section 203 (Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel):

(1) Every company belonging to such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall have the following whole-time key managerial personnel,

(i) managing director, or Chief Executive Officer or manager and in their absence, a whole-time director;

(ii) company secretary; and (iii) Chief Financial Officer:

Provided that an individual shall not be appointed or reappointed as the chairperson of the company, in pursuance of the articles of the company, as well as the managing director or
Chief Executive Officer of the company at the same time after the date of commencement of this Act unless,

(a) the articles of such a company provide otherwise; or

(b) the company does not carry multiple businesses

Provided further that nothing contained in the first proviso shall apply to such class of companies engaged in multiple businesses and which has appointed one or more Chief Executive Officers for each such business as may be notified by the Central Government. ………

(5) “If any company makes any default in complying with the provisions of this section, such company shall be liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every director and key managerial personnel of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees and where the default is a continuing one, with a further penalty of one thousand rupees for each day after the first during which such default continues but not exceeding five lakh rupees”

Rule 8A (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014.

Rule 8A. Every private company which has a paid-up share capital for ten crore rupees or more shall have a whole-time company secretary.

FINDINGS AND ORDER

The Company has failed to appoint to whole time company secretary for a significant period. There has been a delay of 1642 days (i.e. from 2nd November 2018 to 1st May, 2023) in appointment of CS. Further, the submission of the company to grant any remission in the penalty cannot be considered as the law provides for a fixed penalty. The subject company does not get covered under the purview of small company as defined u/s 2(85) of the Act. Hence, the benefit of section 446B would not be applicable on the company.

Thereafter in exercise of the powers conferred on the AO vide Notification dated 24th March, 2015 and having considered the reply submitted by the subject Company in response to the notice, the following penalty was imposed on the Company and its officers in default under Section 203 of the companies act 2013 for violation as follows:

  •  Penalty on Company of ₹5,00,000 being Maximum Penalty
  •  Penalty on each of the directors subject to Maximum of ₹5,00,000 per director

19. M/s HIND WOOLLEN AND HOSIERY MILLS PRIVATE LIMITED

Registrar of Companies, Chandigarh

Adjudication Order No. ROC CHD/ADJ/ 860 TO 865

Date of Order: 27th November, 2024.

Adjudication Order for Non-disclosure of interest or concern in other body corporate or entities by the Directors in Form MBP-1at the first Board Meeting of the Financial Year as required under the provisions of the Section 184 of the Companies Act 2013.

FACTS OF THE CASE

Registrar of Companies (ROC) or Adjudication Officer (AO) during its inquiry on M/s HWAHMPL under Section 206 of the Companies Act, 2013 found that the directors had failed to disclose their interest or concern in other companies or body corporate, including their shareholding, at the first board meetings for the financial years 2020-21 and 2021-22 and necessary Form MBP-1 was not submitted/filed by the directors to the M/s HWAHMPL.

Thereafter, ROC issued a show-cause notice (SCN)on November 7, 2024 to directors for violation of Section 184 (1) of the Companies Act 2013 read with Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Rules, 2014. However, directors did not provide any response or communication to the said SCN.

PROVISIONS

Section 184(1): “Every director shall at the first meeting of the Board in which he participates as a director and thereafter at the first meeting of the Board in every financial year or whenever there is any change in the disclosures already made, then at the first Board meeting held after such change, disclose his concern or interest in any company or companies or bodies corporate, firms, or other association of individuals which shall include the shareholding, in such manner as may be prescribed.”

Section 184(4): “If a director of the company contravenes the provisions of sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), such director shall be liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees.”

Section 446B: “Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, if penalty is payable for non­-compliance of any of the provisions of this Act by a One Person Company, small company, start-up company or Producer Company, or by any of its officer in default, or any other person in respect of such company, then such company, its officer in default or any other person, as the case may be, shall be liable to a penalty which shall not be more than one-half of the penalty specified in such provisions subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees in case of a company and one lakh rupees in case of an officer who is in default or any other person, as the case may be.

Explanation. —For the pit/ poses of this section

(a) “Producer Company” means a company as defined in clause (1) of section 378A;

(b) “start-up company” means a private company incorporated under this Act or under the Companies Act, 1956 and recognised as start-up in accordance with the notification issued by the Central Government in the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade.”

Rule 3(12) of Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Rules, 2014 “While adjudging quantum of penalty, the adjudicating officer shall have due regard to the following factors, namely.

a) size of the company

b) nature of business carried on by the company,

c) injury to public interest,

d) nature of the default,’

e) repetition of the default,’

f) the amount of disproportionate gain or unfair advantage, wherever quantifiable, made as a result of the default: and

g) the amount of loss caused to an investor or group of investors or creditors as a result of the default.

Provided that, in no case, the penalty imposed shall be less than the minimum penalty prescribed, if any, under the relevant section of the Act.”

Rule 3(13) of Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Rules, 2014 which read as under: “In case a fixed sum of penalty is provided for default of a provision, the adjudicating officer shall impose that fixed sum, in case of any default therein.”

ORDER

AO, after having considered the facts and circumstances of the case concluded that the directors of M/s HWAHMPL were liable for penalty as prescribed under section184(4)of the Companies Act 2013 for default made in complying with the requirements.

Hence, AO imposed an aggregate penalty of ₹5,00,000/- (Rupees Five Lakhs Only) i.e. ₹50,000/- (Rupees Fifty Thousand Only) on Each of the Director in default of M/s HWAHMPL for non-disclosure of interest or concern in other bodies corporate or entities at the first Board Meeting held for the Financial year 2020-21 and 2021-22 in form MBP-1 undersection 184 (4) of the Companies Act 2013 read with Section 446B of the Companies Act 2013.

Manufacturing’s Missing Might: India’s Growth Puzzle

Manufacturing’s crucial role in economic prosperity, highlighted by Prof. Kaldor’s research, prompted India to launch multiple initiatives like the National Manufacturing Policy 2011, Make in India and PLI Schemes. However, the sector’s performance remains weak, with manufacturing IIP growing at just 3.1 per cent CAGR (FY 2012–24) and 1.9 per cent (FY 2019–24), well below policy targets of 12–14 per cent. The sector’s GDP share has declined from 16 per cent to 13–14 per cent since the mid-2000s, challenging India’s vision of becoming a high-income nation by 2047 (Viksit Bharat). This underperformance persists despite favourable demographics, strong infrastructure spending, and healthy corporate balance sheets.

THE STRUCTURAL SHIFT: FROM PRODUCTION TO FINANCIALISATION

Manufacturing’s sluggish performance is commonly attributed to ill-defined external factors and reform gaps — a tenuous explanation without rigorous analytics. In contrast, the real reasoning emerges from an analysis of RBI’s comprehensive database, spanning over 2.33 lakh company-years across six decades, which reveals two key trends: Corporates’ declining productive investment and increasing financialisation since the mid-2000s [See Table]. Public Limited Companies (PLCs) experienced a significant shift in asset allocation between 1961 and 2023. The average share of Gross Fixed Assets (GFA) in total assets declined steadily from 70 per cent in the pre-liberalisation period [1961–90] to 55 per cent in recent years [2011–23], while the share of the financial investments surged from 3 per cent to 21 per cent. This trend suggests a notable shift from physical assets to financial ones. Private Limited Companies [Pvt LCs] followed a similar pattern, albeit at a moderate pace. The coincidence of import liberalisation, China’s entry into the WTO in the early 2000s and the subsequent accelerated growth in its exports to India are not merely coincidental. Further, corporates’ liquidity balances in terms of cash, cash equivalents and bank balances show a higher share during the last two decades compared to the first four decades, despite exponential growth in digital payments. The real factors behind these two shifts remain unaddressed and un-analysed.

Table: Non-Govt. Non-Financial Public & Pvt. Ltd Companies’ Financial Ratios as per cent of Total Assets

Sources: RBI: Compendium on Private Corporate Business Sector in India FY1951–2009 and DBIE Database

UNDERSTANDING THE INVESTMENT SLOWDOWN

Despite the increasing need for capital investment in advanced machinery and technology to enhance productivity and value addition in the manufacturing sector, corporate capital deepening has lagged behind expectations. This decline stems significantly from the opaque pricing of mis-invoiced and covert Chinese imports, creating severe uncertainties in cost structures and investment returns that ultimately jeopardise the viability of new manufacturing projects. As a consequence, it fosters assembly-focused operations and reliance on Chinese critical inputs, hindering capital deepening and the associated gains in total factor productivity growth. The corollary fall-out of under-investment in manufacturing is poor skill development and technological progress, and reduced productivity and competitiveness. This contrasts with India’s IT sector, where hands-on experience has driven skill development and success.

These issues are covered in the 145th Parliamentary Standing Committee Report (2018), the Directorate of Revenue Intelligence report (2015), the Global Financial Integrity Report (2019), George Herbert’s Research (2020), and Jha and Truong’s Analysis (2014). Research by Rhodium Group highlights that China can compel its companies to collude, fix prices and manipulate market dynamics to favour its export. No other country’s trade practices receive as frequent media coverage as those of China and its firms for their alleged tax evasion, hawala transactions, under-invoicing, breach of intellectual property rights, dumping, and transhipment. Harvard Prof. Graham Allison described China as the “most protectionist, mercantilist, and predatory major economy in the world.” China’s exploitation of WTO benefits while maintaining non-market practices, its predatory pricing, currency manipulation, various export subsidies, and export of counterfeits have triggered global anger and defensive responses. Some attribute China’s large export subsidies to contributing to China’s large public debt.

The massive gap between official trade data — shown by 19.5 per cent CAGR of Chinese imports [USD] over FY 2002–24 dwarfing India’s 2.6 per cent export CAGR to China coupled with huge volumes of unaccounted covert and mis-invoiced imports, illustrate the scale of predatory trade practices described above and sluggish manufacturing growth and employment. In addition to stifling manufacturing growth and capex, it led to NPA accumulation in the 2010s; drained savings, and hindered both job creation and on-the-job skill development.

Anecdotally, the severe impact of Chinese steel dumping on India’s steel industry is well-documented, with press headlines emphasising its consequences. In contrast, the full extent of the damage to many other industries caused by mis-invoiced and illicit Chinese imports remains largely unarticulated and unexplored.

When corporates face limited opportunities for productive capital investment, they tend to divert funds towards financial assets. The share of financial investment in total assets increased by 2.5 times and 2 times for PLCs and Pvt. LCs, respectively, since the 2000s. (See Table) Anecdotally, RBI’s Financial Stability Report (June 2014) highlighted a striking case of corporate over-financialisation- in FY 2013, the financial income of the top 10 corporates exceeded the treasury income of the top 10 banks.

TRADE CREDIT: DRIVING MANUFACTURING GROWTH FOR VIKSIT BHARAT 2047

A dysfunctional trade credit repayment ecosystem, coupled with massive illicit and mis-invoiced Chinese imports, is severely impacting India’s manufacturing sector. Trade credit, a vital enabler of cash flow, production, and operational continuity, is increasingly hindered by delayed payments and external pressures, stifling its role in driving economic growth. India can address these challenges by learning from successful digital lending models in China and Vietnam, where streamlined trade credit systems process millions of SME loans daily and have significantly strengthened their manufacturing bases. Integrating trade credit platforms with GSTN for real-time monitoring and enforcing payment discipline can create a robust B2B credit ecosystem. This approach can mitigate risks, enhance competitiveness, and position Indian manufacturers more effectively in global value chains.

The impact of this dysfunctional ecosystem is particularly evident in corporate liquidity patterns. Despite the exponential growth in digital payments, companies, especially smaller ones, are forced to maintain higher transactional liquidity levels than in the 1980s and 1990s due to uncertain receivables realisation and inconsistent trade credit availability, further straining their operational efficiency.

NAVIGATING THE PATH FORWARD

Addressing the structural challenges of India’s manufacturing sector requires a two-pronged approach. First, implementing rigorous, frequent, and surprise inspections at ports and airports to combat unscrupulous imports and dumping is crucial. Digital tracking systems should complement this administratively feasible and WTO-compatible strategy, enhanced quality testing infrastructure, and expedited anti-dumping investigations. Second, strengthening India’s trade credit payment ecosystem by learning from successful international models where streamlined trade credit payment discipline and invoice discounting systems have empowered SMEs to overcome financial constraints, boost exports, and improve their position in global value chains through enhanced innovation and productivity. This comprehensive approach can revitalise India’s manufacturing sector, fostering increased capital investment, technological advancement, and sustainable growth.

Evolution of Audit: From Paper to Pixels

In this article, the evolution of audit practices from paper-based documentation to digital platforms is illuminated, highlighting how technology has revolutionized the approach towards Audit. This Article further explains how this transition to electronic documentation (“E-Documentation”) has helped significantly in improving efficiency, accuracy and transparency in audits. It allows for secure storage, easy retrieval and structured organization of audit files, which enhances internal and external review processes. Digital tools like automated resource management, cost management and certain electronic tools streamline the operations, while advanced data analytics techniques for sampling and journal entry testing bolster audit effectiveness by detecting errors and anomalies with greater precision. Embracing these innovations enables audit firms to elevate their practices, moving from routine tasks to insightful analyses, ensuring consistent and efficient audit procedures in the digital age.

“Change is the only constant”, as rightly quoted by Heraclitus, a Greek philosopher. The field of audit has embraced this notion of believing that change has always been by its side.

From handwritten documentation to digital algorithms, the evolution of audit has been a journey “from paper to pixels”. In this article, we explore the advancements that have shaped the audit scope, exploring how technology has upgraded the way audits are conducted and how professionals navigate to understand the audit processes adopted in the digital age.

As industries adapt to the rapid pace of technological advancement, the audit profession has been at the forefront of innovation, embracing digitalisation to revolutionise its practices. From the rigorous scrutiny of paper documents to the swift analysis of digital data, the evolution of audit has been nothing short of extraordinary.

In this article, we will delve into the importance of the article by discussing the following aspects:

  •  The shift from paper-based to digital audit practices.
  •  Evaluating the risk of the client before accepting a new client or an existing client.
  • Facilitating communication between the client and the engagement team.
  •  Advanced tools like data analytics which enhance transparency, accuracy and efficiency.

In the field of auditing, the transition from paper-based processes to digital platforms has resulted in exceptional efficiency, accuracy and transparency.

DIGITALISATION OF AUDIT DOCUMENTATION – “E-DOCUMENTATION”

Before digitalisation, audit documentation was primarily done using physical / paper-based methods. This involved extensive manual processes like paperwork, handwritten notes, printed financial statements and physical files for audit engagement. Auditors would manually document their findings, observations and procedures. The process of compiling and organising audit documentation was labour-intensive and time-consuming. Storage and retrieval of paper-based audit files posed significant challenges in terms of  space, security, confidentiality and maintaining documents in a systematic way. Overall, the pre-digitalisation era of audit documentation relied heavily on manual processes, paper-based records and physical documentation, which were susceptible to inefficiencies, errors and limitations in terms of accessibility and flexibility.

The era of digitalization paved the way for ‘E- documentation’. E- Documentation stands for Electronic Documentation and refers to securing, maintaining confidentiality and storing the documents electronically. This revolutionary change has proved to be significant for all the professionals pursuing the practice of audit.

The introduction of electronic documentation with various accounting and auditing tools, such as Suvit, facilitates the process of audit documentation. This has various built-in features, such as risk evaluation forms, auto-populated workpapers / questionaries, and communications within the audit team and between the audit team and the management. The auditor can analyze the level of risk for a particular audit engagement as well as it shall also help the auditor to design effective audit procedures to be undertaken for the audit engagement. Moreover, the work performed, findings and reports of an auditor right from the audit planning phase to the conclusion phase can be stored for a prolonged period of seven years as per SA 230 and can be retrieved whenever required. This features robust functionality for maintaining compliance with the maker-checker policy. Additionally, it incorporates a mechanism to imprint immutable timestamps, ensuring the integrity and non-editable nature of the records. E-Documentation serves as a trail for all the actions performed by the auditor during an audit.

Some of the merits of E-Documentation are mentioned below:

  •  Internal review

The cloud-based tool can be accessed by the audit team at any point in time. This facilitates smooth review within the audit team and between the audit team and the Subject Matter Experts (‘SMEs).

  •  External review

Due to the storage of documentation in a structured manner, it helps in efficient reviews by the external person as well (such as a peer reviewer, or any other regulatory body). All the relevant information and data related to the entity being audited is stored in a centralised manner. E- Documentation also ensures retrieval for a prolonged period, which enables any person to review the work done at any point in time.

  •  Roll forward

Apart from the merits mentioned above, the documentation stored in the audit file for a particular year can be utilised in subsequent years by rolling it forward. This process involves transferring audit documentation such as audit memos, workpapers, checklists, auditor’s assessment and conclusion from the previous year to subsequent years. This feature facilitates in planning procedures for subsequent year’s audits.

  •  Standard checklists

E-Documentation tool includes checklists designed to facilitate and support auditors’ work. These checklists feature questions related to audit procedures conducted related to various critical areas such as Going concern, impairment of investments / assets, etc. Audit firms can embed/customize standard checklists on Accounting Standards (AS), Auditing Standards, Company Auditor’s Report Order (CARO), 2020, Internal Financial Control, Companies Act, etc., in the software to ensure uniformity across all the engagements / clients. The audit team uses these checklists to document their actual work performed in the respective areas under examination. Further, these checklists also help in ensuring that any important thing in relation to the audit is not missed out.

  •  Restricted access

Further, access to the E-Documentation tool can be restricted to the audit team until and unless access is granted to the extended team members with prior approvals. This ensures privacy, confidentiality and security of sensitive client information and data. Further, since working papers are the property of the auditor, utmost care should be taken so that the independence of the audit is maintained before access is granted to any external member.

EVALUATING RISKS AT THE FIRM LEVEL — CLIENT ONBOARDING

The client acceptance procedures shall be focused on ensuring that the clients who are chosen to serve should represent an appropriate balance of risk and reward. The firm minimises the exposure to high-risk clients by identifying each before accepting any engagement and then determining whether the firm is willing to manage the exposure. Additionally, internal risk evaluations, annual inspections, practice risk assessment and continuous monitoring are all integral for ensuring that when a firm chooses to serve a client, the firm follows the policies and procedures and meets the industry standards. The client acceptance process shall be workflow-driven and shall be dependent on the type of services warranted by the client and the size of the engagement. It must require more than one level of approval (in terms of maker and checker), each of which shall be generated electronically to avoid any bias.

  •  Apart from assessing a new client, it is equally important to assess the existing client relationships / engagements as well. Hence, evaluating client continuance should be a periodic process due to which the risk parameters of an existing client are revalued/reassessed. Further, the client assessment should also be carried out if there is a significant change in the composition of Those Charged with Governance (TCWG).
  •  Engagement acceptance is required to be performed prior to initiating a new engagement, irrespective of whether the firm has continuously performed the engagement for an existing client or will be performed for a new client. The EAF shall be completed and approved prior to the commencement of an engagement.

Hence, the firm should have these kinds of electronic forms which help in assessing the acceptance of a client or an engagement, and if there is any risk on account of any fraud, litigation, etc., against the TCWG / management, then the tool will populate the risk to the engagement team to evaluate the matter in detail.

EFFICIENT ELECTRONIC DATA EXCHANGE BETWEEN THE CLIENTS AND AUDIT TEAM

As mentioned above, in the pre-digitalisation era, exchanging data within the audit team and between the audit team and the client used to be chaos. Various difficulties were faced with respect to its storage and collation; to a certain extent, this might have hampered the overall quality of the audit. However, the digitalisation of the audit processes has led to better work management.

These tools automate the preparation of detailed requirement lists and facilitate secure file sharing, which enables auditors to manage audits effectively. These tools facilitate a collaborative environment for auditors and the client, ensuring real-time progress tracking and simplifying data management. These tools function as centralized digital platforms that manage and organize documents, making it easier for users to locate and access necessary information by arranging documentation within a unified digital repository. It also facilitates the retention of data and information for a prolonged period.

Due to such pioneering change, since the storage of data is now centralized, it has become easier to streamline the audit.

DIGITAL TOOLS

Let us delve into the use of various digital tools and their purpose, which can be used in the audit processes. Maximising audit effectiveness entails harnessing the power of data analytics to transform traditional auditing practices. By integrating sophisticated data analytical tools and techniques, auditors can revolutionize: Resource and cost management; communicating initial audit requirements to the client; selection of samples & vouching and testing of journal entries (JE).

A. RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Resource management involves planning, allocation and optimisation of resources efficiently to achieve the goals of the firm. Keeping meticulous track of time spent on engagements is pivotal for preserving the trust and transparency vital to professional relationships. The time spent by the audit team and keeping a record of this is of utmost importance. This helps in demonstration of the time spent by partner and manager on engagements which is paramount in ensuring the success and credibility/quality of the overall audit.

This brings a wealth of experience and expertise to the table, which is essential for maintaining high-quality standards throughout the audit process. Their involvement is crucial in overseeing audit procedures meticulously, analyzing financial statements accurately and drawing well-supported audit conclusions.

Moreover, partners and managers play a pivotal role in managing audit risks effectively by identifying potential issues early on and implementing appropriate responses. Their technical knowledge allows them to address complex accounting matters with precision, ensuring compliance with auditing standards and regulatory requirements. Beyond technical aspects, their interaction with clients fosters clear communication, manages expectations and strengthens client relationships.

Additionally, partners and managers provide rigorous review and oversight of audit work performed by junior staff, ensuring thoroughness and accuracy in audit findings. Ultimately, the time invested by partners and managers in audit engagements not only enhances the quality of audits but also upholds the firm’s commitment to integrity, independence and ethical practices in auditing. By aligning costs with the services provided, clients are assured of fair invoicing, reinforcing confidence in the partnership. Moreover, this practice facilitates efficient resource allocation and project management, empowering firms to evaluate process effectiveness, pinpoint areas for enhancement and refine future resource distribution strategies.

B. EFFECTIVE COST MANAGEMENT

The documentation of work conducted during engagements serves multifaceted purposes. It not only provides a detailed record of audit procedures but also furnishes invaluable support for quality control evaluations. Assigning unique job codes to each engagement streamlines this process, simplifying cost analysis and bolstering accountability by correlating time expenditures with specific client projects or internal endeavours. This systematic methodology not only optimises billing procedures but also fortifies project management structures, culminating in an overall improvement of operational efficacy across the organisation.

C. COMMUNICATING INITIAL AUDIT REQUIREMENTS “PREPARED BY THE CLIENT (PBC)”:

“PBC” stands for “Prepared by Client.” This term refers to the documents and schedules that the client prepares and provides to the auditors as part of the audit process. These documents facilitate the auditors’ examination of the Company’s records and support the information presented in the financial statements. This typically includes reports, schedules, listings, vouchers and reconciliations.

Numerous interactions between clients and auditors make it challenging to track all the requirements and communications. To address this, an electronic PBC tool can be adopted to streamline the process. This tool allows the insertion of agreed timelines for data sharing and ensuring deadlines are met. It provides a robust review mechanism and enables task assignment to team members on both the auditor and the client sides. It also helps in improving collaboration and accountability. Importantly, it allows critical issues to be highlighted for partners or managers efficiently.

Adopting an electronic PBC tool enhances transparency and efficiency in the audit process. It ensures all communications and document submissions are tracked accurately, which reduces the risk of oversight.

This technology fosters a more organized and effective audit, leading to better outcomes and smoother operations for both auditors and the client.

D. SAMPLING AND VOUCHING

Diverse sampling methods in auditing, such as statistical, random, systematic, stratified, block, judgmental and haphazard sampling, offer tailored approaches to the auditor. Each method presents distinctive benefits, ensuring comprehensive, effective and efficient audit.

A FEW OF THE SAMPLING METHODS ARE EXPLAINED BELOW:

Statistical sampling: A method of selecting a subset of items from a population using statistical techniques to ensure that the selected subset is representative of the entire population.

Random sampling: A technique where each item in the population has an equal chance of being selected, eliminating bias and ensuring that the sample is representative of the entire population.

Systematic sampling: A method where items are selected at regular intervals from the entire population, starting from a randomly chosen number and then every 10th item of the entire population.

Stratified sampling: A technique where the population is divided into distinctive sub-groups (strata) based on specific characteristics, and samples are extracted from each sub-group to ensure that the selected sub-group is representative of the entire population.

Block sampling: A method where the population is divided into blocks or clusters, and entire blocks / clusters are selected randomly to form the  sample, often used when items within blocks / clusters are more like each other than items in the other blocks / clusters.

Judgmental sampling: A non-random method where the auditor selects items based on professional judgment, often used when specific items are believed to be significant, and the selection will be representative of the entire population.

Haphazard sampling: A non-random method where items are selected without any specific plan or pattern.

Further, for vouching, the audit team can also deploy data analytics, which enhances transaction verification, automates tasks and improves accuracy, thus streamlining processes and conserving resources. Advanced data analytical tools enable efficient cross-referencing of transactions with source documents which further helps in minimising errors.

E. JOURNAL ENTRY (JE) TESTING

JE Testing involves reviewing and verifying the accuracy and validity of financial transactions recorded in the Company’s books of account. Through data-driven approaches, auditors can identify patterns, anomalies and trends within large datasets, allowing for more targeted and efficient sampling methodologies (to a certain extent mentioned in the earlier sections).

Advanced data analytics enable auditors to scrutinise transactions with greater precision, enhance the detection of errors and irregularities, and ensure a more thorough examination of financial transactions, thus providing the outcome efficiently. Further, these data analytical tools help in scrutinising journal entries for accuracy and legitimacy, which facilitates the auditor to flag suspicious entries and provide deeper insights into financial transactions.

VARIOUS TESTS IN JE TESTING ENCOMPASS:

  •  Keyword analysis: Search for specific words or phrases like “bribe” or “charity” within worksheets.
  •  Year-End entries: Analyse journal entries made nearer to year-end dates.
  •  Public holiday entries: Review entries on holidays to detect unusual or large transactions and assess their reasonability.
  •  Weekend entries:Scrutinise entries, especially passed on weekends and evaluate their nature.
  •  Materiality assessment: Review entries above the materiality to identify unusual transactions.
  •  Single entry verification: This means that basic accounting method where each transaction is recorded once rather than using a double-entry system. It is important to ensure that no single entries are mistakenly passed into the books of account.

Incorporating digital tools and data analytics enhances audit effectiveness by optimising resource management, improving cost efficiency and facilitating clear communication of audit requirements. Advanced sampling techniques and JE testing with data analytics further strengthen accuracy and reliability, ensuring thorough scrutiny of financial transactions. These innovations not only streamline processes but also uphold integrity, independence and compliance with auditing standards, ultimately fostering robust audit outcomes and client & regulatory satisfaction.

CONCLUSION

Hence, the suggested tools for audit digitalization and optimization are merely a starting point and not an exhaustive list. These tools exemplify how technology can significantly enhance the audit process, from manual documentation to resource management to risk assessment; effective communication between the client and the engagement team and using Digital tools truly harnesses the benefits of these advancements.

Audit firms and their quality control departments must mandate the use of these digital tools, ensuring consistent, accurate and efficient audit practices.

By embracing these innovations, audit firms can transform their practices from routine tasks to insightful analyses, unlocking new levels of precision and efficiency. The future of auditing is bright and with these tools, firms will be well-equipped to lead the charge into this exciting new era

Key Year End Audit Considerations

Statutory Audit of financial statements is mandatory for all companies under the Companies Act, 2013. Whilst audit process commences well before the close of the financial year, for issuing the audit report attention needs to be paid to certain key matters as at the financial year end. Regulators like SEBI, NFRA, ROC, etc. are also keeping a close watch on the information contained the financial statements and the audit report through inspection of the audit work papers and other documents. The focus areas for the regulators generally cover matters regarding modified audit report, reliance on estimates, fraud risk factors, related party transactions, communication to those charged with governance and compliance with laws and regulations keeping in mind the overarching principle of materiality. Any slippages in these critical areas can make or break the reputation of the audit firms and their personal.

1. INTRODUCTION

Presentation and disclosure in financial statements play an important role in providing transparency to stakeholders. They help users to understand the financial health and performance of a company. Regulators are putting more emphasis on presentation and disclosures in financial statements due to increased stakeholder expectations, higher focus on public interest, and ongoing efforts to enhance global harmonization and prevent financial irregularities and frauds.

In today’s volatile market, every company is grappling with multiple challenges. Uncertainty in laws and regulations and economic volatility have put immense pressure on companies. Whereas earlier the annual reports were a thin booklet, currently, their size has increased manifold, which includes the financial statements and statutory auditors report issued to the members of a company under the Indian Companies Act, 2013 “(the Act”). Further, even though the audit report is addressed to the members since the annual report is mandatorily required to be hosted on the company’s website by listed companies under SEBI guidelines, there is no limit on the public accessibility thereof, making companies more accountable.

Finally, regulators like the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), Registrar of Companies (RoC), National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA), etc., are keeping a close watch on the information, especially the audited financial statements and the report thereon which are available in public domain.. These regulators have regulatory powers to conduct inspections to delve into the working papers and documents of an audit firm to check if there is any lacuna in the audit procedures followed by the auditor and whether the auditor has complied with relevant Standards on Auditing (“SAs”).

With the end of the financial year (FY) 2024-25 around the corner, the hustle and bustle of audit have already commenced. This article presents some of the key year-end considerations for the auditors that they should keep in mind while performing the audit.

KEY CONSIDERATIONS PERTAINING TO AUDITOR’S REPORT

On completion of the audit, the auditor is required to issue an audit report to express the audit opinion. The following Standards on Auditing deals with respect to audit conclusions and reporting:

  •  SA 700 (Revised), Forming an Opinion and Reporting on Financial Statements
  •  SA 701, Communicating Key Audit Matters in the Independent Auditor’s Report
  •  SA 705 (Revised), Modifications to the Opinion in the Independent Auditor’s Report
  •  SA 706 (Revised), Emphasis of Matter Paragraphs and Other Matter Paragraphs in the Independent Auditor’s Report
  • SA 720 (Revised), The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Other Information

SA 700 (Revised) prescribes the content of an audit report, which should, at a minimum, be forming part of the audit report. The following are certain issues requiring careful consideration:

A. QUANTIFICATION IN QUALIFICATIONS

It is pertinent to note that pursuant to paragraph 21 of SA 705 (Revised) if there is a material misstatement of the financial statements that relate to specific amounts in the financial statements (including quantitative disclosures in the notes to the financial statements), the auditor is required to include in the Basis for Opinion paragraph a description and quantification of the financial effects of the misstatement, unless impracticable. If it is not practicable to quantify the financial effects, the auditor is required to state that fact in this section. Where an accurate quantification is not possible, but a management estimate is available, the auditor performs such audit tests on those management estimates as are possible and clearly indicates that the amount quantified is based on management’s estimate. If it is impracticable for the auditor to quantify or estimate the effect of the misstatement, this fact needs to be included in the Basis for Modified Opinion paragraph.

Therefore, the auditor needs to quantify the financial effects of the misstatement, and only if it is impracticable, the auditor can include the qualification without quantification. The word ‘impracticable’ is not defined in Standards on Auditing but is commonly understood as ‘after making every reasonable effort’ to do so.

B. OTHER MATTER

As per paragraph 10 of SA 706 (Revised), if the auditor considers it necessary to communicate a matter other than those that are presented or disclosed in the financial statements that, in the auditor’s judgment, is relevant to users’ understanding of the audit, the auditor’s responsibilities or the auditor’s report, the auditor is required to include an “other matter” paragraph in the auditor’s report, provided:

  •  That is not prohibited by law or regulation; and
  •  When SA 701 applies, the matter has not been determined to be a key audit matter to be communicated in the auditor’s report.

An auditor should not include other matter paragraph for matters adequately disclosed in the financial statements. It can be included, for example, to highlight that in case the audit of some of the components of a company has been audited by other auditors, then this fact is required to be presented in the audit report to the consolidated financial statements under the “Other Matters” paragraph. However, in view of the recommendation by NFRA for revision of SA-600 on the lines of ISA 600, it needs to be seen whether the reference to the work of other auditors will be permissible.

C. EMPHASIS OF MATTER VS. QUALIFIED OPINION

Another important area is the use of the ‘Emphasis of matter’ (EOM) paragraph in the auditor’s report.
As per paragraph 8 of SA 706 (Revised), if the  auditor considers it necessary to draw users’ attention to a matter presented or disclosed in the financial statements that, in the auditor’s judgment, is of such importance that it is fundamental to users’ understanding of the financial statements, the auditor should include an Emphasis of Matter paragraph in the auditor’s report provided:

  •  The auditor would not be required to modify the opinion in accordance with SA 705 (Revised) as a result of the matter; and
  •  When SA 701 applies, the matter has not been determined to be a key audit matter to be communicated in the auditor’s report.

EOM paragraph should not be included as a substitute for modification. For example, if the company has not provided adequate requisite disclosures in its financial statements, the auditor should evaluate the requirement to express a qualified opinion on the basis of the requirement of SA 705 (Revised) and should not include an EOM paragraph.

Examples of circumstances where the auditor may consider it necessary to include an Emphasis of Matter paragraph are:

  •  Uncertainty relating to the future outcome of exceptional litigation or regulatory action.
  •  A significant subsequent event that occurs between the date of the financial statements and the date of the auditor’s report.
  •  Early application (where permitted) of a new accounting standard that has a material effect on the financial statements.
  •  A major catastrophe that has had, or continues to have, a significant effect on the entity’s financial position.

KEY CONSIDERATIONS PERTAINING TO ESTIMATES (INCLUDING USING THE WORK OF MANAGEMENT EXPERTS)

The auditor is required to perform adequate procedures to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence for estimates and complex transactions. The auditor should maintain documentation in sufficient detail to demonstrate the following:

  •  Competence, capabilities and objectivity of management experts have been determined (the auditor should consider the self-interest threat of the management expert when numerous valuation assignments from other group companies were being performed by the same valuer);
  •  Evaluating for management bias;
  •  Procedures performed in order to determine the reasonableness of the assumptions/methods used by management experts;
  •  Procedures performed by the auditor over management assessment;
  •  Professional judgements made by the auditor in concluding on high-estimate areas;
  •  In case of critical estimates/balances, involve internal experts for determining the appropriateness of the assumptions/methods used for valuation;
  •  In case there are caveats in the valuation report, legal opinions, etc., documentation on how the auditor has dealt with those

KEY CONSIDERATIONS PERTAINING TO COMMUNICATION WITH THOSE CHARGED WITH GOVERNANCE (TCWG)

SA 260 (Revised), Communication with TCWG requires the auditor to communicate significant findings from the audit with those charged with governance. This is another key focus area for the regulators. Some of the key considerations are as follows:

  •  TCWG comprises a Board of Directors, Audit Committee and Management. Communication with the Audit Committee is not sufficient.
  •  Auditors should maintain documented evidence for:

– Communication of the planned scope and timing of the audit with TCWG.

– Minutes (“what and when”) of meeting with the TCGW/Audit Committee, including the team’s conclusion on the matters discussed.

– Accounting/auditing matters discussed with TCWG during the initial planning meeting and their final resolution

  •  Critical matters should be communicated to TCWG, and regular discussions with the management should be documented.
  •  Audit committee presentation contains only management’s estimate/representation, does not include audit procedures performed and auditor’s conclusion
  •  Minimum communication with TCWG to ensure compliance with SA 260

– Auditor Independence

– The Auditor’s Responsibilities in Relation to the Financial Statement Audit

– Planned Scope and Timing of the Audit

– Significant Findings from the Audit, including the auditor’s assessment

– Inquiries with TCWG and response thereto

NFRA recently issued “The Auditor-Audit Committee Interactions Series 1”, which draws the attention of the auditors to the potential questions the Audit Committee / Board of Directors (BoD) may ask them in respect of accounting estimates and judgements. The first in the series in this regard includes aspects pertaining to the audit of Expected Credit Losses (ECL) for financial assets and other items as required by Ind AS 109, Financial Instruments.

SA 260 also requires the auditor to communicate with TCWG about qualitative aspects of the accounting practices, policies and disclosures. The reason behind such a communication is that the views of the auditor would be particularly relevant to TCWG in discharging their responsibilities for oversight of the financial reporting process.

This series put forwards some key questions relating to the following topics which the BoD / Audit Committee may ask the auditor regarding the audit of ECL:

  •  Audit of ECL computation
  •  Test of design and operating effectiveness of control mechanism over recognition and measurement of ECL
  •  Audit of methodology used for ECL computation

KEY CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING (ICFR)

The auditor has to report under section 143(3) of the Act as to whether the company has adequate internal financial controls in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls. As per the Act, the term ‘internal financial controls’ means the policies and procedures adopted by the company for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to the company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information. The Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting states that the auditor’s objective in an audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting and the procedures in respect thereof are carried out along with an audit of the financial statements. Because a company’s internal controls cannot be considered effective if one or more material weakness exists, to form a basis for expressing an opinion, the auditor must plan and perform the audit to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence to obtain reasonable assurance about whether material weakness exists as of the date specified in management’s assessment.

Some of the key areas which require careful consideration are as follows:

  •  Evaluation of controls over management override as part of entity-level controls; the auditor should maintain adequate documentation and procedures for controls around management override (remain cautious that deviation to the process might be a red flag for management override).
  •  Evaluation of management testing of ICFR is critical, and its impact on ICFR conclusion should be documented. Inquiries with the internal auditor and evaluation of the role of the internal auditor, and a review of internal audit reports and the auditor’s conclusion should also be documented.
  •  Adequate testing/focus even on non-critical areas (e.g. PPE)

KEY CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO SIGNIFICANT UNUSUAL OR HIGHLY COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS

Material misstatement of financial statements, including fraudulent financial reporting, can arise from significant unusual or highly complex transactions, including situations that pose difficult “substance over form” questions, such as transactions not in the ordinary course of business undertaken with related parties. The Standards on Auditing give particular attention to the accounting for and disclosure of such transactions in the context of the auditor’s identification and assessment of risks of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud and the auditor’s responses thereto.

The auditors are required to exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the planning and performance of an audit and, among other things, identify, assess and respond to risks of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. Accordingly, the auditor plans and performs an audit with professional skepticism, recognising that circumstances may exist that cause the financial statements to be materially misstated. Maintaining professional skepticism throughout the audit is necessary if the auditor is, for example, to reduce the risks of overlooking unusual circumstances. The auditor is required to:

  •  Evaluate whether information obtained about the entity indicates that one or more fraud risk factors are present; for example:

♦ Significant related party transactions not in the ordinary course of business or with related entities not audited or audited by another firm; and

♦ Significant, unusual, or highly complex transactions, especially those close to period end that pose difficult “substance over form” questions

♦ Inquire of management and others within the entity as appropriate about the existence or suspicion of fraud, including, for example, employees involved in initiating, processing or recording complex or unusual transactions and those who supervise or monitor such employees;

♦ Inquire of management and others within the entity, and perform other risk assessment procedures considered appropriate to obtain an understanding of the controls, if any, that management has established to:

♦ authorise and approve significant transactions and arrangements with related parties; and

♦ authorise and approve significant transactions and arrangements outside the normal course of business;

If the auditor identifies significant transactions outside the normal course of business, inquire management about the nature of these transactions and whether related parties could be involved.

Fraudulent financial reporting often involves management override of controls that otherwise may appear to be operating effectively. Management override of controls or other inappropriate involvement by management in the financial reporting process may involve such techniques as omitting, advancing or delaying recognition in the financial statements of events and transactions that have occurred during the reporting period or engaging in complex transactions that are structured to misrepresent the financial position or financial performance of the entity. The auditor is required to treat the risk of management override of controls as a risk of material misstatement due to fraud and, thus a significant risk.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Compliance with laws and regulations is a crucial aspect which engages the attention of auditors for which they need to keep in mind the requirements laid down in SA-250. Auditors are primarily concerned with the non-compliance with Laws and Regulations that materially affect financial statements, which includes the following, amongst others:

  •  Form and content of financial statements, including amounts to be reflected and disclosures to be made (Schedule III, Banking Regulation Act, Insurance Act, SEBI Mutual Fund guidelines, etc.)
  •  Conducting of business including licensing and registration (Banks, Mutual Funds, NBFCs, Pharmaceutical companies, fertilizer companies, etc.), which could have potential going concern issues
  •  Operating aspects of the business (Provisioning, valuation, taxation, safety aspects etc.) with possible financial consequences like fines, penalties, etc.

Adequate and appropriate procedures need to be performed to identify instances of non-compliance:

  •  Inquiries with the Management.
  •  Inspecting correspondence with relevant statutory authorities.
  •  Reading the minutes.
  •  Appropriate Control and Substantive procedures for industry-specific requirements like provisioning, valuation, accrual of expenses for retirement benefits, computation of incentives and subsidies etc.

Following are some of the instances of non-compliance which need to be considered in the context of year-end financial reporting:

  •  Non-payment / delayed payment of statutory dues (CARO reporting).
  •  Non-compliance with certain statutory and procedural requirements under various laws in respect of certain transactions or investigations by government departments resulting in fines and penalties or other demands and consequential disclosure of contingent liabilities or making provisions.
  •  Unsupported transactions, especially with related parties.

KEY CONSIDERATIONS PERTAINING TO MATERIALITY

The concept of materiality is the final test which determines the nature and extent of reporting and the issuance of the final opinion in the audit report as to whether the financial statements present a fair view. It helps to determine the material misstatements. As per SA 320, misstatements are material if they, individually or in aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users taken on the basis of financial statements. Whilst generally materiality is determined on a quantitative basis, in certain situations, misstatements may be qualitatively material, which needs to be kept in mind during year-end reporting as follows:

  •  Transactions resulting in changing loss into profit and vice versa.
  •  Transactions having an impact on compliance with debt covenants (e.g. current ratio, DSCR, etc.)
  •  Transaction has an impact on contractual agreements.
  •  Transaction has an impact on compliance with regulatory provisions.
  •  Transaction has an effect on variable compensation payable to Key Managerial Person.
  •  Transaction resulting in fraud or omission or commission.

The following are the different stages in the calculation of materiality.

  •  Planning Materiality: It is computed as the overall materiality representing a threshold above which the financial statements could be misstated and would affect the economic decision of the user of the financial statements. It depends on the size of the organization, types of transactions, character of management and auditor’s judgement and is set as a percentage of the profit, assets or net worth depending upon the nature of the entity.
  •  Performance Materiality: It is an amount less than overall materiality and acts as a safety buffer to lower the risk of aggregate uncorrected and undetected misstatements, which could be material for overall financial statements.
  •  Specific Materiality: It is established for a class of transactions, account balances and disclosures.

The materiality must be appropriately calculated since that has a bearing on the aggregate uncorrected and undetected misstatements and the consequential impact on the overall audit opinion.

CONCLUSION

Audit of financial statements is no longer about simply issuing an audit report but demonstrating and documenting the conclusions reached in respect of all auditing standards, as applicable to a particular company, especially in respect of matters requiring modification, reliance on estimates, fraud risk factors and related party transactions, amongst others whilst at the same time ensuring compliance of all relevant laws and regulations keeping in mind the overarching principle of materiality. With the constant inspections to which the auditors are exposed, any material deviations, especially in the aforesaid critical areas, can make or break the reputation and hard work built by the audit firms and the individual partners/proprietors and senior audit team members with severe consequences like fines and penalties and debarring the firm from undertaking audits.

Non-Repatriable Investment by NRIs and OCIs under FEMA: An Analysis – Part – 1

This is the 11th Article in the ongoing NRI series dealing with “Non-repatriable Investment by NRIs and OCIs under FEMA — An Analysis.”

Summary

“What cannot be done directly, cannot be done indirectly – Or can it be?”

FEMA’s golden rule has always been that what you cannot do directly, you cannot do indirectly—but then comes Schedule IV, sneaking in like that one friend who always finds a way out. It’s the ultimate legislative exception, allowing NRIs and OCIs to invest in India as if they never left, minus the luxury of an easy exit. Curious? Dive into the fascinating world of non-repatriable investments — you won’t be disappointed (unless, of course, you were hoping to take the money back out quickly!)

INTRODUCTION AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Non-resident investors — including Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), Overseas Citizens of India (OCIs), and even foreign entities — can invest in India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA). FEMA provides a broad statutory framework, which is supplemented by detailed rules and regulations issued by the government and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). In particular, the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (NDI Rules) (issued by the Central Government) and the Foreign Exchange Management (Mode of Payment and Reporting of Non-Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 (Reporting Regulations) (issued by RBI) lay down the regime for foreign investments in “non-debt instruments.” These are further elaborated in the RBI Master Direction on Foreign Investment in India, which consolidates the rules and is frequently consulted by practitioners.

Under this framework, foreign investment routes are categorised by schedules to the NDI Rules. Of particular interest are Schedule I (Foreign Direct Investment on a repatriation basis), Schedule III (NRI investments under the Portfolio Investment Scheme on a repatriation basis), Schedule IV (NRI / OCI investments on non-repatriation basis), and Schedule VI (Investment in Limited Liability Partnerships). This article focuses on the nuances of non-repatriable investments by NRIs / OCIs under Schedule IV, contrasting them with repatriable investments and other routes. We will examine the legal definitions, eligible instruments, sectoral restrictions, compliance obligations, and the practical implications of choosing the non-repatriation route, with a structured analysis suitable for legal professionals.

DEFINITION OF NRI AND OCI UNDER FEMA; ELIGIBILITY TO INVEST

Non-Resident Indian (NRI) – An NRI is defined in FEMA and the NDI Rules as an individual who is a person resident outside India and is a citizen of India. In essence, Indian citizens who reside abroad (for work, education, or otherwise) become NRIs under FEMA once they cease to be “person resident in India” as per Section 2(w) of FEMA. Notably, this definition excludes foreign citizens, even if they were formerly Indian citizens – such persons are not NRIs for FEMA purposes once they have given up Indian citizenship.

Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) – An OCI for FEMA purposes means an individual resident outside India who is registered as an OCI cardholder under Section 7A of the Citizenship Act, 1955. In practical terms, these are foreign citizens of Indian origin (or their spouses) who have obtained the OCI card. OCIs are a separate category of foreign investors recognized by FEMA, often extending the same investment facilities as NRIs. In summary, NRIs (Indian citizens abroad) and OCIs (foreign citizens of Indian origin) are both eligible to invest in India, subject to the FEMA rules.

Eligible Investors under the Non-Repatriation Route – Schedule IV specifically permits the following persons to invest on a non-repatriation basis):

  •  NRIs (individuals resident outside India who are Indian citizens);
  •  OCIs (individuals resident outside India holding OCI cards);
  •  Any overseas entity (company, trust, partnership firm) incorporated outside India which is owned and controlled by NRIs or OCIs.

This extension to entities owned / controlled by NRIs / OCIs means that even a foreign-incorporated company or trust, if predominantly NRI / OCI-owned, can use the NRI non-repatriation route. However, as discussed later, such entities do not enjoy certain repatriation facilities (like the USD 1 million asset remittance) that individual NRIs do. Moreover, it is important to note that while these NRI / OCI-owned foreign entities are eligible for Schedule IV investments, they cannot invest in an Indian partnership firm or sole proprietorship under this route — only individual NRIs / OCIs can do so in that case.

NRIs and OCIs have broadly two modes to invest in India: (a) on a repatriation basis (where eventual returns can be taken abroad freely), or (b) on a non-repatriation basis (where the investment is treated as a domestic investment and cannot be freely taken out of India). Both modes are legal, but they carry different conditions and implications, as explained below.

WHAT ARE NON-DEBT INSTRUMENTS? – PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENT INSTRUMENTS

Under FEMA, all permissible foreign investments are classified as either debt instruments or non-debt instruments. Our focus is on non-debt instruments, which essentially cover equity and equity-like investments. The NDI Rules define “non-debt instruments” expansively to include:

Equity instruments of Indian companies – e.g. equity shares, fully and mandatorily convertible debentures, fully and mandatorily convertible preference shares, and share warrants. (These are often referred to simply as “FDI” instruments.)

Capital participation in LLPs (contributions to the capital of Limited Liability Partnerships).

All instruments of investment recognized in the FDI policy, as notified by the Government from time to time (a catch-all for any other equity-like instruments).

Units of Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs), and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs).

Units of mutual funds or Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) that invest more than 50 per cent in equity (i.e. equity-oriented funds).

• The junior-most (equity) tranche of a securitization structure.

• Immovable property in India (acquisition, sale, dealing directly in land and real estate, subject to other regulations).

Contributions to trusts (depending on the nature of the trust, e.g. venture capital trusts, etc.).

Depository receipts issued against Indian equity instruments (like ADRs / GDRs).

All the above are considered non-debt instruments. Thus, when an NRI or OCI invests on a non-repatriation basis, it can be in any of these forms. In practice, the most common instruments for NRI / OCI non-repatriable investment are equity shares of companies, capital contributions in LLPs, units of equity-oriented mutual funds, and investment vehicles like AIFs / REITs.

It is important to note that debt instruments (such as NCDs, bonds, and government securities) are governed by a separate set of rules (the Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations) and generally fall outside the scope of Schedule IV. NRIs / OCIs can also invest in some debt instruments (for example, NRI investments in certain government securities on a non-repatriation basis are permitted up to a limit, but those are subject to different rules and are not the focus of this article.

REPATRIABLE VS. NON-REPATRIABLE INVESTMENTS: MEANING AND LEGAL DISTINCTION

Repatriable Investment means an investment in India made by a person resident outside India which is eligible to be repatriated out of India, i.e. the investor can bring back the sale proceeds or returns to their home country freely (net of applicable taxes) in foreign currency. In other words, both the dividends/interest (current income) and the capital gains or sale proceeds (capital account) are transferable abroad in a repatriable investment without any ceiling (subject to taxes). Most foreign direct investments (FDI) in India are on a repatriation basis, which is why repatriable NRI investments are treated as foreign investments and counted towards foreign investment caps. For instance, if an NRI invests in an Indian company under Schedule I (FDI route) or Schedule III (portfolio route) on a repatriable basis, it is counted as foreign investment (FDI / FPI), with all attendant rules.

Non-Repatriable Investment means the investment is made by a non-resident, but the sale or maturity proceeds cannot be taken out of India (except to the limited extent allowed). The NDI Rules define it implicitly by saying, “investment on a non-repatriation basis has to be construed accordingly” from the repatriation definition. In simple terms, this means the principal amount invested and any capital gains or sale proceeds must remain in India. The investor cannot freely convert those rupee proceeds into foreign currency and remit abroad. Such investments are essentially treated as domestic investments –— the NDI Rules explicitly deem any investment by an NRI / OCI on a non-repatriation basis to be domestic investment, on par with investments made by residents. This distinction has crucial legal effects: NRI/OCI non-repatriable investments are not counted as foreign investments for regulatory purposes. They do not come under FDI caps or sectoral limits (since they are treated like resident equity). This was confirmed by India’s DPIIT (Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade) in a clarification that downstream investments by a company owned and controlled by NRIs on a non-repatriation basis will not be considered indirect FDI. Effectively, non-repatriable NRI / OCI investments enjoy the flexibility of domestic capital but with the sacrifice of free repatriation rights.

Advantages of Non-Repatriation Route: The non-repatriable route (Schedule IV) offers NRIs and OCIs significant advantages in terms of flexibility and compliance:

  •  No Foreign Investment Caps: Since it is treated as domestic investment, an NRI/OCI can invest without the usual foreign ownership limits. For example, under the portfolio investment route, NRIs cannot exceed 5 per cent in a listed company (10 per cent collectively), but under non-repatriation, there is no such limit — an NRI could potentially acquire a much larger stake in a listed company under Schedule IV (outside the exchange) without breaching FEMA limits. Similarly, total NRI / OCI investment can go beyond 10/24 per cent aggregate because Schedule IV holdings are not counted as foreign at all.
  •  Simplified Compliance: Many of the onerous requirements applicable to FDI – e.g. adherence to pricing guidelines, filing of RBI reports, sectoral conditionalities, mandatory approvals — are relaxed or not applicable for non-repatriable investments (since regulators treat it like a resident’s investment). We detail these compliance relaxations below.
  •  Current income can be freely repatriable: Current income arising from such investments like interest, rent, dividend, etc., is freely repatriable without any limits and is not counted in the $1mn threshold.
  •  Deemed Domestic for Downstream: As noted, if an NRI/OCI-owned Indian entity invests further in India, those downstream investments are not treated as FDI. This can allow greater expansion without triggering indirect foreign investment rules.

Drawbacks of the Non-Repatriation Route: The obvious trade-off is illiquidity from an exchange control perspective. The investor’s capital is locked in India. Specifically:

  •  Inability to Repatriate Capital Freely: The principal amount and any capital gains cannot be freely
    converted and sent abroad. The investor must either reinvest or keep the funds in India (in an NRO account) after exit, subject to a limited annual remittance (discussed later).
  •  Perpetual Rupee Exposure: Since eventual proceeds remain in INR, the investor bears currency risk on the investment indefinitely, which foreign investors might be unwilling to take for large amounts.
  •  Exit Requires Domestic Buyer or Special Approval: To actually get money out, the NRI / OCI may need to convert the investment to repatriable by selling it to an eligible foreign investor or seek RBI permission beyond the allowed limit. This adds a layer of uncertainty for the exit strategy.
  •  Not Suitable for Short-Term Investors: This route is generally suitable for long-term investments (often family investments in family-run businesses, real estate purchases, etc.) where the NRI is not looking to repatriate in the near term. It is less suitable for foreign venture capital or private equity, which typically demand an assured exit path.

INVESTMENT UNDER SCHEDULE IV: PERMITTED INSTRUMENTS AND SECTORAL CONDITIONS

What Schedule IV Allows: Schedule IV of the NDI Rules (titled “Investment by NRI or OCI on the non-repatriation basis”) lays out the scope of investments NRIs / OCIs can make on a non-repatriable basis. In summary, NRIs/OCIs (including their overseas entities) can, without any limit, invest in or purchase the following on a non-repatriation basis:

  •  Equity instruments of Indian companies – listed or unlisted shares, convertible debentures, convertible preference shares, share warrants – without any limit, whether on a stock exchange or off-market.
  •  Units of investment vehicles – units of AIFs, REITs, InvITs or other investment funds — without limit, listed or unlisted.
  •  Contributions to the capital of LLPs – again, without limit, in any LLP (subject to sectoral restrictions discussed below).
  •  Convertible notes of startups – NRIs / OCIs can also subscribe to convertible notes issued by Indian startups, as allowed under the rules, on a non-repatriation basis.

Additionally, Schedule IV explicitly provides that any investment made under this route is deemed to be a domestic investment (i.e. treated at par with resident investments). This means the general FDI conditions of Schedule I do not apply to Schedule IV investments unless specifically mentioned.

Sectoral Restrictions – Prohibited Sectors: Despite the broad freedom, Schedule IV carves out certain prohibited sectors where even NRI / OCI non-repatriable investments are NOT permitted. According to Para 3 of Schedule, an NRI or OCI (including their companies or trusts) shall not invest under non-repatriation in:

  •  Nidhi Company (a type of NBFC doing mutual benefit funds among members);
  •  Companies engaged in agricultural or plantation activities (this covers farming, plantations of tea, coffee, etc., and related agricultural operations);
  •  Real estate business or construction of farmhouses;
  •  Dealing in Transfer of Development Rights (TDRs).

These mirror some of the standard FDI prohibitions, with a key addition: agricultural / plantation is completely off-limits under Schedule IV (whereas under FDI policy, certain agricultural and plantation activities are permitted up to 100 per cent with conditions). The term “real estate business” is defined (by reference to Schedule I) to mean dealing in land and immovable property with a view to earning profit from them (buying and selling land/buildings). Notably, the development of townships, construction of residential or commercial premises, roads or infrastructure, etc., is specifically excluded from the definition of “real estate business”, as is earning rent from property without transfer. So, an NRI / OCI can invest in a construction or development project or purchase property for earning rent on a non-repatriation basis (since that is not considered a “real estate business” for FEMA purposes) but cannot invest in a pure real estate trading company.

Implication – Some Sectors Allowed on Non-Repatriation that are Prohibited for FDI, and vice versa: Because Schedule IV’s prohibited list is somewhat different from Schedule I (FDI) prohibited list, there are interesting differences:

  •  Additional Sectors Open under Schedule IV: Certain sectors like lottery, gambling, casinos, tobacco manufacturing, etc., which are prohibited for any FDI under Schedule I, are not mentioned in Schedule IV’s prohibition list. This may imply that an NRI / OCI could invest in such businesses on a non-repatriation basis. For example, a casino business in India cannot receive any FDI (foreign investor money on a repatriable basis), but it could receive NRI/OCI investment as a domestic investment under Schedule IV. However, such investments may be subject to provisions or prohibitions in various other laws and Statewise restrictions in India, and therefore, one must be careful in making such investments.
  •  From a policy perspective, this leverages the idea that an Indian citizen abroad is still treated akin to a resident for these purposes. Thus, apart from the specific exclusions in Schedule IV, all other sectors (even those barred to foreign investors) are permissible for NRIs / OCIs on non-repatriation. This provides NRIs/OCIs a unique opportunity to invest in sensitive sectors of the economy, which foreigners cannot, theoretically increasing the investment funnel for those sectors via the Indian diaspora.
  •  Conversely, Some Investments Allowed via FDI Are Barred in Non-Repatriation: There are cases where FDI rules are more liberal than the NRI non-repatriable route. A prime example is plantation and agriculture. Under FDI (Schedule I), certain plantation sectors (like tea, coffee, rubber, cardamom, etc.) are allowed 100 per cent foreign investment under the automatic route (with conditions such as mandatory divestment of a certain percentage within time for tea). However, Schedule IV flatly prohibits NRIs from investing in agriculture or plantation without exception. Thus, a foreign company could invest in a tea plantation company on a repatriable basis (counting as FDI), but an NRI cannot invest in the same on a non-repatriable basis, ironically. Another example: Print media — FDI in print media (newspapers / periodicals) is restricted to 26 per cent with Government approval under FDI policy. If an Indian company is in the print media business, an NRI / OCI could still invest on a non-repatriable basis (since Schedule IV’s company restrictions don’t list print media) — meaning potentially up to 100% as domestic investment. However, if the print media business is structured as a partnership firm or proprietorship, Schedule IV (Part B) prohibits NRI investment in it. We see a regulatory quirk: an NRI can invest in a print media company on non-repatriation (domestic equity, no specific cap) but not in a print media partnership firm. These inconsistencies require careful attention when structuring investments.

In summary, NRIs / OCIs have a broader canvas in some respects under Schedule IV, but must be mindful of the specifically forbidden areas. As a rule of thumb, apart from Nidhi, plantation / agriculture, real estate trading, and farmhouses / TDRs, most other activities are allowed. NRIs have leveraged this to invest in real estate development projects, infrastructure, and even sectors like multi-brand retail by ensuring their investments are non-repatriable (thus not triggering the foreign investment prohibitions or caps). On the other hand, they cannot use this route for farming or plantation businesses even if foreign investors could via FDI.

Special Case – Investment by NRIs / OCIs in Border-Sharing Countries: In April 2020, India introduced a rule (now embodied in NDI Rules) that any investment from an entity or citizen of a country that shares a land border with India (e.g. China, Pakistan, Bangladesh, etc.) requires prior Government approval, regardless of sector. This was to curb opportunistic takeovers. This rule applies to NRIs / OCIs as well if they are residents of those countries. However, notably, that restriction is relevant only for investments on a repatriation basis. If an NRI / OCI residing in, say, China or Bangladesh wants to invest under the non-repatriation route, Schedule IV does not impose the same approval requirement. In effect, an NRI/OCI in a neighbouring country can still invest in India as a de facto domestic investor under Schedule IV without going through government approval, whereas the same person investing under a repatriable route would face a clearance hurdle. This exception again underscores the policy view of NRI non-repatriable funds as akin to Indian funds. Whilst permissible, in view of authors, considering the geo-political climate, care and caution need to be exercised. Loophole or policy openness may not be the final answer, as national interest always comes first.

PRICING GUIDELINES AND VALUATION — ARE THEY APPLICABLE?

One significant compliance relief for non-repatriable investments is in pricing regulations. Under FEMA, when foreign investors invest in or exit from Indian companies on a repatriation basis, there are strict pricing guidelines to ensure shares are not issued at an unduly low price or purchased at an unduly high price (to prevent outflow/inflow of value unfairly). For instance, the issue of shares to a foreign investor must typically be at or above fair market value (as per internationally accepted pricing methodology), and transfer from resident to foreign investor cannot be at less than fair value, etc. These pricing restrictions do not apply to investments under Schedule IV. Since Schedule IV investments are treated as domestic, the law does not mandate adherence to the pricing formulae of Schedule I.

Practical effect: Indian companies can issue shares to NRIs / OCIs on a non-repatriation basis at face value or book value or any concessional price they choose, even if that is below the fair market value, without contravening FEMA. Similarly, NRIs/OCIs could potentially buy shares from resident holders at a negotiated price without being bound by the ceiling that would apply if the NRI were a foreign investor on a repatriation basis. This flexibility is often useful in family arrangements or preferential allotments where prices may be deliberately kept low for the NRI (which would otherwise trigger questions under FDI norms). For example, an Indian family-owned company can allot shares to an NRI family member at par value under Schedule IV, even if the fair value is much higher — a practice not allowed if the NRI were taking them on a repatriable basis. The only caution is that the Income Tax Act’s fair value rules (for deemed income on undervalued transactions) might still apply, but from a FEMA standpoint, it’s permissible.

To illustrate, the RBI Master Directions explicitly note that pricing guidelines are not applicable for investments by persons resident outside India on a non-repatriation basis, as those are treated as domestic investments. Thus, NRIs / OCIs have an advantage in valuation flexibility under Schedule IV.

REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS

Another area of divergence is in regulatory reporting. Normally, any foreign investment coming into an Indian company must be reported to RBI (through its authorised bank) via forms on the FIRMS portal (previously Form FC-GPR for new issues, Form FC-TRS for transfers, etc.). However, investments by NRIs / OCIs on a non-repatriation basis do not require filing the typical foreign investment reports like FC-GPR. The rationale is that since these are not counted as foreign investments, the RBI does not need to capture them in its foreign investment data.

Indeed, no RBI reporting is prescribed for a fresh issue / allotment of shares under Schedule IV. An NRI/OCI investing on a non-repatriable basis can be allotted shares without the company filing any form to RBI (By contrast, if the same shares were issued under FDI, a Form SMF/FC-GPR would be required within 30 days.) That said, it is a best practice for the investee company or the NRI to intimate the AD bank in a letter about the receipt of funds and the fact that the shares are issued on a non-repatriation basis. This helps create a record, so that if in future any question arises, the bank/RBI is aware those shares were categorized as non-repatriable from the start.

One exception to the no-reporting rule is when there is a transfer of such shares to a person on a repatriation basis. If an NRI/OCI holding shares on a non-repatriable basis sells or gifts them to a foreign investor or NRI on a repatriable basis, that transaction does trigger reporting (Form FC-TRS) because now those shares are becoming foreign investments. The responsibility for filing the FC-TRS lies on the resident transferor or transferee, as applicable. We will discuss transfers shortly, but in summary: no reporting when NRIs invest non-repatriable initially, but reporting is required when the character of investment changes to repatriable via a transfer.

It’s important to maintain proper records in the company’s books classifying NRI / OCI holdings as non-repatriable. Practitioners note that if a company mistakenly records an NRI’s holding as repatriable FDI and files forms or treats it as a foreign holding in compliance reports, it could lead to regulatory confusion or even penalties. For instance, it might appear the company exceeded an FDI cap when, in reality, the NRI portion should have been excluded. Therefore, both the investor and investee company should internally document the nature of the investment (e.g. through a board resolution noting the shares are issued under Schedule IV, non-repatriation).

In summary, compliance for Schedule IV investments is lighter: no entry-level RBI approvals (it’s an automatic route in all cases), no pricing certification, and no routine filing for allotments. Contrast that with Schedule I investments, where one must comply with valuation norms and file forms within the prescribed time. This ease of doing business is a key attraction of the non-repatriable route for many NRIs.

Mode of Payment and Repatriation of Proceeds

Funding the Investment: An NRI/OCI investing on a non-repatriation basis can fund the investment through any of the standard channels for NRI investments. Permissible modes include:

  •  Inward remittance from abroad through normal banking channels (i.e. sending foreign currency, which is converted to INR for investment).
  •  Payment out of an NRE or FCNR account maintained in India (these are rupee or foreign currency accounts which are repatriable).
  •  Payment out of an NRO account in India (Non-Resident Ordinary account, which holds the NRI’s funds from local sources in INR).

Use of an NRO account is notable — since NRO balances are non-repatriable (beyond the USD 1 million a year), routing payment from NRO naturally aligns with the non-repatriable nature of the investment. But even if funds came from an NRE/FCNR (which are repatriable accounts), once invested under Schedule IV, the money loses its repatriable character for the principal and becomes subject to Schedule IV restrictions.

Credit of Sale / Disinvestment Proceeds: When an NRI / OCI eventually sells the investment or the Indian company liquidates, the sale proceeds must be credited only to the NRO account of the investor. This rule is crucial — it ensures the money remains in the non-resident’s ordinary rupee account (NRO), which is not freely repatriable. Even if the original investment was paid from an NRE account, the exit money cannot go back to NRE; it has to go to an NRO (or a fresh NRO if the investor doesn’t have one). Once in NRO, those funds are under Indian jurisdiction with limited outflow rights.

Repatriation of Proceeds — The USD 1 Million Facility: FEMA does provide a limited facility for NRIs / OCIs to remit out funds from their NRO accounts/sale proceeds under the Remittance of Assets Regulations, 2016. A Non-Resident Indian or PIO is allowed to remit up to USD 1,000,000 (One Million USD) per financial year abroad from an NRO account or from the sale proceeds of assets in India, including capital gain. This is a general limit for all assets combined per person per year. This means an NRI who sold shares that were on a non-repatriable basis can utilise this route to gradually repatriate the money, up to $ 1M (USD One Million) annually. Notably, this facility is only available to individuals (NRIs / PIOs) and not to companies or other entities. So, if an NRI made a large investment and eventually exited, they could take out $1M each year (approximately ₹8.75 crore at current rates) from India. Any amount beyond that in a year would require special RBI approval.

In practice, RBI approval for exceeding the USD 1M cap is rarely granted except in exceptional hardship cases. RBI typically expects the NRI to stagger the remittances within the allowed limit across years. Therefore, investors should plan accordingly if the sums are large – it could take multiple years to fully repatriate the corpus unless they find some other mechanism (like transferring the shares to a repatriable route investor before sale, etc.). It has been observed that RBI is generally not inclined to allow one-time large remittances beyond the automatic limit, emphasizing that the non-repatriable route is meant for money that essentially stays in India with only a slow trickle out.

No $1M facility for foreign entities: As mentioned, if the investor was not an individual but an overseas company or trust owned by NRIs / OCIs, that entity does not qualify as an NRI or PIO under the Remittance of Assets rules. Thus, it cannot directly avail of the $1M automatic repatriation. Such entities would have to apply to RBI for any repatriation, which is uncertain. This is why advisors often recommend that if repatriation might eventually be desired, the investment should be structured in the individual NRI’s name (or at least eventually transferred to the individual NRI before exit). By keeping the investor as a natural person, the exit flexibility using the $1M per year route remains available.

Repatriation of Current Income: Importantly, current income (yield) from the investment is freely repatriable even if the investment itself is non-repatriable. FEMA distinguishes between repatriation of capital versus repatriation of current income such as dividends, interest, or rent. As a general rule, any dividend or interest earned in India by an NRI can be remitted abroad after paying due taxes, irrespective of whether the underlying investment was on a non-repatriation basis. RBI Master Circular confirms that authorised dealers may allow remittance of current income (like dividends, pension, interest, rent) from NRO accounts, subject to CA certification of taxes paid. This means an NRI who invested in shares under Schedule IV can still have the company declare dividends, and the NRI can get those dividends out of India without dipping into the $1M capital remittance limit. Likewise, interest on any NRO deposits of the sale proceeds is repatriable as current income. This provision is a relief because it allows NRIs/OCIs to enjoy returns on their investment globally, even though the principal stays locked.

To summarize, the inflow of funds for non-repatriable investments is flexible (NRE/FCNR/NRO all allowed), but the outflow of funds is tightly controlled. NRIs should channel the exit money into NRO and then plan systematic remittances of up to $1M a year unless they intend to reuse the funds in India. Many simply reinvest in India, treating it as part of their India portfolio.

“And That’s a Wrap… for Now!”

Congratulations! If you’ve made it this far, you’re officially a FEMA warrior—armed with the wisdom of Schedule IV and the art of non-repatriable investments. We’ve explored how NRIs and OCIs can invest in India like residents and enjoy the flexibility that even FDI can’t offer. But wait—what happens when it’s time to exit? Can you sell, transfer, or gift these investments? Will FEMA let you walk away freely, or will it make you fill out just one more RBI form?

All this (and more!) is in Part 2, where we unlock the secrets of transfers, repatriation limits, downstream investments, and compliance puzzles. Stay tuned—because just like FEMA regulations, this story isn’t over yet!

Allied Laws

52. Sunkari Tirumala Rao and Ors. vs. Penki Aruna Kumari

2025 LiveLaw (SC) 99

17th January, 2025

Partnership Firm — Unregistered — Suit instituted by partners for recovery of money from another partner — Suit not maintainable — Registration of Partnership firm compulsory — Mandatory provision. [S. 69, Partnership Act, 1932].

FACTS

The Petitioners (Original Plaintiffs) had instituted a suit for recovery of money in their capacity as the partners of an unregistered partnership firm against the Respondent (Original Defendant), who was also a partner of the said unregistered firm. The Respondent had challenged the maintainability of the said suit on the ground that, as per section 69 of the Partnership Act, 1932 (Act), no suit can be filed by a partner of an unregistered firm. However, the learned Trial Court held that since the partnership firm had not commenced business, the Petitioners were entitled to file a suit for recovery of money under section 69 of the Act. In the revision proceedings before the Hon’ble Andhra Pradesh High Court at Amravati, the Hon’ble Court held that the provisions of section 69 are mandatory in nature, and a suit can only be filed by partners of a registered partnership firm.

Aggrieved, a special leave petition was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court after relying on its earlier decision in the case of Seth Loonkaran Sethiya and Others vs. Mr. Ivan E. John and Others (1977) 1 SCC 379, along with other decisions, reiterated that provisions of section 69 are mandatory in nature and also apply to unregistered partnership firms that have not commenced their business. The Petition was, therefore, dismissed, and the order of the Hon’ble High Court was upheld.

53. Surendra G. Shankar and Anr. vs. Esque Finamark Pvt. Ltd. and Ors.

Civil Appeal No. 928 of 2025 (SC)

22nd January, 2025

Condonation of delay — Appeal — Appellate Court restricted to adjudicate the matter only on the delay aspect — Cannot adjudicate on merits.

FACTS

The Appellants had filed a complaint before the Maharashtra Real Estate Regulatory Authority (RERA) for possession of a flat. The said complaint was filed against the Respondent and one M/s. Macrotech Developers Ltd. (Respondent No. 2). Thereafter, Respondent No. 2 was discharged from the proceedings vide order dated 23rd July, 2019 citing no privity of contract between the Appellant and Macrotech Developers Ltd (Respondent No. 2). Thereafter, a final order was passed on 16th October, 2019 dismissing the complaint of the Appellant. Aggrieved, an appeal was preferred before the RERA Tribunal against the order dated 16th October, 2019. The Appellant also appealed against the order of the RERA dated 23rd July, 2019 (wherein Respondent No. 2 was discharged) along with an application for condonation of delay. However, the RERA Tribunal dismissed the delayed appeal. Thereafter, the appellants filed a second appeal before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court. The Hon’ble Bombay High Court condoned the delay and thereafter proceeded to decide the issue on merits, resulting in the dismissal of the appeal.

Aggrieved, an appeal was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that once the Hon’ble High Court had condoned the delay of the Appellant, it ought to have restored the matter back to the file of the RERA Tribunal since the scope of appeal was limited to the condonation of delay. This was further strengthened by the fact that the RERA Tribunal had not commented / adjudicated on merits. Therefore, the decision of the Hon’ble High Court was set aside, and the matter was restored to the file of the RERA Tribunal with a direction to decide the appeal on merits without being prejudiced by the observations made by the Hon’ble High Court. The appeal was, therefore, allowed.

54. Central Bank of India vs. Smt. Prabha Jain and Ors.

2025 LiveLaw (SC) 103

9th January, 2025

Suit Property — Possession Debt Recovery Tribunal — Powers / jurisdiction — Possession can be given only to the borrower or possessor. [S. 17, 34, Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Act, 2002; Order VII, Rule 11, Code for Civil Procedure, 1908.].

FACTS

Respondent No. 1 (Ms. Prabha Jain, Original Plaintiff) had instituted a suit for possession of the suit property. According to Ms. Prabha Jain, she had inherited a 1/3rd share in the suit property after the death of her husband in 2008. However, the suit property was illegally sold by one Mr. Sumer Chand Jain (brother of the deceased husband, Appellant / Original Defendant) to one Mr. Parmeshwar Das Prajapati (Appellant / Original Defendant). Thereafter, Mr. Parmeshwar Das Prajapati executed a mortgage deed in favour of Central Bank of India (Appellant-Bank) for obtaining a loan. Thereafter, the Appellant-Bank took over the possession of the suit property under section 13 of the Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security (SARFAESI) Act, 2002 and published an advertisement for putting the suit property on auction. Consequently, Ms. Prabha Jain filed a suit to declare the said sale deed by Sumer Chand Jain to Mr. Parmeshwar Das Prajapati as illegal and to hand over the possession of the suit property to her. The Appellant-Bank, however, challenged the maintainability of the said suit on the ground that as per section 34 of the SARFAESI Act, no civil court has the jurisdiction to entertain any suit or proceedings in respect of matter which Debts Recovery Tribunal (DRT) or the Appellate Tribunal is empowered to. The said contention of the Appellant-Bank was accepted by the learned Civil Court, which was, thereafter, reversed by the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court.

Aggrieved, an appeal was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court by the Appellant-Bank.

HELD

The Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court observed that the Original Plaintiff (Ms. Prabha Jain) had prayed for three reliefs before the learned Civil Court. The first two reliefs related to declaring the sale deed by Sumer Chand Jain to Parmeshwar Das Prajapati and the consequent mortgage deed in favour of Appellant-Bank as invalid. The third relief was with regard to handing over the possession of the suit property back to the Plaintiff. At the outset, the Hon’ble Court observed that the first two reliefs, undisputedly, were under the jurisdiction of a civil court and not under the DRT. With respect to the third relief, the Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that according to section 34 r.w.s. 17(3) of the SARFAESI Act, the DRT has some power to ‘restore’ the suit property to an individual who is a borrower or a possessor of the property. However, in order to ‘restore’ the suit property, Ms. Prabha Jain (Original Plaintiff) was neithera borrower nor a possessor of the suit property when the Appellant-Bank took over the possession of the property. Therefore, the Hon’ble Supreme Court confirmed that DRT had no jurisdiction to entertain the suit, and Ms. Prabha Jain had rightly instituted the suit before the civil court. The Hon’ble Supreme Court further noted that if a plaint/suit is filed before the civil court wherein, the Plaintiff has urged multiples reliefs (as in the present case), and if it is noticed that some of the reliefs are barred by law, then, the Civil Court cannot reject the entire plaint under Order VII, Rule 11 of the Code for Civil Procedure, 1908. In such a scenario, the Civil Court must address the issues / reliefs which are not barred by the law and avoid commenting on issues/reliefs which are barred by law. Before parting ways, the Hon’ble Court opined a need for the Reserve Bank of India to develop a standardised and practical framework for preparing title search reports (by the bank officials) before a loan has been sanctioned by the banks. Further, the Court opined that in the said framework, the liability of the erring bank official who had sanctioned the loan must also be determined.

The appeal was thus allowed.

55. Rakesh Brijal Jain vs. State of Maharashtra

CRA No. 379 of 2016 (Bom)(HC)

21st January, 2025

Offence of money laundering — Punishment for money — laundering — Allowing the Criminal Revision application the Court awarded exemplary cost ₹1 lakh each on complainant and Enforcement Director ( ED) for invoking criminal action and harassing the Developer with criminal action — Breach of agreement – Purchaser and Developer — Law Enforcement Agencies like ED should conduct themselves within parameters of law and that they cannot take law in to their own hands without application of mind and harass citizens. [S. 3, 4, Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002; Indian Penal Code 1860, S. 120B, 406, 418, 420]

FACTS

The police station forwarded the charge sheet to the Enforcement Director (ED). The ED lodged a criminal case against a developer. Criminal Revision Application was filed challenging the legality and validity of the order dated August 08, 2014, issuing process passed by the learned Special Judge, Mumbai under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002. The Criminal Revision Application sought setting aside of the order, principally on the ground that prima facie no offence whatsoever was made out under Sections 406, 418, 420 read with 120B Indian Penal Code, 1860.

HELD

Allowing the petition, the Court held that a mere breach of promise, agreement or contract does not, ipso facto, constitute an offence of criminal breach of trust without there being a clear case of entrustment. Clearly, the allegation / charge under Section 406 of the IPC has no basis. Once it is established that there is no cheating involved under the IPC then there are no proceeds of crime involved under Section 2(1)(u) of PMLA and therefore there is no Money Laundering involved under Section 3 of PMLA in the present case prosecution. ED has not made out any case whatsoever for proceeding against the Applicants before the Court under the PMLA or even under IPC. At the highest, if the complainant is aggrieved due to delay in receiving possession, his remedy lies in a Civil Court under the Sale Agreement, which he has already invoked. No offense of cheating or Money Laundering exists qua the prosecution, and ED has not made out any case whatsoever for proceeding against the Applicants before the Court under the PMLA or even under IPC. ED has supported the complainant’s false case without application of mind or without going through the record delineated hereinabove. The attachment of the two flats and garage purchased by the Applicant is cancelled.

56. Tomorrowland Limited vs. Housing and Urban Development Corporation Limited and Another

2025 LiveLaw (SC) 205

13th February, 2025

Director’s Responsibility — Dishonour of Cheque — Twin conditions — in charge and responsible of management of company. [S. 141, Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881]

FACTS

The case involves a contractual dispute between the Appellant and Respondent regarding the allotment of land for a 5-star hotel at Andrew’s Ganj, New Delhi. In 1990, the Ministry of Urban Development (MUD) decided to develop a 71-acre land parcel in Andrew’s Ganj through HUDCO. HUDCO invited bids, including for a 99-year lease of land to develop a 5-star hotel and an adjacent car park. Tomorrowland emerged as the highest bidder and was issued an allotment letter. Disputes arose between the Tomorrow land (Appellant) and HUDCO (Respondent).

A complaint was lodged against the Appellant and the company’s directors regarding the dishonour of a cheque under the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. Seeking to have the complaint quashed, the Appellant approached the High Court, arguing that the said-director had no role in the company’s daily operations and was not a signatory to the cheque in question. However, the High Court declined to intervene, ruling that the matter required further examination. Consequently, the appeal was dismissed, and the Court imposed a monetary cost on the Appellant. Dissatisfied with this decision, the Appellant filed the present appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

It was inter alia held that, there are twin requirements under sub-Section (1) of Section 141 of the 1881 Act. In the complaint, it must be alleged that the person who is sought to be held liable by virtue of vicarious liability, at the time when the offence was committed, was in charge of and was responsible to the company for the conduct of the business of the company. A Director who is in charge of the company and a Director who was responsible to the company for the conduct of the business are two different aspects. The requirement of law is that both the ingredients of sub-Section (1) of Section 141 of the 1881 Act must be incorporated in the complaint.

Appeal was allowed.

Learning Events at BCAS

LEARNING EVENTS AT BCAS

1. The webinar on “The (AI)mazing Future of CA Services: Guide to AI & Chat GPT Implementation” conducted by the Technology Initiatives Committee was held on 17th February, 2024, in Online Mode.

The webinar was conducted to provide Chartered Accountants and their teams with invaluable insights into the successful integration of AI in accounting, data analysis, auditing and more.

It began with CA Dungarchand C Jain explaining to the participants the features of ChatGPT — how it works, comparative analysis of GPT-3.5 (free) and GPT-4 (paid) versions, etc. He also explained the limitations of ChatGPT, how to write prompts and additional plugins. The live demonstration of queries posted to ChatGPT and how it could be used for day-to-day operations by a CA firm was well appreciated by the participants.

In the second part, CA Nikunj Shah explained the use of ChatGPT for data analysis, including, trend identification, and anomaly detection, to derive actionable insights from financial data. He further emphasised that AI-driven audit technologies can automate compliance checks, identify potential risks and enhance the accuracy and reliability of audit procedures.

Both the speakers are members of the Technology Initiatives Committee.

The webinar had 235+ participants from more than 40 cities. The webinar ended with a well-deserved vote of thanks to the speakers and all the participants.

2. The workshop on “GST Skilling up – Writing, Responding and Representing” was held on 9th and 16th February, 2024 @ BCAS.

An impressive two-and-a-half-day physical workshop with faculties CA Raman Jokhakar and CA Tejal Mehta was designed to provide practical experience in drafting and representation skills. There were about 35 participants.

The speakers explained how to draft letters / replies / emails in short without using long sentences and being repetitive and using plain and simple language so that what is desired to be conveyed is properly conveyed. They also explained to the participants the dos and don’ts of appearing before a Revenue Officer and how to make their representation impactful.

It also included a mock Role Play where the participants were required to prepare a reply to a Show Cause Notice / ASMT-10 notice and represent their case before a Revenue Officer. At the end of this, the mistakes or shortcomings in their drafting / representation were explained, and how best they could have been avoided.

The participants were issued a Certificate for participating in the workshop.

The faculties were ably supported by CA Vikram Mehta and Shannel Jacinto.

3. Indirect Tax Study Circle Meeting on “GST Case Studies on Place of Supply” was held on 15th February, 2024, in Online Mode.

Group leader CA Rishabh Mishra dealt with the case studies and gave a presentation covering various issues and challenges faced by taxpayers in regard to the Place of Supply under the GST law and was guided by Group Mentor CA Jigar Doshi. The case studies covered the following aspects for a detailed discussion on the place of supply:

  • Separate contracts for the supply of materials and supply of allied services like transportation, insurance, etc., including issues due to cross-fall breach clauses.
  • Testing services in relation to goods sent to India by overseas entities with options of sending the goods back or kept in India. Testing of pre-designed software for holding co. was also discussed.
  • Services of soliciting subscribers to the issue of securities by overseas managers for Indian entities.
  • Place of supply in relation to immovable property in India to a service recipient outside India for the development of 3D models.
  • Turnkey project for design, development, construction, supply, and installation of plant, machines, solar power, packing lines, residential quarters, canteen, guest house, etc.
  • Services of conducting a market survey, assistance in marketing events, advertising policy, appointment of distributors, etc., on cost-plus basis by an Indian Subsidiary to a Foreign Holding company.
  • Works contract services provided by an Indian entity to a foreign entity in a foreign land through outsourcing to another Indian entity with the foreign branch.

4. Felicitation of Young CAs of November 2023 Examination & Fireside Chat on the topic “Get Future Ready” was held on 20th January, 2024, at the BCAS Hall by the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development (SPR&MD) Committee.

A special event was organised for the freshly qualified Chartered Accountants of the November 2023 examination under the aegis of the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development (SPR&MD) Committee. The event attracted a full house of 150 participants.

The evening commenced with the esteemed speakers addressing the young champions on the subject, ‘Get Future Ready’. The first speaker, Past President of the BCAS, CA Ameet Patel candidly shared his views on a wide range of subjects — how to find the right fit in the initial years, the steps one can take to build on and solidify one’s repertoire, how it’s ok to change tracks if things are not working out, the very critical role that BCAS can play in shaping one’s future, and the importance of networking, developing a hobby, cultivating a passion, etc.

The second speaker, Ms. Dipika Singh spoke about the significance of investing in oneself, owning the room, projecting the right body language, radiating confidence, creating interesting content and posting it on the right platforms, getting noticed in a crowd and creating and nurturing a brand within oneself.

This was then followed by an interesting round of floor questions for both speakers. The evening ended with the felicitation ceremony. Labdhi Sanghvi securing All India Rank 47 was the first to be felicitated and was then invited to share his thoughts. The event showcased the vibrancy of the participants, many of whom showed great interest in signing up to be members of the BCAS.

Link to access the session: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U4jUpZ0X4OY&t=870s

5. Full Day Seminar on “Charitable Trusts – A Tax, Regulatory & Management Perspective” held on Friday, 19th January, 2024 @ BCAS

The successful full-day event commenced with a compelling keynote address by Shri C V Pavana Kumar, CIT (Exemptions) Mumbai, setting the tone for the day by addressing the pivotal role of Charitable Trusts in India in societal development, the Department’s technology and tax initiatives, the relevance and context of the recent changes in the tax regime relating to Charitable Trusts, and the importance of navigating the associated challenges by learned professionals and assessee.

It was followed by a power-packed Panel Discussion by CA Anil Sathe, and Mr. Noshir Dadrawala, CA (Dr.) Gautam Shah, moderated by CA Gaurav Save. The session not only provided a practical approach to the Litigation issues regarding Charitable / religious Trusts, but also provided a comprehensive overview of common errors encountered in ITR-7 filings and shed light on challenges pertaining to sections 10B, 10BB and FCRA compliance.

Thereafter, CA Suresh Kejriwal took the participants through the recent amendments to the Foreign Contribution Regulations Act, posing additional cautious compliance responsibilities.

CA (Dr.) Gautam Shah enlightened the gathering about the procedural requirements under the Maharashtra Public Charitable Trusts law and also talked about patiently dealing with the Charity Commissioner’s office.

The participants also benefitted from a comprehensive presentation on the emerging concept of Social Stock Exchange by Mr. Hemant Gupta. He discussed the nitty-gritty, emphasising how this platform can be a game-changer for charitable organizations, providing a new dimension to fundraising and visibility.

The same was followed by an enriching session by Mr. Noshir Dadrawala on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) compliance. He coined the mantra “Comply Strictly (by) Rules”, emphasising compliance with CSR provisions and highlighting the far-reaching implications of non-compliance.

The event concluded with an informative presentation by CA Deven B Shah on the maintenance of Books of Accounts by Charitable Organizations in accordance with Rule 17AA of Income Tax Rules, well-equipping the participants with the vital, differentiating aspects thereof.

Each session suitably dealt with and addressed the queries of the participants.

This event was a collaborative effort to empower the charitable sector, offering a holistic perspective on navigating the legal, tax and management intricacies associated with Charitable Organizations in India. We extend our gratitude to all participants, speakers and organizers for contributing to the success of this enriching and informative day.

6. Corporate & Commercial Law Study Circle Meeting “SBO and Demat of securities – Need of the hour” was held on 16th January, 2024, in Online Mode.

Speaker CS Sudhakar Saraswatula addressed the participants on the provisions relating to Significant Beneficial Ownership, as have been notified for Limited Liability Partnerships. He further discussed the inception and rationale behind the SBO provisions and the compliance requirements thereof. Certain challenges faced in the implementation of SBO provisions and its practical approach were also shared.

The discussion further shaped to how private companies other than small companies are also now mandated with the compulsory dematerialisation of securities within the given time frame, along with other related matters such as the holding of securities by the promoters of / issue of securities by unlisted public companies, conversion of share warrants held in physical form, action points for demat of securities by private companies as well as security holders and penal provisions for non-compliance.

7. आDaan-प्रDaan (Season 3) — “Speed mentoring program for Chartered Accountants” was held by the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development (SPR&MD) Committee in Online Mode.

Conducted during November and December, the program provided a platform for invaluable guidance and support from 25 mentors, where an impressive 28 mentees engaged in the first round of season 3 — with 17 hailing from 10 different states across India, showcasing the program’s ability to transcend geographical boundaries and empower CAs nationwide.

Throughout the sessions, mentees delved into various aspects of professional life, seeking insights on practice management, people management, growth strategies, guidance for changing careers, essential skill acquisitions, etc. Mentors, drawn from a rich tapestry of practicing Chartered Accountants and industry stalwarts, offered guidance tailored to the mentees’ aspirations and challenges, enabling mentees to navigate critical decision points with confidence and clarity.

The heartwarming display of gratitude through generous donations to the BCAS Foundation by the mentees exemplified the tradition of Guru Dakshina, reinforcing the bond between mentors and mentees in the CA community.

With heartfelt appreciation extended to all participants and mentors, the ‘आDaan-प्रDaan’ initiative continues to pave the way for growth, excellence and collaboration within the profession. The Committee is planning to conduct the second round of season 3 shortly.

Miscellanea

1. TECHNOLOGY

Google joins mission to map methane from space

Tech giant Google is backing a satellite project due to launch in March which will collect data about methane levels around the world. The new satellite will orbit 300 miles around the Earth, 15 times per day. Methane gas is believed by scientists to be a major contributor to global warming because it traps heat.

A lot of methane is produced by farming and waste disposal, but the Google project will focus on methane emissions at oil and gas plants. Firms extracting oil and gas regularly burn or vent methane.

The new project is a collaboration between Google and the Environmental Defense Fund, a non-profit global climate group. The data captured by the satellite will be processed by the tech giant’s artificial intelligence tools and used to generate a methane map aimed at identifying methane leaks on oil and gas infrastructure around the world. But the firm said if it identified a significant leak it would not specifically notify the company which owned the infrastructure responsible for it.

“Our job is to make information available,” it said, adding that “governments and regulators would be among those with access to it and it would be for them to force any changes.” There is no international rule on controlling methane emissions. The EU has agreed to a set of proposals aimed at reducing them, which includes forcing oil and gas operators to repair leaks. In the coal sector, flaring will be banned in member states from 2025.

Google’s map, which will be published on its Earth Engine, will not be in real-time, with data sent back from the satellite every few weeks. In 2017, the European Space Agency launched a similar satellite instrument called Tropomi, which charts the presence of trace gases in the atmosphere, including methane.

It was a mission with a minimum seven-year life span, which means it could end this year. Carbon Mapper,
which uses Tropomi data, released a report in 2022 indicating that the biggest methane plumes were seen in Turkmenistan, Russia, and the US – but cloud cover meant the data did not include Canada or China.

Google said it hoped its project would “fill gaps between existing tools”. Despite various tracking efforts, methane levels remain concerningly high. NASA says levels of the gas have more than doubled in the last 200 years, and that 60 per cent of it is created by human activity.

A major contributor to that percentage is livestock: specifically, cows. Because of the way they digest their food, cow burps and farts contain methane. In 2020, the US Environmental Protection Agency published a report that said a single cow could produce 154-264 pounds of methane gas every year. It added that there were believed to be about 1.5 billion cows raised for their meat worldwide.

“Satellites are great for finding the really big, massive culprits” of methane emissions, said Peter Thorne, professor of physical geography at Maynooth University in Ireland. But detecting more diffuse methane sources, such as those emanating from agriculture, is more difficult, he added.

(Source: bbc.com dated 15th February, 2024)

US FCC makes AI-generated robocalls illegal

The federal agency that regulates communication in the US has made robocalls that use AI-generated voices illegal. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) announced the move, saying it will take effect immediately.

It gives the state power to prosecute any bad actors behind these calls, the FCC said.

It comes amid a rise in robocalls that have mimicked the voices of celebrities and political candidates. “Bad actors are using AI-generated voices in unsolicited robocalls to extort vulnerable family members, imitate celebrities, and misinform voters,” said FCC chairwoman Jessica Rosenworcel.

“We’re putting the fraudsters behind these robocalls on notice.” The move comes on the heels of an incident last month in which voters in New Hampshire received robocalls impersonating US President Joe Biden ahead of the state’s presidential primary.

The calls encouraged voters not to cast ballots in the primary. An estimated 5,000 to 25,000 were placed. New Hampshire’s attorney general said the calls were linked to two companies in Texas and that a criminal investigation is underway.

The FCC said these calls have the potential to confuse consumers with misinformation by imitating public figures, and in some instances, close family members. The agency added that, while state attorneys general can prosecute companies and individuals behind these calls for crimes like scams or fraud, this latest action makes the use of AI-generated voices in these calls itself illegal.

Deepfakes — which use AI to make video or audio of someone by manipulating their face, body, or voice — have emerged as a major concern around the world at a time when major elections are, or will soon, be underway in countries like the US, UK, and India.

(Source: bbc.com dated 8th February, 2024)

2. ENVIRONMENT

Climate change: Polar bears face starvation threat as ice melts

Some polar bears face starvation as the Arctic Sea ice melts because they are unable to adapt their diets to living on land, scientists have found. The iconic Arctic species normally feed on ringed seals that they catch on ice floes offshore. But as the ice disappears in a warming world, many bears are spending greater amounts of time on shore, eating bird eggs, berries, and grass. However, the animals rapidly lose weight on land, increasing the risk of death.

The polar bear has become the poster child for the growing threat of climate change in the Arctic, but the reality of the impact on this species is complicated. While the number of bears plummeted up to the 1980s, this was mainly due to unsustainable hunting. With greater legal protection, polar bear numbers have risen. But increasing global temperatures are now seen as their biggest threat.

That’s because the frozen Arctic seas are key to their survival. The animals use the sea ice as a platform to hunt ringed seals, which have high concentrations of fat, mostly in late spring and early summer. But during the warmer months, many parts of the Arctic are now increasingly ice-free.

In Western Manitoba where this study was carried out, the ice-free period has increased by three weeks between 1979 and 2015. To understand how the animals survive as the ice disappears, researchers followed the activities of 20 polar bears during the summer months over a three-year period. As well as taking blood samples, and weighing the bears, the animals were fitted with GPS-equipped video camera collars. This allowed the scientists to record the animals’ movements, their activities, and what they ate.

In the ice-free summer months, the bears adopted different strategies to survive, with some essentially resting and conserving their energy. The majority tried to forage for vegetation or berries or swam to see if they could find food. Both approaches failed, with 19 of the 20 bears in the study losing body mass, by up to 11 per cent in some cases. On average, they lost one kilogram per day.

(Source: bbc.com dated 13th February, 2024)

Regulatory Referencer

I. COMPANIES ACT, 2013

1. Notification of norms regarding the listing of equity shares in IFSC by public companies: MCA has notified the Companies (Listing of equity shares in permissible jurisdictions) Rules, 2024. These rules shall apply to unlisted public companies or listed public companies, which issue their securities for listing on permitted stock exchanges in permissible jurisdictions (i.e., IFSC). Permitted exchanges mean India International Exchange and NSE International Exchange. Further, MCA has specified certain companies which shall not be eligible under these rules like Nidhi companies or companies limited by Guarantee. [Notification No. G.S.R. 61(E), dated 24th January, 2024]

II. SEBI

2. AIF norms related to demat holding and appointment of custodian modified: SEBI has modified the Alternative Investment Norms. An amendment has been made in Regulations 15 & 20. A new clause has been added in Regulation 15 which provides the list of situations where an AIF can hold the investment in a non-dematerialised form. This includes investments in instruments and liquidation schemes of AIFs that are not eligible for demat. Further, the norms related to the appointment of custodians have also been modified. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2024/163, dated 5th January, 2024]

3. AIF norms modified to align the same with amended PMLA rules: The Government has amended the Prevention of Money Laundering (Maintenance of Records) Rules, 2005 whereby the threshold limit for determining the beneficial ownership has been revised. Accordingly, the respective changes have been made in the master circular on AIFs. Further, in case an investor who has already been on-boarded to the AIF scheme, doesn’t meet the revised condition, the manager of AIF shall not draw down any further capital contribution until the investor meets the condition. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/POD1/CIR/2024/2, dated 11th January, 2024]

4. Proposal to float the framework for voluntary freezing/blocking the online access of the trading account: It was noticed that many investors raised issues of suspicious activities in their trading accounts. Therefore, SEBI decided to float the framework for Trading Members to provide the facility of voluntary freezing/blocking the online access of the trading account to their clients on account of suspicious activities on or before 1st April, 2024. It is to be noted that a similar facility of voluntary blocking/ freezing of demat accounts is already available for investors. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/POD-1/P/CIR/2024/4, dated 12th January, 2024]

5. Detailed guidelines regarding holding of investment in demat and appointment of a custodian by an AIF, issued: Earlier, SEBI had notified certain amendments to the AIF regulations. In this regard, the SEBI further specifies that any investment made by an AIF on or after 1st October, 2024 shall be held in demat form only, irrespective of whether an investment is made directly in the investee company or is acquired from another entity. Further, the norms regarding the appointment of a custodian have also been specified. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/POD/CIR/2024/5, dated 12th January, 2024]

6. Promoters can offer shares to employees in an ‘Offer for Sale ‘through the Stock Exchange Mechanism: As per the extant procedure, an offer for sale (OFS) to employees of the eligible company is happening outside the stock exchange (SE) mechanism. SEBI observed that said procedure is time-consuming & involves additional costs, therefore, it has now decided that the promoters can also offer the shares to employees in OFS through the SE Mechanism. The procedure for OFS to employees through the SE Mechanism is an additional option to the existing procedure of OFS to employees [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MRD/MRD-POD-3/P/CIR/2024/6, dated 23rd January, 2024]

7. Regulatory reporting by Designated Depository Participants (DDPs) and Custodians through SI Portal: The SEBI has reviewed various reports submitted by DDPs and Custodians in order to have uniform compliance standards. Subsequent to the review, SEBI has decided that the reports shall now be submitted on the SEBI Intermediary Portal (SI Portal) by DDPs and Custodians. Such reports include Annual audit reports on internal controls of DDPs, Annual review reports of the systems, procedures & controls of the Custodian, etc. This circular shall be effective from the month ending February 2024. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/ AFD-SEC-2/P/CIR/2024/8, dated 25th January, 2024]

8. Extension of timeline for complying with provisions relating to verification of market rumours by listed entities: As per Regulation 30(11) of LODR norms, the top 100 listed entities and thereafter, the top 250 listed entities by Market-Cap are required to verify/confirm/deny or clarify market rumours from the date specified by SEBI. In September 2023, SEBI, through a Circular specified 1st February, 2024 as the effective date for the top 100 listed entities and 1st August, 2024 as the effective date for the next top 250 entities. Now, the dates have been extended to 1st June, 2024 for the top 100 listed entities and 1st December, 2024 for the next top 250 listed entities. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-POD-2/P/CIR/2024/7, dated 25th January, 2024]

9. Short-selling by all investors: The Securities and Exchange Board of India has issued a circular which allows investors across all categories short-selling, but naked short-selling will not be permitted. Further, all stocks that trade in the futures and options segment are eligible for short-selling. “Short selling” means selling a stock that the seller does not own at the time of trade. Further, institutional investors will not be allowed to do day trading. [SEBI/HO/MRD/MRD-PoD-3/P/CIR/2024/1, dated 5th January, 2024]

DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Circular explaining the provisions of the Finance Act, 2023. [Circular No. 1 of 2024 dated 23rd January, 2024]

2. CBDT allows trusts / institutions to file audit report in correct Form 10B/10BB Form till 31st March, 2024: Form No. lOB/Form No. lOBB, being Audit report for Trusts were notified vide Notification No.7 of 2023 dated 21st February, 2023, and are applicable for assessment year 2023–24 and subsequent assessment years. Non-furnishing of audit report in the prescribed form 10B/10BB results in denial of exemption u/s 11 or 10(23C) as it is one of the conditions which is required to be satisfied for claim of exemption. It has come to the attention of the CBDT that in a number of cases trusts / institutions have furnished audit report in Form No. lOB, where Form No. 10BB was required to be furnished for the A.Y. 2023–24 and vice versa. CBDT has allowed those trusts / institutions which have furnished audit report on or before 31st October, 2023, in Form No. lOB where Form No. 10BB was applicable and vice-versa, to furnish the audit report in the applicable Form No. lOB/10BB for the assessment year 2023–24, on or before 31st March, 2024. [Circular No. 2 of 2024 dated 5th March, 2024]

3. Clarification on exemption eligibility of inter trust donations: Eligible donations made by a trust / institution to another trust / institution are treated as application for charitable or religious purposes only to the extent of 85 per cent of such donations. Concerns were raised about whether 15 per cent out of amount donated to other trust / institution would be taxable or would be eligible for 15 per cent accumulation since the funds would not be available for investment or application due to prior disbursement. CBDT has clarified that 15 per cent of such donations by the donor trust / institution shall not be required to be invested in specified modes under section 11(5) as the entire amount has been donated to the other trust / institution and is accordingly eligible for exemption. CBDT explained the operation of the exemption provision under different scenarios with a numerical illustration. [Circular No. 3 of 2024 dated 6th March, 2024]

4. Form ITR-6 notified for A.Y. 2024–25 — Income-tax (First Amendment) Rules, 2024. [Notification No. 16/ 2024 dated 24th January, 2024]

5. Central Government has notified that all the provisions of the Agreement between the Government of Republic of India and Government of Samoa for exchange of information with respect to taxes shall be given effect to in the Union of India. [Notification No. 21/ 2024 dated 7th February, 2024]

6. Form ITR-7 notified for A.Y. 2024–25 — Income-tax (Third Amendment) Rules, 2024. [Notification No. 24/ 2024 dated 1st March, 2024]

7. Income tax department has identified certain mismatches between the information received from third parties on interest and dividend income and income tax return filed. In order to reconcile the mismatch, on-screen functionality is made available in the compliance portal of the e-filing website. At present, information relating to mismatches for F.Y. 2021–22 and 2022–23 is displayed on the compliance portal. The on-screen functionality is self-contained and allows the tax payer to reconcile the mismatch on portal itself by furnishing their response. The tax payer who is unable to reconcile the mismatch may consider the option to file updated return. [Press release on Implementation of e-verification scheme, 2021, dated 26th February, 2024]

III. FEMA AND IFSCA REGULATIONS

1. Direct Listing of Equity Shares of Indian Companies on International Exchanges is now allowed

The FEMA Non-debt Instruments (NDI) Rules, 2019 have been amended to introduce the scheme for allowing direct listing of equity shares of companies incorporated in India on International Exchanges. This was in the pipeline for a few years. The enabling provisions under the Companies Act, 2013 were inserted in 2020 which came into effect from 30th October, 2023. Now, the scheme has been notified under the NDI Rules of FEMA as well to finally permit overseas listing. Simultaneously, the MCA has also notified the rules for the same. One special feature is that unlisted public companies which meet certain conditions are also allowed to list their equity shares on overseas exchanges. It should be noted that in this first phase, direct listing has been enabled at the GIFT-IFSC exchanges which will later be extended to overseas exchanges.

[Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Amendment Rules, 2024 issued by Ministry of Finance dated 24th January, 2024]

[Companies (Listing of equity shares in permissible jurisdictions) Rules, 2024 issued by Ministry of Corporate Affairs dated 24th January, 2024]

2. IFSCA notifies Regulations for Persons providing Payment Services

The IFSCA has notified the IFSCA (Payment Services) Regulations, 2024. These regulations provide a framework for all persons who seek to provide payment services in or from IFSC. It includes detailed guidelines regarding the conditions and requirements for such persons like the procedure for approval, legal form of entity, minimum net worth requirements, special categories of Payment Service providers & rules therefore, documentation & reporting requirements, etc.

[International Financial Services Centres Authority (Payment Services) Regulations, 2024 Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2024/001, dated 29th January, 2024]

Internal Peer Review (Health Check-Up)

Shrikrishna : Arjun, as usual, you are looking weary. What is the matter? Actually, this is your peaceful time. No serious deadlines now.

Arjun : Bhagwan, I agree; the pressure is a little less. My worry is about my health.

Shrikrishna : Why, are you not well?

Arjun : No, that way, everything is all right. But I did my annual health check-up last week.

Shrikrishna : All reports normal?

Arjun : Nothing very serious. But there is some ‘sugar’ found. And BP is also not very normal. The doctor said there’s nothing to worry. But he advised to start medication before it gets serious.

Shrikrishna : So, how many tablets did he prescribed?

Arjun : Four tablets, twice a day! Actually, our profession is so stressful that many of us are sailing in the same boat. Everyone is facing some kind of health issues or the other. Knee pain; insomnia, arthritis, spine problem, and what not!

Shrikrishna : Occupational hazards! Really serious.

Arjun : I don’t see an end to this problem. Helpless! More and more regulatory burdens, low fees, high risks, and no staff. There is a constant struggle for survival.

Shrikrishna : Arjun, I understand your plight. But there is certainly some remedy that can mitigate this problem, if not eliminate it.

Arjun : What is that? Give up practice?

Shrikrishna : No Parth. That cannot be a solution. What I am saying is that just as you do your annual health check-up; why can’t you do the health check-up of your working systems?

Arjun : What do you mean?

Shrikrishna : See, Arjun, your institute already has the peer review system in place. I believe it is mandatory to get your firm peer-reviewed before getting certain large audit assignments.

Arjun : Yes, doing audits of large institutions without your own peer review is a misconduct. Many CAs have taken it lightly and are facing disciplinary action.

Shrikrishna : That’s what I am saying.

Arjun : But getting oneself peer-reviewed is a task in itself.

Shrikrishna : So, why don’t you voluntarily go in for internal peer review? Some knowledgeable friend of yours can come and check your working systems on a regular basis.

Arjun : How exactly?

Shrikrishna : Whether you have firm policies as per SQC 1 i.e., Standard on Quality Control! Whether you have proper documentation to justify the work done by you! Whether you can give scores to your own firm as per the AQMM (Audit Quality Maturity Model). By interpreting the scores, you can decide at which level your firm is (Level 1 to 4). Also, see other regulatory aspects — record keeping, working papers, staff records, statutory compliances, staff training, and other systems.

Arjun : I agree. This will give early signals and reduce vulnerability. It will avoid last-minute running around.

Shrikrishna : It will also bring discipline in working. What you lack is the will-power to do things right.

Arjun : Yes, we do take all this very lightly. We are not pro-active and start digging a well when the house is on fire!

Shrikrishna : That’s it. If your professional stress is reduced, your health may improve.

Arjun : But where do you find such a knowledgeable peer?

Shrikrishna : If you look around, you will definitely find them. Interact with others during your seminars or in study circles and discuss from this angle. It is worth considering and implementing.

Arjun : Great idea! I will surely share this with others.

Thank you, Bhagwan.

! Om Shanti !

Note: This dialogue is based on the need for regular introspection and ‘health check-up’ of the profession.

Interesting Apps

All In One Calculator

This is a free, complete and easy-to-use multi-calculator and converter. Designed with simplicity in mind, it helps you solve everyday problems. From simple or complex calculations, to unit and currency conversions, percentages, proportions, areas, volumes, etc… it does it all. And it does it well!

It encompasses over 75 free calculators and unit converters packed in with a simple or scientific calculator. It is the only calculator you will ever need going forward from now on, on your device.

You may use it for simple or complex calculations and convert units or currencies in the same app. A scientific calculator is included along with editable input and cursor. You can see the calculation history at a glance. Algebra, Geometry, Unit Converters, Currency Converters, Loan and EMI calculators, Health Calculators, Age and Date / Time, Mileage, Ohm’s Law and much more are all included.

It is really an ‘All In One Calculator’ to take care of all your calculating needs. Try it out for free before you decide to buy it!

Charge Meter

This is a very simple app which allows you to identify the efficiency of the charging process on your phone. You can use it to identify the best charger and cable for your phone, check how fast your device is charging with different apps and know how long it takes to charge your phone and when it’s finished. With this app, you can measure the real capacity of your battery along with its temperature.

The premium version gives alerts on when to charge and when to turn off the charging and allows you picture-in-picture mode, home screen widgets and eliminates ads.
If you care for your battery health, Charge Meter is for you!

Tooly: Tiny Tools Collection

Tooly is a very useful app that contains a lot of beneficial features. Whether you are a student, teacher, developer or work in the office, Tooly is the most useful tool app for you. It offers text tools, calculation tools, colors tools , images and other offline tools to make your work easier and simpler.

Tooly consists of six sections, each one of them includes several tools as below :

Text tools: Provides you with a huge number of tools that help you with your texts. You can use stylish fonts to convert your text into a cool text with various types of styles. Additionally, there are multiple other tools including a variety kinds of tools that can change and enhance your text.

Image tools: Contains some helpful tools that can change the structure of your image’s structure. If you want to crop or resize your images or create a rounded photo, these are the tools for you.

Calculation tools: This section has a number of tools organised into five sections. You can use the algebra section to solve simple and complex mathematical calculations. You can use the geometry section to find any area, perimeter, or other shape-related information in 3D bodies or 2D shapes.

Unit converter: This section contains various units of measure, weight, temperature, etc.

Programming tools: This section enables you to create an organised page for your codes using development tools to be used by programmers for brief codes.

Colors tools: This tool provides you with several options to select and replicate colours.

Tooly gathers all these tiny tools you need in one place. A very helpful app for all your basic needs.

Wasavi: Auto Message Scheduler

 

This is a message scheduler which helps you schedule messages for WhatsApp, Viber, Signal and Facebook Messenger. You can automatically send messages with images, connect your chats to your Google Sheets or Cloud, Monitor Chat Groups for topics or follow specific friends, turn messages into tasks, notes and reminders all from your favourite Social Messenger App.

You can also auto-reply messages (including location-based auto-replies), auto-save messages as tasks or notes, schedule messages, follow chats for keywords, topics, links, emails, etc. or even send your WhatsApp messages to Google Sheets! You can even create broadcast lists for your clients.

A very useful scheduling App for daily use.

Allied Laws

50 Late Kalu Gapliya (Through Legal Heirs) vs. Seeta Nathu and others

AIR 2023 (NOC) 820 (MP)(HC)

Date of Order: 8th August, 2023

Evidence — Land Dispute — Ownership — Adoption Deed between Petitioner and father of Respondents — Thumb impression of Respondents suggesting consent — Denial — Application in Trial court for verification of thumb impression by expert – Rejection of application — Failure to show expert aware of thumb impression of Respondents as mandated — Thumb impression unique — Cannot be forged easily — Rejection of application erroneous. [S. 45, 47, Indian Evidence Act, 1872].

FACTS

The Petitioner and Respondent were involved in a legal dispute over land ownership. The Petitioner claimed that he had absolute ownership in the suit property and as such, the recordings of the Respondent’s name in the land revenue records were illegal. The Petitioner, in the Trial court, relied upon an adoption deed entered between him and the erstwhile owner of the suit property (father of Respondents) in order to prove absolute ownership of the suit property. The Petitioner further claimed that the adoption deed consisted of thumb impressions of the Respondents, indicating their consent to the adoption deed. The Respondents, however, in the trial court denied the existence of any such adoption deed and further maintained that they had not put any thumb impression on such alleged adoption deed. Thus, in order to prove the genuineness of the adoption deed, the Petitioner filed an application before the trial court under section 45 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (Evidence Act) for examination of the thumb impression of the Respondents. However, the Ld. Trial court rejected the application, citing the Petitioner’s failure to confirm whether the handwriting expert was familiar with the Respondent’s thumb impressions, as required by section 47 of the Evidence Act.

A Writ petition was filed before the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court (Indore Bench) challenging the said rejection.

HELD

The Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court observed that in order to verify the thumb impression of the Respondents and to prove the genuineness of the adoption deed thereof, it was necessary to appoint a handwriting expert. Relying on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Lachhmi Narain Singh (D) through Lrs and Ors vs. Sarjug Singh (Dead) through Lrs and Ors [AIR 2021 SC 3873], the Hon’ble High Court held that the reasoning given by the Ld. Trial court for rejection of the application of the Petitioner was misplaced. Further, since the thumb impression of every person is different, its forgery is nearly impossible. Thus, it was not necessary for a handwriting expert to be personally aware of the thumb impression of the Respondents. An examination of its correctness can be made regardless. Furthermore, the Hon’ble High court also noted that section 47 of the Evidence Act merely talks about relevancy and it does not control section 45 of the Evidence Act.

The application of the Petitioner before the Ld. Trial court was thus allowed.

51 Ghanshyam Gautam & Anr vs. Late Usha Rani (Through Legal Heirs)

SLP (Criminal) 3289 of 2018

Date of Order: 4th January, 2024

Negotiable Instrument — Conviction — Subsequent settlement between parties — Settlement Deed — Conviction order to be quashed. [S. 138, Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881].

FACTS

The Petitioner and Respondent were involved in a legal dispute which resulted in the conviction of the Petitioner and subsequent sentencing under section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (NI ACT) by the Hon’ble Himachal Pradesh High Court (Shimla Bench). The Petitioner filed an appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court. However, before the matter was called for hearing before the Hon’ble Court, the parties had already settled their dispute and filed their compromise deed. According to the compromise deed, the Respondent was to receive a stipulated amount as a full and final settlement and was to bear the fine which was imposed by the Ld. Trial court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held since the settlement had been reached between the parties and that the complainant (Respondent) had signed the deed accepting a particular amount in full and final settlement and the fine amount awarded by the Ld. Trial court, the proceedings under Section 138 of the NI Act needed to be quashed.

The appeal was allowed and the order of the Hon’ble Himachal Pradesh High Court was quashed.

52 Revanasiddappa & Anr vs. Mallikarjun & Ors. AIR 2023 Supreme Court 4707

Date of Order: 1st September, 2023

Succession — Children born out of void or voidable marriage — Illegitimacy — Rights in ancestral Property — Illegitimate children on par with legitimate children — Rights in self-acquired property as well as ancestral property — Illegitimate children not a coparcener in the Hindu Mitakshara Joint Family. [S. 11, 16, Hindu Marriage Act, 1955; S. 6, Hindu Succession Act, 1956].

FACTS

The Appellants are illegitimate children of one Shri Shivasharanappa. The Respondents are the first wife and children of Shri Shivasharanappa. The Respondents had filed a suit for partition alleging that the marriage between the first wife (i.e. the Respondent herself) and Shri Shivasharanappa was subsisting when Shri Shivasharanappa married the second wife (i.e. mother of Appellants). The Respondents thus, alleged that since the first marriage was subsisting at the time of the second marriage, the children born out of the second marriage are illegitimate and not entitled to share in the ancestral property. The Hon’ble Supreme Court opined that the matter be referred to a larger bench for consideration.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that an illegitimate child is entitled to both, self-acquired and ancestral property of parents, after ascertaining the rights of such parent as per the mandate prescribed under section 6 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956. However, such a child does not ipso facto become a coparcener in the Hindu Mitakshara Joint Family which is governed by Mitakshara Law.

53 Late Dhani Ram (Through Legal Heirs) vs. Shiv Singh

AIR 2023 Supreme Court 4787

Date of Order: 6th October, 2023

Will — Mere registration — Cannot dispel all suspicion to genuineness — Witnesses — Unable to confirm whether signed in presence of testatrix — Invalid Will. [S. 63, Indian Succession Act, 1925; S. 68, 71, Indian Evidence Act, 1872].

FACTS

One Mrs. Leela Devi, passed away on 10th December, 1987, with her husband already predeceased. Dhani Ram (Appellant), was Leela Devi’s brother’s son. He claimed ownership of the properties of Leela Devi after her death by relying on a registered Will. Shiv Singh (Respondent), was the son of the brother of the predeceased husband. The Respondent contested the genuineness of the said Will. The Ld. Trial court invalidated the said Will and granted the Respondent possession of the properties. In appeal, however, the Ld. District judge reversed the decision of the Ld. Trial court and validated the Will.

In the second appeal, filed by the Respondent, the Hon’ble Himachal Pradesh High Court again invalidated the Will and thereby, restored the decision of the Ld. Trial Court.

The Appellant filed an appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the attesting witnesses of the said Will did not fulfil the requirements stipulated under Section 63(c) of the Indian Succession Act, 1925 (ISA) to prove the genuineness and validity of the Will. Both witnesses failed to confirm that they signed the Will in the presence of the testatrix, a key requirement under Section 63(c) of the ISA. Moreover, one witness claimed that the testatrix had signed the Will in his presence, while the other denied the same. The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that the mere registration of a Will does prove its genuineness. Thus, the decision of the Hon’ble Himachal Pradesh High Court was upheld.

The appeal was thus dismissed.

54 Vikrant Kapila and Anr vs. Pankaja Panda and Ors

AIR 2023 Supreme Court 5579

Date of Order: 10th October, 2023

Succession — Testamentary or Intestate Succession — Alleged Will- Existence denied by contesting party — Genuineness of the Will not dealt with at Trial Stage- Straightway assumption of the Will to be genuine by Trial and High court, unacceptable — Remanded back to determine the genuineness of the alleged Will- Subsequently, Trial court to decide whether testamentary or intestate succession. [S. 63, Indian Succession Act, 1925; O. XII R. 6, O. XV R. 1,2 O. 8 R. 5, Code of Civil Procedure Code, 1908; S. 17, 58, 68, Indian Evidence Act, 1872].

FACTS

The Appellant and respondents were involved in a legal dispute over the partition of the suit property through inheritance. The suit property belonged to one Mrs. Sheila Kapila (Hindu woman), who died in the year 1999. The Appellant (grandson of the deceased) averred that the suit property must be divided as per the alleged Will. However, the Respondents (original plaintiff, grandson of the deceased) denied the existence of any such Will and averred that suit property must be divided as per intestate succession (i.e., the principle of devolution). The Ld. Trial court passed an order without conducting a proper trial. In appeal, the Hon’ble Delhi High Court confirmed the decision of the Ld. Trial court on the premise that the Will was genuine and was never contested.

On appeal to the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the order passed by the Ld. Trial court without conducting a proper trial to ascertain the genuineness of Will was unjustified. Further, the Hon’ble court observed that the Ld. Trial court could not have passed an order without conducting a proper trial by taking discretionary jurisdiction under Order XII, Rule 6, read with Order XV, Rule 1 of the Code for Civil Procedure, 1908. Thus, the Hon’ble Supreme Court stated that since there was no explicit admission by the parties contesting the matter regarding the existence of the will, the presumption of the will’s existence made in the order and confirmed by the Hon’ble Delhi High Court was deemed unlawful. The Hon’ble Supreme Court further noted that in order to constitute a valid admission, the same should be unconditional, unequivocal and unambiguous. The matter was thus, remanded back to the Ld. Trial court for fresh adjudication and the order of the Hon’ble High Court was set aside.

Direct Listing of Indian Companies On International Exchanges

INTRODUCTION

New-age Indian companies often had a grouse that they were unable to get a good valuation for certain sunrise sectors in the Indian capital markets. These companies were unable to list on foreign stock exchanges and the only option available for them was to use the ADR / GDR route where Depository Receipts were issued against the Indian shares and these Receipts were listed on stock exchanges in the USA, Singapore, Luxembourg, etc. However, this has not proved to be a very successful model.

Recognising this demand from several of India’s start-up companies, the Indian Government has now permitted Indian companies to directly list their equity shares on certain international stock exchanges. Thus, instead of issuing shares in Rupees, Indian companies can directly issue these in Dollars, Euros, etc. This has become possible due to the Gujarat International Financial Tec-City (“GIFT City”), International Financial Service Centre (IFSC). One of the most salient features of the GIFT City is that any entity set up here would be treated as a Person Resident outside India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999. Thus, while the GIFT City is physically located in India, it is for all regulatory purposes treated as a foreign territory. Let us understand how Indian companies can now directly list their securities on an international stock exchange.

ENABLING LEGISLATION

S.23(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 was amended to provide that a prescribed class of public companies may issue such class of securities and list them on permitted stock exchanges in permissible foreign jurisdictions as may be prescribed.

In 2021, the International Financial Services Centre Authority or IFSCA (the nodal regulatory authority for the GIFT City, IFSC) notified the International Financial Services Centres Authority (Issuance and Listing of Securities) Regulations, 2021 (“the IFSCA Regulations”). These Regulations govern an initial public offer of securities by an unlisted Indian company as well as a follow-on public offer of securities by a listed Indian company and their subsequent listing on a stock exchange located within the GIFT City IFSC.

Subsequent to this amendment to the Act, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs has notified the Companies (Listing of Equity Shares in Permissible Jurisdictions) Rules, 2024.

The Ministry of Finance has consequently, notified an amendment to the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 which contains the Direct Listing of Equity Shares of Companies Incorporated in India on International Exchanges Scheme (“the Scheme”). These two Rules put together contain the enabling mechanism for the direct listing of securities in permissible international exchanges.

WHO CAN LIST?

Public limited companies, whether listed or unlisted, are allowed to issue and list their shares on an international exchange. The current Rules only allow unlisted public Indian companies to list their shares on an international exchange. SEBI is in the process of issuing the operational guidelines for listed public Indian companies. Private limited companies are expressly prohibited from listing abroad.

WHAT IS THE ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA?

The Scheme provides that a public Indian company shall be eligible to issue equity shares in permissible jurisdiction, if

(a) the public Indian company, any of its promoters, promoter group or directors or selling shareholders are not debarred from accessing the capital market by the appropriate regulator;

(b) none of the promoters or directors of the public Indian company is a promoter or director of any other Indian company which is debarred from accessing the capital market by the appropriate regulator;

(c) the public Indian company or any of its promoters or directors is not a wilful defaulter;

(d) the public Indian company is not under inspection or investigation under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013;

(e) none of its promoters or directors is a fugitive economic offender.

WHO IS INELIGIBLE?

In addition, the Rules provide that the following companies would be ineligible:

(a) it is a section 8 company (i.e., a company operating as a charitable foundation) or it is a Nidhi company;

(b) it is a company limited by guarantee and also has share capital;

(c) it has outstanding public deposits;

(d) it has a negative net worth (paid-up share capital + free reserves + securities premium but excluding revaluation reserve, amalgamation reserve, depreciation write-back reserve);

(e) it has defaulted in payment of dues to any bank or public financial institution or non-convertible debenture holder or any other secured creditor or it has made good such default and a period of two years has not yet elapsed;

(f) an application for winding-up / corporate insolvency resolution process is pending;

(g) it has defaulted in filing its Annual Return under the Companies Act or filing its Accounts with the RoC.

ELIGIBLE JURISDICTIONS AND EXCHANGES

As of now, direct listing is only possible in the GIFT City and on any of two international exchanges which are operating within the GIFT City ~ India International Exchange, NSE / International Exchange. It is possible that with the passage of time, more jurisdictions / exchanges would be added. Both the aforesaid exchanges are international exchanges, i.e., shares are listed in terms of foreign currencies and not in INR terms. These international exchanges operate for 20 hours a day!

MECHANISM OF OFFERING

Eligible Indian public companies can make an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or an Offer for Sale (OFS) by its shareholders and get their shares listed on the above exchanges. Similarly, listed companies can make a Follow-On Public Offering (FPO) or an OFS. Listed companies for this purpose mean a company which has listed its equity shares and / or debt instruments on Indian stock exchanges. Hence, even debt-listed companies would be treated as listed companies. It may be noted that the Scheme seems to permit even Private Companies which are debt-listed to opt for direct listing but the Companies Act permits only Public Companies.

The IFSCA Regulations provide that an issuer shall be eligible to make an initial public offer only if:

(a) the issuer has an operating revenue of at least US$ 20 million in the preceding financial year; or

(b) the issuer has an average pre-tax profit, based on consolidated audited accounts, of at least US$ 1 million during the preceding 3 financial years; or

(c) any other eligibility criteria that may be specified by IFSCA.

The issue size shall not be less than USD 15 million or any other amount as may be specified by IFSCA.

In case of an offer for sale, the securities must have been held by the sellers for a period of at least 1 year prior to the date of filing of the draft offer document. Listed Indian companies may avail of a fast-track listing of their shares on the IFSC Stock Exchanges.

The issuer unlisted company must file a Prospectus in e-Form LEAP-1 within 7 days after the same has been finalised and filed with the international stock exchange. The Form will be required to be filed in the MCA-21 Registry electronically for record purposes.

The issuer company would be obliged to follow the Ind AS accounting standards.

The Indian company which issues and lists its equity shares on international exchange must also ensure compliance with other laws relating to the issuance of equity shares, including, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, the Depositories Act, 1996, the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, the Prevention of Money-laundering Act, 2002 and the Companies Act, 2013.

FEMA RESTRICTIONS

The direct listing by the Indian companies would be treated as raising of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in Non-Debt Instruments by the issuing Indian company. Hence, the following conditions apply:

  • It cannot be in companies operating in sectors where FDI is prohibited, e.g., tobacco / gambling;
  • It is only up to the sectoral caps, if any, prescribed for FDI, e.g., 49% for FM Radio companies;
  • If issued to a holder who is from a land border country (e.g., China) with India, then his investment would be subject to prior Government Approval;
  • Persons resident in India cannot invest in such securities listed on the international exchange since that would be a case of round-tripping. Thus, LRS would not be possible in direct listing cases;
  • Indian Mutual Funds are not eligible to invest in such direct listing;
  • Existing Indian shareholders can make an OFS of their existing shares under the direct listing scheme;
  • Eligible investors would be NRIs / OCIs / FPIs, etc.;
  • The issue would be counted towards the foreign holding in the issuer company since it is a form of FDI;
  • The Indian company may or may not opt for listing on the Indian exchanges. That is a choice which has been given to the issuer. It has the flexibility of raising both INR and foreign currency-denominated capital.

PRICING OF ISSUES

In the case of an FPO / OFS by an equity-listed company, the direct issue shall be at a price, not less than the price applicable in case of a preferential issue under the SEBI (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirement) Regulations. However, if it is an issue by an unlisted public company, the IPO / OFS shall be determined by a book-building process as permitted by the said International Exchange and shall not be less than the fair market value under the FEMA Rules / Regulations. The FEMA Regulations specify that an issue / transfer of shares shall be at a price not less than the fair market value arrived at on an arm’s length pricing on the basis of any internationally accepted valuation methodology. Hence, methods such as DCF, Earnings Multiple, P/E Multiple, Comparable Company, Net Asset Value, etc., may be considered.

TAXATION

Any transfer of prescribed securities by a non-resident on an international exchange located in the GIFT City is not regarded as a transfer u/s. 47 for the purposes of capital gains of the Income-tax Act. For this purpose, Notification No. S.O. 986(E) [NO. 16/2020/F.NO. 370142/22/2019-TPL], DATED 5-3-2020 as amended from time to time, has notified a foreign currency-denominated equity share of a company which is listed on a recognised stock exchange located in any IFSC. Thus, the transfer of such shares by a non-resident would not be subject to capital gains tax in India.

The Indian companies paying dividends on such shares would need to withhold tax at source at rates specified in Treaties or the Act.

CONCLUSION

Direct Listing without listing in India marks an exciting chapter in India’s capital markets. Only time will tell whether this Scheme is a success or does it turn out to be an also-ran like ADRs / GDRs. However, the Government has taken the right step by framing the enabling legislation and the ball is now in the court of the Indian entrepreneurs to seize this opportunity. Maybe as a second step, the floodgates to other exchanges could be opened up. This would be one more step towards full capital convertibility of the Indian Rupee.

Part A : Company Law

19 In the matter of M/S. BESTOW FINISHING SCHOOL PRIVATE LIMITED

REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES, PUNJAB AND CHANDIGARH

Adjudication Order No. ROC CHD/ADJ/682

Date of Order: 14th December, 2023

Adjudication Order for not consecutively numbering the pages of the minute book of the Company: Violation of provisions of Section 118 (1) of the Companies Act, 2013 (CA 2013) read with Secretarial Standard-1 (SS-1) issued by Institute of Company Secretaries (ICSI) on “Meetings of Board of Directors”.

FACTS

Registrar of Companies, Punjab and Chandigarh (‘ROC’) had made an inquiry under Section 206(4) of CA 2013 against M/s. BFSPL. During inquiry proceedings, it was found that the pages of the minutes’ book of the company produced/maintained by the company were not consecutively numbered.

Thereafter, ROC had issued Show Cause Notice (‘SCN’) for violation of section 118(1) of (CA 2013) read with Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Rules, 2014 to M/s. BFSPL and its directors. No reply or communication was received from M/s. BFSPL and its directors regarding making and maintaining minutes’ book without consecutive numbering of pages.

Further, on the request of M/s. BFSPL for making an oral submission before an Adjudication officer (‘AO’), Mr. SG, Director of M/s. BFSPL was given an opportunity to make an oral submission/representation either personally or through an authorized representative.

Mr. SG appeared and made the following oral submissions:-

i. that M/s. BFSPL is a non-working company and there is no instance of any type of sales/purchase or other activities in the company, there is no inventory or other business activities in the company and the directors have not performed any business since its incorporation,

ii. that they have not received the SCN as he was admitted to the hospital. So, during that time, the SCN might have reached his office,

iii. had agreed orally to pay the penalty if imposed.

Provisions of the Section 118(1) of the CA 2013 read as;

Every company shall cause minutes of the proceedings of every general meeting of any class of shareholders or creditors and every resolution passed by postal ballot and every meeting of its Board of Directors or of every committee of the Board, to be prepared and signed in such manner as may be prescribed and kept within thirty days of the conclusion of every such meeting concerned, or passing of resolution by postal ballot in books kept for that purpose with their pages consecutively numbered.

Whereas Section 118(11) of CA 2013 reads as;

If any default is made in complying with the provisions of this section in respect of any meeting, the company shall be liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of five thousand rupees.

HELD

AO after the examination and hearing, held that submission made by Mr. SG was not satisfactory as he has not furnished the proof of hospitalization. Therefore, it was concluded that M/s. BFSPL and its officers in default are liable for penalty as prescribed under Section 118(11) of the CA 2013 read with the Secretarial Standard-1 on meetings of Board of directors for not consecutively numbering the pages of the minutes’ book of M/s. BFSPL.

Accordingly, a penalty was imposed as prescribed under sub-section (11) of Section 118 of the CA 2013. The details of the penalty imposed on M/s BFSPL and officers in default is as under:

Nature of default Violation under CA 2013 Name of person on whom the penalty imposed Penalty imposed
(in
)
Final Penalty imposed i.e. 50 per cent as per Section 446B of CA 2013 being Small Company (in )
Not consecutively numbering the pages of the minutes’ book of Board Meeting Section 118 (1) On company 25,000 12,500
Mr. SG, Director 5,000 2,500
Mr. RA, Director 5,000 2,500

It was further directed that penalty imposed shall be paid through the Ministry of Corporate Affairs portal only.

Residential Status – Whether Employment Includes Self Employment

In the context of determination of the residential status of an individual, a question or dispute arises as to whether for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) section 6(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”), the term ‘employment’ in the phrase ‘for the purposes of employment outside India’ includes ‘self-employment’ or not.

In this article, we are discussing certain nuances relating to the above dispute.

A. BACKGROUND

Section 6(1) of the Act deals with the residential status of an individual and provides for alternative physical presence tests for residents in India.

Clause (a) of section 6(1) provides that an individual is said to be resident in India in any previous year if he is in India in that year for a period or periods amounting in all to 182 days or more.

Alternatively, clause (c) of section 6(1) provides that an individual is said to be resident in India in any previous year if he has, within 4 years preceding the relevant year, been in India for a period of 365 days or more and, is in India for a period or periods amounting in all to 60 days or more in the relevant year.

Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1) extends the period of 60 days to 182 days in case of a citizen of India who has left India in any previous year as a member of the crew of an Indian ship or for the purposes of ‘employment’ outside India.

It is pertinent to note that the original Explanation was inserted by the Finance Act, 1978, w.e.f. 1st April, 1979. At that time, the Explanation only covered a situation wherein a citizen of India was visiting India on a leave or vacation in the previous year and did not cover a situation where an Indian citizen left India for the purpose of employment outside India. The extension of the number of days from 60 to 182 for an Indian citizen leaving India for the purposes of ‘employment’ outside India was first introduced by substituting the Explanation vide the Finance Act, 1982 w.e.f. 1st April, 1982, wherein it now stated as follows:

(a) “Explanation.-In the case of an individual, being a citizen of India,-

Who leaves India in any previous year for the purposes of employment outside India, the provisions of sub-clause (c) shall apply in relation to that year as if for the words “sixty days”, occurring therein, the words “one hundred and eighty-two days” had been substituted;

(b) …”

The scope and effect of the above amendments were explained by the Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 1982, which provided as follows:

“33. Relaxation of tests of “residence” in India….

34….

35. With a view to avoiding hardship in the case of Indian citizens who are employed or engaged in avocations outside India, the Bill seeks to make the following modifications in the tests of “residence” in India: –

(i) ….

(ii)…

(iii) It is proposed to provide that where an individual who is a citizen of India leaves India in any year for the purposes of employment outside India, he will not be treated as a resident in India in that year unless he has been in India in that year for 182 days or more. The effect of this amendment will be that the “test” of residence in (c) above will stand modified to this extent in such cases.” (emphasis added)

Para 7.3 of the CBDT in Circular No. 346 dated 30th June, 1982 has also provided similar reasoning and is reproduced as under: “7.3 With a view to avoiding hardship in the case of Indian citizens, who are employed or engaged in other avocations outside India, the Finance Act has made the following modifications in the tests of residence in India:

1. The provision relating to the maintenance of a dwelling place coupled with a stay in India of 30 days or more referred to in (b) above has been omitted.

2. In the case of Indian citizens who come on a visit to India, the period of 60 days or more referred to in (c) above will be raised to 90 days or more.

3. Where an individual who is a citizen of India leaves India in any year for the purposes of employment outside India, he will not be treated as a resident in India in that year unless he has been in India in that year for 182 days or more. The effect of this amendment will be that the test of residence in (c) above will stand modified to that extent in such cases.”

The Direct Tax Laws (Second Amendment) Act, 1989 substituted the Explanation to section 6(1) w.e.f.
1st April, 1990. However, the language in the amended Explanation is the same as was introduced in 1982 and this limb of the Explanation relates to the substitution of 182 days in case of a citizen of India who has left India in any previous year for the purposes of ‘employment’ outside India, remained the same.

B. WHETHER THE TERM ‘EMPLOYMENT’ INCLUDES THE ‘SELF-EMPLOYMENT’

The moot point is what is meaning of the term ‘employment outside India’ is covered by Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1).

One view that the Assessing Officers (“AOs”) have been taking is that ‘employment outside India’ covered by the Explanation 1(a) does not include undertaking business by oneself and an assessee will be entitled to the benefit of the Explanation only if such assessee went outside India in the previous year to take up ‘employment’ and not for undertaking business. Under this view, a restrictive meaning is given to the term ‘employment’ to only cover a situation where an employer-employee relationship exists with terms of employment and not a broader meaning.

The other view which assessees have been contending is that the term ‘employment’ in the context of Explanation 1(a) includes self-employment and taking up and continuing business is also ‘employment’ for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1).

C. JUDICIAL PRECEDENTS

1. CIT vs O. Abdul Razak [2011] 198 Taxman 1 (Kerala)

In this case, the Kerala High Court relying upon the above Circular No. 346 dated 30th June, 1982, has interpreted the term ‘employment’ in wide terms. The relevant findings of the Kerala High Court are as under:

“Similarly the Central Board of Direct Taxes issued Circular No. 346, dated 30-6-1982, which reads as follows:

“7.3 With a view to avoiding hardship in the case of Indian citizens, who are employed or engaged in other avocations outside India, the Finance Act has made the following modifications in the tests of residence in India:

(i) & (ii) ******

(iii) Where an individual who is a citizen of India leaves India in any year for the purposes of employment outside India, he will not be treated as a resident in India in that year unless he has been in India in that year for 182 days or more. The effect of this amendment will be that the test of residence in (c) above will stand modified to that extent in such cases.”

7. What is clear from the above is that no technical meaning is intended for the word “employment” used in the Explanation. In our view, going abroad for the purpose of employment only means that the visit and stay abroad should not be for other purposes such as a tourist, or for medical treatment or for studies or the like. Going abroad for the purpose of employment therefore means going abroad to take up employment or any avocation as referred to in the Circular, which takes in self-employment like business or profession.

So much so, in our view, taking up their own business by the assessee abroad satisfies the condition of going abroad for the purpose of employment covered by Explanation (a) to section 6(1)(c) of the Act. Therefore, we hold that the Tribunal has rightly held that for the purpose of the Explanation, employment includes self-employment like business or profession taken up by the assessee abroad.”

Therefore, the Kerala High Court has held that:

a) No technical meaning is intended for the word “employment” used in Explanation 1(a);

b) Going abroad for the purpose of employment only means that the visit and stay abroad should not be for other purposes such as a tourist, for medical treatment, for studies or the like; and

c) Going abroad for the purpose of employment therefore means going abroad to take up employment or any avocation as referred to in the Circular, which takes in self-employment like business or profession.

2. K. Sambasiva Rao vs. ITO [2014] 42 taxmann.com 115 (Hyd — Trib.)

In this case, the ITAT Hyderabad referred to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CBDT vs. Aditya V. Birla [1988] 170 ITR 137 (SC) where in the context of section 80RRA, the SC considered that employment does not mean salaried employment but also includes self-employed/professional work. Further referring to the view expressed by the decision of the Kerala High Court in the case of CIT vs. O. Abdul Razak (supra) and also Circular No.346 of the CBDT, the ITAT held that the assessee’s earnings for consultancy fees from foreign enterprise and visit abroad for rendering consultancy can be considered for the purpose of examining whether the assessee is a resident or not.

3. ACIT vs. Jyotinder Singh Randhawa [2014] 46 taxmann.com 10 (Delhi — Trib.)

The ITAT Delhi, in this case, relating to a professional golfer, while deciding the issue in favour of the assessee held as under:

“7. We thus find that going abroad for the purpose of employment also means going abroad to take up employment or any avocation which takes in self-employment like business or profession. The facts of the present case suggest that the assessee was in self-employment being a professional golfer. We thus do not find reason to deviate from the finding of the Ld. CIT(A) which is based on the decision of the Hon’ble Kerala High Court in the case of O. Abdul Razak (supra) and others that the assessee being a professional golfer is a self-employed professional who carries his talent as a sportsperson by participating in golf tournaments conducted in various countries abroad. For such an Indian citizen in employment outside India the requirement for being treated as resident of India is his stay of 182 days in India in the previous year, as per Explanation (a) to section 6(1)(c) of the I.T. Act 1961.”

Thus, the ITAT Delhi also relying on the decision of the Kerala High Court has held that for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) of Section 6(1), employment would cover self-employed professionals.

4. ACIT vs. Col. Joginder Singh [2014] 45 taxmann.com 567 (Delhi — Trib.)

In this case of an assessee, a retired Government servant, providing consultancy services outside India, while deciding the issue in favour of the assessee, the ITAT Delhi held as follows:

“11. In view of the above, we are of the considered view that the Assessing Officer misinterpreted the provisions of section 6(1)(c) and Explanation (a) attached thereto. On the other hand, the Commissioner of Income Tax(A) rightly held that the assessee has to be treated as non-resident as per Explanation (a) attached to section 6(1)(c) of the Act. The Commissioner of Income Tax (A) also rightly held that in the case of the individual, a citizen of India who left India during the previous year for the purpose of employment outside India and in a peculiar circumstance, when his stay in India during the relevant period was only 68 days which is much less than the period of 182 days as per statutory provisions of the Act, then the assessee cannot be treated as resident of India and his status would be of non-resident Indian for the purpose of levying of tax as per provisions of the Act.”

Thus, in this case, going out of India for the purposes of providing consultancy services, has been considered to be eligible for the extended period of 182 days under Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1).

5. ACIT vs. Nishant Kanodia [2024] 158 taxmann.com 262 (Mumbai — Trib.)

In a recent decision of the ITAT-Mumbai the important facts were as follows:

a) The assessee stayed in India for 176 days and went to Mauritius during the year.

b) From the work permit issued by the Government of Mauritius, it was observed that the assessee went to Mauritius on an occupation permit to stay and work in Mauritius as an investor and not as an employee.

c) It was submitted by the assessee that he went to Mauritius for the purpose of employment, on the post of Strategist – Global Investment of the company (in which he held 100% of the shares) for a period of three years. Therefore, it was claimed that the assessee was a non-resident as per the provisions of section 6(1)(c) read with Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1).

d) The AO held that the assessee left India in the relevant financial year as an ‘Investor’ on a business visa which was usually taken by an investor and not by an employee who leaves India for employment and accordingly, the assessee was not entitled to take benefit of Explanation -1(a) to section 6(1). Therefore, the AO held the residential status of the assessee for the year under consideration to be ‘resident’ as per the provisions of clause (c) of section 6(1) and income received by the assessee from offshore jurisdiction was added to the total income of the assessee.

e) While admitting that the assessee had submitted an employment letter, the AO alleged that as the assessee held 100% of the shares of the employer company, it had considerable control over the affairs of the company and the appointment letter and salary slips submitted were self-serving documents, especially in view of the fact that the permit obtained in Mauritius was not for employment but for business/investor.

f) The Commissioner (Appeals) agreed with the submissions of the assessee and held that the assessee was away from India for the purpose of employment outside India and was accordingly entitled to take the benefit of Explanation -1(a) to section 6(1)(c).

g) On revenue’s appeal, the ITAT, relying on the decision of the Kerala High Court in case of CIT vs. O. Abdul Razak (supra), other ITAT decisions mentioned above and Circular 346 dated 30-6-1982, dismissed the appeal of the Revenue and held as follows:

“14. Therefore, even if the taxpayer has left India for the purpose of business or profession, in the aforesaid decisions, the same has been considered to be for the purpose of employment outside India under Explanation-1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act. Accordingly, even if it is accepted that the assessee went to Mauritius as an Investor in Firstland Holdings Ltd., Mauritius, in which he holds 100% shareholding, we are of the considered view that by applying the ratio of aforesaid decisions the assessee is entitled to claim the benefit of the extended period of 182 days, as provided in Explanation-1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act, for the determination of residential status. Since it is undisputed that the assessee has stayed in India only for a period of 176 days during the year, which is less than 182 days as provided in Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act, the assessee has rightly claimed to be a “Non-Resident” during the year for the purpose of the Act. Accordingly, we find no infirmity in the findings of the learned CIT(A) on this issue. As a result, the grounds raised by the Revenue are dismissed.”

D. IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS

From the above-mentioned judicial precedents, while taking into consideration ‘employment outside India’ and while considering the benefit of an extended period of 182 days as per Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act, the following important points should be kept in mind:

a) The visit and stay abroad should not be for other purposes such as a tourist, or for medical treatment or for studies or the like.

b) ‘Employment’ would include self-employment i.e. acting as Consultant, leaving India for the purpose of business or profession including professional activities of a sportsman, carrying on activities of an investor etc.

c) The status in the Occupation Permit of being an ‘investor’ or not having a permit for employment in a country outside India or having a business visa instead of employment visa, may not be relevant considerations for this purpose. However, depending on the facts of the case, the type of visa obtained may also have persuasive value in the intention of the assessee to stay for a longer duration outside India.

E. OTHER VIEW

There is another point of view, according to which the difference between ‘Employment’ and ‘Business or Profession’ is well known and therefore ‘employment’ should not include ‘self-employment’ i.e. business or professions.

The CBDT Circular cannot travel beyond the scope of section 6 which mentions ‘employment’ and includes in its ambit ‘avocations’, which in turn has been relied upon by the Kerala High Court and ITAT benches.

Interestingly, while the section refers only to ‘employment’, the Memorandum to the Finance Bill as well as the CBDT Circular clearly states that the amendment is seeking to avoid hardship to Indian citizens employed or engaged in other avocations outside India. In our view, given the intention of the legislature to provide the benefit to a person who leaves India permanently or for a long duration, which is clear in the Memorandum to the Finance Bill and the CBDT Circular, this other view of giving a restricted meaning to the term “employment” may not find favour with the courts.

F. CONCLUSION

In view of the Memorandum, CBDT Circular and judicial opinion, it appears to be a settled position that for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1) of the Act, the term ‘employment’ includes self-employment i.e. carrying on business and profession. However, it is important that the assessee maintains appropriate documentation to substantiate the facts of the case.

Recent Developments in GST

A. NOTIFICATIONS

1. Notification No.01/2024-Central Tax dated 5th January, 2024

The above notification seeks to extend the due date for furnishing return in Form GSTR-3B for the month of November, 2023 till 10th January, 2024, for registered persons in certain districts of Tamil Nadu.

2. Notification No.02/2024-Central Tax dated 5th January, 2024

The above notification seeks to extend the due date for furnishing annual return in Form GSTR-9 & Form GSTR-9C for financial year 2022-2023 till 10th January, 2024, for registered persons in certain districts of Tamil Nadu.

3. Notification No.03/2024-Central Tax dated 5th January, 2024

By above notification, the earlier notification no.30/2023-CT dated 31st July, 2023 which was seeking information on various issues in relation to notified items in said notification like Tobacco and its products, is rescinded with effect from 1st January, 2024.

4. Notification No.04/2024-Central Tax dated 5th January, 2024

By above notification, a special procedure to be followed by registered person engaged in manufacturing of certain goods mentioned in the notification like Pan Masala and tobacco products, is prescribed w.e.f 1st April, 2024.
The information is sought of various items in the given forms.

5. Notification No.05/2024-Central Tax dated 30th January, 2024

By above notification the earlier notification no.2/2017-CT dated 19th June, 2017 which is relating to allotment of authority, is amended and one more Pin code is added in sr.no.83 in Table II.

B. ADVISORY / INSTRUCTIONS

a) The GSTN has issued Advisory dated 15th January, 2024 giving information about introduction of new Tables 14 & 15 in GSTR-1/FF.

b) The GSTN has issued Advisory dated 23rd January, 2024 by which information is given about furnishing of bank account details under Rule 10A of CGST Rules, 2017.

c) The GSTN has also issued Advisory dated 19th January, 2024 giving information about payment through Credit card (CC) / Debit Card (DC) and Unified Payments Interface (UPI).

C. FINANCE ACT, 2024

The Government of India has introduced Finance Bill, 2024 (Bill no.14/2024 dated 1st February, 2024). Amongst others, amendments are proposed in the GST laws in respect of definition of “Input Service Distributor” and in respect of manner of distribution of credit by “Input Service Distributor”. There is also a proposal to introduce section 122A to provide a penalty where the special procedure, prescribed in respect of certain goods, is not followed.

D. ADVANCE RULINGS

53 Local authority vis-à-vis Governmental authority

Indian Hume Pipe Company Ltd.

(A. R. No. UP ADRG 12/2022

dated 23rd September, 2022) (UP)

The applicant, M/s. Indian Hume Pipe Company Ltd. is a registered assessee under GST.

The applicant has sought Advance Ruling on following issues:

“a. Whether the supply of Services by the Applicant to M/s. UTTAR PRADESH JAL NIGAM is covered by Notification No. 15/2021 Central Tax (Rate), dated 18th November, 2021 r/w. Notification No.22/2021- Central Tax (Rate), dated 31st December, 2021.

b. If the supplies as per Question are covered by Notification No. 15/2021- Central Tax (Rate), dated 18th November, 2021, r/w. Notification No. 22/2021- Central Tax (Rate), dated 31st December, 2021, then what is the applicable rate of Tax under the Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 on such Supplies made w.e.f. 1st January, 2022; and

c. In case the supplies as per Question are not covered by the Notification supra then what is the applicable rate of tax on such supplies under the Goods and Services Tax Act, made w.e.f. 1st January, 2022.”

In support, the applicant submitted that it undertakes Contracts for Construction of Head works, Sumps, Pump Rooms, laying, jointing of pipe line and commissioning and maintenance of the entire work for Water Supply Projects / Sewerage Projects/ Facilities.

It was further submitted that it has been awarded a contract by M/s. Uttar Pradesh Jal Nigam (UPJN) vide Department Letter No. 130/Vividh-13/11 dated 25th February, 2021.

It is informed that UPJN holds PAN AAALU0256C under the Income Tax Act, 1961 and GSTIN 09AAALU0256C320 under the Goods & Services Tax Act, 2017.

The applicant also provided history of establishment of UPJN as under:

“Public Health Engineering Department was created in 1927 to provide drinking water supply and sewerage facilities in Uttar Pradesh. In year 1946, it was rechristened as Local Self Government Engineering Department (LSGED). In 1975, it was converted to Uttar Pradesh Jal Nigam through Uttar Pradesh Water Supply and Sewerage Act, 1975 (ACT no-43, 1975). As per this Act, Jal Nigam has jurisdiction over whole Uttar Pradesh (except Cantonment Area). The basic objective of creating this Corporation is development and regulation of water supply & sewerage services and for matters connected therewith.”

In Notification No. 31/2017 dated 13th October, 2017 the meaning of the terms Governmental Authority and Government Entity is given as under:

“Governmental Authority” means an authority or a board or any other body (i) set up by an Act of Parliament or a State Legislature; or (ii) established by any Government, with 90 per cent or more participation by way of equity or control, to carry out any function entrusted to a Municipality under article 243W of the Constitution or to a Panchayat under article 243 G of the Constitution.

“Government Entity” means an authority or a board or any other body including a society, trust, corporation, i) set up by an Act of Parliament or State Legislature; or ii) established by any Government with 90 per cent or more participation by way of equity or control, to carry out a function entrusted by the Central Government, State Government, Union Territory or a local authority.”

The applicant submitted that the character in PAN denotes the Status of the PAN holder and as the 4th character in the case of UPJN is “L”, it denotes Local Authority.

In GSTIN 09AAALU0256C320 and in the Registration Certificate issued by the GST Department, the UPJN is shown under Local Authority.

It was submitted that UPJN is a Local Authority in light of above facts and hence it is covered by Notification No. 15/2021 Central Tax (Rate) dated 18th November, 2021 r/w. Notification No. 22/2021- Central Tax (Rate), dated 31st December, 2021; wherein Composite supply of works contract as defined in clause (119) of Section 2 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, supplied to Central Government, State Government, Union territory or a local authority are covered for concessional rate of 12 per cent.

Accordingly, it was canvased that the transaction with UPJN is liable to tax under the GST Act @ 12 per cent;

The ld. AAR observed that the questions raised by the applicant require examination as to whether the UPJN is a local authority or not?

The ld. AAR observed that the applicant has arrived at the conclusion that UPJN is local authority on the basis of the 4th character of PAN of UPJN and in GSTIN of UPJN it is shown as ‘local authority’.

The ld. AAR observed that UPJN was created by the Government of Uttar Pradesh by enacting the U.P. Water Supply and Sewerage Act, 1975 (hereinafter referred to as the UPWSS Act). It is a body corporate having perpetual succession and a common seal and capable of suing and being sued in its name. It has power to acquire, hold and dispose of the property.

It has a specific administrative set up including functionalities like Chairman appointed by State Government and has also Nigam Fund deemed to be Local fund. The ld. AAR also referred to the meaning of ‘Local Authority’ given in section 2(69) of CGST Act.

The ld. AAR observed that for the purpose of the GST Laws, any authority legally entitled to or entrusted by the Government with the control or management of a municipal or local fund, qualifies as a “local authority”.

The ld. AAR also referred to meaning of ‘local authority’ contained in Section 3(31) of the General Clauses Act, 1897, which is as under:

“’local authority’ shall mean a municipal committee, district board, body of port Commissioners or other authority legally entitled to, or entrusted by the Government with, the control or management of a municipal or local fund.”

The ld. AAR referred to the judgment of the Hon. Supreme Court in the case of Union of India vs. R.C. Jain (1981) 2 SCC 308 – 1981-VIL-21-SC-MISC wherein the scope of the term local authority under the General Clauses Act is explained.

The ld. AAR observed that so far as UPJN is concerned, it is not satisfying some of the conditions mentioned in above judgment for qualifying as “local authority”.

The ld. AAR also observed that the main requirement to qualify as a local authority is that the authority must be legally entitled to or entrusted by the Government with the control and management of a Municipal or local fund. In the case of UPJN, there is no local fund entrusted by the Government with UPJN.

In view of the above material, the ld. AAR observed that the UPJN is not a ‘local authority’.

The ld. AAR thereafter observed as to whether UPJN is Governmental Authority. In this respect, the ld. AAR referred to Notification no.11/2017 31/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13th October, 2017, which amended the Notification No 11/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, in which Governmental Authority is explained as under:

“ix. Governmental Authority” means an authority or a board or any other body, – (i) set up by an Act of Parliament or a State Legislature; or (ii) established by any Government, with 90 per cent, or more participation by way of equity or control, to carry out any function entrusted to a Municipality under article 243W of the Constitution or to a Panchayat under article 243 G of the Constitution.” (iii)”

The ld. AAR observed that UPJN fulfils the condition of being ‘Governmental Authority’ as it is constituted for the development and regulation of water supply and sewerage services in the State of U.P. which is one of the works entrusted under Article 243 W read with Twelfth Schedule of the Constitution of India. Thus, the ld. AAR held that the UPJN is a government authority.

In view of the above, the ld. AAR gave a ruling that UPJN is not covered by Notification no.15/2021-Central Tax (Rate) dated 18th November, 2021 and the contract is liable to tax at 18 per cent from 1st January, 2022.

54 Healthcare Service vis-à-vis Service to Senior Citizen

Snehador Social & Healthcare Support LLP

(A. R. No. 18/WBAAR/2022-23

dated 22nd December, 2022) (WB)

The applicant is engaged in providing services for health care to senior citizens which covers arranging doctors, nurses, taking the clients to any diagnostic centre, supplying oxygen and physical support as per requirement of such senior citizens. For rendering all such services, the applicant runs a membership programme where clients opt for the same as per their requirement. In addition to this, the applicant also provides services to its members for delivery of medicines and grocery items at home, helping with bank work, utility bill payment, etc.

The applicant has made this application under sub section (1) of section 97 of the GST Act and the rules made there under seeking advance ruling as to “whether the services rendered by the applicant for health care to senior citizens at their doorstep comes under exemption category and what will be the classification of such services. Further, if such service is held taxable, then what would be the rate of tax.”

The applicant has elaborately explained the nature of services. Appellant was claiming that he is covered by entry 74 in Notification no.12/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 which reads as under:

Sl. No. Chapter, Section, Heading, Group or Service Code (Tariff) Description of Services Rate (Per cent.) Condition 74
74 Heading

9993

Services by way of – (a) health care services by a clinical establishment, an authorised medical practitioner or paramedics; Provided that nothing in this entry shall apply to the services provided by a clinical establishment by way of providing room [other than Intensive Care Unit (ICU)/Critical Care Unit (CCU)/Intensive Cardiac Care Unit (ICCU)/Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU)] having room charges exceeding R5000 per day to a person receiving health care services.

(b) services provided by way of transportation of a patient in an ambulance, other than those specified in (a) above.

Nil Nil

The ld. AAR noted contention of the applicant. The ld. AAR also referred to the meaning of ‘health care services’, ‘clinical establishment’ and ‘authorized medical practitioner’ as given in Para 2 (zg), 2(s) and 2(k) respectively of Notification No. 12/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017.

The ld. AAR also noted the functions performed by applicant, which are as under:

  • Regular visits by a Personal Care Manager.
  • Home visits by General Physician, Physiotherapist, Clinical Therapist & Nutritionist.
  • Assistance in delivery of monthly grocery & medicine.
  • Utility Bill payments of Tax/ Financial or Legal consultation.
  • Digital assistance or Assistance with plumbers, electricians and repairs.
  • Regular member updates with video clips to be shared with family through individual login on its website.

Further, the applicant provides following services:

  • Accompanying members for essential & social outings.
  • Accompanying members to the Bank & Post Office.
  • Scheduling appointments and accompanying members for doctor consultations.
  • Organising annual health check-ups.
  • Accompanying member on diagnostic tests.
  • Escorting members on personal social outings.
  • Organising social gathering and entertainment programs.
  • Assistance with airport & railway pickup & drop.

In respect of medical services, ld. AAR observed as under:

“Services claimed to have been provided by the applicant also cover assistance in medical emergency and hospitalization which includes ambulance services, regular monitoring during hospitalisation, help with medical insurance and help with discharge formalities. The applicant provides medical and nursing support services at home for critically ill members in the following manner:

  • Procuring and setting up of all medical support equipment required at home.
  • Assisting with nursing support at home.
  • Critical care supervisor to visit home whenever necessary.
  • Scheduling doctor visits whenever necessary.”

After analysing services provided by the applicant as above, the ld. AAR observed that, “the applicant, as we have already discussed, is found to be engaged in providing services to its enrolled members under two limbs. The first one, which is against a consolidated package amount, comprises inter alia of care manager visit for medical checkup, general physician home visit and home delivery of medicine. The other part also covers services by general physicians, nurses and care managers for which the applicant charges separately. The aforesaid services may get covered under health care services as defined in Para 2 (zg) of Notification No. 12/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017. However, supply by way of health care services qualifies for exemption under serial number 74 of Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, if the same is provided by a clinical establishment, an authorised medical practitioner or para-medics. Admittedly, the applicant doesn’t fall under any of the aforesaid categories of suppliers and the services provided by the applicant, therefore, fail to qualify as exempted service.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that the given service cannot fall in the exemption category of Sl. No.74 of Notification no.12/2017. The ld. AAR also held that services rendered by the applicant can be termed as ‘human health and social care services” and taxable @ 18per cent vide sr. no.31 of Notification no.11/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017.

55 Healthcare Service vis-à-vis Administration of COVID-19 Vaccine

Krishna Institute of Medical Science Limited

(Order No. AAAR/AP/ (GST)/2022

dated 19th December, 2022) (AP)

The appellant (original applicant) had raised certain questions before the ld. AAR and the ld. AAR has given its ruling in AAR No.04/AP/GST/2022 dated 21st March, 2022 – 2022-VIL-207-AAR. The questions raised by appellant were as under:

“Question: Whether administering of COVID-19 vaccination by hospitals is Supply of Good or Supply of Service?

Question: Whether administering of COVID-19 Vaccine by clinical establishments (Hospitals) qualify as “Health care services” as per Notification No. 12/2017 Central Tax Rate dated 28th June, 2017?

Answer: Administering of COVID-19 vaccination by hospitals is a Composite supply, wherein the principal supply is the ‘sale of vaccine’ and the auxiliary supply is the service of ‘administering the vaccine’ and the total transaction is taxable at the rate of principal supply i.e., 5 per cent.

Question: Whether administering of COVID-19 vaccination by clinical establishment is exempt under GST Act?”

Answer: Administering of COVID-19 Vaccine by clinical establishments (Hospitals) does not qualify under “Health care services” as per Notification No. 12/2017 Central Tax Rate dated 28th June, 2017 and not eligible for exemption.

The appellant has filed an appeal against above AR.

In appeal, appellant made submissions picking up various issues like;

  • The process of vaccination is supply of Service;
  • It is Healthcare services;
  • Why the supply should not be considered as Supply of Goods and elaborate the same.

After analysing the legal position, the ld. AAAR held that in the instant case, the applicant qualifies to be a clinical establishment but, the supply transaction is predominantly of sale of goods and not the service component of healthcare. The Ld. AAAR further observed that the dominant intention of the recipient is the receipt of the vaccine followed by its administration and hence the principal supply is supply of vaccine and not the process of vaccination.

The ld. AAAR held that there is no dispute that the appellant injects medicine in the body of the recipient. Therefore, the ld. AAAR observed that the claim of appellant that there is no transfer of goods is self-contradictory.

Regarding contention that the recipient cannot purchase vaccine, the ld. AAAR held that the purchase is through government regulation, but it cannot be said that it is not purchased. The ld. AAAR also referred to the price tag prescribed in notification by the Central Government, about the vaccine where the GST rate of 5 per cent is mentioned. The Ld. AAAR also referred to meaning of ‘Vaccination’ as under:

“In the present case, the service rendered by the appellant is administration of Covid-19 vaccine which is also called Vaccination or Immunization. In order to find out whether the service of administering a vaccine fits into the “Health Care Services” exempted vide Notification No.12/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dt. 28th June, 2017, we need to understand the term ‘Vaccination’. The definition of Vaccination as per the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention is as follows:

‘The act of introducing a vaccine into the body to produce protection from a specific disease.’

In the light of the above definition it is understood that vaccination provides protection against disease and it is administered before the advent of disease. The above discussed service of administering a vaccine does not fit into the definition of “Health Care Services” as per Notification No.12/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017.”

The ld. AAAR observed that the definition of ‘healthcare service’ starts to post some medical issues but the one taken for protection of the future cannot be considered as healthcare service.

The ld. AAAR, thus, confirmed the AR in following terms:

“Finally, we confirm that exemption is not allowed in the instant case against the claim of the applicant. While validating the decision of the lower authority that taxability of the supply comes under ‘composite supply’, wherein the principal supply is the ‘sale of vaccine’ and the auxiliary supply is the service of ‘administering the vaccine’ and the total transaction is taxable at the rate of principal supply i.e., 5 per cent.’

56 Residential Property vis-à-vis Commercial use – forward charge

Deepak Jain

(AR No. RAJ/AAR/2023-24/14

dated 29th November, 2023) (Raj)

The facts are that Shri Deepak Jain (hereinafter referred to as the “Applicant”) is engaged in providing Professional service of Chartered Accountant and currently Senior Partner in B D Jain & Co. Chartered Accountants. Applicant is currently unregistered under GST Act 2017. Applicant is the owner (along with family members Shri Padam Chand Jain, Smt. Manju Devi Jain and Smt. Samta Jain hereinafter collectively referred to as “Lessor(s)”) of the property situated at J-10, Lal Kothi, Sahakar Marg, Jaipur, Rajasthan 302018 (hereinafter referred to as the Demised Premises). The applicant has entered into lease agreement dated 18th January, 2022 with Back Office IT Solutions Private Limited, which is inter alia engaged in the business of providing comprehensive, independent fund accounting, reporting, and analytics solutions to fund administrators providing administration services to hedge fund industry.

As per terms of the Lease agreement, in consideration of grant of lease to use and possess the aforesaid property, the lessee is required to pay to the applicant a monthly rent of ₹99,125/- (a total of ₹396500/- to the Lessors).

The contention of applicant was that Land use of property is residential as per the Lease deed issued by Jaipur development Authority (JDA), Jaipur, in the respect of the Demised premises.

However, the applicant also clarified that as per the Lease Agreement, the Demised Premises shall be used solely
for commercial purposes by the Lessee i.e. for establishing the branch/office of the Lessee and hence Construction
of property is done for use as commercial purposes only.

Lessee is registered in GST Act and Electricity connection Category of Lessee is “medium industry”.

The applicant has also provided further specification of property. The property is equipped with all requirements for commercial purposes.

The applicant was of the opinion that the renting of residential dwelling is included under RCM services when provided to a registered person. Reference made to notifications No. 04/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated the 13th July, 2022 and notification No. 05/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated the 13th July, 2022, which are also reproduced below for ready reference.

Before 18th July, 2022 From 18th July, 2022
Exemption for Renting of Residential Dwellings Services by way of renting of residential dwelling for use as a Residence. Services by way of renting of residential dwelling for use as a residence except where the residential dwelling is rented to a registered person.

Inclusion in list of services under Reverse Charge Mechanism: Following new Entry for Reverse Charge Tax by notification No. 05/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13th July, 2022 inserted with effect from 18th July, 2022 in notification No. 13/2017-Central Tax (Rate), dated 28th June, 2017:

(1) (2) (3) (4)
Sl. No. Category of Supply of Service Supplier of Service Recipient of Service
“5AA Service by way of renting of residential dwelling to a registered person. Any person Any Registered person”;

Based on the above facts following questions were raised.

1. Whether the Demised premises will be covered in the definition of residential dwelling for the purpose of notification No. 05/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13th July, 2022?

2. Out of the following, which are factors important to include in the definition of residential dwelling?

1. Land use of property by local authorities; or

2. Layout of the property, its structure, whether it is designed for usage as a residential unit or a commercial unit; or

3. The purpose for which the dwelling is put to use; or

4. How is the plan of the property sanctioned by the local authorities; or

5. The intention of the developer / owner of the property; or

6. The length of stay intended by the users; or

7. Electricity Bill; and

8. Municipal Tax.

The ld. AAR observed that the definition of Residential dwelling is not mentioned in GST Law. The ld. AAR referred to meaning in Black’s Law Dictionary, as under:

“‘Residential dwelling means living in a certain place permanently or for a considerable length of time’. As per the Merriam Webster dictionary: ‘A shelter (as a house) in which people live’. As per the Oxford dictionary: ‘A house or apartment or other places of residence or a place to live in or building or other places to live in’.”

The ld. AAR observed about important aspects as under:

“Point 4 (a) of the Lease Agreement entered between the Applicant (Lessor) and Lessee i.e. M/s Back Office IT Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (a company incorporated in India within the meaning of Companies Act, 1956), stipulates that the demised premises shall be used solely for commercial purpose by the lessee i.e. for establishing the branch/office.”

Also on perusal of Electricity Bill issued in the name of lessee i.e. Back Office IT Solutions Pvt. Ltd. At J-10, 1 Block, Lal Kothi Scheme, Sahakar Marg, Jaipur for the month of March 2023, it is evident that the electric connection has been issued for commercial purpose.

In view of the above, we have reached the conclusion that the property in question has been leased/rented for commercial use. So even if the use of said property has not been changed by JDA but since the so-called residential dwellings does not remain as such as it is being used for commercial purposes.”

Accordingly, the claim of applicant that it will fall under RCM in hands of lessee is rejected and the effect is that it will fall under forward charge being commercial purpose.

Based on above findings, the ld. AAR ruled as under:

“Q. 1 Whether the Demised premises will be covered in the definition of residential dwelling for the purpose of notification No. 05/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13th July, 2022?

Ans-1. No, the demised premises will not be covered in the definition of residential dwelling in terms of Notification No. 05/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13th July, 2022 as it is being used for commercial use.

Q. 2 Out of the following, which are the factors important to include in the definition of residential dwelling?

Ans-2. The important factors to be included in the definition of Residential Dwelling is the purpose for which the dwelling is put to use and the length of stay intended by the users.”

Goods and Services Tax

I. HIGH COURT

87 Sakthi Fashions vs. Appellate Authority / Additional Commissioner of GST(Appeals-II), Chennai

2024 (80) G.S.T.L 84 (Mad.)

Date of Order: 12th September, 2023

Time period from the application for revocation till the date of rejection shall be excluded while computing the limitation period as per section 107 of CGST Act, 2017 when an appeal is preferred against such order for cancellation of registration.

FACTS

The place of business of the petitioner was inspected and after verification of records, an SCN was issued for cancellation of registration. On failure to respond to the SCN, an Order-in-Original dated 6th February, 2023 was passed for cancellation of registration. Being aggrieved by the order, an application for revocation of cancelled registration was filed on 16th February, 2023 under section 30 of the CGST Act. Thereafter, another SCN was issued on 27th February, 2023. However, the petitioner failed to reply to the same and hence application for revocation of cancelled registration was rejected on 14th March, 2023. Further, an appeal against Order-in-Original was filed on 14th July, 2023 with a delay of 39 days and the same was rejected being time-barred in nature. Aggrieved, the petitioner sought writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

It was held that for the purpose of computing the limitation period as per Section 107 of CGST Act, period from application filed under Section 30 of CGST Act for revocation of cancelled registration to the rejection of said application i.e. from 16th February, 2023 to 14th March, 2023 was to be excluded. The Hon’ble High Court disposed of the writ petition directing the respondents to consider the petitioner’s appeal and pass orders on merits without reference to limitation and in accordance with the law.

88 Maa Kamakhya Trader vs. State of U.P.

2024 (80) G.S.T.L 39 (All.)

Date of Order: 16th October, 2023

Order passed based on invalid notice demanding tax and penalty under section 129(3) of CGST Act ought to be set aside.

FACTS

Petitioner’s vehicle transporting processed “white red betel” was intercepted on 18th September, 2023. It was found that an E-way bill and E-invoice of an incorrect product with different values were produced by the transporter on inspection. As a result, an order for detention was issued in Form GST MOV-06 and a notice in Form GST MOV-07 was issued demanding tax and penalty under section 129(3) of the CGST Act. Subsequently, an order in Form GST MOV-09 was passed. Aggrieved, a writ petition was filed by the petitioner before the Hon’ble High Court on the grounds that the notice issued under section 129(3) demanding both tax and penalty was not appropriate.

HELD

It was held that the impugned order in Form GST MOV-09 was to be quashed since the same was based on an invalid notice demanding tax as well as penalty. Accordingly, the matter was remanded back directing a fresh order to be issued under section 129(1)(a) of the CGST Act within a period of one week after providing an opportunity of hearing to the petitioner.

89 Technosys Security System Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Commercial Taxes, Indore

2024 (80) G.S.T.L 4 (M.P.)

Date of Order: 5th December, 2023

The opportunity of a personal hearing should be provided even where it has not been specifically requested by the assessee and an adverse decision has been contemplated against him.

FACTS

Petitioner was issued show cause notices demanding an amount of ₹7.37 crores and ₹10.18 crores in two different cases. Subsequent to the reply filed for the said SCNs, final orders quantifying tax, interest and penalty amounting to ₹9.76 crores and ₹14.56 crores were issued without providing opportunity for personal hearing and in violation of principles of natural justice mandated as per section 75(4) of CGST Act. Aggrieved, a petition was filed before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

It was held that the contention of the respondent that section 75(4) of the Act uses the term “opportunity of hearing” and the word ‘personal’ is missing, hence, filing a reply to SCN amounts to an opportunity of hearing; was not sustainable. The Court further relied upon the decision of Allahabad High Court in case M/s. B.L. Pahariya Medical Store (supra) [2023 (77) GSTL 193 (All.)] and held that section 75(4) of CGST Act clearly specifies that opportunity of hearing should be granted where there is a specific request in writing or where any adverse decision is contemplated. Since no opportunity for a personal hearing was granted, impugned orders were liable to be set aside without going into the merits of the case.

90 Prahitha Construction (P.) Ltd vs. UOI

[2024] 159 taxmann.com 437 (Telangana)

Date of Order: 9th February, 2024

Transfer of development rights held amenable to GST and not covered by Entry 5 of Schedule-III of the GST Act. However, Hon. Courts hold that Notification No.4 of 2018 dated 25.01.2018 as amended does not create a charge on the transfer of development rights but only provides for the time of payment of tax. Supply of services of transfer of development rights was always taxable since the introduction of GST.

FACTS

The petitioner a construction company challenged Notification No.4/2018-CT dated 25th January, 2018 (as amended vide Notification No.23/2019 dated 25th January, 2019) imposing GST on a transfer of development rights of land done by land owners under joint development agreement (JDA) contracted as ultra vires the constitution of India. As per the petitioner, the JDAs are normally entered enabling the land owners to sell the land and procure residential or commercial apartments in lieu of such sale and hence the JDAs are to be viewed as conveyance as is expected in other laws. The respondent department referred to the clauses of the agreement to contend that the JDA has a clear indication that there is no outright sale of property in the name of the developer. Rather, it is a case where the conditions would clearly indicate that the ownership and the title rights are all retained by the land owner himself and the only role which the developer has is the execution of JDA so far
as developing land belonging to the land owner is concerned.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court after reading the JDA, observed that there was no outright sale of land being effectuated and the JDA per se cannot be considered merely as a medium adopted by the landowner selling his land and the JDA does not lead to a sale of land by itself. The Court noted that as a result of the petitioner’s investment in the construction activities, the petitioner has a right to realize the money from the sale of developed property, but the eventual transfer of developed / constructed property including undivided share of land in favour of the purchaser of the constructed property will happen only after transfer of the undivided share of land by the landowner by way of sale deed. The Court also observed that the agreement specifically contains a clause to the effect that permissive possession of the developer shall not be construed as delivery of possession in part performance of any agreement to sell under section 53-A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 and that JDA contains an obligation that the landowner shall transfer and convey to the developer and / or its nominee(s), the undivided share proportionate to such developer’s share for which completion has been achieved, contemporaneous with the delivery of the landowner’s share by the developer. The Hon’ble Court held that the transfer of ownership from the landowner goes directly to the purchaser of the constructed property and not in favour of the petitioner unless and until the land stands transferred in the name of the Petitioner and hence the same cannot be brought within the ambit of sale.

The Court further held that transferring the development rights does not result in the transfer of ownership rights and the sale of land / transfer of land or undivided share of land would get executed only after the issuance of the completion certificate of the project. Consequently, the services rendered by the petitioner in the execution of JDA prior to the issuance of the completion certificate would thus be amenable to GST.

To conclude, the Hon’ble Court held that the plain reading of the JDA suggests that there are two sets of transactions to be met in its entirety. One is an agreement between the landowner and the petitioner and another is the supply of construction services by the petitioner to the landowners and only thereafter sale of the constructed area to third-party buyers. Both these transactions qualify as ‘supplies ‘and would attract GST subject to clause (b) of paragraph 5 of Schedule II and both these supplies would fall under Section 7 of the GST Act i.e. construction services further read with Entry 5(b) of Schedule II. Under no circumstances can the aforesaid two supplies be termed as the sale of land under Entry 5 of Schedule III. It further held that Notification No.4 of 2018 dated 25th January, 2018 as amended by Notification No.23/2019-Central Tax (Rate), dated 30th September, 2019 does not create a charge on the transfer of development rights but only provides for the time when the tax needs to be paid as the supply of services of transfer of development rights was otherwise always taxable, since the introduction of GST.

91 Veira Electronics (P.) Ltd. vs. State of U.P

[2024] 159 taxmann.com 37 (Allahabad)

Date of Order: 24th January, 2024

The Hon’ble Court refused to entertain a challenge against Notification No. 53/2023-Central Tax dated 2nd November, 2023 on the grounds of discrimination, however, directed the Government to consider including orders passed under section 129 and section 130 in the said notification.

FACTS

The Petitioner challenged Notification No. 53/2023-Central Tax, dated 2nd November, 2023 extending the time limit to file an appeal under section 107 till 31st January, 2024 in certain cases contending that it’s discriminatory for only dealing with the orders passed under sections 73 and 74 and not the orders passed under sections 129 and 130.

HELD

Hon’ble Court refused to issue a writ of mandamus directing the Central Government to include sections 129 and 130 of the Act in the said notification stating that the Government can very well consider adding these two sections in the said notification so that the benefit that has been provided for the orders passed under sections 73 and 74 of the Act can be extended to orders passed under sections 129 and 130 of the Act.

92 Aditri Jewellers vs. Additional Commissioner of CT and GST

[2024] 159 taxmann.com 430 (Orissa)

Date of Order: 30th January 2024

Order passed after 31st March, 2023 allowed the benefit of extended time under Notification No.53/2003-CT dated 21st January, 2023.

The Hon’ble High Court allowed the benefits of Amnesty under Notification No. 53/2023-Central Tax, dated
2nd November, 2023 which extended the time limit to file an appeal under section 107 till 31st January, 2024 in respect of an order passed after 31st March, 2023. The Hon’ble Court relied upon the decision of Hon’ble Patna High Court in the case of Civil Writ Jurisdiction Case No. 17202 of 2023 vide order dated 7th December, 2023.

Note: Readers can also refer to the decision in the case of Nexus Motors (P.) Ltd vs. State of Bihar [2023] 157 taxmann.com 538 (Patna) [30-11-2023].

93 Fairdeal Metals Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner of Revenue, State Tax, Bureau of Investigation (NB)

[2024] 159 taxmann.com 158 (Calcutta)

Date of Order: 1st February, 2024

Where the supplier of the assessee was accused of circulating fictitious / bogus Input Tax Credit (ITC) to other parties, however since he had already deposited the said ITC and the assessee was not connected with the allegations levelled against the supplier, the assessee is not held liable for penalty.

FACTS

The petitioner prayed for cancellation of the detention order and subsequent show cause notice and order. The entire proceedings were initiated on the ground that the supplier of the said goods was allegedly involved in receiving and passing on fictitious / bogus ITC to other parties and his company was set up solely for the purpose of circulating bogus ITC. The goods were observed to be of suspicious origin and the purchase was merely a “paper sale” to hide the original supplier with the intention of evading payment of tax. The contention of the department was that the movement of the goods under the cover of such an invalid document is contrary to the provision of section 68(1) of the WBGST Act, 2017, CGST Act, 2017 read with section 20 of the IGST Act, 2017 and Rules framed there under and hence penalty proceedings were initiated. The contention of the petitioner was that he was not supposed to know the antecedents of the Supplier Company.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court noted that though there was an allegation of the non-existence of the supplier company, the input tax credit was already deposited by them before the issuance of the show cause notice to the petitioner. It therefore held that there cannot be said to be an intention to evade the tax. The Court also held that had there been any deficiency on the part of the supplier company to produce relevant documents, registration ought not to have been issued to them. After registration has been issued and tax paid by the supplier company, the allegation made against the supplier company does not stand. The petitioner being in no way connected with any of the allegations that have been levelled against the supplier company, cannot be made liable to pay penalty as has been assessed.

94 Abilities Pistons and Rings Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner, Circle-2 (Appeal) Commercial Tax

[2024] 159 taxmann.com 326 (Allahabad)

Date of Order: 6th February, 2024

In the case of the import of goods, where the assessee paid IGST @28 per cent but mistakenly missed filling up Part B of the E-Way Bill. Hence mens rea for tax evasion of tax being absent, the order for detention was quashed.

FACTS

In the present case, the goods were imported from China and IGST @ 28 per cent was paid at the time of import. The invoice and the E-Way Bill were accompanying the goods and the description of the goods matched with the invoice. However, Part B of the E-Way Bill was found not filled up at the time of interception. The petitioner filled up particulars in Part B immediately after the interception. In light of the same, the petitioner prayed that intent for evasion of tax was absent.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court allowed the petition and held that there was only technical fault with regard to the non-filling up of Part B of the E-Way Bill, IGST was already paid and no mens rea was present on the part of the petitioner.

Punctuations and Grammar

PUNCTUATIONS AND GRAMMAR

Interpretation of statutes is a work of art and not an exact science. Although we are equipped with a deep legacy of interpretative principles, the derivation of “Intent of legislature” has always been a vexed question. Interpretative skills warrant travelling beyond explicit words to extract the underlying intent. In the process of evolution of a legal word, clause, sentence, sub-section or section, attention is also paid to the punctuation marks in between such sentences to validate the interpretation emerging from the plain wordings. Similarly, the curious question of “AND” being read as “OR” or vice-versa has left many legal luminaries perplexed. The article is an attempt to address both these matters in tandem.

BACKGROUND

The thought about this subject occurred on reading the case of CCE vs. Shapoorji Pallonji1 where the Supreme Court, affirming the decision of the Patna High Court, relied upon punctuation marks to interpret an enactment. The dispute in the case was on the taxability of works contract services rendered to IITs/NITs established under a special enactment of the Government to render educational activities. While there was no dispute on the aspect of Government supervision, the exemption was applicable only if they constituted ‘Governmental Authorities’ under the notification. The definition was first introduced in the exemption notification of 2012 and then underwent a change in 2014, with punctuation playing a critical role in the amendment. The comparison of the unamended and amended definitions is tabulated below:

EXEMPTION NOTIFICATION – 2012 CLARIFICATION NOTIFICATION – 2014
2(s) “governmental authority”’ means a board, or an authority or any other body established with 90% or more participation by way of equity or control by 2(s) “governmental authority” means an authority or a board or any other body;

(i) Set up by an Act of Parliament or a State Legislature; or

Government and set up by an Act of the Parliament or a State Legislature to carry out any function entrusted to a municipality under article 243W of the Constitution; (ii) established by Government,

with 90% or more participation by way of equity or control, to carry out any function entrusted to a municipality under article 243W of the Constitution;


1. [2023] 155 taxmann.com 303 (SC) affirming [2016] 67 taxmann.com 218 (Patna)

Naturally, a question emerged whether the phrase “with 90% or more participation…….under article 243W of the Constitution” was applicable to both clauses (i) and (ii) or limited to only clause (ii) of section 2(s). In other words, whether IITs / NITs, which were admittedly set up by an Act of Parliament, were also required to comply with the condition of conducting municipal functions and governed with 90% equity / control. The revenue made out the case that (a) punctuations ought not to be adopted strictly for interpretation of the statute; (b) the phrase “or” should be read as “and” and consequently, the latter part of the definition would apply to both the sub-clauses.

In response, the Patna High Court stated that the phrase “or” is a disjunctive phrase and cannot be read as “and”; hence clause (i) is complete and independent from the latter part of the definition. The Supreme Court affirmed the High Court’s view as follows:

  • The original definition was restricted to only such governmental authorities which satisfied all the three prerequisites of being established under a statute, under 90% control and performing municipal functions of 243W. Because of the unworkability of such a definition, an amendment was introduced to expand its scope. The Court then held that the amendment should not be rendered unproductive by interpreting the amended definition in the same sense;
  • The word “and” or the word “or” are conjunctions with the former being normally conjunctive and the latter being normally disjunctive — unless the terms lead to uncertainty, vagueness or absurdity which warrant alternative interpretation, the law should be read in its ordinary and natural sense without any interchange of words — therefore, clauses (i) and (ii) which are divided by the disjunctive word “or” are independent;
  • Use of semicolon after clause (i) makes the said clause independent and distinct from clause (ii). Clause (ii) on the other hand does not close with a semicolon but with a comma suggesting a continuation of the said clause but this is not so with clause (i). The use of such punctuation was deliberate to overcome the unworkability of the previous definition. Therefore, any interpretation leading to subsistence of the unworkability should be avoided.

One may observe that though punctuations played an important role, the Court has not solely relied upon the use of punctuations. The Court took cognizance of the unworkability of the erstwhile definition and the primary purpose of the amendment. It turned its eye towards the punctuation as a confirmatory note over the intention derived from the amendment. By itself, punctuations could not have been the deciding criteria over the scope of the definition.

It would be interesting to note that the said decision would be binding while analyzing the definition of “governmental authority” as well as “government entity” in the exemption notification for services2 under the GST law. The examination of the said issue can be categorised into three baskets (a) where in many AARs, the semicolon in the said definition was either completely ignored or it was assumed by contending parties that 90 per cent equity / control condition and municipal functions was applicable to both clauses, i.e., governmental authority / entity established under a special Act was required to be subjected to 90 per cent equity / control and performing municipal functions for it fall under the said definition3. The probable reason could be that even if the condition over municipal functions was to be considered as irrelevant as part of the definition of governmental authority / entity, the exemption entry by itself (Entry 3/3A) specified the requirement of the function being part of the constitutional function of Article 243G/W, making such an argument toothless. Moreover, most of the entities performing such municipal functions were under 100 per cent equity / control of the Government and the said condition was inherently satisfied without any ambiguity. (b) In another basket of AARs, where the specific issue was raised, the Patna High Court’s decision was followed and accepted4 by holding that clause (i) of the definition was independent; (c) In the third basket of decisions, it was adversely held that the said matter was under challenge before the Supreme Court and hence, the plain reading ought to be adopted5 — implying that the condition was applicable to both clauses. With this verdict of the Supreme Court, these AARs would need re-consideration and the correct interpretation would have to be applied. The interesting challenge would now arise on the question of binding applicability of such AARs which were rendered on an incorrect premise, especially if the parties to the AAR have not appealed against such decisions. This seemingly settled question would again form fertile ground for litigation under the GST law.


2. Notification 12/2017-CT(R) dated 28th June, 2017
3. RAJASTHAN HOUSING BOARD 2023 (70) G.S.T.L. 95 (A.A.R. - GST - Raj.)
4. NHPC Ltd 2018 (19) G.S.T.L. 349 (A.A.R. - GST)
5. NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF DESIGN 2021 (53) G.S.T.L. 92 (A.A.R. - GST - Guj.); NIRMA UNIVERSITY 2022 (59) G.S.T.L. 437 (A.A.R. - GST - Guj.); National Dairy Development Board [2019] 103 taxmann.com 404 (AAR - GUJARAT)

PURPOSE OF PUNCTUATIONS IN TEXTS

We now turn to the role played by punctuation in English grammar. Punctuation, according to the Oxford Learner’s Dictionary, is defined as “the marks used in writing that divide sentences and phrases”. The Merriam-Webster Dictionary defines punctuation as “the act or practice of inserting standardized marks or signs in written matter to clarify the meaning and separate structural units.” According to the Cambridge Dictionary, the term “punctuation” is defined as “(the use of) special symbols that you add to writing to separate phrases and sentences to show that something is a question, etc.”, and “punctuation is the use of symbols such as full stops or periods, commas, or question marks to divide written words into sentences and clauses”, according to the Collins Dictionary. The role of some punctuations is:

Punctuations Role played
Full stop [.] End of a sentence
Comma [,] Insert a pause into a sentence
Colon [:] Signifies a series or an explanation
Semicolon [;] Indicates two independent clauses
Hyphen [-] Connecting compound words
Parenthesis [( )] Supply further details in a sentence
Apostrophe [‘] Denote some letters omitted
Quotation Marks [“] Denote text speech or words
Ellipsis […] Omission of words or letters, used in quoting texts

It may be noted that the above explanations are not accurate in all circumstances and one may have considered the underlying texture of the sentences rather than directly adopting the above meaning.

IMPORTANCE IN INTERPRETATION OF STATUTES

The golden rule of interpretation (especially in taxing statutes) has always been to interpret the text in simple and literal form without any addition, modification, alteration, etc. Intention of legislation and aids of interpretation should be resorted only in cases of vagueness, absurdity and unworkability. According to GP Singh’s – Principles of Interpretation, in modern statutes, punctuation is a minor element in the construction of a statute and emphasis on punctuation in a carefully punctuated statute should be examined only in cases of doubt.

In a tax case of Shree Durga Distributors vs. State of Karnataka6 the Court was examining whether Dog Feed and Cat Feed were included in the phrase “animal feed” forming part of an entry which read as follows:

“5. Animal feed and feed supplements, namely, processed commodity sold as poultry feed, cattle feed, pig feed, fish feed, fish meal, prawn feed, shrimp feed and feed supplements and mineral mixture concentrates, intended for use as feed supplements including de-oiled cake and wheat bran.”


6. 2007 (212) E.L.T. 12 (S.C.)

The appellant contended that the comma after supplements which specifies a series of products is with reference to “feed supplements” only. The primary term “animal feed” is to be understood in its general sense and ought not to be limited to the list of items following the phrase “feed supplements”. It was contended that there are three parts to this entry (a) animal feed, (b) feed supplements with a list succeeding it, and (c) mineral mixture concentrates. The court refuted the basic premise of the argument by stating that there are only two categories (a) animal feed and feed supplements; (b) mineral mixture concentrates. The first category includes a comma and the word “namely” is applicable to the entire category. The list is exhaustive and since dog / cat feed does not fall into the list, they are not part of the said entry. Moreover, the said entry has two “ands”, with the former completing to the first category and the latter joining the first and second categories.

In another case of the State of Gujarat vs. Reliance Industries7, the Supreme Court examined the significance of commas and full stops in the following section:

“Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the amount of tax credit in respect of a dealer shall be reduced by the amount of tax calculated at the rate of four percent on the taxable turnover of purchases within the State –

(i) Of taxable goods consigned or dispatched for batch transfer or to his agent outside the State, or

(ii) Of taxable goods which are used as raw materials in the manufacture, or in the packing of goods which are dispatched outside the State in the course of branch transfer or consignment or to his agent outside the State.

(iii) Of fuels used for the manufacture of goods: …”


7. 16 SCC 28 (2017)

In the said facts, a manufacture using fuel was prima-facie covered under both clauses (ii) and (iii), and hence, the revenue claimed that the dealer ought to reverse the input tax credit under both clauses, i.e., twice. The Court analysed all three clauses and observed that the word “or” after clause (ii), makes clause (i) and (ii) as one set and (iii) as a distinct clause. While clauses (i) and (ii) are split by a disjunctive “or” condition, clause (iii) is an independent clause by itself separate from the previous set. Hence, fuels which are used in the manufacture of goods would be subjected to two reversals (4 per cent + 4 per cent), provided the overall reversal does not exceed the input tax credit claim. Here, the court has given due importance to the comma and full stop in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), respectively. Based on this, it delinked both these clauses from clause (iii) and hence made the same applicable even if the previous clauses were applied.

On the other hand, in the case of Falcon Tyres Ltd vs. State of Karnataka8, the court was examining whether the semicolon after the word “cotton” made the section disjunctive and separate from the main portion. The extract under consideration is below:

“Entry 2 of Second schedule – Agricultural produce including tea, coffee, and cotton.

2(A)(1) ‘agricultural produce or horticultural produce’ shall not include tea, coffee, rubber, cashew, cardamom pepper and cotton; and such produce as has been subjected to any physical, chemical or other process for being made fit for consumption, save mere cleaning, grading, sorting or drying;”

It was contended by the appellant that the semicolon divided the said definition into two parts and the second part was independent and disjunct from the first. Hence, rubber which was though excluded from the first could be included in the second part (being generic in nature) on account of the use of a semicolon. The court rightly rejected the reliance on punctuation on the grounds that the definition was exclusive and “such produce” cannot be meant to include rubber which was otherwise excluded from the definition. In the decisions above, punctuation operated as a guiding factor for courts in interpretation. While words would also take prominence, punctuation only worked as a topping to make the final decision palatable with the intent of the legislature.


8. 6 SCC 530 (2006)

APPLICATION OF ABOVE ANALYSIS

The above brief on punctuation now leads us to live scenarios under GST.

Blocked ITC clause – Section 17(5) is a classic test case to apply the interpretation principles on account of repeated use of punctuation in this long list of blocked credits. As we are aware, the section is an overriding exception to the general rule of allowing input tax credit on all business expenses. The section is exhaustive with semicolons, colons and full stops used in its legislation. Each sub-clause ends with a semicolon except clauses (b), (d) and last clause (i). Whether this observation is of significance may be worth testing.

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) of section 16 and subsection (1) of section 18, input tax credit shall not be available in respect of the following, namely:-

(a) Motor Vehicles for transportation of passengers …………..;

(aa) Vessels and aircraft ……………;

(ab) Services of general insurance …………;

(b) the following supply of goods or services or both-

(i) food and beverages, ………. leasing, renting or hiring of motor vehicles, vessels or aircraft referred to in clause (a) or clause (aa) except when used for the purposes specified therein, life insurance and health insurance:

Provided that the input tax credit in respect of such goods or services or both shall be available where an inward supply of such goods or services or both is used by a registered person for making an outward taxable supply of the same category of goods or services or both or as an element of a taxable composite or mixed supply;

(ii) membership of a club, health and fitness centre; and

(iii) travel benefits extended to employees on vacation such as leave or home travel concession:

Provided that the input tax credit in respect of such goods or services or both shall be available, where it is obligatory for an employer to provide the same to its employees under any law for the time being in force.

(c) works contract services when supplied for construction of an immovable property (other than plant and machinery) except where it is an input service for further supply of works contract service;

(d) goods or services or both received by a taxable person for construction of an immovable property (other than plant or machinery) on his own account including when such goods or services or both are used in the course or furtherance of business.

Explanation.––For the purposes of clauses (c) and (d), the expression “construction” includes re-construction, renovation, additions or alterations or repairs, to the extent of capitalisation, to the said immovable property;

(e) goods or services or both on which tax has been paid under section 10;

(f) goods or services or both received by a non-resident taxable person except on goods imported by him;

(fa) goods or services or both received by a taxable person, which are used or intended to be used for activities relating to his obligations under corporate social responsibility referred to in section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013);

(g) goods or services or both used for personal consumption;

(h) goods lost, stolen, destroyed, written off or disposed of by way of gift or free samples; and

(i) any tax paid in accordance with the provisions of sections 74, 129 and 130.

Explanation.–– For the purposes of this Chapter and Chapter VI, the expression “plant and machinery” means apparatus, equipment, and machinery fixed to earth by foundation or structural support that are used for making outward supply of goods or services or both and includes such foundation and structural supports but excludes-

(i) land, building or any other civil structures;

(ii) telecommunication towers; and

(iii) pipelines laid outside the factory premises.

Case 1 – Food & beverages clause: At clause (b), one may observe that it is further subdivided into three sub-clauses with a full stop at the end. The first sub-clause of (b) i.e. (i) denies ITC on food and beverages, renting of motor vehicles, etc., and uses the colon punctuation “:” followed by a proviso. The proviso permits, otherwise ineligible, ITC to be claimed if the ITC is used for making an outward supply of the same category of goods or services or as an element of a composite / mixed supply. The question would be whether the proviso which permits ITC is applicable to only clause (b) or even the preceding clauses (a), (aa), (ab). The answer could be simple that the proviso is restricted only to sub-clause (i) of clause (b) and cannot be extended to other clauses. This is purely because each clause ends with a semicolon which signifies that it is independent of the other clauses. The preceding clauses have completed their stipulations by themselves and hence, are not dependent on subsequent clauses for its operation. Moreover, sub-clause (i) of clause (b) ends with a colon and continues into the proviso which subsequently ends with a semicolon, clearly implying that clause (b) is incomplete until the proviso is also considered a part of it. Hence, the benefit of the proviso can be availed only in respect of food, beverages, renting / hiring of motor vehicles if the same are an element of an output supply.

Case 2 – Statutory obligation clause: We can extend this issue to another proviso which succeeds clause (b)(iii). The question of whether the proviso that permits ITC in respect of statutory obligations would extend to all the sub-clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of clause 17(5)(b) becomes relevant. In other words, whether ITC on canteen facilities which are covered in sub-clause (i) is also eligible if they are provided by factories under a statutory obligation. Applying interpretation principles, an ambiguity over the applicability of the said proviso to clause (b) in its entirety prevails. With the analogy applied in Case 1, the question may seem a difficult issue to address. One may technically state that the benefit of proviso would be restricted only to travel benefits extended by employers to its employees. Fortunately, the CBIC Circular No 172/04/2022-GST9 has stepped in to resolve this conflict and highlighted the true intention of the GST council. It was clarified that the intent of inserting the proviso to 17(5)(b) was to make it applicable to all scenarios of section 17(5)(b) including canteen and rent-a-cab services and not merely restricted to the third clause.


9. dated 6th July, 2022

Case 3 – Immovable Property clause: A very interesting facet arises when we read clauses (c) and (d). Both clauses attempt to restrict input tax credit on construction of immovable property other than plant and / or machinery. While clause (c) permits input tax credit on construction for “plant and machinery”, clause (d) permits such input tax credit when used for “plant or machinery”. The explanation to the said section defines “plant and machinery” and not “plant or machinery”. Naturally, the question arises whether the definition of plant and machinery could be adopted for the phrase plant or machinery.

We may analyse the explanation of the term “plant and machinery” in greater detail to unearth the intent of defining such a phrase. It is apparent, the said phrase has been used in the context of construction activity involving capitalisation to an immovable property. Therefore, the terms “plant and machinery” or “plant or machinery” prima-facie fall under the overall umbrella of “capital goods” as defined under the GST law — i.e., goods which are capitalised in the books of accounts of the assessee. Then why did the legislature choose to define the phrase “plant and machinery” and not “plant or machinery” when both are towards a similar objective? The legislature is always presumed to lay down the law in the most efficient and crisp manner without the use of any futile words unless there is strong necessity / evidence to the contrary. This settled principle provokes the idea that “plant and machinery” is to be treated distinctly from “capital goods”.

The starting point to assess this difference would be to search for such phrases at other instances in the statute and assess such interchangeability. Take, for example, section 18(6) which provides for the reversal of ITC or payment of output tax on supply of “capital goods or plant and machinery”. Noticeably, the legislature has used the phrases “capital goods” and “plant and machinery” in proximity to each other, interjecting a disjunctive word, indicating separate meanings to be assigned to each phrase even though plant and machinery prima-facie appears to be a sub-set of capital goods.

What does this possibly mean? While it is difficult to assign a definitive reason, an answer could be obtained by a comparison of definitions of “capital goods” and “plant and machinery”. Capital goods are defined to mean goods: implying movable property, but “plant and machinery” has been defined to mean equipment, apparatus, etc., which are “fixed to the earth by foundational or structural support”. There would be scenarios where capital goods procured as movables but by way of affixation to the immovable property (such as construction of buildings, etc.) lose their character as movables and become part of an overall immovable property on account of the permanent fixation to earth. The immovable property emerging from the usage of movables would then fall outside the definition of capital goods. Because of losing their character as goods after fixation to earth, it was necessary for the legislature to use a separate phrase alongside capital goods in various instances so that the same treatment could be accorded to such goods akin to movable capital goods. In the absence of any explanation, one could possibly have claimed that the equipment’s on fixation would lose their character of goods and hence, fall outside the definition of “capital goods” even though they are capitalised. This mischief has now been addressed by adding an explanation for the purpose of the entire chapter.

One may recollect the legacy of litigation around the immovability of machinery, equipment, etc., under the Central Excise as well as the Cenvat Rules. Under the Central Excise regime, we have had decisions of assembly / installation of plant and machinery at the site leading to an immovable property on account of the manner and intent of affixation with the land. The apex court’s decision of Sirpur Paper Mills, Triveni Engineering & Indus. Ltd, Solid & Correct Engineering Works, etc., have developed the principles of permanent fixation, cannibalization, for testing the immovability of plant and machinery10. Under the Cenvat Credit Rules, the decisions of Vodafone India Ltd; Indus Towers Limited; Vodafone Essar South Ltd11 have examined whether telecommunication towers which were installed qualified as inputs or capital goods for availment of CENVAT pursuant to installation on an immovable property. On similar lines, decisions in ICL Sugars Limited, SLR Steels, Pipavav Shipyard, etc12 have examined the eligibility of CENVAT of storage tanks, pollution control equipment and overhead cranes based on immovability principles. We also had Tribunal decisions of eligibility of CENVAT in Vandana Global Ltd, Reliance Gas Transportation Infrastructure Ltd13 on foundational support, pipelines, etc., rendered on the principles of immovability. These decisions compelled the legislature to bridge the gap between movables, retaining their characteristics as movable after its usage and movables which lose their characteristics as movables when forming part of immovable property. This gap was bridged by way of this explanation which focuses on such hybrid items which may be movables at the time of receipt / availment but have an end use for business as immovables. Thus, an explanation has been added for the purpose of the entire Chapter of Input tax Credit stating that apparatus, equipment and machinery fixed to the earth either by structural or foundational support would be coined by a specific term “Plant and machinery”. In contradistinction to the phrase “capital goods” which has its emphasis on goods, the emphasis of the term “plant and machinery” has been on the fixation of such goods (a.k.a. capital goods) to the earth and forming part of immovable property. In loose terms, “plant and machinery” is a specified term attributed to those capital goods which are not immovable property, assigning it a distinct identity.


10. 1998 (97) E.L.T. 3 (S.C.); 2000 (120) E.L.T. 273 (S.C.); 2004 (167) E.L.T. 501 (S.C.); 2010 (252) E.L.T. 481 (S.C.)
11. 2015 (40) S.T.R. 422 (Bom.); 2016 (45) S.T.R. J55 (Del.);
12. 2011 (271) E.L.T. 360 (Kar.); 2012 (280) E.L.T. 176 (Kar.); (2023) 4 Centax 246 (Guj.); 
13. 2010 (253) E.L.T. 440 (Tri. - LB) reversed in 2018 (16) G.S.T.L. 462 (Chhattisgarh); 2016 (45) S.T.R. 286 (Tri. - Mumbai)

This theory also fits well while analysing section 29(5) & Rule 40 which uses the phrase “goods held in stock or capital goods or plant and machinery”, again bearing proximity with each other. Explanation to Chapter V of the GST Rules which read as follows:

“Explanation. — For the purposes of this Chapter, –

(1) the expressions ‘capital goods’ shall include ‘plant and machinery’ as defined in the Explanation to section 17”

The explanation specifically includes “plant and machinery” as defined in the explanation to section 17 for the purpose of the availment / reversal of ITC under the GST law. Noticeably, this section has distinguished between “Plant and machinery” and “Plant or machinery”.

Implanting this analysis to section 17(5)(c) and (d) would lead to a better appreciation of the intent of the legislature. One may observe that both phrases are used in parenthesis alongside the construction of an immovable property. We have just understood above that “plant and machinery” refers to those equipment which are affixed as immovable property and “plant or machinery” has no such prescription. On careful consideration, one can note that section 17(5)(c) blocks ITC vis-à-vis the service activity of works contract which results in an immovable property except when such service activity is an input service for outward works contract service. The emphasis is on blockage of the ITC on works contract service resulting in an immovable property. What is delivered by the supplier on rendition of a works contract service is an immovable property. The parenthesis alongside immovable property excludes all “plant and machinery” which fall under the explanation, i.e., fixed to the earth by structural or foundational support and acquire the character of being an immovable property (per settled central excise, cenvat principles). Though they may have been movable at the time of rendition of works contract service and brought to site for installation as immovable property, they form part of immovable property and can avail the benefit of exclusion from
blocked ITC. Typically, turnkey and composite works contract arrangements, where the supply and installation are also performed by the contractor, fall under this clause.

ITC restriction under section 17(5)(d), on the other hand, is not with reference to an act of supply but on the condition of receipt of goods or services which are not forming part of any works contract activity. This is attempted to block ITC where the taxpayer assimilates all goods and services under vivisected arrangements (rather than a composite works contract / turnkey arrangements) with the end use of construction of an immovable property. Since the prescription is with reference to state in which the “goods are received” (in movable form) and then installed on own account by the taxpayer or under separate service contracts, the legislature in its wisdom thought that the general phrase “plant” or “machinery” is more apt rather than specific definition “plant and machinery” under explanation to section 17(5). Implying that the words “plant” or “machinery” needs to be assessed in its generic sense independently at the point of receipt (say factory gate) and the use into an immovable property becomes an event subsequent. While both would be capitalised to the immovable property, the former clause is indicative of turnkey contracts and the latter clause is indicative of vivisected contracts where goods and services are received to the account of the taxpayer and the taxpayer then performs/ assigns the installation separately. Thus, goods or services when procured independently and movable at the time of receipt with subsequent use for construction of immovable property — towards “plant” or “machinery”, may fall outside the scope of section 17(5)(d) even if they are capitalised to immovable property. This convoluted analogy would not hold goods for availment of composite works contract services for “plant and machinery” as buildings, telecommunication towers, pipelines are specifically excluded from the said phrase under plant and machinery.

To summarise, the phrase “plant and machinery” is a specific nomenclature used for hybrid goods which on fixation to earth form an immovable property. They are not necessarily plant and machinery used in its general sense but must be understood strictly based on the explanation. However, “plant” or “machinery” are two distinct words divided by a term “or” which has not been defined in the Act and must be understood independently in its generic sense. Trade parlance use of the word “plant” or even “machinery” would assist in claiming an exclusion from ITC blocked credit under section 17(5)(d). One may tabulate this understanding further:

Term Understanding ITC Testing Condition Installation
Plant and machinery One consolidated phrase bearing a specific nomenclature and well-defined Vis-à-vis receipt of works contract services Part of composite supply of immovable property Equipment, apparatus, etc. fixed to earth
Plant or machinery Generic sense in terms of trade usage with both terms being independent of each other Vis-à-vis at point of receipt of goods / services Goods and services separately received as movables but subsequently used towards immovable property on own account No specific condition as regards manner of fixation

The tabulation indicates that the words “and” and “or” and their interchangeability is not the moot issue here. Rather the moot issue for examination is the entire phrase “plant and machinery” and its applicability to section 17(5)(c)/(d). Had the intent of the legislature been to apply the same meaning, it would have implanted the said phrase in entirety in section 17(5)(d) as well. However, having chosen to adopt a separate phrase on account of past experiences due importance ought to be given to such distinction.

So where does this seemingly zealous interpretation lead to!!! Can the matter of ITC on shopping malls in the case of Safari Retreats14 which is currently pending before the Supreme Court be examined from this perspective? Similarly, whether hotels, cold storages, cinema theatres, etc. which are aggrieved by substantial ITC blockage, claim that the building is a “plant” in a generic sense used for the purpose of business to generate income and hence eligible for ITC credit as part of the exclusion in section 17(5)(d), even-though they are primarily civil constructions and otherwise barred from availment of ITC?


14 2019 (25) G.S.T.L. 341 (Ori.)

In the context of depreciation under income tax we are aware the term “plant” was given a wide import and not just limited to equipment or apparatus which are mechanical or industrial in nature, but also include all goods used by a businessman for the purpose of carrying on his business. We have had cases where anything which facilitates trade or business (apart from stock in trade) or a “tool in trade” was considered as plant irrespective of it being fixed or movable, mechanical or electrical. Income tax law has adopted the “trade parlance” and “functional test” to decide whether an object is a “building” or “plant” or “machinery” i.e., merely a shelter or a tool of running business.

We have the famous case of Taj Mahal Hotels15, where the Court examined whether hotel installations (such as pipelines, electricals, etc.) are plant for the purpose of claim of development rebate (akin to accelerated depreciation). The court affirmed the taxpayers position holding that wide import to the plant would include such installations within its ambit. Subsequently in Anand Theatres16, the court, distinguishing Taj Mahal Hotels, refuted the claim that cinema buildings are plants even though they may be purpose-built. Yet, we have decisions w.r.t. to cold storages in Shree Gopikishan Industries (P.) Ltd. and subsequently in Shri Soneshware Cold Storage17 which distinguished the Anand Theatres decision to hold that from a functionality perspective, a cold storage would be more appropriately classifiable as a plant rather than a mere building. However, in Geetha Hotels P Ltd18, the old principle of Taj Mahal hotels (despite the decision of Anand Theatres) was applied to grant the benefit to the extent of fittings and fixtures which have been installed on the hotel premises. To summarise, we have the case of Navodaya19 where the Tribunal members visited the premises involving a film studio with specialised floorings and equipment and held it to constitute a plant based on the following principles:

  • Functional test is a decisive test.

An item which falls within the category of building cannot be considered to be a plant. Buildings with particular specifications for atmospheric control like moisture or temperature are not plants.

  • In order to find out as to whether a particular item is a plant or not, the meaning which is available in the popular sense, i.e., the people conversant with the subject-matter would attribute to it, has to be taken.
  • The term “plant” would include any article or object, fixed or movable, live or dead, used by a businessman for carrying on his business and it is not necessarily confined to any apparatus which is used for mechanical operations or process or is employed in mechanical or industrial business. The article must have some degree of durability.
  • The building in which the business is carried on cannot be considered to be a plant.
  • The item should be used as a tool of the trade with which the business is carried on. For that purpose, the operations it performs have to be examined.

15. (1971) 82 ITR 44 (SC)
16. 
17. [2003] 131 Taxman 729 (Calcutta) & [2015] 56 taxmann.com 433 (Gujarat)
18. (2000) 243 ITR 192 (SC) 
19. [2016] 67 taxmann.com 180 (SC) affirming [2004] 271 ITR 173/135 Taxman 258 (Ker.)

We, thus, have a see-saw of decisions on this aspect and evidently the functionality of the building would tilt the bar to either side. Yet, one should not lose sight of the contextual setting in which these decisions were rendered under the income tax law vis-à-vis the current subject in hand. There may arise some reluctance to equate these contexts as depreciation was a mandatory requirement under the income tax law but input tax credit is statutory concession of sorts and subjected to legislative discretion. Deriving legislative intent would be a slightly challenging task for taxpayers and courts when it involves external aids of interpretation. Certainly, this would be an emerging area of study and the course taken by the Supreme Court in the Safari retreat’s case would be an interesting wait.

The ultimate takeaway from this analysis would be to recognise the importance of punctuation and grammar very contextually. Alternative interpretational permutations involving punctuation would have to be tested to arrive at the “better interpretation” for the situation. Each alternative would have to be viewed in an unbiased manner and the holistic result should be foreseen prior to concluding the legal position.

Section 43B(h) – The Provisions And Debatable Issues

BACKGROUND

Micro and Small enterprises’ role in developing a country like India is significant. It generates employment opportunities, and rural growth is mainly because of micro and small enterprises. Like all business entities, micro and small enterprises also have various problems. Central and State Governments have always given support and multiple incentives for the growth of micro and small enterprises. Shortage of working capital and effective utilisation of available working capital are two significant problems that micro and small enterprises face. To overcome such a situation, the Government and RBI have provided guidelines for cheap and sufficient working capital finance to micro and small enterprises. However, many micro and small enterprises suffer acute working capital shortages due to delayed payments by buyers of goods and services. Several representations were made to the State and Central Governments for bringing a law to make timely payments to Micro and Small Enterprises mandatory. The Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act) was enacted to give relief to such units. Provision was introduced in said Act for payment of interest on delayed payments, and such interest was not allowable as a deduction under the Income Tax Act. Further, statutory auditors of companies were asked to provide an ageing analysis of trade payables to Micro and Small Enterprises. However, such measures did not yield the desired result. Hence, the Honourable Finance Minister introduced section 43B(h) in the Income Tax Act, 1961 through Finance Bill, 2023, to disallow expenses in case of delayed payments to micro and small enterprises. It may be noted that the provisions in section 43B(h) apply only to micro and small enterprises and not medium enterprises. Hence, the discussion in this article is restricted to Micro and Small Enterprises only unless expressly referred to as Medium Enterprises. At present, it is the most debated and burning topic for all assessees engaged in business, and hence, it is necessary to understand the provisions of section 43B(h) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and to see what are the debatable issues in the said provision.

SECTION 43B(h) OF THE INCOME TAX ACT:

It is necessary first to read the provisions of section 43B(h); hence, the section is reproduced below:

S. 43B. Certain deductions are to be only on actual payment. — Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act, a deduction otherwise allowable under this Act in respect of—

(h) any sum payable by the assessee to a micro or small enterprise beyond the time limit specified in section 15 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (27 of 2006) shall be allowed (irrespective of the previous year in which the liability to pay such sum was incurred by the assessee according to the method of accounting regularly employed by him) only in computing the income referred to in section 28 of that previous year in which such sum is actually paid by him:

It is to be noted that this subsection starts with the words “Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provisions of this Act”. Hence, this is a non-obstante clause, overriding other law provisions.

PROVISIONS OF THE MSME ACT, 2006 RELEVANT TO SECTION 43B(H) OF THE INCOME TAX ACT:

The following terms in the MSMED Act, 2006 are relevant for the correct interpretation of provisions of section 43B(h).

  • Micro enterprise — section 2 (h):

“micro-enterprise” means an enterprise classified as such under sub-clause (i) of clause (a) or sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 7;

(so we should know what is provided in sub-clause (i) of clause (a) or sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 7).

  • Small enterprise — Section 2 (m):

“small enterprise” means an enterprise classified as such under sub-clause (ii) of clause (a) or sub-clause (ii) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 7;

CLASSIFICATION OF ENTERPRISES UNDER THE MSME ACT, 2006

The MINISTRY OF MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES vide notification dated 1st July, 2020, which is applicable from 1st July, 2020, has classified an enterprise as a micro, small or medium enterprise on the basis of the following criteria:

Composite Criteria Investment in Plant & Machinery or Equipment Turnover
Micro Does not exceed ₹1 crore Does not exceed ₹5 crores
Small Above ₹1 crore but does not exceed ₹10 crores Above ₹5 Crores but does not exceed ₹50 crores
Medium Above ₹10 crores but does not exceed ₹50 crores Above ₹50 crores but does not exceed ₹250 crores

It is to be noted that both the conditions are simultaneous as the word “and” is coming between “Investment in Plant and Machinery or equipment” and “Turnover”. It is clarified by Explanation 1 to 7(1) of the MSMED Act that in calculating the value of an investment in plant and machinery or equipment, one has to see WDV as per the Income-tax Act of earlier year and plant and machinery does not include land, building, furniture fixtures, office equipment, vehicles like car, two-wheelers, computers, laptops, the cost of pollution control, research and development, industrial safety devices and such other items as may be specified, by notification.

In the same manner for calculating turnover, you have to exclude export turnover.

(b) The sum payable means when the sum becomes payable or due, which is prescribed in section 15 of the MSME Act, 2006, which is summarised as under.

 

It is important to note that the written agreement includes credit terms mentioned in any manner, either in the agreement or Purchase order or on the invoice or by any other mode of communication in writing like email or letter etc.

(c) Now let us understand what the day of acceptance or deemed acceptance.

(i) “The day of acceptance” means—

• the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services; or

• where any objection is made in writing by the buyer regarding the acceptance of goods or services within fifteen days or up to a maximum of forty-five days, as the case may be from the day of the delivery of goods or the rendering of services, the day on which the supplier removes such objection;

(ii) “the day of deemed acceptance” means where no objection is made in writing by the buyer regarding acceptance of goods or services within fifteen days or up to a maximum of forty-five days, as the case may be, from the day of the delivery of goods or the rendering of services, the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services;

Above is the understanding of the applicability of section 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, read with relevant MSME Act, 2006 provisions. Now, let us discuss some debatable issues.

DEBATABLE ISSUES:

SR. NO. DEBATABLE ISSUE / MATTER AUTHOR’S VIEWS
1 Whether the amount payable from a trader for purchase of goods or services would be covered u/s 43B(h)? Section 43B(h) says “any sum payable by the assessee to a micro or small enterprise” and if we see the definition of enterprise as per section 2 (e) of MSME Act, 2006, it includes an industrial undertaking engaged in the manufacture or production of goods or
engaged in providing or rendering of service or services. In view of the above definition of enterprise, it does not include trader and hence, the amount payable to trader is not covered u/s 43B(h) of Income-tax Act, 1961. A contrary opinion is that since the definition of supplier includes trader of specific nature, section 43B(h) would be applicable to trader who is buying goods from micro and small enterprises. However, in the author’s view, as section 43B(h) talks about amount payable to Micro or Small Enterprise and as enterprise does not include trader, the purchase of goods from trader will not be covered u/s 43B(h) of Income-tax Act,1961. Moreover, as per Para 2 of Office Memorandum: No. 5/2(2)/2020/E/P&G/POLICY dated 2nd July, 2021 issued by the Central Government, it has been clarified that “The Government has received various representations, and it has been decided to include Retail and wholesale trades as MSMEs and they are allowed to be registered on Udyam Registration Portal. However, benefits to Retail and Wholesale trade MSMEs are to be restricted to Priority Sector Lending only.” Central Government’s office memorandum ¼(1)/2021— P&G Policy, dated 1st September 2021, further clarifies that “the benefit to Retail and wholesale trade MSMEs are restricted up to priority sector landing only and other benefit, including provisions of delayed payment as per MSMED Act, 2006, are excluded”.
2 Would opening balance on 1st April, 2023 remaining unpaid on 31st March, 2024 attract section 43B(h)? In the author’s opinion, provisions of section 43B(h) would not be attracted to the opening balance as on
1st April, 2023, as section 43B(h) is for disallowance of the expense of the relevant previous year and in case of opening balance as on 1st April, 2023; the same is for expense debited in FY 2022–23 or earlier year/s and not in FY 2023–24 which is the year from which the said section 43B(h) is applicable and hence, for expense debited in year(s) before FY 2023–24, section 43B(h) would not be applicable.
3 If the amount for purchase of goods or taking services from micro or small enterprise is outstanding as at the year-end in the books of micro or small enterprise beyond the due date, is the amount disallowable u/s 43B(h)? There is no exception to the applicability of section 43B(h) to Micro and Small Enterprises; hence, in this case, the amount would be disallowed u/s. 43B(h). All paying entities, including Micro and Small Enterprises, are covered. Here, it will be against the objective of bringing this provision into law, i.e., Socio-economic benefit to Micro and Small Enterprises,  but till any amendment is made in the law, as per current provisions, it would apply to buyers who themselves are Micro and Small Enterprises.
4 Whether GST is to be included in purchases or expenses for services for disallowance u/s 43B(h)? Where input credit of GST is claimed, and purchase or expense for services is debited net of GST, it will be disallowed without GST as the expense is debited net of GST. However, where GST input credit is not available for any reason, then, in such cases, disallowance would be with GST as expense or purchase would have been debited inclusive of GST. Where the exempt and taxable sale is mixed and proportionate GST credit is taken, the purchase or expense of services will be disallowed, including GST, to the extent of input GST not claimed, disallowed, or reversed.
5 If goods or services are purchased from unregistered Micro and Small Enterprise, will provisions of section 43B(h) apply to such transactions? Para 2 of the Notification provides that any person who intends to establish a Micro, Small or Medium Enterprise may file Udyam Registration online on the Udyam Registration portal based on self-declaration with no requirement to upload documents, papers, certificates, or proof. The word ‘may’, used in the Notification, indicates that an enterprise does not need to get registered to establish itself as an MSME. However, Section 43B(h) mentions Section 15 of the MSMED  Act, which talks about the delay in payment to a ‘supplier’. Section 2(n) defines “supplier” to mean a micro or small enterprise that has filed a memorandum with authority referred to in Section 8(1) (i.e., Udyam Registration). So, without registration on the Udyam Portal, Section 15 of the MSMED Act may not be invoked for disallowance under Section 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act. Further, it is practically impossible for any buyer to determine whether a particular entity is Micro and Small Enterprises. In such circumstances, the only feasible method to conclude the supplier’s classification is to refer to his Udyam registration. Based on this, if the entity is a trader or a medium enterprise, one can ignore it; if it is not, one can take the information for calculating the disallowance.
6 Is the disallowance under Section 43B applicable if supplies are made before obtaining Udyam registration? Section 43B(h) will not apply with respect to payments for supplies made before the date of Udyam Registration. In such a case, the supplier would be regarded as a micro-enterprise or small enterprise only from the date of obtaining such registration, as Udyam Registration does not operate retrospectively. As per the MSMED Act,
registration is not mandatory, but as per the definition of supplier, it is compulsory to file a memorandum, and hence, instead of the date of registration, the most recent date of submission of the memorandum could be considered.
7 Can the information received in one year, say FY 2023–24, about registration as an MSME, be considered permanent and applicable forever? No. Each year, the status may change due to changes like business or investment in plant and machinery or turnover; hence, every year, information on the status of registration of micro or small enterprises must be verified. The registration needs to be renewed every year.
8 Will 43B(h) apply to an entity following the cash method of accounting? Since there would be no amount outstanding at the year-end in the books of account of creditors where the cash method of accounting is followed, provisions of section 43B(h) will not be applicable.
9 Does Section 43B(h) apply with respect to the amounts due towards the purchase of Capital Goods? Section 43B applies to sums payable in respect of which a deduction is otherwise allowable under this Act. Therefore, Section 43B(h) would apply to amounts payable to micro or small enterprises with respect to the purchase of capital goods for which a 100 per cent deduction is admissible under Sections 30 to 36. For example, the deduction of 100 per cent of capital expenditure under Section 35AD and the deduction of 100 per cent of capital expenditure on scientific research under Section. If a 100 per cent deduction of capital expenditure is not allowable, there would be no disallowance with respect to depreciation on capital goods purchased if the MSE supplier of capital goods is not paid in time. This is because depreciation is not a “sum payable in respect of which deduction is otherwise  allowable”, and depreciation is not
an expense but an allowance different from an expense. What can be disallowed under Section 43B(h) must have the character of a sum payable in respect of which deduction is otherwise allowable. The Courts had taken the view that depreciation cannot be disallowed on the cost of the asset, which was capitalised in books of account, but tax thereon was not deducted under Section 40(a)(i)/(ia) of the Act. Refer Lemnisk (P.) Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2022] 141 taxmann.com195 (Bangalore – Trib.). The same stand is taken for disallowance under section 40A(3) prior to its amendment, where it is mentioned explicitly that proportionate depreciation will be disallowed for breach of section 40A(3). As no such reference to disallowance of depreciation is available in 43B(h), one can take the stand that the same is not disallowable u/s 43B(h).
10 Is disallowance attracted if the assessee opts for a presumptive taxation scheme under Section 44AD, Section 44ADA, Section 44AE, etc.? Section 43B(h) begins with a non-obstante clause “notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act”. Therefore, Section 43B apparently overrides all provisions of the Act, including presumptive taxation under Section 44AD, Section 44ADA, Section 44AE, Section 44BBB and Section 115VA (Tonnage Tax). However, Sections 44AD, 44ADA, 44AE, 44BBB and 115VA also begin with non-obstante clauses as ‘Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 28 to 43C,…….’ Therefore, Section 43B(h) overrides all other provisions of the Act except Sections 44AD, 44AE, 44ADA, 44BBB and 115VA. Thus, Section 43B(h) will not apply to eligible assessee-buyers
who opt for presumptive taxation under Sections 44AD, 44AE, 44ADA, 44BBB or 115VA. When two non-obstante clauses are there, which clause will prevail over the other is an issue. Here, courts have also held that specific will prevail over general in such circumstances. In this case, provisions of section 44AD, 44ADA, 44AE, etc, are specific for particular businesses and provisions of section 43B(h) are generally applicable to all entities; in the author’s view, the specific will prevail over the general.
11 Would disallowance be attracted if provisions are made instead of crediting individual accounts of the trade creditors / suppliers? Provisions represent sums payable in respect of which deduction is otherwise allowable under Section 37(1). Therefore, they would fall within the ambit of Section 43B(h) irrespective of whether the same is credited to the creditor’s individual account or to a common “payable account” or “provisions account” by whatever nomenclature called. What is relevant is the booking of the expense and non-payment or delayed payment to the micro and small enterprise for purchasing goods or taking services.
12 Can disallowance under Section 43B(h) be made while computing book profit for MAT purposes? Section 43B(h) is applicable for calculating a company’s taxable business profits in regular assessment under the Act. It is not applicable for calculating Minimum Alternate Tax under Section 115JB of the Act.
13 What if any charitable trust is not making payment or is making a delayed payment to an MSME? Are such delayed or non-payments disallowable under section 43B(h)? As the income of a charitable trust is governed by section 11 to section 13 and is not taxable under the head business and profession, section  43B(h) does not apply to such a trust since, in the case of a trust, there is no allowance of expense. There is the application of income, which is reduced from the income
(donations). Unlike the applicability of sections 40A(3) and 40a(ia), which has been provided for in section 11, there is no provision in section 11 for treating such amount as non-application of income where provisions of section 43B(h) are applicable.
14 How does one compute investment in plant and machinery and turnover in the first year of operations? It is considered based on a declaration made by the enterprise on its own.
15 If the provision for expenses made on year-end is not paid on the due date, i.e., within 15 days or up to 45 days as specified in section 15 of the MSMED Act, will the said expenses be subject to disallowance u/s 43B(h)? In any business, provisions for certain expenses are made on the last date of the year to match the accrual concept of accounting. Where provision for expense is created like audit fees, legal fees, etc., then in the Author’s view, Section 43B(h) will not apply because payment as per Section 15 of the MSMED Act is to be made within the specified time after acceptance of services or goods. In such cases, payment will be made only after the services are rendered. For example, audit fees would become due for payment only after the audit is done, and therefore, such sum will not be hit by Section 15 of the MSMED Act till the services are rendered. Once the services have been rendered, payment must be made within the time limit from the date of rendering of services.
16 When part payment is made on or before the due date, would the entire expense be disallowed, or will only part of the amount not paid be disallowed? In the Author’s view, if part of the amount is paid on or before the due date, said part would be an allowable expense. The other part, if paid after year-end and if paid late or not paid on or before the due date under MSMED Act, shall be disallowed u/s 43B(h).
17 There is no agreement between the buyer and seller, but the seller, in its invoice, mentioned that the credit allowed is 15 days. Can this be treated as an agreement? Yes, if any written communication, whether on the invoice or through the purchase order, email, or letter, is exchanged between the two parties, then the
same could be treated as an agreement.
18 If an entity is engaged in trading and service providing or manufacturing and trading, will it be treated as an enterprise? One has to see the major activity, and if that activity falls into manufacturing and service, it will be treated as an enterprise. If significant activity is trading, it would not be treated as an enterprise.
19 Whether a proprietorship concern is treated as an enterprise? The definition of “enterprise” states that for an entity to be treated as an enterprise, it should be registered. If a proprietary concern is registered under the MSMED Act under the proprietor’s PAN, then the same will be treated as a registered entity and as an enterprise.
20 If one proprietor has more than one proprietorship concern, can all of them be treated as enterprises eligible as micro or small? In such a scenario, the turnover of all concerns should be calculated together. It has to be established that the major activity is manufacturing and/or service. The criteria of investment and turnover are per requirement for micro or small enterprises, and the proprietor has PAN. Then, one can decide whether such a proprietor is a micro or small enterprise.
21 Can retention money withheld by a buyer and outstanding at the year-end beyond the time limit prescribed u/s 15 of MSMED Act be disallowed u/s 43B(h)? As such, retention money is withheld as per contract and is to be paid after a certain period to fulfil certain conditions. So, it is a security deposit given out of payment received (deemed receipt); hence, retention money is not claimed as an expense, and therefore, it ought not to be disallowed u/s 43B(h) of the Act.
22 If a creditor is registered as a Micro or Small Enterprise on, say,
1st October, 2023, the purchase of goods prior to 1st October, 2023
and remaining unpaid as of
31st March, 2024 will be subject to disallowance u/s 43B(h)?
Since registration is mandatory, any purchases prior to registration shall not be subject to disallowance u/s 43B(h). As mentioned earlier, at the most, one could consider the date of filing the Memorandum (application for registration) for the purpose of disallowance rather than the date of registration as in the
definition of supplier u/s 15 of MSMED Act, the supplier is defined as the one that has filed a Memorandum.
23 If adjustment entry is passed for receivable against the sale of goods as payment by debiting the creditor account, is it treated as payment for 43B(h)? In the Author’s view, yes, as in section 43B(h), unlike 40A(3), there is no mention of the mode of payment in a specific manner, and in the case of 40A(3) also, it is treated as valid by rule 6DD.
24 Will payments made after the year-end (31st March) but before the due date of filing the return of income be allowed as a deduction? If the payment is made after the year-end (say, 31st March, 2024) but before the due date of filing the return of income, it will be allowed only in the next year, i.e., the year of payment (Y.E. 31st March, 2025) and not the year in which the expenses are incurred. In this respect, this provision differs from other provisions of section 43B.
25 Would delayed payments (beyond the time limit prescribed under the MSMED Act) to any micro and small enterprise within the Financial Year attract disallowance under section 43B(h)? No. The disallowance under section 43B(h) will be attracted only regarding the delayed payment to a micro and small enterprise, which has remained outstanding at the year’s end (i.e., 31st March).

5. CONCLUSION:

Efforts have been made to analyse all the provisions of section 43B(h) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, keeping in mind provisions of the MSMED Act, 2006 and to consider as many issues as may arise in calculating disallowance u/s 43B(h) while preparing statement of income, showing disallowance u/s 43B(h) in form 3CD and assessment/appellate proceedings. With the passage of time, there will likely be protracted litigation revolving around the interpretation and application of this provision since the impact of tax liability on account of disallowance may be more than taxable income without such disallowance. All assessees, professional bodies, etc., expect a notification from CBDT to clarify various debatable issues to reduce litigation and for better understanding. In the author’s opinion, for compliance with any law, shelter of the Income Tax Act should not be taken all the time. It is nothing but a breach of the real income principle. In some cases, tax liabilities are so high that they bring the business of the assessee to an end which is not the objective of the Government. The government cannot help or support MSMEs to grow at the cost of survival of all other types of enterprises, including MSMEs themselves, as they too may be subjected to disallowance u/s 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, if they fail to pay within the timeframe for goods or services bought from other MSME.

NFRA Digest

(Editorial Note: Given the increasingly important role played by NFRA in the context of auditing, BCA Journal will be continuing with reporting on NFRA developments. In February 2024, an article was published on the 5 NFRA inspection reports of 2023. This new feature titled NFRA Digest will cover orders, reports, circulars, notifications, rules, inspection reports, discussion papers, etc. BCAJ will cover some of these developments affecting the profession of audit with a view that members and readers can learn from these developments. The aim is to enable members to improve their audit processes and reduce their audit risk by improving quality and governance frameworks mandated by applicable standards and regulatory expectations. In this context, we are pleased to bring this new feature NFRA Digest to our readers, covering NFRA updates. This first few NFRA Digests will carry a condensed coverage of past NFRA publications to bring readers up to speed till December 2023.)

BACKGROUND ABOUT NFRA, ITS POWERS AND DOMAIN

The National Financial Reporting Authority (“NFRA”), constituted on 1st October, 2018 by the Government of India under section 132(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”), is an independent regulator set up to oversee the auditing profession and the Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) under the Act. Though this section was enacted with the rest of the Act, it was ultimately notified only in 2018, after the PNB scam came to light. NFRA’s functions are laid down by sub-section 2 of section 132 covering:

a. Making recommendations to the Central Government on the formulation and laying down of accounting and auditing policies and standards for adoption by companies or their auditors. Accounting and auditing standards are now to be prescribed by Rules made under the Act by the Central Government, based on the recommendations of the ICAI, in consultation with and after examination of the recommendations of the NFRA;

b. Monitoring and enforcing compliance with accounting and auditing standards in such manner as may be prescribed;

c. Overseeing the quality of service of the professions associated with ensuring compliance with such standards, and suggesting measures required for improvement in the quality of services; and

d. Performing such other functions relating to clauses (a), (b) and (c), as described above, as may be prescribed.

The Central Government has notified the NFRA rules 2018 using its powers under the aforesaid section.

Rule 4 lays down that the NFRA shall protect the public interest and the interest of investors, creditors and others associated with the companies or bodies corporate under NFRA’s purview by establishing high-quality standards of accounting and auditing and exercising effective oversight of accounting functions performed by the companies and bodies corporate and auditing functions performed by auditors.

In addition, sub-section (4) of section 132 vests NFRA with the power to investigate professional misconduct by any auditor of any of these companies. When such misconduct is proved, NFRA is empowered to impose monetary penalties up to 10 times the fees received and also to bar the auditor from being appointed as auditor or internal auditor of any company or body corporate for up to 10 years.

In order to remove any chance of regulatory overlap, the said sub-section very unambiguously provides that where the NFRA has initiated an investigation, no other institute or body shall initiate or continue any proceedings in such matters of misconduct.

Rule 3 specifies what class of companies would fall under the purview of the NFRA. Other rules laydown what procedures should be followed in discharging the functions specified in the Act, 2013, some details about the internal administration of the NFRA, etc.

NFRA’s jurisdiction covers all listed companies, unlisted public companies with either turnover, or share capital or borrowing above certain specified thresholds, all banking, insurance and electricity generation and supply companies, foreign subsidiaries of these entities of certain size, etc.

In addition, the Central Government can make reference to the NFRA, for actions in respect of any other company, or class of companies, in the public interest.

Keeping the above objective in mind, NFRA till31st December, 2023 has issued following:

FRQR REPORTS

The FRQR focuses on the role of preparers, i.e., those responsible for the preparation of financial statements and reports in accordance with the applicable accounting standards. Therefore, the FRQR evaluates how well the Chief Financial Officer, and the rest of the Management, and the Audit Committee, as well as the Board of Directors of the Company, have performed in preparing financial statements that show a true and fair view as required under the Companies Act, and in accordance with the applicable accounting standards.The FRQR concludes with an advisory to the preparers, highlighting the matters that need improvement. In case there are violations of accounting standards and the law that require action to be taken under the law, the matter is reported to the authorities who can take action.

NFRA has issued four such reports so far, and the companies which were reviewed by NFRA include PSP Projects Limited, ISGEC Heavy Engineering Limited, Prabhu Steel Industries Limited and KIOCL Limited.

AQR AND INSPECTION REPORTS

The AQR / Inspection Reports, on the other hand, have the objective of verifying compliance by the Audit Firm with the requirements of Standards on Auditing relevant to the performance of the Engagement. The AQR / Inspection Reports also have the objective of assessing the Quality Control system of the Audit Firm and the extent to which the same has been complied with in the performance of the engagement. NFRA completes his review and publishes the report as mandated by law.

MAJOR OBSERVATIONS BY NFRA IN ITS AQR REPORTS

As stated above, since its inception, NFRA has issued total seven reports which include one Supplementary AQR (“SRQR”). The firms to which such reports are issued include Deloitte Haskins & Sells, LLP, BSR & Associates LLP, Rajendra K Goel&Co. and SRBC & Co LLP.

Major observations include:

• In almost all reports, appointment is considered to be illegal or void due to violation of section 143(3)(e) (subsisting business relationships on the date of appointment) and section 141(3)(i) (provision of non-audit services directly or indirectly) of the Companies Act, 2013.

• Compromise in independence due to non-audit services for substantial fees and absence of Audit Committee approval for such services.

• Violation of SQC-1 and SA 220 by naming two partners as Engagement Partners leading to loss of accountability.

• Not adequately challenging the going concern assumptions.

• Non-determination of the persons comprising those charged with governance (“TCWG”), non-communication of audit matters, independence matters, etc., to TCWG.

• The EQCR, as said to have been carried out, has been shown to have been a complete sham, and has been found to be inadequate or a complete travesty of the EQCR process by appointing the EP himself as its EQCR partner.

• Gross violation of independence requirements due to non-audit services provided technically by a network-firms under the same brand claimed to be different firms but indirectly provided by same network firms.

• Independent Auditor’s Report is misleading due to non-identification of transactions, violative of accounting and auditing standards. The impact is both material and pervasive.

• No satisfactory rebuttal of the presumption of ROMM due to fraud in respect of revenue recognition and management override of controls, ultimately resulting in several violations of applicable provisions of Ind AS and SAs.

• Non-identification and assessment of Risk of Material Misstatements (ROMM) through understanding the entity and its environment, including its internal control. No ROMM procedures performed at the assertion level.

• Non-evaluation of work done by management’s expert.

MAJOR OBSERVATIONS BY NFRA IN ITS INSPECTION REPORTS

NFRA issued Audit Quality Inspection Guidelines in November 2022, which cover the objective, criteria for selection, scope of review, methodology for selection of audit firms and individual audit assignments, the inspection cycle, the inspection reports including its structure and timelines for responses by audit firms. Keeping these guidelines in mind, NFRA has issued five inspection reports from 22nd December to 29th December, 2023. (Refer to BCAJ Articles on Page 21, February 2024, and Page 25 in this issue for summary of major observations.)

ORDERS / DEBARMENTS

Orders are issued generally when irregularities are noticed by some regulators, e.g., Serious Fraud Investigation Officer (SFIO), Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI), Director General of Income Tax (Investigation), Central Economic Intelligence Bureau (CEIB), Ministry of Finance, Media Reports, Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) regarding irregularities observed by FRRB except in case of DHFL matter wherein NFRA has initiated the investigation on Suo Moto. Orders are normally concluded with debarment, if required and imposition of penalty.

The NFRA orders are generally structured as below:

1. Executive Summary,

2. Introduction & Background,

3. Issue of jurisdiction and procedures,

4. Major lapses in the Audit and Charges in the Show Cause Notice (SCN),

5. Finding on the article of Charges of Professional Misconduct,

6. Penalty & Sanctions.

Section 132(4)(c) of the Act, 2013, provides that NFRA shall, where professional or other misconduct is proved, have the power to make order for:

A. Imposing penalty of (I) not less than one lakh rupee, but which may extend to five times of the fees received, in case of individual and (II) not less than five lakh rupees, but which may extend to ten times of the fees received, in case of firms;

B. Debarring the member or the firm from (I) being appointed as an auditor or internal auditor or undertaking any audit in respect of financial statements or internal audit of the functions and the activities of any company or body corporate or (II) performing any valuation as provided under section 247, for a minimum period of six months or such higher period not exceeding 10 years as may be determined by NFRA.

Considering the above provision of the Act, 2013, NFRA has debarred the individual or firms and imposed penalties in most of the orders. The debarment period of individual professional ranges from six months to 10 years and firms from two to four years. The financial penalties, in the case of individual professional ranges from ₹1 lakh to ₹25 lakhs, and in the case of firms from ₹10 lakhs to ₹200 lakhs.

The upcoming NFRA Digests will cover NFRA orders, circulars, consultation papers, etc., issued till December 2023, to enable the reader to read not just the chronology but their classification under key themes.

From Published Accounts

Compilers’ Note:

Illustration of disclosure and reporting for compliances to be carried out as directed by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) regarding authorisation to setup payment system by a Subsidiary and strengthening of KYC / AML process of an Associate. The RBI had subsequently imposed restrictions on certain business operations to be carried out by the said Subsidiary and the Associate.

ONE 97 COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED (QUARTER AND 9 MONTHS ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2023)

From Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Results

7. Notes given by the subsidiary and associate in their respective Unaudited Special Purpose Interim Condensed Financial Statements/Information:

a) Paytm Payments Services Limited (Subsidiary): “The Company filed an application for authorization to set up Payment System (‘PA application’) under sub-section (1) of Section 5 of the Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007 with the Department of Payment and Settlement Systems, Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) on 8th January, 2021, in response to which, the Company received a letter from the RBI on 25th November, 2022. As per the letter, the Company was required to obtain necessary approval for past downward investment from its parent company, One 97 Communications Limited (“OCL”), in compliance with Foreign Direct Investment (“FDI”) Guidelines and resubmit the PA application within 120 calendar days. Pursuant to the aforesaid, the Company had applied to the requisite government authorities seeking approval for the past downward investment made by OCL on 14th December, 2022, which is still under process. Further, the Company had received an extension of time from RBI, vide its letter dated 23rd March, 2023, for resubmission of the application. As per RBl’s letter, the Company can continue with the online payment aggregation business (except that the Company cannot on board new merchants), while it awaits approval from Government of India (‘GoI’) for past downward investment from OCL into the Company and needs to resubmit the PA application within 15 days of receipt of the approval from GoI and to inform RBI immediately, if any adverse decision is taken by the Gol. Management has assessed that this does not have a material impact on the financial results and the business and revenues since the communication from R.81 is applicable only to on boarding of new merchants. Accordingly, no adjustment has been made in these financial results.”

b) Paytm Payments Bank Limited (Associate): “During FY 2022, pursuant to a supervisory process, RBl directed the Bank to stop the on boarding of new customer’s w.e.f. 11th March, 2022. During FY 2023, RBI appointed an external auditor for conducting a comprehensive systems audit of the Bank. On 21st October, 2022, the Bank received the final report thereof from RBI outlining the need for continued strengthening of IT outsourcing processes and operational risk management, including KYC / AML at the Bank. Pursuant to a supervisory engagement thereafter, RBI recommended remediating action steps (including further steps to be taken by the Bank) in a time-bound manner. The Bank has submitted the compliance to these instructions of RBI. Further, the Bank as per RBl’s communication received in October 2023, is continuously engaged with RBI in closing out of all persisting deficiencies. The Bank is in the process of complying with all remedial actions with respect to the supervisory engagement with the RBI in respect of the above communication and restrictions imposed on onboarding of new customers since 11th March, 2022. The RBI has levied a penalty amounting to ₹ 5.39 Crores on the Bank in respect of above vide RBI order dated12th October, 2023.”

From Auditors’ Report

EMPHASIS OF MATTERS

We draw attention to Note 7(a) to the Financial Results which describes that the Company’s subsidiary application for authorization to set up Payment System, to the Department of Payment and Settlement Systems, Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”), is in process due to the reasons stated in the said note. Accordingly, no adjustment has been made by the management in these Unaudited consolidated financial results. Our conclusion is not modified in respect of this matter.

We draw attention to Note 7(b) to the Financial Results regarding progress on the Comprehensive Systems IT Audit (RBI) report received during the year ended 31st March, 2023, recommending strengthening of KYC/AML at the Paytm Payments Bank Limited, an Associate of the Company. A penalty as stated in the said note has been levied by the RBI and the supervisory engagement with the RBI is still in progress in respect of communications received in October 2023, restrictions imposed on the on boarding of new customers since 11th March, 2022 and compliance with related remedial actions. Our conclusion is not modified in respect of this matter.

Accounting Of Losses in an Associate

BACKGROUND

Hold Co has a 25 per cent investment in Low Co. Hold Co accounts for investment in Low Co as an associate in its consolidated financial statements (CFS) because it has representation on the board of Low Co and exercises significant influence.

Low Co has incurred significant losses, far exceeding the equity of the owners. In the CFS, Hold Co has absorbed its proportion of the losses to the extent of the cost of investment, making it zero, and the remaining unabsorbed losses are not accounted for, as equity-accounted investments cannot be negative. This is in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 38 of Ind AS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.

Low Co has prepared its business plan and it requires further capitalisation by all the equity owners in proportion to their shareholding. Hold Co would also like to further invest in Low Co, considering the strategic benefits arising out of investments in Low Co.

Consider the following simple example:

1. Hold Co has 25 per cent equity share in Low Co. Other investors own the remaining 75 per cent equity.

2. Hold Co had invested ₹100 million for the 25 per cent equity shares.

3. At the end of the financial year, Low Co had incurred a cumulative loss of ₹500 million.

4. Hold Co’s share of losses is ₹125 million. In the CFS, Hold Co has absorbed losses to the tune of ₹100 million, and ₹25 million loss remains unabsorbed.

5. Accordingly, the value of the equity-accounted investment in the CFS is zero.

6. Hold Co makes an additional equity investment of R60 million, just a little before the end of the financial year. Other investors contribute their share proportionately.

7. The prospects for Low Co are extremely bright, and there is no objective evidence of any impairment.

ISSUE

What should be the accounting of investment of further equity by Hold Co in Low Co? Should the unabsorbed losses be allocated to the new investment, i.e.

Option 1

Should the unabsorbed losses of ₹25 million be immediately allocated to the new equity investment of ₹60 million, and consequently, the equity accounted investment is determined to be ₹35 million?

or

Option 2

The unabsorbed losses should not be allocated to the new investment, and accordingly, the new investment should be reflected as ₹60 million, and the earlier investment at zero value?

RESPONSE

Accounting Standard References

Ind AS 28 – Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

Paragraph 3 – Definitions

The equity method is a method of accounting whereby the investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets. The investor’s profit or loss includes its share of the investee’s profit or loss and the investor’s other comprehensive income includes its share of the investee’s other comprehensive income.

10. Under the equity method, on initial recognitionthe investment in an associate or a joint venture is recognised at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. The investor’s share of the investee’s profit or loss is recognised in the investor’s profit or loss. Distributions received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

19. When an entity has an investment in an associate, a portion of which is held indirectly through a venture capital organisation, or a mutual fund, unit trust and similar entities including investment-linked insurance funds, the entity may elect to measure that portion of the investment in the associate at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with Ind AS 109 regardless of whether the venture capital organisation has significant influence over that portion of the investment. If the entity makes that election, the entity shall apply the equity method to any remaining portion of its investment in an associate that is not held through a venture capital organisation.

24. If an investment in an associate becomes an investment in a joint venture or an investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate, the entity continues to apply the equity method and does not remeasure the retained interest.

25. If an entity’s ownership interest in an associate or a joint venture is reduced, but the entity continues to apply the equity method, the entity shall reclassify to profit or loss the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognised in other comprehensive income relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be required to be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities.

26. Many of the procedures that are appropriate for the application of the equity method are similar to the consolidation procedures described in Ind AS 110. Furthermore, the concepts underlying the procedures used in accounting for the acquisition of a subsidiary are also adopted in accounting for the acquisition of an investment in an associate or a joint venture.

38. If an entity’s share of losses of an associate or a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint venture, the entity discontinues recognising its share of further losses.

39. After the entity’s interest is reduced to zero, additional losses are provided for, and a liability is recognised, only to the extent that the entity has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture. If the associate or joint venture subsequently reports profits, the entity resumes recognising its share of those profits only after its
share of the profits equals the share of losses not recognised.

40. After application of the equity method, including recognising the associate’s or joint venture’s losses in accordance with paragraph 38, the entity applies paragraphs 41A-41C to determine whether there is any objective evidence that its net investment in the associate or joint venture is impaired.

AUTHOR’S VIEWS

As per paragraph 38, if an entity’s share of losses of an associate or a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint venture, the entity discontinues recognising its share of further losses.

As per paragraph 39, after the entity’s interest is reduced to zero, additional losses are provided for, and a liability is recognised, only to the extent that the entity has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture. If the associate or joint venture subsequently reports profits, the entity resumes recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the profits equals the share of losses not recognised.

Since the associate is likely to do very well in future, paragraph 40 is not of any concern.

Unfortunately, the standard does not provide a straightforward solution to the questions raised in the query. There are two possible views, both of which are supported by using analogies from the accounting standard references in Ind AS 28.

Option 1

Under option 1, the entity records the unabsorbed losses of ₹25 million, which is immediately allocated to the new equity investment of ₹60 million, and consequently, the equity-accounted investment at the end of the financial year is determined to be ₹35 million.

In this view, the entire investment in the associate is treated as one equity investment. In other words, a distinction is not made between the initial investment and the subsequent investment.

Option 1 can be supported by the following arguments:

• The definition in paragraph 3, “The equity method is a method of accounting whereby the investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets.” The definition along with paragraph 10 may be interpreted to support Option 1 or 2. One interpretation is that the losses post the acquisition of the associate are to be considered, including any additions made to the investment post the initial acquisition of the associate. In other words, the entire investment in the associate is treated as one, rather than two separate units, one the initial investment and two the subsequent addition.

• Paragraph 25 seems to support a retrospective approach; therefore, on this basis, the past losses would have to be absorbed by the fresh additional investment.

• When fresh investment is made in a subsidiary that has losses beyond the equity value, the losses continue to remain absorbed. If this analogy was used, then Paragraph 26 would require absorption of past losses for the additional investment made in the associate.

Option 2

Under option 2, the unabsorbed losses are not allocated to the new investment, and accordingly, the new investment is reflected as ₹60 million, and the earlier investment of ₹100 million is recorded at zero value.

• The definitions in paragraph 3 and paragraph 10 may be interpreted to mean that each investment in the associate is tracked separately. Therefore, on the second tranche past losses are not absorbed, but only future losses incurred after the acquisition of the second tranche are to be considered.

• Paragraph 19 allows an investment in an associate to be split into two, one for equity accounting and the other for fair value accounting by the venture capitalist and similar entities. Taking support from this, in the given situation, the investment can be split into two for the purpose of absorbing the losses.

• Paragraph 24 supports the continuation of equity accounting, rather than fair valuation of retained interest. Likewise, the additional investment in the associate could be accounted as a separate unit, and past losses shall in no way impact the additional investment made in the associate.

CONCLUSION

The author believes that both views are tenable in the absence of any clarity in the standards. It may also be noted that similar issues arise when an associate is acquired in stages. In such situations, multiple approaches have emerged in practice, such as the cost accumulation approach and the fair value approach. Within the cost accumulation approach, different variations can be applied.

Whichever approach is followed by the entity, appropriate disclosure of the accounting policy applied should be made and the accounting policy chosen should be consistently followed.